Revised Document for Request for Proposal (RFP) for appointment of Consultancy Services for preparation of Detailed Project Report (DPR) in respect of National Highways and centrally sponsored road works

130.247 No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B) Part (Comp No 248404) Government of India Ministry of Road Transport & Highways Transport Bhawan, 1, Parliament Street, New Delhi-110001 Dated 29th September, 2025 CIRCULAR To 1. The Chief Secretaries of all the State Governments/ UTs. 2. The Principal Secretaries/ Secretaries of all States/ UTs Public Works Department/ Road Construction Department/ Highways Department (dealing with National Highways and other centrally sponsored schemes). 3. The Chairman, National Highways Authority of India, G-5 6 6, Sector-10, Dwarka, New Delhi-110075. 4. The Managing Director, NHIDCL, 1st & 2nd floor, Tower-A, World Trade Centre, Nauroji Nagar, New Delhi-110029. 5. The Director General (Border Roads), Seema Sadak Bhawan, Ring Road, New Delhi- 110010. 6. All Engineers-in-Chief and Chief Engineers of Public Works Department of States/ UTs/ Road Construction Department/ Highways Departments (d ealing with National Highways and other centrally sponsored schemes). 7. The Secretary General, Indian Roads Congress 8. The Director, IAHE, Naida, UP 9. All CE-ROs, ROs and ELOs of the Ministry. Subject: Revised Document for Request for Proposal (RFP) for appointment of Consultancy Services for preparation of Detailed Project Report (DPR) in respect of National Highways and centrally sponsored road works-reg. Reference: Ministry's Circular no. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R (P&B) Computer No 194425) dated 09.02.2024 Madam/Sir, Please refer to Request for Proposal (RFP) document for appointment of Consultancy Services for preparation of Detailed Project Report (DPR) in respect of National Highways and centrally sponsored road works issued vide Ministry's letter cited under reference above. Ministry has subsequently issued further amendments to the said RFP. 2. Now, in supersession of circular dated 09.02.2024 and all subsequent amendments the revised RFP has been prepared. The revised document for Request for Proposal (RFP) fo~ appointment of Consultancy Services for preparation of Detailed Project Report (DPR) is enclosed herewith. 3. Tender issuing Authority may modify the following project specific sections before issuing of RFP: - i) Appendix to RFPL: Tender Information Summary (TIS) ii) Appendix -1 to TIS Eligibility Criteria iii) Section Ill: Appendix to Instructions to Consultants (AITC) iv) Section V: Special Conditions of Contract (SCC)v) Section VI: Terms of Reference vi) Section VII: Evaluation/ Scoring Criteria- Relevant portion as per project vii) Schedule for submission of Reports and Documents viii) Cost Estimate by Tender Issuing Authority (QBS mode) 4. The Revised RFP shall be followed for all National Highways and centrally sponsored road works, from date of publication of Rating of firms by NHAI/ Ministry on its website i.e 01.11.2025. 5. This issues with the approval of Competent Authority. Encl: Revised RFP for appointment of Consultancy Services for preparation of Detailed Project Report (DPR) In respect of National Highways and centrally sponsored road works dated 29.09.2025. ·t~fully, (Akil Ahmad) Superintending Engineer For Director General (Road Development) & Special Secretary Copy:- 1. The Chairman, NHAI, with a request to finalise and publish ratings before 1.11.2025 2. Technical circular file of S&R (P&B) Section 3. NIC-for uploading on Ministry's website under "What's new" and compendium Copy for kind information to: 1. PS to Hon'ble Minister (RT&H) 2. PS to Hon'ble MOS (RT&H) 3. OSD to Hon'ble MOS (Corporate affairs and RT&H) 3. Sr. PPS to Secretary (RT&H) 4. Sr. PPS to DG (RD) & SS 5. Sr. PPS/PPS to Addl. Secretary (Transport)/ Addl. Secretary (H & LA) 6. Sr. PPS/ PPS to AS&FA 7. Sr. PPS/ PPS to all ADGs2390719/2025/S&R Zone Draft Model Tender Document for Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project Report (DPR) Request for Proposal (RFP) Government of India Ministry of Road Transport & Highways < Address of Agency> <September 2025> 1 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am2390719/2025/S&R Zone Table of Contents SECTION I: REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL LETTER (RFPL) ......................................................... 1 Request for Proposal Letter RFPL) ........................................................................................ 1 The RFP Document ............................................................................................................... 1 2.1. Consultants must read the complete ‘RFP Document’ ..................................................... 1 2.2. Availability of the RFP Document .................................................................................... 1 2.3. Clarifications .............................................................................................................. 1 Eligibility and Qualification Criteria for Participation in this RFP ............................................. 1 Purchase Policies of the Government .................................................................................... 2 4.1. Restriction for participation in tender ............................................................................... 2 Pre-Proposal Conference ...................................................................................................... 2 Submission of Proposals ....................................................................................................... 2 Proposal Opening ............................................................................................................. 2 APPENDIX RFPL: TENDER INFORMATION SUMMARY (TIS) .................................................... 3 Appendix-1 to TIS: Eligibility Criteria……………………………………………………………………..8 SECTION II: INSTRUCTIONS TO CONSULTANTS (ITC) ........................................................... 19 The RFP Document ............................................................................................................. 19 1.1. Basic Tender Details ..................................................................................................... 19 1.2. Interpretations, Definitions, Abbreviations and Document Conventions ......................... 19 1.3. Overview of Contents .................................................................................................... 19 1.4. Sections of the RFP Document ..................................................................................... 19 1.5. Forms (To be filled, digitally signed, and uploaded by Consultants) ............................... 21 1.6. Other Formats ............................................................................................................... 22 Procuring Entity - Rights and Disclaimers ............................................................................ 22 2.1. The Procuring Entity ...................................................................................................... 22 2.2. Right to Intellectual Property and confidentiality ............................................................ 22 2.3. Right to Reject any or all Proposals ............................................................................... 23 2.4. Disclaimers .............................................................................................................. 23 Consultants – Participation in this RFP process .............................................................. 24 3.1. Eligibility to Participate .................................................................................................. 24 3.2. Conflict of Interest ......................................................................................................... 24 The Terms of Reference (TOR) and Form of Contract ......................................................... 25 4.1. Facilities to be provided by the Procuring Entity ............................................................ 25 4.2. Forms of BOQ/ Contract and Selection Methods ........................................................... 25 4.3. Inputs of Key Experts .................................................................................................... 26 Proposal Prices, Taxes and Duties ...................................................................................... 26 5.1. Prices ............................................................................................................................ 26 5.2. Firm/ Variable Price....................................................................................................... 27 5.3. Taxes ............................................................................................................................ 27 5.4. Payments ...................................................................................................................... 28 Downloading the RFP Document; Corrigenda and Clarifications ......................................... 29 6.1. Downloading the RFP Document .................................................................................. 29 6.2. Corrigenda/ Addenda to RFP Document ....................................................................... 29 2 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated fro m eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am2390719/2025/S&R Zone 6.3. Clarification of the RFP Document .................................................................................... 29 Pre-Proposal Conference ........................................................................................................ 29 Preparation of Proposals ......................................................................................................... 30 8.1. The Proposal .................................................................................................................... 30 8.2. Documents comprising the Proposal: ................................................................................ 31 8.3. Proposal Validity ............................................................................................................... 31 8.4. Bid Security - Related Documents ..................................................................................... 32 Signing and Uploading Proposals ...................................................................................... 32 9.1. Relationship between Consultant and eProcurement Portal .............................................. 32 9.2. Signing of Proposal ........................................................................................................... 33 9.3. Submission/ uploading of Proposals. ................................................................................. 33 9.4. Modification, Resubmission and Withdrawal of Proposals ................................................. 34 Proposal Opening .............................................................................................................. 34 Evaluation of Proposals and Award of Contract ....................................................................... 35 11.1. General norms ............................................................................................................ 35 11.2. Evaluation of Proposals .................................................................................................... 36 11.3. Techno-commercial Evaluation ......................................................................................... 37 11.4. Financial Proposals Evaluation and Ranking of Proposals ................................................ 38 Contract Negotiation ................................................................................................................ 42 12.1. Invitation to Negotiate ....................................................................................................... 42 12.2. Verification of Original Documents .................................................................................... 42 12.3. Availability of Key Experts: ................................................................................................ 43 12.4. Technical Negotiations ...................................................................................................... 43 12.5. Financial Negotiations ....................................................................................................... 43 12.6. Conclusion of Negotiations ................................................................................................ 43 Award of Contract .................................................................................................................... 43 13.1. Letter of Award (Acceptance - LoA) and Signing of Contract ............................................. 43 Grievance Redressal/ Complaint Procedure ............................................................................ 44 Code of Integrity in Public Procurement, Misdemeanours and Penalties .................................. 45 SECTION III: APPENDIX TO INSTRUCTIONS TO CONSULTANTS (AITC) ................................... 46 SECTION IV: GENERAL CONDITIONS CONTRACT (GCC) ................................................. 48 General ............................................................................................................................. 48 1.1. Tenets of Interpretation ..................................................................................................... 48 1.2. Definitions ......................................................................................................................... 48 1.3. Document Conventions ..................................................................................................... 50 1.4. Abbreviations: ................................................................................................................... 50 The Contract ........................................................................................................................... 51 2.1. Language of Contract ........................................................................................................ 51 2.2. The Entire Agreement ....................................................................................................... 51 2.3. Severability ....................................................................................................................... 52 2.4. Relationship between Parties ............................................................................................ 52 2.5. Contract Documents and their Precedence ....................................................................... 52 2.6. Modifications/ Amendments, Waivers and Forbearances .................................................. 53 Governing Laws and Jurisdiction ............................................................................................. 53 3.1. Governing Laws and Jurisdiction ....................................................................................... 53 3 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am2390719/2025/S&R Zone 3.2. Changes in Laws and Regulations .................................................................................... 53 4. Communications ............................................................................................................. 54 4.1. Communications ......................................................................................................... 54 4.2. Persons signing the Communications ............................................................................... 54 4.3. Address of the parties for sending communications by the other party ............................... 54 5. Consultant’s Obligations and restrictions on its Rights .......................................................... 55 5.1. Changes in Constitution/ financial stakes/ responsibilities of a Contract’s Business ........... 55 5.2. Obligation to Maintain Eligibility and Qualifications ............................................................ 55 5.3. Restriction on Potential Conflict of Interests ...................................................................... 55 5.4. Consequences of breach by Constituents of a Consultant ................................................. 56 5.5. Assignment and Sub-contracting ....................................................................................... 56 5.6. Obligation to Indemnify Procuring Entity ............................................................................ 56 5.7. Confidentiality, Secrecy and Property and IPR Rights ....................................................... 58 5.8. Performance Bond/ Security ............................................................................................. 60 5.9. Permits, Approvals and Licenses ...................................................................................... 61 5.10. Insurances ........................................................................................................................ 61 5.11. Accounting, Inspection and Auditing.................................................................................. 63 5.12. Book Examination Clause ................................................................................................. 63 5.13. Legal Compliance........................................................................................................ 63 5.14. Custody and Return of the Procuring Entity’s Assets loaned to Consultant ........................ 63 6. Procuring Entity’s Obligations ............................................................................................... 64 6.1. Assistance by the Procuring Entity .................................................................................... 64 6.2. Facilities to be provided by the Procuring Entity ................................................................ 64 6.3. Counterpart Personnel ...................................................................................................... 65 6.4. Payment Obligation ..................................................................................................... 65 7. Scope of Services and Performance Standards .................................................................... 65 7.1. Scope of Services ............................................................................................................. 65 7.2. Eligible Services ................................................................................................................ 66 8. Deployment of Resources ....................................................................................................... 66 8.1. Site and Assets thereon .................................................................................................... 66 8.2. Key and Non-key Personnel .............................................................................................. 67 8.3. Equipment and Tools of Trade .......................................................................................... 71 9. Delivery of Services and delays .............................................................................................. 71 9.1. Works plan ........................................................................................................................ 71 9.2. Commencement of Services ............................................................................................. 71 9.3. Contract Management ....................................................................................................... 72 9.4. Delivery of services, Time of Delivery and Extensions Thereof .......................................... 73 9.5. Damages and Deductions Thereof .................................................................................... 75 9.6. Force Majeure ................................................................................................................... 75 9.7. Foreclosure…………………………………………………………………………………………76 9.8. Suspension…………………………………………………………………………………………76 9.9. Termination…………………………………………………………………………………………76 10. Prices and Payments .............................................................................................................. 78 10.1. Prices ................................................................................................................................ 78 10.2. Taxes and Duties .............................................................................................................. 79 10.3. Terms and Mode of Payment ............................................................................................ 80 10.4. Withholding and lien in respect of sums claimed ............................................................... 81 10.5. Payments to Consultant .................................................................................................... 81 10.6. Suspension of Payments ................................................................................................... 87 4 10.7. Payment Against Time-Barred Claims ............................................................................... 88 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am2390719/2025/S&R Zone 10.8. Commissions and Fees ..................................................................................................... 88 11. Resolution of Disputes ............................................................................................................ 88 11.1. Disputes and Excepted Matters ......................................................................................... 88 11.2. Excepted Matters .............................................................................................................. 88 11.3. Adjudication ................................................................................................................ 89 11.4. Conciliation of disputes ..................................................................................................... 89 11.5. Arbitration Agreement ....................................................................................................... 90 12. Defaults, Breaches, Termination, and closure of Contract ...................................................... 94 12.1. Termination due to Breach, Default, and Insolvency .......................................................... 94 12.2. Termination for Default/ Convenience of Procuring Entity or Frustration of Contract .......... 96 12.3. Closure of Contract ........................................................................................................... 97 13. Code of Integrity in Public Procurement; Misdemeanours and Penalties ................................. 97 13.1. Code of Integrity ................................................................................................................ 97 13.2. Obligations for Proactive Disclosures ................................................................................ 98 13.3. Misdemeanours ........................................................................................................... 98 13.4. Penalties for Misdemeanours ............................................................................................ 99 14. Responsibility for Accuracy of Project Documents………………………………………………..100 15. Change of Scope……………………………………………………………………………………..103 SECTION V: SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT (SCC) ..................................................... 104 SECTION VI: TERMS OF REFERENCE ....................................................................................... 108 Section VI-A: List of Key Experts and Required Qualifications: .................................................. 288 SECTION VII: EVALUATION/ SCORING CRITERIA ..................................................................... 290 BIDDING FORMS ......................................................................................................................... 323 TECHNICAL PROPOSAL ....................................................................................................... 324 FORM T-1: PROPOSAL FORM (COVERING LETTER) ................................................................ 325 FORM T-1A: CONSULTANT’S COMMERCIAL INFORMATION ............................................. 329 FORM T-2: Details of projects for which Technical Proposals have been submitted ............... 331 FORM ... T-3: Firms References…………………………………………………………………………..332 FORM T-4: Site Appreciation Report……………………………………………………………………..333 FORM T-5: Composition of the Team Personnel and task assigned to each team member .......... 334 FORM T-6: Approach Paper on Methodology proposed for performing the assignment .......... 335 FORM T-7: Details of Material Testing Facility ............................................................................. 336 FORM T-8: Facility for field investigation and Testing ............................................................. 337 FORM T-9: Office Equipment and Software……………………………………………………………..339 FORM T-10: CVs of Key-Personnel from INFRACON along with self-Evaluation…………………..340 FORM T-11: Format for submission of Details for Residual DPR Bid Capacity……………………..341 FORM T-12: Certificate regrading compliance of Restrictions under Rule 144 (xi) of GFR………..348 FORM T-13: Integrity Pact Format………………………………………………………………………..349 FORM T-14: Terms and Conditions – Compliance ……………………………………………………..354 FORM T-15: Checklist for Consultants……………………………………………………………………355 FORM T-16: BANK GUARANTEE FORMAT FOR EARNEST MONEY DEPOSIT ........................ 356 FORM T-17: BID SECURING DECLARATION .............................................................................. 358 5 FORM T-18: FORMAT OF MOU BETWEEN JOINT VENTURE PARTNERS………………………363 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am2390719/2025/S&R Zone FORMATS .............................................................................................................................. 364 FORMAT 1: CONTRACT FORM ............................................................................................. 365 APPENDIX A: DESCRIPTION SERVICES .................................................................................... 369 APPENDIX B: KEY EXPERTS……………………………………………………………………………372 APPENDIX C – REMUNERATION COST ESTIMATES .......................................................... 373 Annex to Appendix C: Breakdown of Agreed Fixed Rates in Consultant’s Contract ....................... 373 APPENDIX D-1: BANK GUARANTEE FORMAT FOR PERFORMANCE SECURITY ................... 400 APPENDIX D-2: BANK GUARANTEE FORMAT FOR ADVANCE PAYMENT .............................. 403 FORMAT 2: AUTHORIZATION TO ATTEND PRE-PROPOSAL CONFERENCE ......................... 406 FORMAT 3: FORMAT OF INSURANCE SURETY BOND …………………………………………… 407 Costing Guidelines (only for guidance of tender issuing authority and to be deleted before issuance of RFP)………………………………………………………………………………………………………….410 6 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am2390719/2025/S&R Zone Page left blank intentionally 7 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am2390719/2025/S&R Zone Section I: Request for Proposal Letter (RFPL) 1. Request for Proposal Letter (RFPL) The President of India, through the Secretary (RT&H)/ Chairman NHAI/ MD NHIDCL, in the MoRTH/NHAI/NHIDCL (hereinafter referred to as ‘the Authority’, ‘the Head of Procurement’, ‘the Procuring Entity’ and ‘the Procuring Organisation’ respectively), invites proposals (hereinafter referred as ‘the Proposal(s)’) from eligible consultants on the basis of International Completive Bidding (please see Tender Information Summary (TIS) appended to this letter for reference), for entering into a contract for the delivery of Consultancy Services for engaging an DPR Consultant (hereinafter referred to as ‘the Services’), using the selection method as specified in TIS. This Request for Proposal (RFP) Document, reference number, RFP No./ xxxx (hereinafter referred to as ‘the RFP Document’), gives further details. 2. The RFP Document 2.1. Consultants must read the complete ‘RFP Document’. This RFPL, an integral part of the RFP Document, serves the limited purpose of invitation and does not purport to contain all relevant details for submitting Proposals. ‘Tender Information Summary’ (TIS) appended to this letter gives a salient summary of the relevant information, including the Type of BPQ/ Contract, basic eligibility and Selection Method to evaluate RFP. Any generic reference to RFPL shall also imply a reference to TIS as well. However, Consultants must go through the complete RFP Document for details before submission of their Proposals. 2.2. Availability of the RFP Document The RFP Document shall be published on on “INFRACON” (www.infracon.nic.in) for download after the date and time of the start of availability till the deadline for availability as mentioned in TIS. The Consultant who download the RFP document from the website will be required to pay the non- refundable fee of Rs. 5,000/- towards cost of RFP at the time of the submission of the Bid proposal through RTGS/NEFT/or any other online mode in favour of MoRTH/NHAI/NHIDCL/Agency. If the Procuring Entity happens to be closed on the deadline for the availability of the RFP Document, the deadline shall not be extended. As such before submitting the proposal the Consultant shall mandatorily register and enlist themselves (the firm and all key personnel), on the MoRTH portal “INFRACON” and furnish registration details along with its RFP. A copy of Infracon Operation Procedure is also enclosed for bidder’s reference. All the bidders registered on Infracon shall form a Team on Infracon and which would be assigned unique Infracon Team ID. Bidders while submitting the proposal shall quote the Infracon Team ID. Bid must be submitted online at e-tender portal of <Agency> https://eprocure.gov.in Any query/ clarification regarding downloading RFP Documents and uploading Proposals on the e-Procurement portal may be addressed to the Help Desk in the eProcurement Portal (please refer to TIS for details). 2.3. Clarifications A Consultant may seek any clarification of the RFP Document through the eProcurement Portal before the date and time stipulated in TIS (or, if not mentioned, before 14 days of the deadline for the proposal submission). This deadline shall not be extended in case of any intervening holidays. No other means of submission of queries shall be entertained. 3. Eligibility and Qualification Criteria for Participation in this RFP Consulting firms meeting the eligibility criteria as mentioned in Appendix-1 to Tender Information Summary (TIS) are only eligible for applying for this assignment. 8 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 12390719/2025/S&R Zone Firms not meeting these criteria, need not apply. 4. Purchase Policies of the Government 4.1. Restriction for participation in tender 1) Central Government policies restrict the participation of entities from i) Certain countries sharing land borders with India and ii) Countries that restrict the participation of Bidders from India. Consulting firms shall submit the declaration regarding these restrictions as mentioned in Appendix-1 to Tender Information Summary (TIS). They should ensure that they continue to comply with such declarations till completion of bidding process. 2) Notwithstanding 4.1 1) above, Bidders from only those countries shall be allowed to participate in bidding process which comply with the restrictions imposed under rule 144 (xi) of General Financial Rules (GFR) and/or any other restrictions imposed by Govt. of India through Ministry of Home Affairs or Ministry of External Affairs or Ministry of Finance. 5. Pre-Proposal Conference: If indicated in TIS, Consultants are requested to attend a Pre-Proposal conference to clarify the RFP's technical requirements and commercial conditions at the time, date, and place mentioned therein. 6. Submission of Proposals: 1) Proposals must be uploaded by the submission deadline mentioned in TIS. If the office happens to be closed on that date, this deadline shall not be extended. Further details are given in ITC. 2) Integrity Pact: If indicated, in the TIS, all Consultants shall have to sign the Integrity Pact with the Procuring Entity as per ‘Form T-13: Integrity Pact’. In such cases, Proposals without a signed Integrity Pact shall be rejected. 7. Proposal Opening Proposals received shall be opened online on or after the specified date and time in TIS. If the office is closed on the specified date of opening of the Proposals, the opening shall be done on the next working day at the same time. Note: For further details, please refer to appended TIS and the complete RFP Document. Digitally Signed by Tender Inviting Authority (TIA) [Insert Name, Designation, and contact details of Tender Inviting Authority] Appendix: Tender Information Summary (TIS) 9 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 22390719/2025/S&R Zone Appendix to RFPL: Tender Information Summary (TIS) RFP Document No. RFP No./ xxxx; Tender Title: Consultancy Services (Ref ITC-clause 1.4) Tender Information Summary (TIS) 1.0 Basic Tender Details Tender Title/ CONSULTANCY SERVICES FOR PREPARATION OF DETAILED Name of PROJECT REPORT FOR …………………………………………….. Assignment Tender RFP No./ xxxx Nature of assignment: <Normal [Fill] Reference Highway/Standalone Number Bridge/Tunnel/Hilly Mountainous> Tender Type International Tender Category Consultancy Competitive Services Bidding No. of Covers [Two Covers] Product Category [Consultancy] Selection [QCBS]/[QBS] Appointing Authority Head of the Method# Modify as per For Arbitration Procuring requirement# Organization Organisation: MoRTH/NHAI/ The Procuring Entity: Procuring Entity NIHIDCL/BRO/ PWD Authority on President of Through the Head of whose behalf India Procurement RFP is invited Tender Inviting [Fill] Address [Fill] Authority (TIA) 10 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 32390719/2025/S&R Zone 2.0 Critical Dates (ITC-clauses 6, 7; 8; 9, and 10) For the schedule of dates for the Pre-proposal Conference, if any, please refer to Section 7.0 below Published [Fill up] Proposal Validity (Days from [fill up both periods Date the date of Proposal Opening) (default 120 days) in – ITC-clause 8.3 days and the calculated date] Document [Normally Document Download End [Normally up to a few Download Start start of Date & Time hours/ one day before Date & Time business on the time of Proposal the day after Opening] publishing] Clarification [Normally Clarification End Date & [Normally not later than Start Date & start of Time 7 days before the Time business on Proposal submission the day after deadline to give time to publishing] the Procuring Entity for a response] Proposal [Normally Proposal Submission [Normally up to a few Submission start of Closing Date & Time hours/ one day before Start Date & business on the time of Proposal Time the day after Opening] publishing] Proposal Opening (techno- [Please allow enough time for Consultants to prepare commercial Proposal) Date & responsive Proposals, depending on the documents and Time details required to be submitted] Technical [To be Proposal Opening (Financial [To be intimated later] Proposal intimated later] Proposal) Date & Time Presentation / Customers Testimonials 3.0 Terms of Reference (ITC-Clause 4) Consignee/ [Fill] GSTIN Code of Consignee [Fill] State: Period of Duration of DPR Contract Service Consultancy Services for preparation of DPR for National Highway Projects Details: 4.0 Obtaining the RFP Document and clarifications (ITC-Clause 6) eProcurement https://eproc [0120-4001 002; 0120-4001 005; 0120-6277 787 and Procuring ure.gov.in/e or support-eproc@nic.in] Entity’s Portal procure/app and helpdesk [Fill in your organisation’s portal URL and helpdesk if the RFP Document download/ submission facility is also provided there] 11 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 42390719/2025/S&R Zone Cost of RFP Rs 5000/- Document (INR) Office/ Contact [Same as TIA above] Person/ email for clarifications 5.0 Pre-Proposal Conference (ITC-clause 7) Is a Pre-Proposal Conference yes proposed to be held? Place, time, and date of the [Fill if it is 'Yes' above and delete the row if it is 'No' Pre-Proposal Conference above. If only a video-conference is to be held, then mention this fact along with credentials of the meeting, e.g., Meeting Link, Meeting Number and Password] Place, time, and date before [Fill if it is ‘Yes’ above and delete the row if it is ‘No’ above. which Written queries for the ] Pre-Proposal conference must be received Place, time, and date before [Fill if it is ‘Yes’ above and delete the row if it is ‘No’ which registration of above] participants for the Pre- Proposal conference must be received 6.0 Preparation and Submission and Opening of Proposals (ITC-clause 8, 9 and 10) Proposals to President of India, Through Head of Procurement, Procuring Entity be addressed to Instructions for All the bidders registered on Infracon shall form a Team on Infracon and which would be assigned unique Infracon Team ID. Bidders while submitting the proposal shall quote the Infracon Team ID. Online All the bidders registered on Infracon shall form a Team on Infracon and which would be assigned unique Infracon Team ID. Bidders while submitting the proposal shall quote the Infracon Team ID. Bid must be submitted online at e-tender portal of <Agency> https://eprocure.gov.in on or before <Time, Date Proposal Submission Language of [English] Bid Validity [120 days from Bid Submission opening date] Proposal [On e-procurement portal(s) mentioned above] Opening Place 7.0 Documents relating to Bid Security (ITC-clause 8.4) and Performance Security (ITC- clause 13.1.2) 12 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 52390719/2025/S&R Zone Bid Security [Fill] Is Bid Securing yes (EMD) Amount Declaration permitted in in INR: lieu of Bid Security Performance [10% of the contract Bid/ Performance [Fill] Security Amount for QCBS Security to be addressed/ mode/ To be quoted in favour of by the bidders for QBS mode PBG shall be quoted by the bidders subject to a minimum value of 5%. However, in case quoted PBG is less than 5%, then such bids shall be rejected ] Form of Bid/ [Insurance Surety Bonds, Bank Guarantee from any of the Commercial Performance Banks, payment online in an acceptable form] Security Note: The Performance Bank Guarantee shall be submitted by both the JV Partners separately and in same proportion as is the share of each member in the JV. Any deviation in above condition shall be considered as breach of Contract. [Selection Method#: The selection method shall be determined based on the Tentative Project Cost (Excluding GST and Excluding Land Cost): - For Normal Highway Projects: a) Tentative Project Cost <=100 Cr (Excluding GST and Excluding Land Cost) i) Cost to be Quoted by the Bidders ii) QCBS mode with 30 (Technical Score):30 (DPR Rating): 40(Financial) weightages iii) PBG @ 10 % iv) Only 1 JV partner allowed meeting at least 40% minimum eligibility criteria. Lead Partner to meet 60% eligibility criteria. b) 100 Cr<Tentative Project Cost <=500 Cr (Excluding GST and Excluding Land Cost) i) Fixed Cost assessed by Tender Inviting Agency- No financial proposal to be submitted by bidders ii) PBG to be quoted by Bidder iii) QBS mode with 30 (Technical Score):30 (DPR Rating): 40 (PBG quote) weightages iv) Only 1 JV partner allowed meeting at least 40% minimum eligibility criteria. Lead Partner to meet 60% eligibility criteria. c) 500 Cr<Tentative Project Cost <=1000 Cr (Excluding GST and Excluding Land Cost) i) Fixed Cost assessed by Tender Inviting Agency- No financial proposal to be submitted by bidders ii) PBG to be quoted by Bidder iii) QBS mode with 30 (Technical Score):30 (DPR Rating): 40 (PBG quote) weightages iv) Only 1 JV partner allowed meeting at least 50% minimum eligibility criteria. Lead Partner to meet at least 75% eligibility criteria. d) Tentative Project Cost >1000 Cr (Excluding GST and Excluding Land Cost) i) Fixed Cost assessed by Tender Inviting Agency- No financial proposal to be submitted by bidders 13 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 62390719/2025/S&R Zone ii) PBG to be quoted by Bidder iii) Modified QCBS mode with 30 (Technical Score):30 (DPR Rating): 40 (PBG quote) weightages iv) Only 1 JV partner allowed who should be an international firm of repute i.e. having experience of DPR of Highway Projects for multilateral agencies such as ADB/World Bank/JICA with aggregate length equal to or greater than DPR length under bidding besides meeting at least 40% minimum eligibility criteria. Lead Partner to meet 60% eligibility criteria. Note: International firm shall be a foreign registered firm of repute or a 100% subsidiary of such an international firm, registered in India. For Standalone Bridge Projects: i) Fixed Cost assessed by Tender Inviting Agency- No financial proposal to be submitted by bidders ii) PBG to be quoted by Bidder iii) Modified QCBS mode with 60 (Technical including Rating): 40 (PBG quote) weightages iv) Only 1 JV partner is allowed fulfilling at least 50% minimum eligibility criteria and only sub-contracting for specialized survey & investigation works upto 10% of project cost is allowed with prior approval of the Implementing Agency. The Lead Partner to fulfil at least 75% of eligibility criteria. For Standalone Tunnel Projects: i) Fixed Cost assessed by Tender Inviting Agency- No financial proposal to be submitted by bidders ii) PBG to be quoted by Bidder iii) Modified QCBS mode with 60 (Technical including Rating): 40 (PBG quote) weightages iv) Only 1 JV partner is allowed fulfilling at least 50% minimum eligibility criteria and only sub-contracting for specialized survey & investigation works upto 10% of project cost is allowed with prior approval of the Implementing Agency. The Lead Partner to fulfil at least 75% of eligibility criteria. 14 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 72390719/2025/S&R Zone Appendix-1 to TIS: Eligibly Criteria 1.1 Consultants should meet the following eligibility criteria as of the date of their RFP submission and should continue to meet these until the subsequent RFP process and contract award. Consultants shall be required to demonstrate fulfilment of the Eligibility Criteria in Form 1.2 (Eligibility Declarations). Consultant unless otherwise stipulated in: 1) must be: (a) a natural person (an individual Consultant), a private entity (a Consulting Company/ LLP /Partnership firm/ Society registered under an applicable Act in India), a public Entity (Government-owned enterprise or institution), Joint Venture/ Consortium (an association of several persons, firms, or companies - hereinafter referred to as JV/C). (b) a Consultancy Services provider with valid registration regarding GSTIN, PAN, EPF, ESI, Labour, or equivalent registration certificate issued by the concerned authority/government as applicable to the subject Services. 2) must: (a) not be insolvent, in receivership, bankrupt or being wound up, not have its affairs administered by a court or a judicial officer, not have its business activities suspended and must not be the subject of legal proceedings for any of aforesaid reasons. (b) (Including their affiliates, subsidiaries, or contractors/ sub-consultants for any part of the contract): i) Not stand declared ineligible/ blacklisted/ banned/ debarred by the MoRTH/NHAI/NHIDCL/BRO/State PWD or its implementing agencies from participation in its procurement processes; and/ or ii) Not be convicted (within three years preceding the last date of RFP submission) or stand declared ineligible/ suspended/ blacklisted/ banned/ debarred by appropriate agencies of the Government of India from participation in procurement processes of all its entities, for: • offences involving moral turpitude in business dealings under the Prevention of Corruption Act, 1988 or any other law; and/or • offences under the Indian Penal Code or any other law for causing any loss of life/ limbs/ property or endangering Public Health during the execution of a public procurement contract and/ or • Suspected to be or of doubtful loyalty to the Country or a National Security risk as determined by appropriate agencies of the Government of India. iii) Not have changed its name or created a new “Allied Entity”, consequent to having declared ineligible/ suspended/ blacklisted/ banned/ debarred as above. (c) Not have an association (as a consultant/ partner/ director/ employee in any capacity) • of any retired employee (of Gazetted Rank) or any retired Gazetted Officer of the Central or State Government or its Public Sector Undertakings, if such a retired person has not completed the one- year cooling-off period (or any other period stipulated by their erstwhile Employer) after his retirement. However, this shall not apply if such employees/ officers have obtained a waiver of the cooling-off period from their former organisation. • of the near relations of executives of Procuring Entity involved/ likely to 15 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 82390719/2025/S&R Zone be involved in this procurement process (d) Not have a conflict of interest (as defined in clause 4.5 below), which substantially affects fair competition. No attempt should be made to induce any other consultant to submit or not to submit an RFP to restrict competition. (e) must fulfil any other additional eligibility condition, if any, as may be prescribed in the RFP document. 3) from certain countries shall be eligible subject to certain conditions as detailed in Clause 1.2 below. 4) must provide such evidence of their continued eligibility to the Procuring Entity if requested. 1.3 Eligibility of Consultants from Restricted countries 1.3.1 Restrictions based on Reciprocity. Entities from countries (if so, to be identified as Appendix to Section II) as not allowing Indian companies to participate in their Government procurement shall not be allowed to participate (directly or as a sub-consultant or as a member of a JV/C) on a reciprocal basis in this RFP process under the “Public Procurement (Preference to Make in India) Order 20171” (MII – para 10 -d) of Department for Promotion of Industry and Internal Trade, (DPIIT). Consultants must apprise themselves of the latest version of this order. 1.3.2 Restrictions Based on Land Borders Order2 (Public Procurement No. 1) issued by the Government of India (Ministry of Finance Department of Expenditure Public Procurement Division) restricting procurement from consultants from certain countries that share a land border with India shall apply to this procurement. Consultants must apprise themselves of the latest version of this order. Any consultant from a country that shares a land border with India3, excluding countries to which the Government of India has extended lines of credit or in which the Government of India is engaged in development projects (as listed on the website of the Ministry of External Affairs4), – hereinafter called ‘Restricted Countries’ shall be Eligible to participate in this RFP, only if the consultant is registered 5 with the Registration Committee constituted by the Department for Promotion of Industry and Internal Trade (DPIIT). Consultants shall enclose the certificate as per Form T-12. 1.3.3 Other Restrictions: Bidders from only those countries shall be allowed to participate in bidding process which comply with the restrictions imposed under rule 144 (xi) of General Financial Rules (GFR) and/or any other restrictions imposed by Govt. of India through Ministry of Home Affairs or Ministry of External Affairs or Ministry of Finance from time to time. Further, individual key-personnel proposed in the bid by the bidders shall also have to comply with the provisions of clause 1.3.3. from national security perspective. 1 No. P-45021/2/2017-PP (BE-II) dated 16th September 2020 2F.N0.6/18/2019-PPD dated 23rd July, 2020 3 https://mea.gov.in/india-and-neighbours.htm 4 http://meadashboard.gov.in/indicators/92 5 https://dipp.gov.in/sites/default/files/Revised-Application-Format-for-Registration-of-Consultants-15Oct2020.pdf 16 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 92390719/2025/S&R Zone 1.4 Sub-consultants/ Sub-contracting Consultants may propose to associate Sub-consultants for specialised parts of the Services provided their names and details are clearly stated in the RFP. Such Sub- consultants should not circumvent the eligibility condition laid down above. The value of such sub-contracts shall not exceed the limit specified of 10% of consultancy assignment cost . Sub-contracting can only be done for specialized survey & investigation works after prior approval of the Implementing Agency. Nevertheless, the consultant shall solely remain responsible for sub-contracted portions of the Services. Key and Non-key personnel, whether full-time employees or on contract, shall not be considered sub-consultants. Procurement of incidental goods, equipment hires, or labour engagement shall not be treated as sub-contracting. 1.5 Joint Venture/ Consortium (JV/C)6 1.5.1 The mode of bidding as well as JV provisions shall be categorized as under based on Tentative Project Cost of the Project as estimated by Authority: - For Normal Highway Projects: b) Tentative Project Cost <=500 Cr (Excluding GST and Excluding Land Cost): Only 1 JV partner allowed meeting at least 40% minimum eligibility criteria. Lead Partner to meet 60% eligibility criteria. b) 500 Cr<Tentative Project Cost <=1000 Cr (Excluding GST and Excluding Land Cost): Only 1 JV partner allowed meeting at least 50% minimum eligibility criteria. Lead Partner to meet at least 75% eligibility criteria. c) Tentative Project Cost >1000 Cr (Excluding GST and Excluding Land Cost): Only 1 JV partner allowed who should be an international firm of repute i.e. having experience of DPR of Highway Projects for multilateral agencies such as ADB/World Bank/JICA with aggregate length equal to or greater than DPR length under bidding besides meeting at least 40% minimum eligibility criteria. Lead Partner to meet 60% eligibility criteria. Note: International firm shall be a foreign registered firm of repute or a 100% subsidiary of such an international firm, registered in India. For Standalone Bridge/Tunnel Projects: Only 1 JV partner is allowed fulfilling at least 50% minimum eligibility criteria and only sub-contracting for specialized survey & investigation works upto 10% of project cost is allowed with prior approval of the Implementing Agency. The Lead Partner to fulfil at least 75% of eligibility criteria. 1.5.2 All the members shall be jointly and severally liable for the entire contract if selected in the RFP Process. 1.5.3 Failure to comply with requirement of clause 1.5 above shall result in the rejection of the JV/C's bid. 1.6 Conflict of Interest 1.6.1 Any consultant with a conflict of interest that substantially affects fair competition shall not be eligible to participate in this procurement process. RFPs found to have a conflict of interest shall be rejected as nonresponsive. Consultant shall be required to declare the absence of such conflict of interest in para 2 regarding Eligibility Declarations of Form T1. A consultant in this procurement process shall be considered to have a conflict of interest if the consultant: a) directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with another Consultant; or 6 the expressions "Joint Venture" or "JV" shall mean a joint venture, association, consortium, or other unincorporated grouping of two or more persons, whether in the form of a partnership or otherwise. Similarly, in the context of Joint Venture as the context permits, the word "leader, is synonymous with the words "representative" and "Lead Partner"; the word "member" is synonymous with the word with "partner”. 17 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 102390719/2025/S&R Zone b) receives or has received any direct or indirect subsidy/ financial stake from another consultant; or c) has the same correspondence address or same legal representative/ agent as another consultant for purposes of this RFP; or d) has a relationship with another consultant, directly or through common third parties, which puts it in a position to have access to information about or influence the RFP of another Consultant; or e) would be providing goods, works, or non-consulting services resulting from or directly related to consulting services that it provided (or were provided by any affiliate that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with that firm) for the procurement planning (inter-alia preparation of feasibility/ cost estimates/ Detailed Project Report (DPR), design/ technical specifications, terms of reference (TOR)/ Activity Schedule/ schedule of requirements or the RFP Document etc) of this procurement process; or f) has a close business or family relationship with a staff of the Procuring Organization who: i) are directly or indirectly involved in the preparation of the RFP document or Terms of Reference of the procurement process and/or the evaluation in RFP process; or ii) would be involved in the implementation or supervision of the resulting contract Any conflict stemming from such a relationship must be reported and resolved in a manner acceptable to the Procuring Entity throughout the RFP processes and execution of the contract. 1.6.2 A Consultant can participate as a Lead/JV Member in only one bid. Bids submitted in violation of this procedure will be rejected. The bidders participating as JV must submit the MOU between Joint Venture Partners as per Format given in form T-18. 1.6.3 Participation of only One Entity from Affiliates: Only one entity from among a Consultant and its affiliates (that directly or indirectly control or are controlled by or are under common control with that firm) individually or as part of a joint venture or as a Sub-consultant shall be permitted to participate in RFP. 1.6.4 The consultant shall furnish information on commissions and gratuities, if any, paid or to be paid to agents or any other party relating to this RFP process. 1.7 Qualification Criteria:- Minimum Eligibility Requirements For Normal Highway Projects Minimum experience and performance of Preparation of DPR of Normal Annual average Highways Projects in the last 10 years (NH/SH/Equivalent) (for past turnover performance attach undertaking for any litigation history/ and arbitration). A Firm applying for a package should have Experience of preparation of Detailed Annual average Project Report of two/four/six lane / Feasibility of Two/ four/ six lane projects of turnover for last 5 aggregate length equal to the indicative length of the package (i.e. 100km if the years of the firm indicative length of the package is 100 km). Firm should have also prepared DPR should be equal for at least one project of 2/4/6laning of minimum 40% of the indicative length of to or more than the package (i.e. 40 km if the indicative length of the package is 100 km) or Rs.10.00 Crores. Feasibility Study of two/four/six laning of minimum 60% of the indicative length of the package (i.e. 60 km if the indicative length of the package is 100 km) Note: 1. The experience of a firm in preparation of DPR for a private concessionaire/contractor shall not be considered. 3. Width of Carriageway shall be considered for assessing the equivalence of overseas projects to 2/4/6 lane NH/SH/Expressways. However, Projects within municipal limits/city roads shall not be considered. 18 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 112390719/2025/S&R Zone For Projects in Hilly Mountainous Terrain Minimum experience and performance of Preparation of DPR of Highways Annual average Projects in Hilly/Mountains Terrain in the last 10 years (NH/SH/Equivalent) turnover (for past performance attach undertaking for any litigation history/ and arbitration). A Firm applying for a package should have Experience of preparation of Detailed Annual average Project Report of two/four/six lane / Feasibility of Two/ four/ six lane projects of turnover for last 5 aggregate length equal to the indicative length of the package or 50 km whichever years of the firm is less (i.e. case 1: 40 km if the indicative length of the package is 40 km and case should be equal 2: 50km if the indicative length of the package is 100 km) in Hilly/Mountainous to or more than Terrain. Firm should have also prepared DPR for at least one project of Rs.10.00 Crores. 2/4/6laning of minimum 40% of the indicative length of the package (i.e. 40 km if the indicative length of the package is 100 km) or Feasibility Study of two/four/six laning of minimum 60% of the indicative length of the package (i.e. 60 km if the indicative length of the package is 100 km) in Hilly/mountainous terrain. The applicant should have experience of at least 02 similar projects having atleast consultancy fee of Rs 50 lakhs each regarding Preparation of DPR including detailed Geological, Geotechnical and Topographical Surveys/Investigations and Design of Cost Effective and Suitable remedial measures for prevention of landslides/rockfall in the last 10 years. Similar work means: Preparation of detailed project report (DPR) for Highway/Airport/Railway /Irrigation works/Hill roads/Hydel projects for slope stabilization/landslide mitigation/rockfall protection/ bank protections/ river training/ flood mitigations. The Consultant must have done topographic survey, geological mapping, providing analysis and design of slope stabilization/Slope protection works/landslide mitigation/rock fall mitigation works in hilly terrain Note: 1. The experience of a firm in preparation of DPR for a private concessionaire/contractor shall not be considered. 2. For project to be considered as hilly or mountain terrain more than 50% length of such project shall have hilly/mountainous terrain. For Standalone bridge projects Minimum experience and performance of Preparation of DPR of Bridge Annual average Projects in the last 10 years (NH/SH/Equivalent) (for past performance turnover attach undertaking for any litigation history/ and arbitration). A Firm applying for the project should have Experience of preparation of Detailed Annual average Project Report of two/four/six lane Major Bridge of length equal to or greater turnover for last 5 than 40% of the indicative length of the proposed bridge or 2000 metres, years of the firm whichever is less (i.e. 800 m if the indicative length of the bridge is 2 km) for should be equal Indian Railways/Metro Corporations/State Bridge Corporations/PSUs/State to or more than Government/Central government agencies. Rs.10.00 Crores. Note: 1. The experience of a firm in preparation of DPR for a private concessionaire/contractor shall not be considered. 2. The experience of feasibility study shall not be considered. 3. Length of bridge is excluding approaches. 19 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 122390719/2025/S&R Zone 4. In case of experience of bridges of Metro/Railway Projects, equivalence to 2 lane NH projects shall be considered. For standalone tunnel project Minimum experience and performance of Preparation of DPR of Tunnel Annual average Projects in Hilly/Mountains Terrain in the last 10 years (NH/SH/Equivalent) turnover (for past performance attach undertaking for any litigation history/ and arbitration). For Tunnels with indicative length less then 1500 m in length: Annual average turnover for last 5 A Firm applying for the project should have Experience of preparation of Detailed years of the firm Project Report of Tunnel of length equal to or greater than 40% of the should be equal indicative length of the package (i.e. 400 m if the indicative length of the tunnel to or more than is 1000 m) with 80% of cross-sectional area of the proposed tunnel or cross Rs.10.00 Crores. sectional area of two-lane highway tunnel whichever is less, for Indian Railways/Metro Corporations/State Bridge Corporations/PSUs/State Government/Central government agencies. For Tunnels with indicative length equal to or more than 1500 m in length: A Firm applying for the project should have Experience of preparation of Detailed Project Report of Tunnel of length equal to or greater than 40% of the indicative length of the package or 1500 metres, whichever is more (i.e. 1500 m if the indicative length of the tunnel is 2000 m and 2400 m if the indicative length of the tunnel is 6000 m) with 80% of cross-sectional area of the proposed tunnel or cross sectional area of two-lane highway tunnel whichever is less, for Indian Railways/Metro Corporations/State Bridge Corporations/PSUs/State Government/Central government agencies. Note: 1. The experience of a firm in preparation of DPR for a private concessionaire/contractor shall not be considered. 2. The experience of feasibility study shall not be considered. 3. Length of tunnel is excluding approaches. 4. Experience of tunnels constructed through cut and cover method shall not be considered. The sole applicant shall fulfil all the requirements tabulated in clause 1.7 above and : (i) In case of JV, the Lead Partner should fulfil the eligibility as described in clause 1.5 above. (ii) If the applicant firm has / have prepared the DPR/FS projects solely on its own, 100% weightage shall be given. If the applicant firm has prepared the DPR/FS projects as a lead/Other partner or associate in a JV, JV share shall only be corroborated as per MoU of JV or Client Certificate only. (iii) Similar project means 2/4/6 lane as applicable for the project for which RFP is invited. For 2-lane projects experience of 4/6 lane also to be considered with a multiplication factor of 1.5. Experience of 4/6 lane shall be considered interchangeably for 4/6 laning projects. For 4/6 laning projects, experience of 2 lane will be considered with a multiplication factor of 0.4, but only for those 2 lane projects whose cost of consultancy services was more than Rs.1.0 crore 20 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 132390719/2025/S&R Zone Note to Consultant: During RFP Process, while original documents/ certificates are called for to authenticate the qualification claimed, the following may be kept in mind: 1) When a joint venture submits the bid, in that case, all members in the JV must submit their financial statements in order of the member's share in the partnership, greatest to least. The figures of members of a JV shall be added to determine compliance with the minimum financial qualifying criteria. However, for JV to qualify, both JV partners must fulfil the requirement stipulated in clause 1.5 of Appendix-1 to TIS. 2) The weightage given for experience of a firm would depend on the role of the firm in the respective assignments. The firm’s experience would get full credit if it was the sole firm in the respective assignment. If the applicant firm has completed projects as JV with some other firms, weightage shall be given as per the JV share***. In case of experience of Associate, the share as per MoU subject to Maximum 25% shall be considered. In case MoU does not specify the share the same can be considered as per certification of Statutory Auditors of the Associate Member. *** For weightage of experience in any past Consultancy assignment, experience certificate from the client shall be submitted with clear demarcation of JV share in client certificate Annual turnover duly certified by Chartered Accountant shall be accepted. In case of non-availability of such documents no weightage of turnover/experience will be considered. 3) In case the financial figures and values of services provided are in foreign currency current market exchange rate (State Bank of India Bill Sell rate as on last date of submission of the bid) will be applied for the purpose of conversion of amount in foreign currency into Indian Rupees. 4) The consultant shall submit the audited balance sheet and/or banking reference along with their RFP proposal. An authorised representative of the consultant must -sign the statement. 1.8 In addition to meeting the qualification criteria stipulated in clause 1.7 above, the Residual DPR Bid Capacity viz., “R” of the participating consultants shall be more than the tentative length of the Project for which DPR assignment bids have been invited. The detailed methodology for calculation of the same has been stipulated in sub-clauses below. 1.8.1 For Normal Highway Projects The Residual Bid Capacity “R” of the Bidder shall be evaluated in terms of Length as per methodology specified hereunder: R= CL x TF – RP Wherein: Completed Length (CL) = Total Length of DPR/Feasibility completed for 2/4/6 laning of National Highways/Expressways in the last 10 Financial Years. Note: 1. For DPR of two laning projects, the length shall be considered after multiplication of factor of 0.50 2. For Feasibility Projects the length shall be considered after multiplication of factor of 0.60 21 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 142390719/2025/S&R Zone 3. Completed DPR/Feasibility projects shall be those for which either Completion Certification of the Consultancy Assignment has been issued by Executing Government Agency or the Tender of the Civil Work has been awarded by the Executing Government Agency. 4. In case of experience as JV, weighted average based on their share in the JV shall be considered for experience. 5. In case of experience of Associate, the share as per MoU subject to Maximum 25% shall be considered. In case MoU does not specify the share the same can be considered as per certification of Statutory Auditors of the Associate Member. Turnover Factor (TF)= Multiplication factor based on Turnover* *Note: The TF shall be decided as under: Average Turnover of Factor Last 5 Financial Years “TF” Upto 50 Cr 1.00 50-250 Cr 1.25 >250 Cr 1.50 Running Projects (RP)= Length of DPR/Feasibility Projects for National Highways/Expressways in Hand wherein Completion Certificate has not been issued by Executing Government Agency or the Tender of the Civil Work has not been awarded by the Executing Government Agency. This length shall also include the projects for which the firm has emerged as the H-1 bidder but the LOA have not been issued. However, DPR which have not been put to tender since 5 years of signing of DPR Agreement shall not be considered as part of Running Projects nor as part of Competed Length. Clarification: In case the DPR assignment is divided into packages for award of work, the length of the package for which civil work has been awarded by Government Agency should be considered in Completed Length (CL) and not is Running Project length. R shall be calculated for each JV member who has bid for the consultancy assignment and the weighted average as per Share in JV shall be calculated. 1.8.2 For Standalone Tunnel Projects Residual DPR Bid Capacity viz., “R” shall be more than the tentative length of the Project for which DPR assignment bids have been invited. The Residual Bid Capacity “R” of the Bidder shall be evaluated in terms of Length as per methodology specified hereunder: R= CL x TF x LF x SF Wherein: Completed Length (CL) = Total Length of DPR/Feasibility completed for 2/4/6 laning of Highway/Railway Tunnels in the last 5 Financial Years. 22 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 152390719/2025/S&R Zone 1. Completed DPR/Feasibility projects shall be those for which either Completion Certification of the Consultancy Assignment has been issued by Executing Government Agency or the Tender of the Civil Work has been awarded by the Executing Government Agency. This length would also include the individual tunnels planned as part of normal highway projects. 2. In case of experience as JV, weighted average based on their share in the JV shall be considered for experience. 3. In case of experience of Associate, the share as per MoU subject to Maximum 25% shall be considered. In case MoU does not specify the share the same can be considered as per certification of Statutory Auditors of the Associate Member. Turnover Factor (TF)= Multiplication factor based on Turnover* *Note: The TF shall be decided as under: Average Turnover of Last 5 Factor “TF” Financial Years Upto 50 Cr 1.00 50-100 Cr 1.1 100-200 Cr 1.2 >>200 Cr 1.25 Lane Factor (LF): wherein lane Factor will be considered based on the completed projects for which DPR experience is considered • Single tube two lane: 1.0 • Twin Tube single lane: 1.50 • Twin Tube Two or more lane: 1.75 • More than 2 tubes: 2.0 LF= (L x1.0 + L x1.5 + L x1.75+ L x2.0) / (L + L + L + L ) ST2L TTSL TTML MT ST2L TTSL TTML MT Wherein, • L =Total Length of single tube 2 lane tunnel in completed DPR projects (in meters) ST2L • L =Total Length of twin tube single lane tunnel in completed DPR projects (in meters) TTSL • L =Total Length of twin tube two or more lanes in completed DPR projects (in meters) TTML • L =Total Length of tunnels with more than 2 tubes in completed DPR projects (in meters) MT Special Factor (SF): it will be considered only for those projects where the bidder has experience of Special Tunnel like Underwater/Under River/Immersed Tube Tunnels/Multi Deck Tunnel otherwise its value to be taken as 1.0 only. SF: 2.0 Note: Consultant to submit the copy of corresponding schedule-B to corroborate the claim of LF and SF. 23 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 162390719/2025/S&R Zone R shall be calculated for each JV member who has bid for the consultancy assignment and the weighted average as per Share in JV shall be calculated. 1.8.3 For Standalone Bridge Projects Residual DPR Bid Capacity viz., “R” shall be more than the tentative length of the Project for which DPR assignment bids have been invited. The Residual Bid Capacity “R” of the Bidder shall be evaluated in terms of Length as per methodology specified hereunder: R= CL x TF x SLF x SF Wherein: Completed Length (CL) = Total Length of DPR/Feasibility completed for 2/4/6 laning of Highway Bridges (NH/SH/Expressways) in the last 5 Financial Years. 1. Completed DPR/Feasibility projects shall be those for which either Completion Certification of the Consultancy Assignment has been issued by Executing Government Agency or the Tender of the Civil Work has been awarded by the Executing Government Agency. This length would also include the individual bridges planned as part of normal highway projects. 2. In case of experience as JV, weighted average based on their share in the JV shall be considered for experience. 3. In case of experience of Associate, the share as per MoU subject to Maximum 25% shall be considered. In case MoU does not specify the share the same can be considered as per certification of Statutory Auditors of the Associate Member. Turnover Factor (TF)= Multiplication factor based on Turnover* *Note: The TF shall be decided as under: Average Turnover of Last 5 Factor “TF” Financial Years Upto 50 Cr 1.00 50-100 Cr 1.1 100-200 Cr 1.2 >>200 Cr 1.25 Span Length Factor (SLF): wherein span lane Factor will be considered based on the completed projects for which DPR experience is considered • Maximum Span length upto 50 m: 1.0 • Maximum Span length more than 50 m upto 100 m: 1.50 24 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 172390719/2025/S&R Zone • Maximum Span length more than 100 m upto 200 m: 1.75 • Maximum Span length more than 200 m: 2.00 SLF= (N x1.0 + N x1.5 + N x1.75+ N x2.0) / (N + span max<50 50<span max<100 100<span max<200 span max>200 span max<50 N + N + N ) 50<span max<100 100<span max<200 span max>200 Wherein, • N <50 =Total No. of Bridges in completed DPR projects where maximum span is less than span max equal to 50 metres • N =Total No. of Bridges in completed DPR projects where maximum span is more 50<span max<100 than 50 meters but less than equal to 100 metres. • N =Total No. of Bridges in completed DPR projects where maximum span is more 100<span max<200 than 100 meters but less than equal to 200 metres. • N =Total No. of Bridges in completed DPR projects where maximum span is more than span max>200 200 metres. Special Factor (SF): it will be considered only for those projects where the bidder has experience of Special Bridges i.e. extra dozed Bridges/cable stayed bridges/Suspension Bridges. SF: 1.5 R shall be calculated for each JV member who has bid for the consultancy assignment and the weighted average as per Share in JV shall be calculated. Note: Consultant to submit the copy of corresponding schedule-B to corroborate the claim of SLF and SF. 25 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 182390719/2025/S&R Zone Section II: Instructions to Consultants (ITC) The RFP Document 1.1. Basic Tender Details This ‘RFP Document’ Document (hereinafter referred to as ‘the RFP Document’) details the terms and conditions for entering a contract for delivery of the Consultancy Services (hereinafter called ‘the Services’) described in Section VI: “Terms of Reference”. The ‘Services’ may include incidental Goods, Works, and other Services if so indicated. In this RFP Document, any generic reference to ‘Services’ shall be deemed to include such incidental Goods, Works, and other Services. Proposals are invited from the Consultants meeting the criteria (hereinafter called ‘the Consultants') as mentioned RFPL. 1.2 Interpretations, Definitions, Abbreviations and Document Conventions Section IV: General Conditions of Contract (GCC), details tenets of interpretation (GCC- clause 1.1), definitions (GCC-clause 1.2), document conventions (GCC-clause 1.3) and abbreviations (GCC-clause 1.4), which shall also apply to the rest of the RFP Document. 1.3 Overview of Contents 1) Unless otherwise stipulated in AITC, the Sections, Forms and Formats comprising this RFP Document are described in ITC-clauses 1.4, 1.5 and 1.6 below. A separate BOQ file for Financial Proposal on the eProcurement Portal is also part of this RFP Document. Any generic reference to RFP Document shall also imply a reference to any/ all the sections, Forms, Formats and the BOQ file or other files that comprise this RFP Document. 2) Consultants must submit the Proposal in the Forms/ Formats mentioned in ITC- clauses 1.5 and 1.6 below (as relevant). 1.4 Sections of the RFP Document 1.4.1 Sections of the RFP Document Unless otherwise stipulated in AITC, the RFP Document contains the following sections, which are described in subsequent sub-clauses: 1) Section I: Request for Proposal Letter (RFPL) and its Appendix: Tender Information Summary (TIS) 2) Section II: Instructions to Consultants (ITC) 3) Section III: Appendix to Instructions to Consultants (AITC) 4)Section IV: General Conditions of Contract (GCC) 5)Section V: Special Conditions of Contract (SCC) 6)Section VI: Terms of Reference a) Section VI-A: List of Key Experts and Required Qualifications 7)Section VII: Evaluation/ Scoring Criteria 1.4.2 Section I: Request for Proposal Letter (RFPL) and its Appendix: Tender Information Summary (TIS) Section I – Request for Proposal Letter (RFPL) and its Appendix – Tender Information Summary (TIS) provides a synopsis of information relevant for a Consultant to decide on participating in the RFP. Consultants must fill up ‘Form T-14: Terms and Conditions - Compliance’ regarding any proposed deviations from this Section. 26 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 192390719/2025/S&R Zone 1.4.3 Section II: Instructions to Consultants (ITC) and Section III: Appendix to Instructions to Consultants (AITC) Section II: “Instructions to Consultants” (ITC), along with Section III: “Appendix to Instructions to Consultants (AITC)”, provides the relevant information as well as instructions to assist the Consultants in preparing their proposals. It also includes the mode and procedure adopted for receipt/ opening, evaluation of Proposals, and contract award. In case of a conflict, provisions of AITC shall prevail over those in the ITC. Any generic reference to ITC shall also imply a reference to AITC as well. Consultants must fill up ‘Form T-14: Terms and Conditions - Compliance’ regarding any proposed deviations from these Sections. 1.4.4 Section IV: General Conditions of Contract (GCC) and Section V: Special Conditions of Contract (SCC) Section IV – General Conditions of Contract (GCC) and Section V – Special Conditions of Contract (SCC) describe the conditions governing the resulting contract. In case of a conflict, provisions of the SCC shall prevail over those in the GCC. Any generic reference to GCC shall also imply a reference to SCC as well. In case of any conflict, provisions of GCC/ SCC shall prevail over those in ITC/ AITC. Consultants must fill up ‘Form T-14: Terms and Conditions - Compliance’ regarding any proposed deviations from terms and conditions in these Sections. 1.4.5 Section VI: Terms of Reference (TOR) and Section VI-A: List of Key Experts and Required Qualifications Section VI: Terms of Reference describe the background, purpose/ objectives, description/ scope, deliverables/ outcomes, timelines, Procuring Entity’s inputs and counterpart personnel, statutory requirements of Services required etc. Section VI-A: ‘List of Key Experts and Required Qualifications’ describes the team composition, expertise, experience and professional qualifications required for each Key Experts. Any generic reference to TOR shall imply a reference to Section VI-A: ‘List of Key Experts and Required Qualifications’ as well. 1.4.6 Section VII: Evaluation/ Scoring Criteria 1) Section VII – Evaluation/ Scoring Criteria stipulates the scoring scheme for evaluating various Technical criteria. These may cover scoring of criteria relating to the Consultant’s experience, qualification and experience of Key Experts, transfer of knowledge etc. It may also lay down a minimum technical score to qualify for the next stage of Financial Evaluation. 2) Consultants must fill up the following Forms regarding this Section: a) Form T-2: Details of projects for which Technical Proposals have been submitted by a Consultant with a particular Team b) Form T-3: Firm’s References: Relevant Services carried out in the last seven years c) Form T-5: The composition of the proposed Team and Task Assignment to individual personnel: Maximum three pages d) Form T-6: Proposed methodology and comments e) Form T-7: Material Testing lab facilities, survey investigations, equipment to be used by the Consultants for the project f) Form T-8: Experience in use of technology with related proof. g) Form T-9: Details of office equipment and software owned by the firm. h) Form T-10: CVs of all Key-Personnel along with self-evaluation. i) Form T-11: Format for submission of Residual DPR Bid Capacity “R”. 27 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 202390719/2025/S&R Zone 1.5 Forms (To be filled, digitally signed, and uploaded by Consultants) Please refer to ITC-clause 1.4 above to relate the following forms to the corresponding Sections. Technical Proposal: The technical proposal shall be submitted strictly in the Formats given in RFP and shall comprise of following documents: i) Forwarding letter for Technical proposal duly signed by the authorized person on behalf of the bidder, as in Form-T-1 ii) Details of projects for which Technical Proposals have been submitted by a Consultant with a particular Team as in Form-T-2 iii) Firm’s references - Relevant Services carried out in the last seven years as per Form- T- 3. This information submitted as part of Proof of Eligibility shall be evaluated and need not be submitted again as a part of the Technical proposal. The above details are to be submitted through INFRACON only. iv) Site Appreciation: limited to four A4 size pages in 1.5 space and 12 font including photographs, if any (Form-T-4). v) The composition of the proposed Team and Task Assignment to individual personnel: Maximum three pages (Form-T-5). vi) Proposed methodology for the execution of the services illustrated with bar charts of activities, including any change proposed in the methodology of services indicated in the TOR, and procedure for quality assurance: The proposed methodology should be accompanied by the consultants initial view, key challenges they foresee and potential solutions suggested regarding: a) proposed alignment and bypass required, b) land acquisition requirements, c)access control, rehabilitaton of existing road, drainage and utilities, d) adoption of superior technology along with proof: limited to six A4 size pages in 1.5 space and 12 font including photographs, if any for items a to c, (Form-T-6) and information in Form-T-8 (as covered in para viii below) for item d vii) The proposal should clearly identify and mention the details of Material Testing lab facilities, survey investigations, equipment to be used by the Consultants for the project (Form-T-7). In this connection, the proposals of the Consultants to use in-house lab facilities up to a distance of maximum 400 km from the project site being feasible would be accepted. For all other cases suitable nearby material Testing Laboratory shall be proposed before Contract Agreement is executed. viii) The proposal shall indicate as to whether the firm is having the facilities for carrying out the following field activities or these are proposed to be outsourced to specialized agencies in the Form- T-8. (a). Pavement Investigation (b). Geo-technical Investigation In case the consultant envisages outsourcing any or all of the above services to the expert agencies, the details of the same indicating the arrangement made with the agencies need to be furnished. These agencies would however, be subject to approval of the client to ensure quality input by such agencies before award of the work. For out-sourced services, proposed firms/consultants should have such experience on similar projects ix) Details of office equipment and software owned by the firm in Form-T9 x) CVs of all Key Personnels shall be submitted only through Infracon in Form–T-10 at the time of bid submission. However, due to limited availability of Land Acquisition Expert and Utility Expert on Infracon Portal, for these 2 positions, CVs not on Infracon can also be submitted as part of the Technical Bid subject to the condition that the same CVs shall be uploaded on the Infracon portal before declaration of the Technical Bid 28 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 212390719/2025/S&R Zone Evaluation Result. For all such CVs the experience certificates and degrees shall have to be attached with the CVs for corroborating the details of the CV. The responsibility of submission of correct details lies with the Bidding Firm as well as the Key-Personnel and submission of any fake documents shall be render the firm as well as Key-Personnel liable for debarment upto 2 years as well as action under relevant provisions of IPC/CrPC.. xi) Form T-11 Format for submission of Residual DPR Bid Capacity “R”. xii) Form T-12 Certificate regarding Compliance with Restrictions under Rule 144 (xi) of the General Financial Rules (GFR) xiii) Form T-13 Integrity Pact xiv) Form T-14 Terms and Conditions – Compliance xv) Form T-15: Checklist for Consultants Financial Proposal The financial proposal is to be submitted in a separate file available on e-Procurement Portal. The Financial Proposal here refers to Financial Quote of the bidders in case of QCBS mode and to Amount of Performance Security Quote in QBS mode. 1.6 Other Formats Format 1: Contract Form (Required after Letter of Award) a)Appendix A: Terms of Reference b) Appendix B: Key Experts c) Appendix C: Remuneration Cost Estimates i) Annex to Appendix C: Breakdown of Agreed Fixed Rates in Consultant’s Contract d) Appendix D-1: Bank Guarantee Format for Performance Security e) Appendix D-2: Bank Guarantee Format for Advance Payment 2) Format 2: Authorisation to Attend Pre-Proposal Conference. (To be filled up, if required, by Consultant) 2. Procuring Entity - Rights and Disclaimers 2.1. The Procuring Entity Proposals are to be addressed to the President of India through the Head of Procurement, Procuring Entity in the Procuring Organization (headed by the Head of the Procuring Organisation). The Tender Inviting Authority (TIA) is the designated officer for uploading and clarifying this RFP Document. The contract may designate, as required, a counterpart Contract Manager (or Contract Management Team); and Paying authority who shall discharge the designated function during contract execution. 2.2. Right to Intellectual Property and confidentiality: 1) The RFP Document and associated correspondence are subject to copyright laws and shall always remain the property of the Procuring Entity and must not be shared with third parties or reproduced, whether in whole or part, without the Procuring Entity’s prior written consent. 2) However, Consultants may share these to prepare and submit their Proposals with their employees, Sub-consultant(s) or holding Company after obtaining an undertaking of confidentiality similar to that imposed on the Consultant. 3) This condition shall also apply to Consultants who do not submit a Proposal after 29 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 222390719/2025/S&R Zone downloading it or are not awarded a contract. 4) The obligation of the Consultants under sub-clauses above, however, shall not apply to information that: a) now or hereafter is or enters the public domain through no fault of Consultant; b) is legally possessed by Consultant at the relevant time and was not previously obtained, directly or indirectly, from the Procuring Entity; or c) otherwise lawfully becomes available to Consultant from a third party with no obligation of confidentiality. 5) The provisions of this clause shall survive completion or termination for whatever reason of the Procurement Process or the contract. 2.3. Right to Reject any or all Proposals The Procuring Entity reserves its right to accept or reject any or all Proposals, abandon/ cancel the Procurement Process, and issue another RFP for the same or similar Services before the award of the contract. It would have no liability to the affected Consultant(s) or any obligation to inform them of the grounds for such action(s). 2.4. Disclaimers 2.4.1 Regarding the Purpose of the RFP Document The RFP Document is neither an agreement nor an offer to the prospective Consultant(s) or any other party. The purpose of the RFP Document is to provide the Consultant(s) with information to assist them in participation in this Procurement Process. 2.4.2 Regarding Documents/ guidelines The RFP Document, ensuing communications, and Contracts shall determine the legal and commercial relationship between the Consultants and the Procuring Entity. No other Government or Procuring Entity’s document/ guidelines/ Manuals, including its Procurement Manual (for internal and official use of its officers), notwithstanding any mention thereof in the RFP Document, shall have any locus-standii in such a relationship. Therefore, such documents/ guidelines/ Manuals shall not be admissible in legal or dispute resolution or grievance redressal proceedings. 2.4.3 Regarding Information Provided Information contained in the RFP Document or subsequently provided to the Consultant(s) is on the terms and conditions set out in the RFP Document or subject to which that was provided. Similar terms apply to information provided verbally, in the documentary, or any other form, directly or indirectly, by the Procuring Entity, its employees, or associated agencies. 2.4.4 Regarding RFP Document: 1) The RFP Document does not purport to contain all the information Consultant(s) may require. It may not address the needs of all Consultants. They should conduct due diligence, investigation, and analysis, check the information's accuracy, reliability, and completeness, and obtain independent advice from appropriate sources. Information provided in the RFP Document to the Consultant(s) is on various matters, some of which may depend upon interpreting the law. The information given is not an exhaustive account of statutory requirements and should not be regarded as a complete or authoritative statement of law. The Procuring Entity, its employees and other associated agencies accept no responsibility for the accuracy or otherwise for any interpretation or opinion on law expressed herein. 30 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 232390719/2025/S&R Zone 2) The Procuring Entity, its employees and other associated agencies make no representation or warranty for the accuracy, adequacy, correctness, completeness or reliability of any assessment, assumption, statement, or information in the RFP Document. They have no legal liability, whether resulting from negligence or otherwise, for any loss, damages, cost, or expense arising from/ incurred/ suffered, howsoever caused, to any person, including any Consultant, on such account. Consultants – Participation in this RFP process 3.1. Eligibility to Participate Consulting firms meeting the eligibility criteria as mentioned in Appendix-1 to Tender Information Summary (TIS) are only eligible for applying for this assignment. Firms not meeting these criteria, need not apply. 3) Participation in only one Proposal: The Consultant shall not participate in more than one Proposal in this RFP Process. Participation in any capacity by a Consultant (including the participation of a Consultant as a Sub-consultant or as a member of a JV/C or vice-versa) in more than one Proposal shall result in the disqualification of all Proposals in which he is a party. Unless otherwise stipulated in TIS, this does not preclude a Sub-consultant or a Consultant’s staff (if they are not submitting a proposal in their own name) from participating as Sub-consultant/ Key Experts/ Non-Key Experts in more than one Proposal. A Consultant shall not be allowed to participate both as an individual Consultant and as a part of the joint venture or as a Sub-consultant. 4) Sub-contracting: The Consultant shall not subcontract the Services to sub-consultants. However, subject to the restrictions outlined in this RFP Document, a Consultant may propose sub-contracting a part of the contract for specialised items of services, provided such a sub-consultant does not circumvent the eligibility and qualification criteria based on which the Consultant was shortlisted in the RFP process and only sub-contracting for specialized survey & investigation works upto 10% of project cost is allowed with prior approval of the Implementing Agency. The names and details of the sub-consultants must be clearly stated in the proposal submitted by the Consultant. Despite any approval of the Procuring Entity for such arrangements, the Consultant shall be solely and directly responsible for executing sub-contracted portions of the contract. Sub-contracting by the Consultant without the approval of the Procuring Entity shall be a breach of contract. 3.2. Conflict of Interest The Consultant must provide professional, objective, and impartial advice, holding the Procuring Organisation’s interests paramount at all times, and shall not try to get benefits beyond the legitimate payments and credentials in the contract. He should strictly avoid conflicts with other assignments or their corporate interests. Consultants must disclose to the Procuring Entity in Form T-1 ‘Proposal Form (Covering Letter)’ any actual or potential conflict that impacts its capacity to serve the best interest of the Procuring Organisation. Failure to disclose such situations shall be treated as a violation of the Code of Ethics (ITC-Clause 15) and shall attract penalties mentioned therein. Proposals found to have a conflict of interest shall be rejected as nonresponsive. Without limitation on the generality of the preceding, a Consultant in this Procurement Process shall be considered to have a conflict of interest if the Consultant: 1) Conflicting Associations: a) directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with another Consultant; or b) receives or has received any direct or indirect subsidy/ financial stake from another 31 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 242390719/2025/S&R Zone Consultant; or c) has the same correspondence address or same legal representative/ agent as another consultant for purposes of this proposal; or d) has a relationship with another Consultant, directly or through common third parties, that puts it in a position to have access to information about or influence the Proposal of another Consultant or influence the decisions of the Procuring Entity regarding this Procurement Process; or 2) Unfair Competitive Advantage and Conflicting Activities: had (or any of its Affiliates) been engaged by the Procuring Entity to provide goods, works, or services for a project, shall be disqualified from providing consulting services resulting from or directly related to those goods, works, or services. Conversely, a firm (or any of its Affiliates) hired to provide consulting services for the preparation or implementation of a project shall be disqualified from subsequently providing goods or works or services resulting from or directly related to the consulting services for such preparation or implementation. 3) Conflicting Assignments: would (including its Experts and Sub-consultants) or any of its Affiliates) be or are providing consultancy services in another assignment for the same or another Procuring Entity that, by its nature, may conflict with this assignment. 4) Commissions and Gratuities: The Consultant shall disclose any commissions or fees that may have been paid or are to be paid to agents, representatives, or commission agents concerning the selection process or execution and performance of the resulting Contract. The information disclosed must include the name and address of the agent, representative, or commission agent, the amount and currency, and the purpose of the commission or fee. 5) Conflicting Relationships: has close business/ family relationship with a staff of the Procuring Organisation who are/ would be directly/ indirectly involved in any of the following activities: a) preparation of the RFP document or TOR of the Procurement Process b) evaluation of Proposals or award of Contract, or c) implementation/ supervision of the resulting Contract 4. The Terms of Reference (TOR) and Form of Contract 4.1. Facilities to be provided by the Procuring Entity Unless otherwise stipulated in the TOR, utilities or facilities (e.g., Rooms, Furniture, Transport, and Access to IT Services etc.) shall NOT be provided by the Procuring Entity to the Consultant. 4.2. Forms of BOQ/ Contract and Selection Methods Evaluation of Proposals and the resulting Contract shall be based on the form of BOQ/ Contract and the Selection method applicable for the RFP, as elaborated in ITC-Clause 11 and 12 below. 4.2.1 Output-Based (Output Admeasurement) form of BOQ/ Contract: Unless otherwise stipulated in the TIS form of BOQ/ Contract shall be ‘Output-Based (Output Admeasurement)’. In such contracts, the Consultant shall provide services on a deliverable basis according to the Terms of Reference. The Consultant’s remuneration shall be determined based on the time spent by the Consultant in carrying out the Services based on (i) agreed-upon unit rates for the Consultant’s experts multiplied by the actual time spent by the experts in executing the assignment and (ii) reimbursable expenses using actual expenses and/or agreed unit prices. 4.2.2 Selection Method 32 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 252390719/2025/S&R Zone 1) Unless otherwise specified in TIS, the selection method applicable in this RFP shall be Quality and Cost Basis Selection (QCBS) or Quality Based Selection (QBS) based on the tentative project cost estimated by the Tender issuing Authority. 2) Please refer to ITC-Clause 11 and 12 for details. 4.3. Inputs of Key Experts 4.3.1 Consultant shall not propose alternative Key Experts. Only one CV shall be submitted for each Key Expert position. Failure to comply with this requirement shall make the Proposal non-responsive. 4.3.2 Procuring Entity shall indicate in the RFP Document the estimated Key Experts’ time input (expressed in person-month). 5. Proposal Prices, Taxes and Duties 5.1. Prices 5.1.1 Competitive and Independent Prices For QCBS mode of tender The prices should be arrived at independently, without restricting competition, any consultation, communication, or agreement with any other Consultant or competitor relating to: i) those prices; or ii) the intention to submit an offer; or iii) the methods or factors used to calculate the prices offered. The prices should not be knowingly disclosed by the Consultant, directly or indirectly, to any other Consultant or competitor before the Financial Proposal opening unless otherwise required by law. 5.1.2 Fixed Cost for QBS mode of tender For tendering on QBS mode, no separate BOQ has to be uploaded by the bidders and the fixed cost estimate as provided by the tender issuing authority as part of the RFP document shall be applicable for all bidders. All other incidental costs/items not mentioned in the BOQ shall be deemed to included in the total contract price and no separate payment for the same shall be made to the consultants. The Fixed Cost shall be considered to include all relevant financial implications, including inter-alia the scope of the Services to be delivered and the incidental goods/ works to be supplied, location of the Consultant, site(s) of the delivery of Services, terms of delivery, extant rules and regulations relating to taxes, duties, customs, transportation, environment, labour, Mining & Forest of the Consultant's country and in India. 5.1.3 Price Components In QCBS mode, Consultant shall indicate in the Price Schedule prices/ rates against all the specified components, including the unit prices and total Proposal prices. 5.1.4 Price Schedule For QCBS Mode: Consultants are to upload only the downloaded BOQ (in excel format) after entering the relevant fields without any alteration/ deletion/ modification of other portions of the excel sheet. All the columns in the price schedule should be filled up as required. If any column does not apply to a Consultant, he should clarify the same. Consultants shall fill in rates other than zero value in the specified cells without leaving 33 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 262390719/2025/S&R Zone them blank. The quoted price shall be considered to include all relevant financial implications, including inter-alia the scope of the Services to be delivered and the incidental goods/ works to be supplied, location of the Consultant, site(s) of the delivery of Services, terms of delivery, extant rules and regulations relating to taxes, duties, customs, transportation, environment, labour, Mining & Forest of the Consultant's country and in India. For QBS mode: Refer clause 5.1.2 above. 5.1.5 Provisions of GST Break up of different price elements, i.e., as per GST Act, shall be indicated separately, along with its associated HSN code and GST rate. While quoting the basic rate, the Consultant should offset the input credit available as per the GST Act. Please refer to ITC-Clause 5.3 for further details. 5.1.6 Currencies of Proposal and Payment 1) Unless otherwise stipulated in the AITC, the Consultant's currency of Proposal and payment shall be quoted entirely in Indian Rupees. All payments shall be made in Indian Rupees only. 2) Where the AITC permits quotations in different currencies, then, for Services performed in or sourced from India, prices shall be quoted in Indian rupees only, and for Services performed from foreign locations, prices shall be quoted in Indian rupees or the currency stipulated in the AITC. For evaluation, all quoted prices shall be converted into Indian Rupees as per the procedure mentioned in ITC-clause 11.4.2 below. 5.1.7 Non-compliance Tenders, where prices are quoted in any other way, shall be rejected as nonresponsive. 5.2. Firm/ Variable Price 5.2.1 Firm Price Unless otherwise stipulated in the AITC, prices quoted by the Consultant shall remain firm and fixed during the currency of the contract and generally shall not be subject to variation except in case of increase in surveys & investigations (head IX. Of BOQ)/ supply and fixing of boundary pillars (head X. of BOQ). 5.2.2 Price Variation Clause: 1) In case the RFP Documents require/ permit offers on a variable price basis, the price quoted by the Consultants shall be subject to adjustment during the original delivery period to take care of the changes in the input cost of labour, material, and fuel/ power components under the price variation formula as stipulated in the RFP Document. 2) If a Consultant submits a firm price quotation against a variable price quotation requirement, that Proposal shall be prima-facie acceptable and considered further, taking the price variation asked for by Consultant as nil. 5.3. Taxes The Consultant and its Sub-consultants and Experts are responsible for meeting all tax liabilities 34 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 272390719/2025/S&R Zone arising from the Contract. 5.3.1 GST Registration Status: 1) All the Consultants should ensure that they are GST compliant and that their quoted tax structure/ rates are as per GST Act/ Rules. Consultants should be registered under GST and furnish a GSTIN number and GST Registration Certificate in their offer unless they are specifically exempted from registration under a specific notification/ circular/ section/ rule issued by statutory authorities. 2) GST Registration Number (15-digit GSTIN). If the Consultant has multiple business verticals in a state and has separate registration for each vertical, the GSTIN of each vertical concerned with the service delivery shall be quoted. If the services provided are from multiple states, the Consultant should mention GST registration numbers for each state separately. 3) Composition scheme: If the Consultant has opted for a composition levy under Section 10 of CGST, he should declare the fact while bidding along with GSTIN and GST registration certificate. 4) Exemption from Registration: If a Consultant is not liable to take GST registration, i.e., having turnover below threshold, he shall submit undertaking/ indemnification against tax liability. Consultant claiming exemption in this respect shall submit a valid certificate from practicing Chartered Accountant (CA)/ Cost Accountant with Unique Document Identification Number (UDIN) to the effect that Consultant fulfils all conditions prescribed in notification exempting him from registration. Such Consultant/ dealer shall not charge any GST and/ or GST Cess in the bill/ invoice. In such case, applicable GST shall be deposited under Reverse Charge Mechanism (RCM) or otherwise as per GST Act by the Procuring Entity directly to concerned authorities. The consultant should note that his offer would be loaded with the payable GST under the RCM. Further, the Consultant should notify and submit to the Procuring Entity within 15 days of becoming liable for registration under GST. 5.3.2 HSN Code and GST Rate: 1) If provided in this RFP Document, the HSN (Harmonized System of Nomenclature) code shall be only indicative. It shall be the responsibility of the Consultant to ensure that they quote the exact HSN Code and corresponding GST rate for each activity of the Services being offered by them a) As per the GST Act, the Proposal and contract must show the GST Tax Rates (and GST Cess if applicable) and GST Amount explicitly and separately from the Proposal/ contract price (exclusive of GST). b) If the price is stated to be inclusive of GST, the Consultant must declare the current applicable rate included in the price. Consultants should quote 'GST' if payable extra on the total basic rate of each service and quoted GST in ‘%' inclusive of cess. 2) Applicability to Imported Goods/ Services: If imported into India, the supply of commodities, services, or both shall be considered as supply under inter-state commerce/ trade and shall attract integrated tax (IGST). The IGST rate and GST cess shall be applicable on the ‘Custom Assessable Value’ plus the ‘Basic Customs duty applicable thereon’. 5.4. Payments 5.4.1 General Payments shall be made as per the procedure laid down in GCC unless otherwise stipulated.. 5.4.2 No Advance Payments 35 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 282390719/2025/S&R Zone Unless otherwise stipulated in AITC, the Procuring Entity shall make no advance payment of any type (Mobilization, secured advances, etc.). If AITC does stipulate advance payments, these shall be subject to conditions stipulated therein. 6. Downloading the RFP Document; Corrigenda and Clarifications 6.1. Downloading the RFP Document The RFP document can be downloaded as per the details given in RFPL clause 2.2. 6.2. Corrigenda/ Addenda to RFP Document 1) Before the deadline for submitting Proposals, the Procuring Entity may update, amend, modify, or supplement the information, assessment or assumptions contained in the RFP Document by issuing corrigenda and addenda. The corrigenda and addenda shall be published in the same manner as the original RFP Document. Without any liability or obligation, the Portal may send intimation of such corrigenda/ addenda to Consultants who have downloaded the document under their login. However, the Consultants must check the website(s) for any corrigenda/ addenda. Any corrigendum or addendum thus issued shall be considered a part of the RFP Document. 2) To give reasonable time to the prospective Consultants to take such corrigendum/ addendum into account in preparing their Proposals, the Procuring Entity may suitably extend the deadline for the Proposal submission as necessary. After the procuring entity makes such modifications, any Consultant who has submitted his Proposal in response to the original invitation shall have the opportunity to either withdraw his Proposal or re- submit his Proposal superseding the original Proposal within the extended time of submission as per ITC-clause 9.4.1 below. 3) The Procuring Entity may extend the deadline for the RFP submission by issuing an amendment. In this case, all rights and obligations of the Procuring Entity and the consultants previously subject to the original deadline shall then be subject to the new deadline for the RFP submission. 6.3. Clarification of the RFP Document As detailed in RFPL clause 2.3, a Consultant requiring any clarification regarding the RFP Document may seek clarification through the eProcurement Portal. The Procuring Entity shall respond no later than seven days before the deadline for RFP submission. The query and clarification shall be shared with all Consultants on the portal without disclosing its source. If a modification of the RFP document is warranted due to such clarification, an addendum/ corrigendum shall be issued as per ITC-Clause 6.2 above. 7. Pre-Proposal Conference 1) If a Pre-Proposal conference is stipulated in the TIS, prospective Consultants interested in participating in this tender may attend a Pre-Proposal conference to clarify the techno- commercial conditions of the RFP at the venue, date and time specified therein. 2) Participation is not mandatory: However, if a Consultant chooses not to (or fails to) participate in the Pre-Proposal conference or does not submit a written query, it shall be assumed that they have no issues regarding the techno-commercial conditions. 3) The date and time by which the written queries for the Pre-Proposal must reach the authority and the last date for registration for participation in the Pre-Proposal conference are also mentioned in the TIS. If the dates are not mentioned, such date and time shall be 7 days before the date and time of the pre-Proposal conference. 4) Delegates participating in the Pre-Proposal conference must provide a photo identity and an 36 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 292390719/2025/S&R Zone authorization letter as per Format 2: "Authorization to attend a Pre-Proposal Conference" from their Company/ principals; else, they shall not be allowed to participate. The pre- Proposal conference may also be held online at the discretion of the Procuring Entity. 5) After the Pre-Proposal Conference, Minutes of the Pre-Proposal conference shall be published on the Procuring Entity’s portal within seven days from the Pre-Proposal Conference. If required, a clarification letter and corrigendum to RFP Document shall be issued, containing amendments to various provisions of the RFP Document. As per ITC- clause 6.2 above, to give reasonable time to the prospective Consultants to consider such clarifications in preparing their Proposals, the Procuring Entity may suitably extend, as necessary, the deadline for the Proposal submission. 8. Preparation of Proposals 8.1. The Proposal 8.1.1 Language of the Proposal Unless otherwise stipulated in the AITC, the Proposal submitted by the Consultant and all subsequent correspondence and documents relating to the Proposal exchanged between the Consultant and the Procuring Entity shall be written in the language specified in the AITC /SCC (hereinafter referred to as the ‘Proposal Language’. If nothing is specified, the language shall be English). However, the language of any printed literature furnished by the Consultant in connection with its Proposal may be written in any other language provided a certified translation accompanies it in the Proposal language. For purposes of interpretation of the Proposal, translation in the language of the Proposal shall prevail. 8.1.2 Acquaintance with Local Conditions and Factors At his own cost, responsibility, and risk, the Consultant is encouraged to visit, examine, and familiarise himself with the local conditions and factors. The Consultant acknowledges that before the submission of the Proposal, he has, after a complete and careful examination, made an independent evaluation of the local conditions, infrastructure, logistics, communications, legal, environmental, and any other conditions or factors which would have any effect on the performance of the contract. Consultants shall be responsible for compliance with Rules, Regulations, Laws and Acts in force from time to time at relevant places. On such matters, the Procuring Entity shall have no responsibility and not entertain any request from the Consultants. 8.1.3 Cost of preparation and submission of Proposals The Consultant(s) shall bear all direct or consequential costs, losses and expenditures associated with or relating to the preparation, submission, and subsequent processing of their Proposals, including but not limited to preparation, copying, postage, delivery fees, expenses associated with any submission of samples, demonstrations, or presentations which the Procuring Entity may require, or any other costs incurred in connection with or relating to their Proposals. All such costs, losses and expenses shall remain with the Consultant(s), and the Procuring Entity shall not be liable in any manner whatsoever for the same or any other costs, losses and expenses incurred by a Consultant(s) for participation in the Procurement Process, regardless of the conduct or outcome of the Procurement Process. 8.1.4 Interpretation of Provisions of the RFP Document The RFP document's provisions must be interpreted in the context in which these appear. Any interpretation of these provisions far removed from such context, contrived, or between-the- lines interpretation is unacceptable. 37 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 302390719/2025/S&R Zone 8.1.5 Alternate Proposals are not allowed. Unless otherwise stipulated in the AITC, conditional offers, alternative offers, and multiple Proposals by a Consultant shall not be considered. The Portal shall permit only one Proposal to be uploaded. 8.2. Documents comprising the Proposal: 8.2.1 Techno-commercial Proposal/ Cover "Technical Proposal" shall include inter-alia the scanned copies of duly signed or digitally signed copies of forms as per ITC-Clause 1.5 in pdf format. The Technical Proposal shall not include any financial information. A Technical Proposal containing material financial information shall be declared non-responsive. 8.2.2 Financial Proposal/ Cover "Financial Proposal" shall comprise the Price Schedule for the QCBS mode of tender (Submitted separately as an excel sheet) available on the eProcurement Portal. Any additional information may be uploaded as a pdf under "Additional Documents" in the "Proposal Cover Content." It should be filled considering all financially relevant details, including Taxes and Duties, as per ITC-clause 5.3. It shall list all costs associated with the assignment, including (a) remuneration for Key Experts and Non-Key Experts, (b) reimbursable expenses in the RFP Document. No additional technical details which have not been brought out in the Technical Proposal shall be brought out in the Financial Proposal. A Financial Proposal containing material Technical Information not disclosed in the Technical Proposal shall be declared non-responsive. 8.3. Proposal Validity 1) Unless specified to the contrary in the TIS, Proposals shall remain valid for a period not less than 120 days from the deadline for the Proposal submission stipulated in TIS. A Proposal valid for a shorter period shall be rejected as nonresponsive. 2) In case the day upto which the Proposals are to remain valid falls on/ subsequently declared a holiday or closed day for the Procuring Entity, the Proposal validity shall automatically be deemed to be extended upto the next working day. 3) In exceptional circumstances, before the expiry of the original time limit, the Procuring Entity may request the Consultants to extend the validity period for a specified additional period. The request and the Consultants' responses shall be made in writing or electronically. However, after expiry of 150 days from bid due date the tender shall be deemed annulled automatically. a) The Consultant has the right to refuse to extend the validity of its Proposal, in which case such Proposal shall not be further evaluated. b) If the Consultant agrees to extend the validity of its Proposal, it shall be done without any change in the original Proposal and with the confirmation of the availability of the Key Experts. c) If any Key Experts become unavailable for the extended validity period, the Consultant shall seek permission to substitute another Key Expert. The Consultant shall provide written justification and evidence to the Procuring Entity with the substitution request. In such case, a substitute Key Expert shall have equal or better qualifications and experience than the originally proposed one. The technical evaluation score, however, shall remain based on the evaluation of the CV of the original Key Expert. The Consultant shall not be allowed to replace more than 50% of Key personal under this clause. d) If the Consultant fails to provide a substitute Key Expert with equal or better 38 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 312390719/2025/S&R Zone qualifications, or if the provided reasons for the replacement or justification are unacceptable to the Procuring Entity, such Proposal shall be rejected. 8.4. Bid Security - Related Documents 1) EMD/ BSD as Bid Security: The Consultant shall provide Bid Security as Earnest Money Deposit (EMD) for the amount shown in the TIS (or if permitted in TIS, a Bid Securing Declaration as Form T-9B in lieu of EMD). 2) Modalities of EMD: Unless otherwise provided in TIS, the earnest money shall be denominated in Indian Rupees. Wherever relevant, it shall be in favour of the Account specified in TIS and shall be furnished in one of the following modalities valid for forty-five days beyond the validity of the proposal: a) E- Bank Guarantee b) Insurance Surety Bonds c) Deleted d) Deleted e) Deleted f) Bank Guarantee from/ confirmed by any of the commercial banks in the format specified in Form T-16, or g) Payment online in an acceptable form 3) Forfeiture of EMD (Enforcement of BSD): EMD shall be forfeited (or in case BSD is permitted, the declaration2 shall be enforced from the date of such decision) if the Consultant breaches any of the following obligation(s) under the RFP: (a) withdraws or amends his Proposal or impairs or derogates from the Proposal in any respect within the period of validity of its Proposal; or (b) after having been notified within the period of Proposal validity of the acceptance of his Proposal by the Procuring Entity: i) refuses to or fails to submit the original documents for scrutiny or the required Performance Security within the stipulated time as per the RFP document's conditions. ii) fails or refuses to sign the contract. 4) Return of EMD (Expiry of BSD): Unsuccessful Consultants’ EMD shall be returned to them without any interest (or if BSD is permitted, it shall stand expired) not later than thirty days after the conclusion of the resultant contract. Successful Consultant’s EMD shall be returned without any interest (or if BSD is permitted, it shall stand expired) after receipt of performance security from them. 9. Signing and Uploading Proposals 9.1. Relationship between Consultant and eProcurement Portal The Procuring Entity is neither a party nor a principal in the relationship between the Consultant and the organisation hosting the e-procurement portal (hereinafter called the Portal). Consultants must comply with the rules, regulations, procedures, and implied conditions/ agreements of the eProcurement portal, including registration, compatible Digital Signature Certificate (DSC) etc. Consultants shall settle clarifications and disputes, if any, regarding the Portal directly with them. In case of conflict between provisions of the Portal with the RFP Document, provisions of the Portal shall prevail. Consultants may study the resources provided by the Portal for Consultants. 2 The BSD provides for automatic suspension of the Consultant (all members individually and jointly in case of JV) 39 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 322390719/2025/S&R Zone from being eligible for bidding in any procurement in the Ministry/ Department of Procuring Organization for 2 years from the date of such enforcement. 9.2. Signing of Proposal The individual signing/ digitally signing the Proposal or any other connected documents should submit an authenticated copy of the document(s), which authorizes the signatory to commit and submit Proposals on behalf of the Consultant along with Form T-1: Proposal Form (Covering Letter). 9.3. Submission/ uploading of Proposals. 9.3.1 Further to details mentioned in RFPL clause 6: 1) Proposals must be uploaded on the eProcurement Portal mentioned in the TIS until the deadline for the Proposal submission as notified therein. If the office happens to be closed on the deadline to submit the Proposal as specified above, this deadline shall not be extended. No manual Proposals shall be made available or accepted for submission. Proposals submitted through modalities other than those stipulated in TIS shall be liable to be rejected as nonresponsive. 2) In the case of downloaded documents, the Consultant must not make any changes to the contents of the documents while uploading, except for filling in the required information– otherwise, the Proposal shall be rejected as nonresponsive. Uploaded Pdf documents should not be password protected. Consultants should ensure the clarity/ legibility of the scanned documents uploaded by them. 3) The date and time of the e-Procurement server clock (also displayed on the dashboard of the consultants) shall be the reference time for deciding the closing time of the Proposal submission. Consultants are advised to ensure they submit their Proposal within the deadline of submission, taking the server clock as a reference, failing which the portal shall not accept the Proposal. No request on the account that the server clock was not showing the correct time and that a particular consultant could not submit their Proposal because of this shall be entertained. Failure or defects on the internet or heavy traffic at the server shall not be accepted as a reason for a complaint. The Procuring Entity shall not be responsible for any failure, malfunction or breakdown of the electronic system used during the e-Tender process. 4) Only one copy of the Proposal can be uploaded, and the Consultant shall digitally sign all statements, documents, and certificates uploaded by him, owning sole and complete responsibility for their correctness/ authenticity as per the IT Act 2000 as amended from time to time. A proposal submitted by a Joint Venture shall be digitally signed by an authorized representative with a written power of attorney signed by each member’s authorized representative to legally bind all members. 5) Unless otherwise instructed in the RFP Document, the consultant need not sign or up-load the Sections in ITC-clause 1.4.1 above while uploading his Proposal. However, they must declare in his Proposal Form (Form T-1: Proposal Form) that they have read, understood, complied with, and stand bound by all requirements of these sections. 6) Unless otherwise specified, in TIS, originals of the EMD/ Bid Security instrument must be physically submitted sealed in double cover and acknowledgement be obtained before the bid submission deadline at the venue mentioned in TIS. Failure to do so is likely to result in the bid being rejected. If the office is closed on the deadline for such physical submission, 40 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 332390719/2025/S&R Zone the physical submission deadline shall stand extended to the next working day at the same time and venue. 7) The Procuring Entity reserves its right to call for verification, at any stage of evaluation, especially from the successful Consultant(s) before the issue of a Letter of Award (LoA), originals of uploaded scanned copies of documents (in the RFP stages). If a consultant fails at that stage to provide such originals or, in case of substantive discrepancies in such documents, it shall be construed as a breach of the Code of Integrity (see clause 15 below). Such RFP proposals shall be liable to be rejected as nonresponsive and other punitive actions for such a breach. 8) Regarding the protected Price Schedule (excel format) for QCBS mode as well as protected PBG Quote for QBS mode, the Consultant shall only enter his name in the space provided in the specified location. Consultant shall type rates in the figure only in the rate column of respective service(s) without any blank cell or Zero values in the rate column, without any alteration/ deletion/ modification of other portions of the excel sheet. If space is inadequate, the Consultant may upload additional documents under "Additional Documents" in the "Proposal Cover Content." 9) All Proposals uploaded by the Consultant to the portal shall get automatically encrypted. The encrypted Proposal can only be decrypted/ opened by the authorised persons on or after the due date and time. The Consultant should ensure the correctness of the Proposal before uploading and take a printout of the system- generated submission summary to confirm the successful Proposal upload. 9.3.2 Implied acceptance of procedures by Consultants Submission of Proposal in response to the RFP Document is deemed to be acceptance of the procedures and conditions of e-Procurement and the RFP Document. 9.4. Modification, Resubmission and Withdrawal of Proposals 9.4.1 Modification & Resubmission Once submitted in e-Procurement, the Consultant cannot view or modify his Proposal since it is locked by encryption. However, resubmission of the Proposal by the Consultants for any number of times superseding earlier Proposal(s) before the submission date and time is allowed. Resubmission of a Proposal shall require uploading all documents, including the financial Proposal, afresh. The system shall consider only the last Proposal submitted. 9.4.2 Withdrawal 1) The Consultant may withdraw his Proposal before the Proposal submission deadline, and it shall be marked as withdrawn and shall not get opened during the Proposal opening. 2) No Proposal should be withdrawn after the Proposal submission deadline and before the Proposal validity period expires. If a Consultant withdraws the Proposal during this period, the Procuring Entity shall be within its right to forfeit the Bid Security (or enforce the Bid Securing Declaration, if it was allowed in lieu of Bid Security), in addition to other punitive actions provided in the RFP Document for such misdemeanour as per clause 8.4 above. 10. Proposal Opening The Proposals shall be opened on or after the date & time of the opening stipulated in TIS. Proposals cannot be opened before the specified date & time, even by the Tender Inviting Officer, the Procurement Officer, or the Publisher. If the specified date of Proposal opening falls on is subsequently declared a holiday or closed day for the Procuring Entity, the Proposals shall be opened at the appointed time on the next working day. 41 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 342390719/2025/S&R Zone 11. Evaluation of Proposals and Award of Contract 11.1. General norms 11.1.1 Evaluation is based only on declared criteria. 1) The evaluation shall be based upon scrutiny and examination of all relevant data and details submitted by the Consultant in its/ his Proposal and other allied information deemed appropriate by Procuring Entity. Evaluation of Proposals shall be based only on the criteria/ conditions included in the RFP Document. The Selection Method to be used for evaluation and the Type of Contract (Price Structure) is mentioned in the TIS. 2) The determination shall not consider the qualifications of other firms, such as the consultant's subsidiaries, parent entities, affiliates, or any other firm(s) different from the consultant. 3) Consultants planning to subcontract any Key Activities indicated in Section VI: terms of Reference and its sub-sections must ensure compliance with ITC-Clause 3 above. 4) Information relating to the evaluation of RFPs and evaluation results shall not be disclosed to any participant or any other persons not officially concerned with such process until the notification of shortlisting is made in accordance with clause 13.1 below. 11.1.2 Deviations/ Reservations/ Omissions - Substantive or Minor During the evaluation of Proposals, the following definitions apply: a) “Deviation” is a departure from the requirements specified in the RFP Document; b) “Reservation” is the setting of limiting conditions or withholding from complete acceptance of the requirements specified in the RFP Document; and c) “Omission” is failing to submit part or all of the information or documentation required in the RFP Document. A deviation/ reservation/ omission from the requirements of the RFP Document shall be considered a substantive deviation as per the following norm, and the rest shall be considered a Minor deviation: a) which affects in any substantive way the scope, quality, or performance standards of the Services; b) which limits in any substantive way, inconsistent with the RFP Document, the Procuring Entity's rights, or the Consultant's obligations under the contract; or c) Whose rectification would unfairly affect the competitive position of other Consultants presenting substantively responsive Proposals. The decision of the Procuring Entity shall be final in this regard. Proposals with substantive deviations shall be rejected as nonresponsive. Variations, deviations, and other offered benefits (Techno-commercial or Financial) above the scope/ quantum of Services stipulated in the RFP Document shall not influence evaluation Proposals. If the Proposal is otherwise successful, such benefits shall be availed by the Procuring Entity, which would become part of the contract. The Procuring Entity reserves the right to accept or reject Proposals with minor deviations. Wherever necessary, the Procuring Entity shall convey its observation as per ITC-clause 11.1.3 below on such ‘minor’ issues to the Consultant by registered/ speed post/ electronically etc., asking Consultant to respond by a specified date. If the Consultant does not reply by the specified date or gives an evasive reply without clarifying the point at issue in clear terms, that Proposal shall be liable to be rejected as nonresponsive. 42 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 352390719/2025/S&R Zone 11.1.3 Clarification of Proposals and shortfall documents 1) During the evaluation of Techno commercial or Financial Proposals, the Procuring Entity may, at its discretion, but without any obligation to do so, ask the Consultant to clarify its Proposal by a specified date. The consultant should answer the clarification within that specified date (or, if not specified, 7 days from receiving such a request). The request for clarification shall be submitted in writing or electronically, and no change in prices or substance of the Proposal shall be sought, offered, or permitted that may grant any undue advantage to such Consultant. Any clarification submitted by a Consultant regarding its Proposal that is not in response to a request by the Purchasing Entity shall not be considered. 2) The Procuring Entity reserves its right to, but without any obligation to do so, seek any shortfall information/ documents only in case of historical documents which pre- existed at the time of the Proposal Opening and which have not undergone change since then and do not grant any undue advantage to any Consultant. There is a provision on the portal for requesting Short-fall documents from the Consultants. The system allows taking the shortfall documents from consultants only once after the technical Proposal opening. 3) If the consultant fails to provide satisfactory clarification and/or missing information, its RFP shall be evaluated based on available information and documents. 11.1.4 Contacting Procuring Entity during the evaluation From Proposal submission to awarding of the contract, no Consultant shall contact the Procuring Entity on any matter relating to the submitted Proposal. If a Consultant needs to contact the Procuring Entity for any reason relating to this tender and/ or its Proposal, it should do so only in writing or electronically. Any effort by a Consultant to influence the Procuring Entity during the processing of Proposals, evaluation, Proposal comparison or award decisions shall be construed as a violation of the Code of Integrity, and the Proposal shall be liable to be rejected as nonresponsive in addition to other punitive actions for violation of Code of Integrity as per the RFP Document. 11.2. Evaluation of Proposals 11.2.1 Preliminary Examination of Proposals - Determining Responsiveness A substantively responsive Proposal is complete and conforms to the RFP Document's essential terms, conditions, and requirements without substantive deviation, reservation, or omission. Proposals with substantive techno-commercial deviations or other essential aspects of the RFP shall be rejected as nonresponsive. Only substantively responsive Proposals shall be considered for further evaluation. Procuring entity reserves its right to consider and allow minor deviations in technical and Commercial Conditions. Unless otherwise stipulated in the AITC, the following are some of the crucial aspects for which a Proposal shall be rejected as nonresponsive: 1) The Proposal is not in the prescribed format or is not submitted as per the stipulations in the RFP Document. 2) Failure to provide and/ or comply with the required information, instructions etc., incorporated in the RFP Document or evasive information/ reply against any such stipulations. 3) Required Bid Security (EMD) (or Bid Securing Declaration BSD if permitted) has not been provided. 4) Consultant no longer complies with the eligibility criteria in the RFP; 5) The Services offered are not eligible as per the provision of this tender. 6) The consultant has quoted conditional Proposals or more than one Proposal or alternative 43 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 362390719/2025/S&R Zone Proposals unless permitted explicitly in the AITC. 7) The Proposal validity is shorter than the required period. 8) The Proposal departs from the essential requirements stipulated in the bidding document; 9) The consultant has quoted ‘Nil’ Service charges/ margin over the minimum wages in Personnel Deployment Schedule. 10) Non-submission or submission of illegible scanned copies of stipulated documents/ declarations 11) Furnishing wrong and/ or misguiding data, statement(s) etc. In such a situation, besides rejecting the Proposal as nonresponsive, it is liable to attract other punitive actions under relevant provisions of the RFP Document for violating the Code of Integrity. 11.2.2 The evaluation process Unless otherwise stated, only the techno-commercial Proposals shall be opened on the stipulated date of opening of Proposals. After that, the techno-commercial evaluation shall ascertain whether these Proposals meet the requirements of the Terms of Reference, Technical Criteria and Minimum Score. Subsequent opening of financial Proposals and financial evaluation shall be done only of Proposals declared successful in techno-commercial evaluation as per clause 11.3.1 4) below. The evaluators of the Technical Proposals shall have no access to the Financial Proposals until the technical evaluation results are declared and Financial proposals are opened. 11.3. Techno-commercial Evaluation 11.3.1Evaluation of Technical Proposals/ Score 1) Procuring Entity shall evaluate the technical proposal and assign scores as per the scheme of criteria and sub-criteria as laid down in ‘Section VII: Evaluation/ Scoring Criteria’. This determination shall, inter-alia, consider the Consultant’s (i) “Firm’s Profile, turnover and professionals working with the firm ”; ii) “Firm’s relevant experience in last 10 years for DPR work ”; iii) Material testing, survey & investigation, equipment and software proposed to be used for DPR work ”; iv). “Experience in use of technology for road inspection in supervision work/quality/safety audit”; v)” Qualification and Relevant experience of the proposed key personnel”. 2) In the case of JV, the evaluation of the Technical proposal shall include the credentials of all members. 3) If it is established that any Key Expert nominated in the Consultant’s Proposal was included in the Proposal without his/her confirmation, such Proposal shall be disqualified and rejected for further evaluation and shall be treated as a violation of the Code of Ethics and would be liable for penalties thereunder. 4) The Financial Proposals/PBG Quotes of only those Bidders shall be opened who score 70% or more marks in technical score. 5) All Key Experts (including the Team Lead) must meet the minimum requirements specified in Section VI-A: List of Key Experts and Required Qualifications. If any Key Expert fails to meet these minimum requirements, his score shall be evaluated as Nil. In case the team leader of the bidders scores less than 70% marks, then such proposals shall be considered as technically non-responsive. If any other Key Expert of the successful consultant scores less than the 70% the maximum score, Procuring Entity shall be entitled to ask for a better replacement before the negotiations as per ITC-Clause 12 below. 11.3.2 Evaluation of Conformity to Commercial and Other Clauses Consultants must comply with all the Commercial and other clauses of the RFP Document 44 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 372390719/2025/S&R Zone as per submissions in Form T-14: ‘Terms and Conditions – Compliance’. The Procuring Entity shall also evaluate the commercial conditions quoted by the Consultant to confirm that all essential terms and conditions stipulated in the RFP Document have been accepted without substantive omissions/ reservations/exceptions/ deviation by the Consultant. Deviations from or objections or reservations to critical provisions such as those concerning (but not limited to) Governing laws and Jurisdiction (GCC Clause 3), Consultant’s Obligations and Restrictions of its Rights (GCC Clause 5), Performance Bond/ Security (GCC Clause 5.8), Force Majeure (GCC Clause 9.6), Taxes & Duties (GCC Clause 10.2), and Code of Integrity (GCC Clause 13) shall be deemed to be a substantive deviation and treated as unresponsive as per clause 11.1.2 (3) above. 11.3.3 Evaluation of Techno-commercially Suitable Consultants and Opening Financial Proposals Each responsive Proposal shall be given a technical score applying the evaluation criteria, sub-criteria, and scoring system specified in Section VII: Evaluation/ Scoring Criteria. A Proposal shall be rejected if it fails to achieve the minimum technical score indicated therein i.e. 70% or more marks in technical proposals for consultants with available DPR Rating and 60% or more marks for consultants without rating i.e. new entrants. Proposals that succeed in the above techno-commercial evaluation shall be considered techno-commercially suitable. The list of such techno-commercially suitable Consultants shall be declared on the Portal announcing a date/time and venue for opening their financial Proposals (for QCBS mode)/PBG Proposals (for QBS mode) by giving not less than 10 days from this declaration, in line with ITC- Clause 14 below. The Procuring Entity shall notify all Consultants whether their proposal was found responsive/ non-responsive to the RFP and TOR and whether they met the minimum qualifying technical score. Financial proposals (for QCBS mode)/PBG Proposals (for QBS mode) of successful Consultants only shall be opened online. The Financial proposals(for QCBS mode)/PBG Proposals (for QBS mode) of unsuccessful Consultants shall remain encrypted and unopened. 11.4. Financial Proposal (for QCBS mode)/PBG Proposal (for QBS mode) Evaluation and Ranking of Proposals 11.4.1 Financial Proposal (for QCBS mode)/PBG Proposal (for QBS mode) Evaluation 1) Financial Proposals/PBG Proposals of all Techno-commercially suitable Proposals are evaluated based on the selection method declared in the RFP Document (QCBS or QBS as the case may be) and ranked accordingly. 2) Unless otherwise stipulated, the evaluation of prices shall be on total outgo from the Procuring Entity’s pocket, to be paid to the Consultant or any third party, including all elements of costs as per the terms of the proposed contract, duly delivered, as the case may be, including any taxes, duties, levies etc. 3) Deleted 4) As per policies of the Central Government, from time to time, the Procuring Entity reserves its option to give purchase preferences to eligible categories of Consultants as indicated in the RFP Document. 5) evaluation of Proposals shall include and consider the following taxes/ duties, as per ITC- clause 5.3 above: a) in the case of Services performed in India or incidental goods of foreign origin already located in India, GST & other similar duties shall be contractually payable 45 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 382390719/2025/S&R Zone on the Services and incidental Goods if a contract is awarded to the Consultant; b) The offers shall be evaluated based on the GST rate quoted by each Consultant, and the same shall be used for determining the inter-se ranking. The Procuring Entity shall not be responsible for any misclassification of the HSN number or incorrect GST rate quoted by the Consultant. Any increase in GST rate due to misclassification of HSN number shall have to be absorbed by the supplier; and c) If GST is quoted extra but with the provision that it shall be charged as applicable at the time of delivery, the offer shall be evaluated for comparison purposes by loading the maximum existing rate of GST for the product/ HSN code. d) If a bidder enters “zero/blank” GST or an erroneous GST, the financial evaluation will be done considering the “Zero” or quoted GST rate, as the case may be. In cases where the successful bidder quotes the wrong GST rate for releasing the order, the following methodology will be followed: i) If the actual GST rate applicable is lower than the quoted GST rate, the actual GST rate will be added to the quoted basic prices. The final cash outflow will be based on the actual GST rate. ii) If the actual GST rate applicable is more than the quoted GST rate, the basic prices quoted will be reduced proportionately, keeping the final cash outflow the same as the overall quoted amount. 6) Correction Errors/ adjustments: a) Loading for Deviations: Unless announced beforehand, the quoted price shall not be loaded based on deviations in commercial conditions. If it is so declared, such loading of a financial Proposal shall be done as per the relevant provisions; b) Discrepancies between Technical and Financial Proposal: i) Activities and items described in the Technical Proposal but not priced in the Financial Proposal shall be assumed to be included in the prices of other activities or items, and no corrections are made to the Financial Proposal. ii) If a Lump-Sum contract selection method is declared in the RFP, the Consultant is deemed to have included all prices in the Financial Proposal, so neither arithmetical corrections nor price adjustments shall be made. iii) If a Time-Based contract selection method is declared in the RFP, in case of discrepancy between the Technical and Financial Proposals in indicating quantities of input, any higher quantities in Technical Proposal shall prevail, and the quoted total prices shall be assumed to apply to this higher quantum. The unit rate for such activity shall be accordingly adjusted. No such correction shall be done if quantities are lower in the Technical proposal. iv) For Fixed Cost based selections the BOQ quantities/rates as well as other provisions stipulated in the RFP by the tender issuing authority shall be final. c) Discounts and Rebates: If any Consultant offers conditional discounts/ rebates in his Proposal or suo-motu discounts and rebates after the Proposal Opening (techno- commercial or financial), such rebates/ discounts shall not be considered for ranking the offer. But if such a Consultant gets selected as per the selection method, without discounts/ rebates, such discounts/ rebates shall be availed and incorporated in the contracts; d) Price Variation: If the tenders have been invited on a variable price basis, the tenders shall be evaluated, compared, and ranked based on the position as prevailing on 46 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 392390719/2025/S&R Zone the last deadline for techno-commercial Proposal submission and not on any future date. 7) Ambiguous Financial Proposal: If the financial Proposal is ambiguous and leads to two equally valid total price amounts, it shall be rejected as nonresponsive. 8) Output-Based (Output Admeasurement) Contracts: The Consultant’s Proposal must include the Key Experts’ time-input person-months as specified in Section VI-A: List of Key Experts and Required Qualifications. a) Minimum Time Inputs: if a Proposal includes less or more than the required minimum person-month time input, the proposal shall be considered as per sub- clause 6. b)-iii) above for that key-position b) Deleted. 9) Least-Cost Selection: Deleted 10) Quality and Cost-Based Selection (QCBS): In the case of QCBS, the total score is calculated by weighting the technical score, DPR rating score and financial scores and adding them to obtain a combined QCBS (Technical cum Financial) score, as explained in the sub- clauses below. The respective weightages for technical score, DPR rating done by NHAI/MoRTH as well as PBG quotes shall be 30 (Technical Score):30 (DPR Rating): 40 (Financial quote). The most preferred bidder (H-1) for each package would be determined on the basis of highest combined final score. The proposal obtaining the highest total combined score in evaluating quality and cost will be ranked as H-1, followed by the proposals securing lesser marks as H-2, H-3 etc. The proposal securing the highest combined marks and ranked H-1 will be invited for negotiations as per ITC-Clause 12 below. If two or more bids have the same highest score in the final ranking, the bid with a higher financial score will be H-1. a) The Technical Proposals are given an absolute technical score (Ta out of max 100) based on the evaluation criteria in Section VII: Evaluation/ Scoring Criteria. However, to normalise this w.r.t. Financial Score Sf below, a relative Technical Score (St) based on their relative ranking shall be calculated. The highest evaluated Technical Score (Ta-max) is assigned the maximum relative Technical Score (St) of 100 (Hundred). The formula for determining the relative Technical scores (St) of all other Proposals is as follows: St = 100 x Ta/ Ta-max, in which "Ta-max" is the highest evaluated absolute Technical Score, "St" is the relative Technical score calculated, and "Ta" is the absolute Technical Score of the proposal under consideration. This normalisation would avoid any unintended magnification of weightage to the Financial score due to different scales of Technical Scores and Financial Scores. b) The Applicable DPR Rating as notified by NHAI/MoRTH (as on bid due date) shall be used to score the consultants out of 30 as per given criteria. This would be denoted as Sr. c) The Financial Proposals are given cost-score based on the relative ranking of prices, with the lowest evaluated Financial Proposal (Fm) being assigned the maximum financial score (Sf) of 100(Hundred). The formula for determining the financial scores (Sf) of all other Proposals is as follows: Sf = 100 x Fm/ F, in which "Fm" is the price of the lowest offer, "Sf" is the financial score calculated, and "F" is the price of the proposal under consideration. 47 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 402390719/2025/S&R Zone d) The weights given to the Technical (T) and Financial (P) Proposals are specified in TIS/ AITC: T (the weight given to the Technical Proposal) in % i.e. 30%, and P (the weight given to the Financial Proposal) in % i.e. 40% (with T + P = 70%) e) Proposals would be ranked according to their combined QCBS (weighted technical, St and financial, Sf) scores as follows: S = (St x T + Sf x P)/100 + Sr. in which "S" is the combined QCBS score, "St" is the relative technical score calculated as per sub-clause a) above and "Sf" is the financial score calculated as per sub-clause b) above. f) All scores shall be calculated up to two decimal places only. 11) Fixed Budget Selection (FBS): In the case of FBS, only the value of PBG shall have to be quoted by the bidder. However, PBG shall be quoted by the bidders subject to a minimum value of 5%. However, in case quoted PBG is less than 5%, then such bids shall be rejected. In the case of QBS, the final score is calculated by weighting the technical score, DPR rating score and score based on PBG Quote and adding them to obtain a combined final score, as explained in the sub- clauses below. The respective weightages for technical score, DPR rating done by NHAI/MoRTH as well as PBG quotes shall be 30 (Technical Score):30 (DPR Rating): 40 (PBG quote). The most preferred bidder (H-1) for each package would be determined on the basis of highest combined final score. The PBG Quote of the all technically qualified bidders (i.e. 70% or more marks in technical proposals for consultants with available DPR Rating and 60% or more marks for consultants without rating i.e. new entrants) shall be opened. In case two bidders get same final score, the bidder with higher residual bid capacity shall be awarded the project. a) The Technical Proposals are given an absolute technical score (Ta out of max 100) based on the evaluation criteria in Section VII: Evaluation/ Scoring Criteria. However, to normalise this w.r.t. PBG Score Sf below, a relative Technical Score (St) based on their relative ranking shall be calculated. The highest evaluated Technical Score (Ta-max) is assigned the maximum relative Technical Score (St) of 100 (Hundred). The formula for determining the relative Technical scores (St) of all other Proposals is as follows: St = 100 x Ta/ Ta-max, in which "Ta-max" is the highest evaluated absolute Technical Score, "St" is the relative Technical score calculated, and "Ta" is the absolute Technical Score of the proposal under consideration. This normalisation would avoid any unintended magnification of weightage to the Financial score due to different scales of Technical Scores and Financial Scores. b) The Applicable DPR Rating as notified by NHAI/MoRTH (as on bid due date) shall be used to score the consultants out of 30 marks as per given criteria. This would be denoted as Sr. c) The PBG Quotes Proposals are given score based on the relative ranking of prices, with the highest quoted PBG Proposal (Fm) being assigned the maximum PBG score (Sf) of 100(Hundred). The formula for determining the financial scores (Sf) of all other Proposals is as follows: Sf = 100 x F/Fm, in which "Fm" is the price of the highest offer, "Sf" is the financial score calculated, 48 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 412390719/2025/S&R Zone and "F" is the price of the proposal under consideration. d) The weights given to the Technical (T) and Financial (P) Proposals are specified in TIS/ AITC: T (the weight given to the Technical Proposal) in %, and P (the weight given to the Financial Proposal) in % (with T + P = 70%) e) Proposals would be ranked according to their combined QCBS (weighted technical, St and financial, Sf) scores as follows: S = (St x T + Sf x P)/100 + Sr. in which "S" is the combined QCBS score, "St" is the relative technical score calculated as per sub-clause a) above and "Sf" is the financial score calculated as per sub-clause b) above. f) All scores shall be calculated up to two decimal places only. 11.4.2 Global Tender Enquiry (GTE, International Competitive Bidding) The following additional aspects of the evaluation of the financial offer shall also apply: 1) Currency of Tender In GTE tenders, if permitted in AITC, the Proposal price may be in foreign currencies, except for expenditure incurred in India (including incidental Works/ Goods/ Services delivered in India and agency commission, if any) should be stated in Indian Rupees. 2) Evaluation of Offers For financial evaluation, all Proposals shall be converted to Indian Rupees based on the “Bill for Collection (BC) selling” exchange rate on the last deadline for the Proposal submission (Techno-commercial offer) from a source as specified (State Bank of India, if not so specified) in the tender document. The offers would be compared based on the principle of the total outgo from Procuring Entity’s pockets, including all applicable taxes and duties (Customs duty, GST, and GST Cess). For Proposals with Letter of Credit (LC) payment, the likely LC charges (as ascertained from the Procuring Entity’s bankers) should also be loaded. Import of Goods or services or both attract integrated tax (IGST). The IGST rate and GST cess shall be applicable on the ‘Custom Assessable Value’ plus the ‘Basic Customs duty applicable thereon’. The terms FOB, FAS, CIF, DDP etc., shall be governed by the rules & regulations prescribed in the current edition of INCOTERMS, published by the International Chamber of Commerce, Paris. 12. Contract Negotiation 12.1. Invitation to Negotiate The negotiations shall be held at the date and address announced after the selection of the successful Consultant with their representative(s), who must have written power of attorney to negotiate and sign a contract on behalf of the Consultant. During the negotiations, it shall be ensured that no undue advantage accrues to the Consultant and that nothing shall vitiate the basis on which he has been declared successful. The minutes of negotiations shall be signed by the Procuring Entity and the Consultant’s authorized representative. 12.2. Verification of Original Documents Before issuing a Letter of Award (LoA) to the successful Consultant(s), the Procuring Entity may, at its discretion, ask the Consultant to present the originals of all such documents whose 49 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 422390719/2025/S&R Zone scanned copies were submitted online during shortlisting process and this RFP process. If so decided, the photocopies of such self-certified documents shall be verified and signed by the competent officer and kept in the records as part of the contract agreement. If the Consultant fails to provide such originals or in case of substantive discrepancies in such documents, it shall be construed as a violation of the Code of Integrity. Such Proposal shall be liable to be rejected as nonresponsive in addition to other punitive actions in the Code of Integrity. 12.3. Availability of Key Experts: As a pre-requisite to the negotiations, the invited Consultant shall confirm the availability of all Key Experts included in the Proposal. Failure to confirm the Key Experts’ availability may result in the Consultant’s Proposal being declared non-responsive and the Procuring Entity proceeding to negotiate the Contract with the next-ranked responsive Consultant. Notwithstanding the above, the substitution of Key Experts at the negotiations may be considered if due solely to circumstances outside the reasonable control of and not foreseeable by the Consultant, including but not limited to death or medical incapacity or as per the conditions specified in this RFP. In such case, the Consultant shall offer a substitute Key Expert within the period specified in the invitation letter to negotiate the Contract, who shall have equivalent or better qualifications and experience than the original candidate. As per ITC-Clause 11.3.1-5), Procuring Entity reserves its right to seek during negotiations the replacement of the any Key Personnel who score below the minimum score if specified. 12.4. Technical Negotiations The negotiations include discussions of the Terms of Reference (TORs), the proposed methodology, the Procuring Entity’s inputs, the special conditions of the Contract, and finalizing the ‘Appendix A: Terms of Reference’ part of the Contract. These discussions shall not substantially alter the original scope of services under the TOR or the terms of the contract lest the quality of the final product, its price, or the initial evaluation be vitiated. 12.5. Financial Negotiations Deleted 12.6. Conclusion of Negotiations The negotiations are concluded with a review of the finalized draft Contract, which shall be initialed by the Procuring Entity and the Consultant’s authorized representative. If the negotiations fail, the Procuring Entity shall inform the Consultant in writing of all pending issues and disagreements and provide a final opportunity for the Consultant to respond. If disagreement persists, the Procuring Entity shall declare the proposal non- responsive, informing the Consultant of the reasons for doing so. The Procuring Entity shall invite the next-ranked responsive Consultant to negotiate a Contract. Once the Procuring Entity commences negotiations with the next-ranked Consultant, the Procuring Entity shall not reopen the earlier negotiations. 13. Award of Contract 13.1. Letter of Award (Acceptance - LoA) and Signing of Contract 13.1.1 Letter of Award (LoA) After 10 days from the conclusion of negotiations (in line with ITC-Clause 14 below), 50 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 432390719/2025/S&R Zone the Consultant whose Proposal has been accepted shall be notified of the award by the Procuring Entity before the expiration of the Proposal validity period by written or electronic means. This notification (hereinafter and in the Conditions of Contract called the "Letter of Award - LoA") shall state the sum (hereinafter and in the contract called the "Contract Price") that the Procuring Entity shall pay the Consultant in consideration of delivery of Services. The Letter of Award (LoA) shall constitute the legal formation of the contract, subject only to the furnishing of performance security as per the provisions of the sub-clause below. The Procuring Entity, at its discretion, may directly issue the contract subject only to the furnishing of performance security, skipping the issue of LoA. 13.1.2 Performance Security 1) Within the number of days stipulated in AITC (or 21 days if not specified) of receipt of the Letter of Award (LoA, or the contract if LoA has been skipped), performance Security as per details in GCC-5.8 shall be submitted by the Consultant to the Procuring Entity. 2) If the Consultant, having been called upon by the Procuring Entity to furnish Performance Security, fails to do so within the specified period, it shall be lawful for the Procuring Entity at its discretion to annul the award and forfeit EMD (or enforce Bid Securing Declaration if it was permitted to be submitted in lieu of Bid Security), besides taking any other administrative punitive action like ‘Removal from List of Registered Suppliers’ etc. 13.1.3 Signing of Contract 1) Publication of Results: The Procuring Entity shall send to each techno-commercially suitable Consultant the Notification of Intention to Award the Contract to the successful Consultant. The Notification of Intention to Award shall contain, at a minimum, the following information: a) the name and address of the Consultant with whom the Procuring Entity successfully negotiated a contract; b) the contract price of the successful Proposal; c) the names of all Consultants included in the short list for RFP, indicating those that submitted Proposals; d) the final combined scores and the final ranking of the Consultants e) The name and address of the successful Consultant(s) receiving the contract(s) shall be published in the Portal and notice board/ bulletin/website of the Procuring Entity. 2) After the award notification, the Procuring Entity shall share a copy of the Contract Agreement (as per Format 1: Contract Form along with sub-formats) to a successful Consultant for review. The Consultant may point out to the Procuring Entity, in writing/ electronically, any anomalies noticed in the contract within seven days of receipt. The Contract Agreement shall be executed within 21 days after the date of issue of the Letter of Acceptance and after submission and verification of the Performance Security. 3) If asked by the Procuring Entity, the successful Consultant shall return the original copy of the contract, duly signed, and dated, within seven days from the date of receipt of the contract, to the Procuring Entity by registered/ speed post or by a suitable digital means. 14. Grievance Redressal/ Complaint Procedure 1) The consultant has the right to submit a complaint or seek de-briefing regarding the rejection of his proposal, in writing or electronically, within 10 days of the declaration of techno-commercial or financial evaluation results. The complaint shall be addressed to the Head of Procurement. 51 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 442390719/2025/S&R Zone 2) Within 5 working days of receipt of the complaint, the Tender Inviting Officer shall acknowledge the receipt in writing to the complainant, indicating that it has been received, and the response shall be sent in due course after a detailed examination. 3) The Tender Inviting Officer shall convey the final decision to the complainant within 15 days of receiving the complaint. No response shall be given regarding the confidential process of evaluating Proposals and awarding the contract before the award is notified, although the complaint shall be kept in view during such a process. However, no response shall be given regarding the following topics explicitly excluded from such complaint process: a) Only a Consultant who has participated in the procurement process, i.e., pre- qualification, Consultant registration or bidding, as the case may be, can make such representation. b) Only a directly affected Consultant can represent in this regard. c) Deleted; d) Deleted. 4) No third-party information (RFPs, evaluation results) can be sought or included in the response. 5) The following decisions of the Procuring Entity shall not be subject to review: a) Determination of the need for procurement. b) Complaints against Terms of Reference except under the premise that they are either vague or too specific to limit competition c) Selection of the mode of procurement or bidding system; d) Choice of the selection procedure. e) Provisions limiting the participation of Consultants in the Procurement Process, in terms of policies of the Government f) Provisions regarding purchase preferences to specific categories of Consultants in terms of policies of the Central Government g) Cancellation of the Procurement Process except where it is intended to subsequently re-tender the same Services. 15. Code of Integrity in Public Procurement, Misdemeanors and Penalties. Procuring authorities, Consultants, suppliers, contractors, and consultants should observe the highest standard of integrity and not indulge in prohibited practices or other misdemeanors, either directly or indirectly, at any stage during the Procurement Process or the execution of resultant contracts. GCC- clause 13 (including the penalties prescribed therein) shall be considered part of this clause of ITC (even though it is not being reproduced here for brevity) and shall apply mutatis mutandis during the pre- award Procurement Process. 52 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 452390719/2025/S&R Zone Section III: Appendix to Instructions to Consultants (AITC) RFP Document No. RFP No./ xxxx; Tender Title: Consultancy Services (Ref ITC-clause 1.4) {Note for Procuring Entity: Text in grey italics font within square bracket [e.g., Mention …] are just suggestions/ directions and must be replaced by applicable text - remove brackets and convert the font to regular and black. Delete the rows not required. Clauses other than those mentioned below may also be mentioned if these need to be changed} Note for Consultants: Following clauses (in column 1), wherever these appear in ITC, shall be taken to be negated or additional provisions be added to, or existing provisions be altered as per column 2. Whenever there is any conflict between the provision in the ITC and that in the AITC, the provision contained in the AITC shall prevail. ITC- To be read as Clauses ITC 1: Contents of RFP ITC 1.3, [Nil] 1.4, 1.5 ITC 3 Consultants - Eligibility and Preferential Policies ITC 3.2 [shortlisted Consultants are not allowed to associate with other shortlisted/non-shortlisted Consultants] ITC 3.2 [The participation of Sub-consultants, Key Experts and Non- Key Experts in more than one Proposal is not allowed] ITC 4 The Terms of Reference and Form of Contract ITC 4.1 [Nil] ITC 5. Proposal Prices, Taxes and Duties ITC 5.1.6 [Prices are permitted to be quoted in currencies other than INR also, as in the case of Global Tenders] ITC 5.2.2 [Nil] ITC 5.4.1 [Refer GCC Clause 10.5] ITC 5.4.2 [Nil] ITC 6 to 10 Downloading, Preparation, Submission and Opening of Proposals ITC 8.1.1 [Proposals are to be submitted in English Only] ITC 8.2.1 [Integrity Pact is to be Signed and Submitted along with Proposal by both JV Members] Specify the Name and Contact Details of the Independent External Monitor (IEM) for Integrity Pact] 53 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 462390719/2025/S&R Zone ITC 11 and 12 Evaluation of Proposals and Award of Contract ITC 11.2.1 [Proposal should enclose proof of submission of Bid Document fee of Rs. 5000/-. Bidder (Sole/JV) should have required Residual DPR Bid Capacity] ITC 11.4.2 [This is a Global Tender Enquiry (International Competitive Bidding) and the foreign currencies permitted are INR and USD only] ITC 13.1.2 [Period for submission of Performance Security shall be 21 days from receipt of LOA subject to any relaxation in the same by the Competent Authority.] 54 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 472390719/2025/S&R Zone Section IV: General Conditions of Contract (GCC) 1. General 1.1. Tenets of Interpretation Unless where the context requires otherwise, throughout the contract: 1) The headings of these conditions shall not affect the interpretation or construction thereof. 2) Writing or written includes matter either whole or in part, in digital communications, manuscript, typewritten, lithographed, cyclostyled, photographed, or printed under or over signature or seal or digitally acceptable authentication, as the case may be. 3) Words in the singular include the plural and vice-versa. 4) Words importing the masculine gender shall be taken to include other genders, and words importing persons shall include any company, association, or body of individuals, whether incorporated or not. 5) Terms and expressions not herein defined shall have the meanings assigned to them in the contract Act, 1872 (as amended) or the Sale of Goods Act, 1930 (as amended) or the General Clauses Act, 1897 (as amended) or of INCOTERMS, (current edition published by the International Chamber of Commerce, Paris) as the case may be. 6) Any reference to ‘Services’ shall also be deemed to include the incidental Works/ Goods. 7) Any reference to any legal Act, Government Policies or orders shall be deemed to include all amendments to such instruments, from time to time, to date. 1.2. Definitions In the contract, unless the context otherwise requires: 1) “Allied Firm” are all business entities that are within the ‘controlling ownership interest’ (ownership of or entitlement to more than twenty-five per cent of the company's shares or capital or profits) or ‘control’( including the right to appoint a majority of the directors or to control the management or policy decisions including by virtue of their shareholding or management rights or shareholder agreements or voting agreements) of the principal firm acting alone or together or through one or more juridical persons. All successor firms or assigns of the principal firm shall be considered allied firms; 2) “Bill of Quantities” (including the term Price Schedule or BOQ) means the priced and completed Bill of Quantities forming part of the Proposal; 3) "Commercial Bank" means a bank, defined as a scheduled bank under section 2(e) of the Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934; 4) “Contract” (including the terms ‘Purchase Order’ or ‘Supply Order’ or ‘Withdrawal Order’ or ‘Work Order’ or ‘Consultancy Contract’ or ‘Contract for Services’, ‘rate contract’ or ‘framework contract’ or ‘Letter of Award – LoA’ (letter or memorandum communicating to the Consultant the acceptance of his Proposal) or ‘Agreement’ or a ‘repeat order’ accepted/ acted upon by the Consultant in specific contexts), means a formal legal agreement in writing relating to the subject matter of procurement, entered into between the Procuring Entity and the Consultant on mutually acceptable terms and conditions and which are in compliance with all the relevant provisions of the laws of the country; 5) "Consultant" (as a participant in a Procurement Process - including the term 'contractor', ‘bidder’, ‘tenderer‘, participant’ or 'service provider' in specific contexts) means any person or firm or company, including any member of a consortium or joint venture, every artificial juridical person not falling in any of the descriptions of Consultants stated hereinbefore, including any agency branch or office controlled by such person, participating in a 55 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 482390719/2025/S&R Zone Procurement Process; 6) “Consultant” (as a contract holder - including the terms ‘Supplier’ or ‘Service Provider’ or ‘Contractor’ or ‘Firm’ or ‘Vendor’ or ‘Successful Consultant’ in specific contexts) means the person, firm, company, or Joint Venture with whom the contract is entered into and shall be deemed to include the Consultant's successors (approved by the Procuring Entity), agents, Sub-consultant, representatives, heirs, executors, and administrators as the case may be unless excluded by the terms of the contract; 7) “Contract Manager” means (as distinct from Team Leader of the Consultant) the Procurement Officer or any other officer or a third-party agency who has been assigned the authority to take all actions on behalf of the Procuring Entity during the execution of the contract by the Consultant; 8) “Day”, “Month”, and “Year” shall mean respectively calendar day, month or year (unless reference to financial year is apparent from the context); 9) “Effective Date” means the date on which this Contract comes into force and effect as per the Contract; 10) “Experts” means, collectively, Key Experts, Non-Key Experts, or any other personnel of the Consultant, Sub-consultant or JV member(s) assigned by the Consultant to perform the Services or any part thereof under the Contract; 11) "Goods" (including the terms ‘Stores’, and ‘Material(s)’ in specific contexts) includes all articles, materials, commodities, livestock, medicines, furniture, fixtures, raw material, consumables, spare parts, instruments, machinery, equipment, industrial plant, vehicles, aircraft, ships, railway rolling stock assemblies, sub-assemblies, accessories, a group of machines comprising an integrated production process or such other categories of goods or intangible, products like technology transfer, licenses, patents or other intellectual properties (but excludes books, publications, periodicals, etc., for a library), in specific contexts, procured or otherwise acquired by a Procuring Entity. Any reference to Goods shall be deemed to include small work or some services that are incidental or consequential to the supply of such goods; 12) “Government" means the Central Government or a State Government, as the case may be and includes agencies and Public Sector Enterprises under it in specific contexts; 13) “Intellectual Property Rights” (IPR) means the intellectual property owner's rights concerning possession/ exploitation of such property by others of tangible or intangible intellectual property, including rights to Patents, Copyrights, Trademarks, Industrial Designs, Geographical indications (GI); 14) “Joint Venture (JV or JV/C)” means an association or a Consortium with or without a legal personality distinct from that of its members, of more than one entity where one member has the authority to conduct all businesses for and on behalf of any and all the members of the JV, and where the members of the JV are jointly and severally liable to the Procuring Entity for the performance of the Contract.; 15) “Key Expert(s)” or “Key Personnel” or “Key Professional” means an individual professional (usually identified by name) whose skills, qualifications, knowledge, and experience are critical to the performance of the Services under the Contract and whose Curricula Vitae (CV) was considered in the technical evaluation of the Consultant’s proposal; 16) “Non-Key Expert(s)” means an individual professional (usually not identified by name) provided by the Consultant or its Sub-consultants to perform the Services or any part thereof under the Contract; 17) “Parties”: The parties to the contract are the "Consultant" and the “Procuring Entity”, as defined in GCC clause 2.4; 18) “Performance Security” (includes the terms ‘Security Deposit’ or ‘Performance Bond’ 56 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 492390719/2025/S&R Zone ‘Performance Bank Guarantee’ or other specified financial instruments in specific contexts) means a monetary guarantee to be furnished by the successful Consultant or Contractor in the form prescribed for the due performance of the contract; 19) “Procurement” (in the context of Public/ Government ‘procurement’ or ‘Purchase’, or ‘Acquisition’ including an award of Public-Private Partnership projects, in specific contexts) means the acquisition of Goods/ Services/ works or a combination thereof by way of purchase, lease, license or otherwise, either using public funds or any other source of funds (e.g. grant, loans, gifts, private investment etc.) by a Procuring Entity, whether directly or through an agency with which a contract for procurement is entered into, but does not include any acquisition without consideration. The term “procure”/ “procured” or “purchase”/ “purchased” shall be construed accordingly; 20) “Procuring Entity” means the entity in The Procuring Organization procuring Goods, Works, or Services; 21) “Procurement Officer” means the officer signing the Letter of Award (LoA) and/or the contract on behalf of the Procuring Entity; 22) “Procurement Process” (or “Tender”; “RFP”; “RFP”, “Tender Enquiry” in specific contexts): ‘Procurement Process’ is the whole process from the publishing of the RFP Document to the resultant award of the contract. ‘RFP Document’ means the document (including all its sections, appendices, forms, formats, etc.) published by the Procuring Entity to invite Proposals in a Procurement Process. The RFP Document and Procurement Process may be generically and interchangeably referred to as “Bid Document”, “Tender" or " Tender Enquiry, " which would be clear from context without ambiguity; 23) "Proposal" (including the term ‘tender’, ‘offer’, ‘quotation’ or ‘bid’ in specific contexts) means an offer to supply goods, services or execution of works made as per the terms and conditions set out in a document inviting such offers; 24) “Services” means the activities to be performed by the Consultant under this Contract, as described in Appendix A thereto; 25) “Signed” means ink signed or digitally signed with a valid Digital Signature as per IT Act 2000 (amended from time to time). It also includes stamped, except in the case of a Letter of Award or amendment thereof; 26) “Sub-consultant” means a person or corporate body with an agreement with the Consultant to carry out a specific part of the ‘Services’ while the Consultant remains solely liable for the execution of the Contract; 27) “Variation” means an instruction given by the Contract Manager, which varies the scope, quantum or performance standards of the Service performed; 28) “Works” refer to any activity involving construction, fabrication, repair, overhaul, renovation, decoration, installation, erection, excavation, dredging, and so on, which make use of a combination of one or more engineering designs, architectural design, material and technology, labour, machinery, and equipment. 1.3. Document Conventions All words and phrases defined in GCC-clause 1.2 are written as ‘Capitalised words’ and shall have the defined meaning. The rest of the words shall be as per grammar, inter-alia ‘Services’ shall indicate the definition given in the GCC, while ‘services’ shall have the usual dictionary meaning. 1.4. Abbreviations: AITC Appendix to Instructions To Consultants 57 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 502390719/2025/S&R Zone BOQ Bill of Quantities BSD Bid Securing Declaration CV Curriculum Vitae EMD Monetary guarantee to be furnished by a Consultant along with its proposal FBS Fixed Budget Selection GCC General Conditions of Contract GST Goods and Services Tax GSTIN GST Identification Number GTE Global Tender Enquiry (International Competitive Bidding) HSN Harmonized System of Nomenclature IEM Independent External Monitor IPR Intellectual Property Rights ITC Instructions To Consultants JV/C Joint Venture/ Consortium LCS Least Cost Selection LoA Letter of Award (Acceptance) QCBS Quality and Cost-Based Selection RFP Request for Proposal RFPL Request for Proposal Letter SCC Special Conditions of Contract TIA Tender Inviting Authority TIS Tender Information Summary TOR Terms of Reference 2. The Contract 2.1. Language of Contract The contract and all subsequent correspondence documents, during its execution, between the consultant and the Procuring Entity shall be written in the Language (hereinafter called the contract’s language) as stipulated in the Contract (or, if not so specified, in English). However, the language of any printed literature furnished by a Consultant may be written in any other language provided a certified translation accompanies the same in the contract’s language. For purposes of interpretation, translation in the contract’s language shall prevail. 2.2. The Entire Agreement This Contract and its documents (referred to in GCC-clause 2.5 below) constitute the entire agreement between the Procuring Entity and the Consultant and supersede all other communications, negotiations, and agreements (whether written or oral) of the Parties made before the date of this Contract. No agent or representative of either Party has the authority to make, and the Parties shall not be bound by or be liable for, any statement, representation, promise or agreement not outlined in this Contract. 58 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 512390719/2025/S&R Zone 2.3. Severability If any provision or condition of this Contract is prohibited or rendered invalid or unenforceable, such prohibition, invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the Contract or any of its other provisions and conditions. 2.4. Relationship between Parties 1) The parties to the contract are the Consultant and the Procuring Entity, as nominated in the contract. 2) Nothing contained herein shall be construed as establishing a relationship in the nature of master and servant or principal and agent between the Procuring Entity and the Consultant. The Consultant, subject to this Contract, is legally the main principal/ master of the Experts and Sub-consultants, if any, performing the Services and shall be fully responsible for the Services performed by them or on their behalf hereunder. 3) Authority of Member in Charge: In case the Consultant is a Joint Venture, the members hereby authorize the member specified in the contract to act on their behalf in exercising all the Consultant’s rights and obligations towards the Procuring Entity under this Contract, including without limitation the receiving of instructions and payments from the Procuring Entity. 4) Authorised Representative: Any action required or permitted to be taken and any document required or permitted to be executed under this Contract by the Procuring Entity or the Consultant may be taken or executed by the officials specified in the contract. 5) Good Faith: The Parties shall act in good faith concerning each other’s rights under this Contract and adopt all reasonable measures to ensure the realization of the objectives of this Contract. The Consultant shall always act, in respect of any matter relating to this Contract or the Services, as a faithful adviser to the Procuring Entity and shall at all times support and safeguard the Procuring Entity’s legitimate interests in any dealings with the third parties. 2.5. Contract Documents and their Precedence The following conditions and documents in indicated order of precedence (higher to lower) shall be considered an integral part of the contract, irrespective of whether these are not appended/ referred to in it. Any generic reference to ‘Contract’ shall imply reference to all these documents as well: 1) Valid and authorized Amendments issued to the contract. 2) The Agreement consisting of the initial paragraphs, recitals, and other clauses, including the appendices annexed to it and signatures of Procuring Entity, set forth immediately before the GCC; 3) Appendix A: Terms of Reference; 4) Appendix B: Key Experts; 5) Appendix C – Remuneration Cost Estimates; a) Annex to Appendix C: Breakdown of Agreed Fixed Rates in Consultant’s Contract; 6) Appendix D – Reimbursable Expenses Cost Estimates; 7) the Letter of Award (LoA), if issued 8) the SCC 9) the GCC 10) the Consultant’s Proposal; 59 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 522390719/2025/S&R Zone 11) any other document listed in the contract as forming part of this Contract. 12) Integrity Pact, signed by both JV Members. 2.6. Modifications/ Amendments, Waivers and Forbearances 2.6.1 Modifications/ Amendments of Contract 1) After the contract documents have been signed, no modified provisions shall be applicable unless the Procuring Entity suo-moto or, on request from the Consultant, by written order, amend the contract, at any time during the currency of the contract, by making alterations and modifications within the general scope of the Contract. Requests for changes and modifications in the Contract may be submitted in writing by the Consultant to the Procuring Entity. 2) If the Consultant does not agree to the suo-moto modifications/ amendments made by the Procuring Entity, he shall convey his views within 14 days from the date of amendment/ modification. Otherwise, it shall be assumed that the Consultant has consented to the amendment. 3) Any verbal or written arrangement abandoning, modifying, extending, reducing, or supplementing the contract or any of the terms thereof shall be deemed conditional and shall not be binding on the Procuring Entity unless and until the same is incorporated in a formal instrument and signed by the Procuring Entity, and till then the Procuring Entity shall have the right to repudiate such arrangements. 2.6.2 Waivers and Forbearance The following shall apply concerning any waivers, forbearance, or similar action taken under this Contract: 1) Any waiver of a Procuring Entity’s rights, powers, or remedies under this Contract must be in writing, dated, and signed by an authorized representative of the Procuring Entity granting such a waiver and must specify the terms under which the waiver is being granted. 2) No relaxation, forbearance, delay, or indulgence by Procuring Entity in enforcing any of the terms and conditions of this Contract or granting of an extension of time by Procuring Entity to the Consultant shall, in any way whatsoever, prejudice, affect, or restrict the rights of Procuring Entity under this Contract, neither shall any waiver by Procuring Entity of any breach of Contract operate as a waiver of any subsequent or continuing breach of Contract. 3. Governing Laws and Jurisdiction 3.1. Governing Laws and Jurisdiction 1) This Contract, its meaning and interpretation, and the relation between the Parties shall be governed by the Laws of India for the time being in force. 2) Irrespective of the place of delivery, the place of performance or the place of payments under the contract, the contract shall be deemed to have been made at the place from which the Letter of Award (LoA, or the contract Agreement, in the absence of LoA) has been issued. The courts of such Delhi shall alone have jurisdiction to decide any dispute arising out or in respect of the contract. 3.2. Changes in Laws and Regulations Unless otherwise stipulated in the contract, if after the deadline for the Proposal submission (Techno-commercial), any law, regulation, ordinance, order or bye-law having the force of law is enacted, promulgated, abrogated, or changed in India (which shall be deemed to include any 60 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 532390719/2025/S&R Zone change in interpretation or application by the competent authorities) that subsequently affects the Delivery Date and/ or the contract Price, then such Delivery Date and/ or Contract Price shall be correspondingly increased or decreased as per GCC clause 2.6, by agreement between the Parties hereto, to the extent that the Consultant has thereby been affected in the performance of any of its obligations under the contract. Notwithstanding the foregoing, such additional or reduced cost shall not be separately paid or credited if the same has already been accounted for in the applicable price adjustment provisions. 4. Communications 4.1. Communications All communications under the contract shall be served by the parties to each other in writing, in the contract's language, and served in a manner customary and acceptable in business and commercial transactions. The effective date of such communications shall be either the date when delivered to the recipient or the effective date mentioned explicitly in the communication, whichever is later. No communication shall amount to an amendment of the terms and conditions of the contract, except a formal letter of amendment of the Contract expressly so designated. Such communications would be an instruction, a notification, an acceptance, a certificate from the Procuring Entity, or a submission or a notification from the Consultant. A notification or certificate required under the contract must be communicated separately from other communications. 4.2. Persons signing the Communications For all purposes of the contract, including arbitration, thereunder all communications to the other party shall be signed by: 1) On behalf of the Consultant: The person who has signed the contract on behalf of the Consultant shall sign all correspondences. A person signing communication in respect of the contract or purported to be on behalf of the Consultant, without disclosing his authority to do so, shall be deemed to warrant that he has authority to bind the Consultant. If it is discovered at any time that the person so signing has no authority to do so, the Procuring Entity reserves its right, without prejudice to any other right or remedy, to terminate the contract for default in terms of the contract and/ or avail any or all the remedies thereunder and hold such person personally and/ or the Consultant liable to the Procuring Entity for all costs and damages arising from such misdemeanours. 2) On behalf of the Procuring Entity: Unless otherwise stipulated in the contract, the Contract Manager signing the contract shall administer the contract and sign communications on behalf of the Procuring Entity. Paying Authorities mentioned in the contract shall also administer respective functions during Contract Execution. 4.3. Address of the parties for sending communications by the other party. For all purposes of the contract, including arbitration, thereunder, the address of parties to which the other party shall address all communications and notices shall be: 1) The Consultant's address as mentioned in the contract, unless the Consultant has notified change by a separate communication containing no other topic to the Procuring Entity. The Consultant shall be solely responsible for the consequence of an omission to notify a change of address in the manner aforesaid, and 2) The Procuring Entity's address shall be the one mentioned in the contract. The Consultant shall also send additional copies to officers of the Procuring Entity presently dealing with 61 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 542390719/2025/S&R Zone the contract. 3) In case of communications from the Consultant, copies of communications shall be marked to the Contract Manager and the Procuring Entity’s officer signing the contract and as relevant to the Paying Authorities mentioned in the contract. Unless specified before the contract's start, the Procuring Entity and the Consultant shall notify each other if additional copies of communications are to be addressed to additional addresses. 5. Consultant’s Obligations and restrictions on its Rights 5.1. Changes in Constitution/ financial stakes/ responsibilities Business and Contract’s the Consultant must proactively keep the Procuring Entity informed of any changes in its constitution/ financial stakes/ responsibilities during the execution of the contract. 1) Where the Consultant is a partnership firm, the following restrictions shall apply to changes in the constitution during the execution of the contract: a) A new partner shall not be introduced in the firm except with the previous consent in writing of the Procuring Entity, which shall be granted only upon execution of a written undertaking by the new partner to perform the contract and accept all liabilities incurred by the firm under the contract before the date of such undertaking. b) On the death or retirement of any partner of the Consultant firm before the complete performance of the contract, the Procuring Entity may, at his option, terminate the contract for default as per the contract and/ or avail any or all remedies thereunder. c) If the contract is not terminated as provided in Sub-clause (b) above, notwithstanding the retirement of a partner from the firm, that partner shall continue to be liable under the contract for acts of the firm until a copy of the public notice given by him under Section 32 of the Partnership Act, has been sent by him to the Procuring Entity in writing or electronically. 5.2. Obligation to Maintain Eligibility and Qualifications The contract has been awarded to the Consultant based on evaluation and scoring criteria stipulated in the RFP process based on eligibility and qualifications criteria stipulated therein. The Consultant is contractually bound to maintain compliance with all such criteria during the execution of the contract. Any change which would vitiate the basis on which the Consultant was shortlisted or awarded the contract should be pro-actively brought to the notice of the Procuring Entity within 7 days of it coming to the Consultant’s knowledge. 5.3. Restriction on Potential Conflict of Interests 1) Neither the Consultant nor its Sub-consultants nor the Personnel shall engage, either directly or indirectly, in any of the following activities: a) During this Contract's term, any business or professional activities in India that would conflict with the activities assigned to them. b) After this Contract's termination, such other activities as may be stipulated in the contract. 2) Furthermore, if the Consultant, as part of the Services, has the responsibility of advising the Procuring Entity on the procurement of goods, works or services, the Consultant shall at all times exercise such responsibility in the best interest of the Procuring Entity. Any discounts or commissions obtained by the Consultant in the exercise of such procurement responsibility shall be for the account of the Procuring Entity. 3) During the term of this Contract and after its termination, the Consultant and its affiliates, as well as any Sub-consultant and any of its affiliates, shall be disqualified from providing 62 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 552390719/2025/S&R Zone goods, works, or Services (other than the subject Service of this Contract and any continuation thereof) for any project resulting from or closely related to the subject Services of this Contract. 4) The payment of the Consultant according to (GCC Clause 10.5) shall constitute the Consultant’s only payment in connection with this Contract. The Consultant shall not accept for its benefit any trade commission, discount, or similar payment in connection with activities under this Contract or the discharge of its obligations hereunder. The Consultant shall use its best efforts to ensure that any Sub- consultants and the Experts and agents of either shall not receive any additional payment. 5) The Consultant has an obligation and shall ensure that its Experts and Sub- consultants shall have an obligation to disclose any actual or potential conflict that impacts their capacity to serve the best interest of the Procuring Entity, or that may reasonably be perceived as having this effect. Failure to disclose said situations may lead to the disqualification of the Consultant and/ or the termination of the Contract. 5.4. Consequences of breach by Constituents of a Consultant Should the Consultant or any of its partners, its Sub-consultants, any of its members in case of JV/C, or their Personnel commit a default or breach of GCC-clause 5.1 to 5.7, the Consultant (in case of JV, by the Lead Member, or in the case of the Lead Member being the defaulter, by the member nominated as Lead Member of the remaining JV/C) shall remedy such breaches within 21 days, keeping the Procuring Entity informed. Procuring Entity may call upon the Lead Member to assign the work of the defaulting member to any other equally competent party acceptable to the Procuring Entity. However, at its discretion, the Procuring Entity shall be entitled, and it shall be lawful on his part, to treat it as a breach of contract and avail any or all remedies thereunder. The decision of the Procuring Entity as to any matter or thing concerning or arising out of GCC-clause 5.1 to 5.7 or on any question whether the Consultant or any partner of the Consultant firm has committed a default or breach of any of the conditions shall be final and binding on the Consultant. 5.5. Assignment and Sub-contracting 1) the Consultant shall not, save with the previous consent in writing of the Procuring Entity, sublet, transfer, or assign the contract or any part thereof or interest therein or benefit or advantage thereof in any manner whatsoever to any Sub-consultant. 2) The Consultant shall notify the Procuring Entity in writing of all such Sub-consultants, if not already stipulated in the contract, in its original Proposal or later. Such notification shall not relieve the Consultant from any of its liability or obligation under the terms and conditions of the contract. Sub-consultants must comply with and should not circumvent the Consultant’s compliance with its obligations under GCC-clause 5.1 to 5.7. 3) If the Consultant sublets or assigns this Contract or any part thereof without such permission, the Procuring Entity shall be entitled, and it shall be lawful on his part, to treat it as a breach of contract and avail any or all remedies thereunder. 4) Entering into a subcontract for the performance of any part of the Services is not permitted except for specific survey and investigation work after approval of Authority. Failure to comply with this provision shall lead to debarment of the DPR consultant for a minimum of 2 years apart from recovery of entire contract amount as penalty for the same; 5.6. Obligation to Indemnify Procuring Entity 5.6.1 For breach of IPR Rights 63 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 562390719/2025/S&R Zone 1) the Consultant shall indemnify and hold harmless, free of costs, the Procuring Entity and its employees and officers from and against all suits, actions or administrative proceedings, claims, demands, losses, damages, costs, and expenses of any nature, including attorney’s fees and expenses, which may arise in respect of the Services provided by the Consultant under this Contract, as a result of any infringement or alleged infringement of any patent, utility model, registered design, copyright, or other Intellectual Proprietary Rights (IPR) or trademarks, registered or otherwise existing on the date of the contract arising out of or in connection with: a) Any design, data, drawing, specification, or other documents or Services provided or designed by the Consultant for or on behalf of the Procuring Entity. b) The sale by the Procuring Entity in any country of the services/ products produced by the Services delivered by Consultant, and c) The delivery of the Services by the Consultant or the use of the Services at the Procuring Entity’s Site 2) Such indemnity shall not cover any use of the Services or any part thereof other than for the purpose indicated by or to be reasonably inferred from the contract, neither any infringement resulting from the use of the Services or any part thereof, or any service/ products produced thereby in association or combination with any other service, equipment, plant, or materials not delivered by the Consultant. 3) If any proceedings are brought, or any claim is made against the Procuring Entity arising out of the matters referred above, the Procuring Entity shall promptly notify the Consultant. At its own expense and in the Procuring Entity’s name, the Consultant may conduct such proceedings and negotiations to settle any such proceedings or claim, keeping the Procuring Entity informed. 4) If the Consultant fails to notify the Procuring Entity within twenty-eight (28) days after receiving such notice that it intends to conduct any such proceedings or claim, then the Procuring Entity shall be free to conduct the same on its behalf at the risk and cost to the Consultant. 5) At the Consultant’s request, the Procuring Entity shall afford all available assistance to the Consultant in conducting such proceedings or claims and shall be reimbursed by the Consultant for all reasonable expenses. 5.6.2 For Losses and Damages Caused by Consultant 1) the Consultant shall indemnify and keep harmless the Procuring Entity, from and against, all actions, suit proceedings, losses, costs, damages, charges, claims, and demands of every nature and description brought or recovered against the Procuring Entity because of any act or omission or default or negligence or trespass of the Consultant, his agents, or employees despite all reasonable and proper precautions may have been taken, during the execution of the Services. The Consultant shall make good at his own expense all resulting losses and/ or damages to: the Services themselves or any other property of the Procuring Entity or the lives, persons, or property of others 2) In case the Procuring Entity is called upon to make good such costs, loss, or damages or to pay any compensation, including that payable under the provisions of the Workmen's Compensation Act or any statutory amendments thereof, the amount of any costs or charges including costs and charges in connection with legal proceedings, which the Procuring Entity may incur about it, shall be charged to the Consultant. All sums payable by way of 64 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 572390719/2025/S&R Zone compensation under any of these conditions shall be considered reasonable compensation to be applied to the actual loss or damage sustained and whether or not any damage shall have been sustained. 3) The Procuring Entity shall have the power and right to pay or to defend or compromise any claim of threatened legal proceedings, or in anticipation of legal proceedings being instituted consequent on the action or default of the Consultant, to take such steps as may be considered necessary or desirable to ward off or mitigate the effect of such proceedings, charging to Consultant, as aforesaid, any sum or sums of money which may be paid and any expenses whether for reinstatement or otherwise which may be incurred and the propriety of any such payment, defence or compromise, and the incurring of any such expenses shall not be called in question by the Consultant. 5.7. Confidentiality, Secrecy and Property and IPR Rights 5.7.1 Property Rights 1) Physical assets, e.g., Equipment, vehicles and materials made available to the Consultant by the Procuring Entity or purchased by the Consultant wholly or partly with funds provided by the Procuring Entity, shall be the property of the Procuring Entity and shall be marked accordingly. Upon termination or expiration of this Contract, the Consultant shall make an inventory of such equipment, vehicles, and materials available to the Procuring Entity and dispose of such equipment, vehicles, and materials in accordance with the Procuring Entity’s instructions. While in possession of such equipment, vehicles and materials, the Consultant, unless otherwise instructed by the Procuring Entity in writing, shall insure them at the expense of the Procuring Entity in an amount equal to their total replacement value. Intangible assets, e.g., license agreements, Software Packages, and memberships for purposes of performance of this contract provided by the Procuring Entity or purchased by the Consultant wholly or partly with funds provided by the Procuring Entity, shall be the property of the Procuring Entity and shall be registered accordingly., These shall be obtained in the name of the Procuring entity after obtaining the Procuring Entity’s prior written approval. The Procuring entity shall have an encumbered right to use such assets, even after the termination of the Contract. Any restrictions about the future use of these documents and software shall be specified in the Contract. 5.7.2 IPR Rights All deliverables, outputs, plans, drawings, specifications, designs, reports, and other documents and software submitted by the Consultant under this Contract shall become and remain the property of the Procuring Entity and shall be subject to laws of copyright and must not be shared with third parties or reproduced, whether in whole or part, without the Procuring Entity’s prior written consent. The Consultant shall, not later than upon termination or expiration of this Contract, deliver all such documents and software to the Procuring Entity, together with a detailed inventory thereof. The Consultant may retain a copy of such documents and software but shall not use it for commercial purposes. 5.7.3 Confidentiality All documents, drawings, samples, data, associated correspondence or other information furnished by or on behalf of the Procuring Entity to the Consultant in connection with the contract, whether such information has been furnished before, during or following completion or termination of the contract, are confidential and shall remain the property of the Procuring Entity and shall, without the prior written consent of Procuring Entity neither be divulged by the Consultant to any third party, nor be used by him for any purpose other than the design, 65 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 582390719/2025/S&R Zone procurement, or other services and activities required for the performance of this Contract. If advised by the Procuring Entity, all copies of all such information in original shall be returned on completion of the Consultant’s performance and obligations under this contract. 5.7.4 Secrecy If the contract declares the subject matter of this Contract as coming under the Official Secrets Act, 1923 or if the contract is marked as “Secret”, the Consultant shall take all reasonable steps necessary to ensure that all persons employed in any connection with the contract, have acknowledged their responsibilities and penalties for violations under the Official Secrets Act and any regulations framed thereunder. 5.7.5 Restrictions on the Use of Information 1) Without the Procuring Entity’s prior written consent, the Consultant shall not use the information mentioned in the sub-clauses above except for performing this contract. 2) The Consultant shall treat and mark all information as confidential (or Secret – as the case may) and shall not, without the written consent of the Procuring Entity, divulge to any person other than the person(s) employed by the Consultant in the performance of the contract. Further, any such disclosure to any such employed person shall be made in confidence and only so far as necessary for such performance for this contract. 3) Notwithstanding the above, the Consultant may furnish to its holding company or its Sub- consultant(s) such documents, data, and other information it receives from the Procuring Entity to the extent required for performing the contract. In this event, the Consultant shall obtain from such holding company/ Sub-consultant(s) an undertaking of confidentiality (or secrecy – as the case may be) similar to that imposed on the Consultant under the above clauses. 4) The obligation of the Consultant under sub-clauses above, however, shall not apply to information that: a) the Consultant needs to share with the institution(s) participating in the financing of the contract; b) now or hereafter is or enters the public domain through no fault of Consultant; c) can be proven to have been possessed by the Consultant at the time of disclosure and which was not previously obtained, directly or indirectly, from the Procuring Entity; or d) otherwise lawfully becomes available to the Consultant from a third party with no obligation of confidentiality. 5) The above provisions shall not in any way modify any undertaking of confidentiality (or Secrecy – as the case may be) given by the Consultant before the contract date in respect of the contract, the RFP Document, or any part thereof. 6) The provisions of this clause shall survive completion or termination for whatever reason of the contract. 5.7.6 Protection and Security of Personal Data 1) Where the Consultant is processing Personal Data for the Procuring Entity (as part of Services), the Consultant shall: a) Process the Personal Data only as per instructions from Procuring Entity (which may be specific instructions or instructions of a general nature) as set out in this Contract or as otherwise notified by Procuring Entity; b) Comply with all applicable laws; 66 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 592390719/2025/S&R Zone c) Process the Personal Data only to the extent and in such manner as is necessary for the discharge of the Consultant’s obligations under this Contract or as is required by Law or any Regulatory Body; d) Implement appropriate technical and organisational measures to protect Personal Data against unauthorized or unlawful Processing and accidental loss, destruction, damage, alteration, or disclosure. These measures shall be appropriate to the harm which might result from any unauthorized or unlawful Processing, accidental loss, destruction, or damage to the Personal Data and having regard to the nature of the Personal Data which is to be protected; e) Take reasonable steps to ensure the reliability of its staff and agents who may have access to the Personal Data; f) Obtain prior written consent from the Authority to transfer the Personal Data to any Sub-consultant for the provision of the Services; g) Not cause or permit the Personal Data to be transferred, stored, accessed, viewed, or processed outside of India without the prior written consent of the Procuring Entity. h) Ensure that all staff and agents required to access the Personal Data are informed of the confidential nature of the Personal Data and comply with the obligations set out in this clause. i) Ensure that none of the staff and agents publishes or disclose any personal data to any third parties unless directed in writing to do so by the Procuring Entity. j) Not disclose Personal Data to any third parties in any circumstances other than with the written consent of the Procuring Entity or compliance with a legal obligation imposed upon the Procuring Entity; 2) Notify the Procuring Entity (within five Working Days) if it receives the; a) a request from an employee of Procuring Entity to have access to his or other employees’ Personal Data; or b) a complaint or request relating to the Procuring Entity’s obligations under the law; 3) The provision of this clause shall apply during the contract period and indefinitely after its expiry. 5.8. Performance Bond/ Security 1) Within twenty-one days (or any other period mentioned in RFP Document or Contract) after the issue of the Letter of Award (LoA or the contract, if LoA is skipped) by the Procuring Entity, the Consultant shall furnish to the Procuring Entity performance security, valid up to sixty days (or any other period mentioned in RFP Document or Contract) after the date of completion of all contractual obligations by the Consultant. 2) The amount of Performance security shall be higher of 5% of the contract Price for QCBS mode or as equal to PBG quote in QBS mode, denominated in Indian Rupees or the currency of the contract and shall be in one of the following forms: a) Unless otherwise stipulated in the RFP Document or the Contract, Insurance Surety Bonds, Account Payee Demand Draft, Fixed Deposit Receipt from any commercial bank in India, or online payment in an acceptable form safeguarding the Procuring Entity’s interest, or b) Bank Guarantee (including an e-Bank Guarantee) issued by a commercial bank in India, in the prescribed form provided in Appendix D-1 to Format 1: Contract Form. 3) If the Consultant, having been called upon by the Procuring Entity to furnish Performance Security, fails to do so within the specified period, it shall be lawful for the Procuring Entity at its discretion to annul the award and forfeit the EMD (or enforce Bid Securing Declaration, 67 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 602390719/2025/S&R Zone if that was submitted in lieu of Bid Security), besides taking any other administrative punitive action like ‘Removal from List of Registered Suppliers’ etc. 4) If the Consultant fails to maintain the requisite Performance Security during the Contract's currency, it shall be lawful for the Procuring Entity at its discretion. (a) treat it as a breach of contract and avail any or all contractual remedies provided for breaches/ default, including termination of the Contract for Default, or (b) without terminating the Contract, recover from the Consultant the amount of such security deposit by deducting the amount from the pending bills of the Consultant under the contract or any other contract with the Procuring Entity or the Government or any person contracting through the Procuring Organisation or otherwise, howsoever as per GCC-clause 10.4. 5) If a contract is amended, the Consultant shall furnish amended Performance Security with revised value and validity within twenty-one days of the issue of such an amendment. 6) The Procuring Entity shall be entitled, and it shall be lawful on his part, (a) to deduct from the performance securities or to forfeit the said security in whole or in part in the event of: i) Any default, failure, or neglect on the part of the Consultant in the fulfilment or performance in all respect of this contract or any other contract with the Procuring Organisation or any part thereof ii) for any loss or damage recoverable from the Consultant which the Procuring Entity may suffer or be put to for reasons of or due to the above defaults/ failures/ neglect (b) and in either of the events aforesaid to call upon the Consultant to maintain the said performance security at its original limit by making further deposits, provided further that the Procuring Entity shall be entitled, and it shall be lawful on his part, to recover any such claim from any sum then due or which at any time after that may become due to the Consultant for similar reasons. 7) Subject to the sub-clause above, the Procuring Entity shall release the performance security without any interest to the Consultant on completing all contractual obligations. Alternatively, upon the Consultant submitting a suitable separate Defect Liability Security for the duration of Defect Liability obligations, the original Performance Guarantee Security shall be released mutatis mutandis. 8) No claim shall lie against the Procuring Entity regarding interest on cash deposits, Government Securities, or depreciation thereof. 5.9. Permits, Approvals and Licenses Whenever the Services and incidental Goods/ Works delivery requires the Consultant to obtain permits, approvals, and licenses from local public authorities or any third party, it shall be the Consultant's sole responsibility to obtain these and keep them current and valid. Such requirements may include but not be restricted to licences or environmental clearance if required. If requested by the Consultant, the Procuring Entity shall make its best effort to assist the Consultant in complying with such requirements in a timely and expeditious manner without diluting the Consultant’s responsibility in this regard. 5.10. Insurances The Consultant (s) shall take out and maintain, and shall cause any Sub-consultants to take out and maintain, at its (or the Sub-consultants’, as the case may be) own cost but on terms and conditions approved by the Procuring Entity, insurance against the risks, and for the coverage, as stipulated in 68 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 612390719/2025/S&R Zone the contract or any applicable law including Labour Codes; and at the Procuring Entity’s request, shall provide evidence to the Procuring Entity showing that such insurance has been taken out and maintained and that the current premiums have been paid. The Consultant shall ensure that such insurances are in place before commencing the Services as stated in GCC clause 9.2. Alterations to the terms of insurance shall not be made without the approval of the Contract Manager. 5.10.1 Limitation of the Consultants’ Liability towards the Client (a) Except in case of negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Consultants or on the part of any person or firm acting on behalf of the Consultants in carrying out the Services, the Consultants, with respect to damage caused by the Consultants to the Client’s property, shall not be liable to the Client: (i) for any indirect or consequential loss or damage; and (ii) for any direct loss or damage that exceeds (A) the total payments for Professional Fees and Reimbursable Expenditure made or expected to be made to the Consultants hereunder, or (B) the proceeds the Consultants may be entitled to receive from any insurance maintained by the Consultants to cover such a liability, whichever of (A) or (B) is higher. (b) This limitation of liability shall not affect the Consultants’ liability, if any, for damage to Third Parties caused by the Consultants or any person or firm acting on behalf of the Consultants in carrying out the Services. 5.10.2 The risks and the coverage shall be as follows: (a) Third Party motor vehicle liability insurance as required under Motor Vehicles Act, 1988 in respect of motor vehicles operated in India by the Consultants or their Personnel or any Sub consultants or their Personnel for the period of consultancy. (b) Third Party liability insurance with a minimum coverage, for Rs.1.00 million for the period of consultancy. (c) Insurance against loss of or damage to(i) equipment purchased in whole or in part with funds provided under this Contract, (ii) the Consultants' property used in the performance of the Services, and(iii)any documents prepared by the Consultants in the performance of the Services. (d) (i) The Consultant shall provide to <Agency> Professional Liability Insurance (PLI) for a period of Five years beyond completion of Consultancy services or as per Applicable Law, whichever is higher. (ii) The Consultant will maintain at its expense PLI including coverage for errors and omissions caused by Consultant’s negligence in the performance of its duties under this agreement, (A) For the amount not exceeding total payments for Professional Fees and Reimbursable Expenditures made or expected to be made to the Consultants hereunder OR (B) the proceeds, the Consultants may be entitled to receive from any insurance maintained by the Consultants to cover such a liability, whichever of (A) or (B) is higher. (iii) The policy should be issued only from an Insurance Company operating in India. (iv) The policy must clearly indicate the limit of indemnity in terms of “Any One Accident” (AOA) and “Aggregate limit on the policy” (AOP) and in no case should be for an amount less than stated in the contract. (v) If the Consultant enters into an agreement with <Agency> in a joint venture or ‘in association’, the policy must be procured and provided to <Agency> by the joint venture/in association entity and not by the individual partners of the joint venture/ association. (vi) The contract may include a provision thereby the Consultant does not cancel the policy midterm without the consent of <Agency>. The insurance company may provide an undertaking in this regard. 69 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 622390719/2025/S&R Zone (e) Employer’s liability and workers’ compensation insurance in respect of the Personnel of the Consultants and of any Sub consultant, in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Applicable Law, as well as, with respect to such Personnel, any such life, health, accident, travel or other insurance as may be appropriate; and all insurances and policies should start from the date of commencement of services and remain effective as per relevant requirements of contract agreement. 5.11. Accounting, Inspection and Auditing The Consultant shall keep and make all reasonable efforts to cause its Sub-consultants to keep accurate and systematic accounts and records in respect of the Services and in such form and detail as shall identify relevant time changes and costs and as per accounting principles prescribed in India. The Consultants (i) shall keep accurate and systematic accounts and records in respect of the Services hereunder, in accordance with internationally accepted accounting principles and in such form and detail as will clearly identify all relevant time charges and cost, and the bases thereof (including the bases of the Consultants' costs and charges), and (ii) shall permit the Client or its designated representative periodically, and up to one year from the expiration or termination of this Contact, to inspect the same and make copies thereof as well as to have them audited by auditors appointed by the Client. 5.12. Book Examination Clause Deleted. 5.13. Legal Compliance The Consultant shall perform the Services in accordance with the Contract and the Applicable Law and shall take all practicable steps to ensure that any of its Experts and Sub-consultants comply with the Applicable Law. 5.14. Custody and Return of the Procuring Entity’s Assets loaned to Consultant 1) The contractors shall sign accountable receipts for all documents and materials or other assets/ properties made over to them by the Contract Manager on behalf of the Procuring Entity. All such assets shall be deemed in good condition when received by the Consultant unless he has notified the Procuring Entity to the contrary within twenty-four hours of receipt. Otherwise, he shall be deemed to have waived the right to do so at any subsequent stage. 2) These assets shall remain the property of the Procuring Entity, and the Consultant shall take all reasonable care of all such assets. The Consultant shall be responsible for all damage or loss from whatever cause while assets are possessed or controlled by the Consultant, staff, workmen, or agents. 3) Where the Consultant insures such assets against loss or fire at the request of the Procuring Entity, such insurance shall be deemed to be by way of additional precaution and shall not prejudice the Consultant's liability as aforesaid. 4) The Consultant shall return all such assets in good order and repair, reasonable wear and tear excepted, before the completion/ closure/ termination of the contract and shall be responsible for any failure to account for the same or any damage done to that as assessed by the Procuring Entity whose decision shall be final and binding. 70 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 632390719/2025/S&R Zone 6. Procuring Entity’s Obligations 6.1. Assistance by the Procuring Entity Unless otherwise specified in the SC, the Client shall use its best efforts to ensure that the Government shall: • provide the Consultants, Sub-consultants and Personnel with work permits and such other documents as shall be necessary to enable the Consultants, Sub- consultants or Personnel to perform the Services; • assist for the Personnel and, if appropriate, their eligible dependents to be provided promptly with all necessary entry and exit visas, residence permits, exchange permits and any other documents required for their stay in Government's country; • Facilitate prompt clearance through customs of any property required for the Services and of the personal effects of the Personnel and their - eligible dependents; • Issue to officials, agents and representatives of the Government all such instructions as may be necessary or appropriate for the prompt and effective implementation of the Services; • assist the Consultants and the Personnel and any Sub-consultants and or Associates employed by the Consultants for the Services from any requirement to register or obtain any permit to practice their profession or to establish themselves either individually or as a corporate entity according to the Applicable Law; • grant to the Consultants, any Sub-consultants and or Associates and the Personnel of either of them the privilege, pursuant to the Applicable Law, of bringing into Government's country reasonable amounts of foreign currency for the purposes of the Services or for the personal use of the Personnel and their dependents and of withdrawing any such amounts as may be earned therein by the Personnel in the execution of the Services: and • Provide to the Consultants, Sub-consultants and or Associates and Personnel any such other assistance as may be specified in the SC. 2) Issue instructions and information to its officials, agents, and stakeholders for prompt and effective implementation of the Services. 3) Provide to the Consultant any other assistance as specified in the Contract. 4) Access to Project Site: The Procuring Entity warrants that the Consultant shall have, free of charge, unimpeded access to the project site if such access is required for the performance of the Services. 6.2. Facilities to be provided by the Procuring Entity 1) The Procuring Entity shall make available to the Consultant and the Experts, for the performance of the contract, free of any charge (unless otherwise stated therein), the services, facilities, and property described in the ‘Terms of Reference’ (Appendix A) as per terms and conditions and against appropriate safeguards (including Insurances, Bank 71 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 642390719/2025/S&R Zone Guarantee, Indemnity Bonds, Retention Money etc.) specified therein. The Consultant shall use such property for the execution of the contract and no other purpose whatsoever. 2) In case such services, facilities and property shall not be made available to the Consultant as and when specified in Appendix A, the Parties shall agree on (i) any time extension that it may be appropriate to grant to the Consultant for the performance of the Services, (ii) how the Consultant shall procure any such services, facilities and property from other sources, and (iii) the additional payments, if any, to be made to the Consultant as a result thereof according to GCC clause 10.1.1. 6.3. Counterpart Personnel 1) The Procuring Entity shall make professional and support counterpart personnel available to the Consultant, as specified in Appendix A. 2) If counterpart personnel are not provided by the Procuring Entity to the Consultant as and when specified in Appendix A, the Procuring Entity and the Consultant shall agree on (i) how the affected part of the Services shall be carried out, and (ii) the additional payments, if any, to be made by the Procuring Entity to the Consultant as a result thereof. 3) Professional and support counterpart personnel, excluding Procuring Entity’s Contract Management and liaison personnel, shall work under the exclusive direction of the Consultant. If any member of the counterpart personnel fails to perform any work assigned to such member by the Consultant that is adequately consistent with the position occupied by such member, the Consultant may request the replacement of such member, and the Procuring Entity shall not unreasonably refuse to act upon such request. 6.4. Payment Obligation Considering the Services performed by the Consultant under this Contract, the Procuring Entity shall pay the Consultant for the deliverables specified in Appendix A and in such manner as is provided in the Contract. 7. Scope of Services and Performance Standards 7.1. Scope of Services 1) Services: This contract is for the performance/ delivery of Services of the description, scope/ quantum outlined in Appendix A: ‘Terms of Reference’ during the contract period specified therein. 2) Incidental Works/ Goods/ Other Services: If so stipulated, the Consultant shall be required to perform/ deliver specified incidental Works/ Goods/ other Services as an integral part of the Services in the contract. 3) Location: The Services shall be performed at such locations as are specified in Appendix A and, where the location of a particular task is not so specified, at such locations, whether in the Procuring Entity’s country or elsewhere, as the Procuring Entity may approve. 4) Reporting Requirements: The Consultant shall deliver to the Procuring Entity the reports, deliverables, outputs, and documents specified in Appendix A: ‘Terms of Reference’, in the form, in the numbers and within the periods outlined in the said Appendix, besides progress reports as per GCC Clause 9.3. 5) Standard Performance: a) The Consultant shall perform and carry out the Services with all due diligence, efficiency, and economy, in accordance with generally accepted professional standards and practices, observe sound management practices, and employ 72 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 652390719/2025/S&R Zone appropriate technology and safe and effective equipment, machinery, materials and methods. b) Unless otherwise specified, the performance standards and quality of the Services shall conform to the Terms of Reference as stipulated in the contract or as per best standards in the market, where not so specified. c) Defects in Services: The Procuring Entity shall promptly notify the Consultant of any identified defects, requesting the correction of the notified defect within a reasonable time. If the Consultant has not corrected notified defect within the time stipulated in the Procuring Entity’s notice, the Procuring Entity may suspend payments as per GCC clause 10.6. 6) Consultants' Actions Requiring Client's Prior Approval;- The Consultants shall obtain the Client's prior approval in writing before taking any of the following actions: (a) appointing such members of the Personnel as are listed in Appendix ‘C’ ("Consultants' Sub-consultants' Key Personnel") merely by title but not by name; (b) entering into a subcontract for the performance of any part of the Services, it being understood (i) that the selection of the Sub-Consultant and the terms and conditions of the subcontract shall have been approved in writing by the Client prior to the execution of the subcontract, and (ii) that the Consultants shall remain fully liable for the performance of the Services by the Sub-Consultant and its Personnel pursuant to this Contract; and (c) taking any action under a civil works contract designating the Consultants as "Authority’s Engineer", for which action, pursuant to such civil works contract, the written approval of the Client as "Employer" is required". 7.2. Eligible Services Unless otherwise stipulated in the Contract, the country of origin of ‘Services’ and related ‘Goods’ under the contract shall have their origin in India or other countries (if specified in the Contract). It must conform to the declaration made by the Consultant during regarding Central Government policies restricting the participation of entities from i) Certain countries sharing land borders with India and ii) Countries that restrict the participation of Bidders from India on a reciprocal basis. They should ensure that they continue to be free from such restrictions. 8. Deployment of Resources 8.1. Site and Assets thereon 8.1.1 Site of Service Delivery 1) The site for Service delivery shall be the lands, spaces, and other places on, under, in or through which the Services are to be carried out and any other lands or places provided by the Procuring Entity for the contract. 2) No land or building or any other asset belonging to or in possession of the Procuring Entity shall be occupied/ used by the Consultant without the permission of the Procuring Entity. The Consultant shall not use or allow the site to be used for any purposes other than executing or concerning the execution of the services. 3) Prohibition of Smoking and Intoxicants: The Consultant shall exercise influence and authority to the utmost extent to secure strict compliance by his staff or any labour employed through Sub-consultants or petty contractors with all the rules and regulations 73 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 662390719/2025/S&R Zone stipulated by the Procuring Entity relating to the access to the project site, including but not limited to a) Prohibition of Smoking in ‘No Smoking Zone’ and in Public Places b) Prohibition of the use of any intoxicating substances including, but not limited to, intoxicating beverages during the service period or on-site or near the site or in any of the facilities, sites, buildings, encampments, or tenements owned, occupied by or within the control of the Consultant or any of his employees. c) Safety practices relating to Procuring Entity’s staff, Public and third parties d) Maintenance of peace and business-like ambience 8.1.2 Clearance of Site on Completion 1) On completion of the services, the Consultant shall hand over the whole project site to the procuring Entity on ‘as it was’ basis. No final payment in settlement of the accounts for the Services shall be paid to the Consultant till, in addition to any other condition necessary for final payment, site clearance shall have been affected by him. 2) In the event of failure on the part of the Consultant to comply with this provision within 7 days after receiving notice for clearance of Procuring Entity’s site and lands, the Contract Manager shall cause them to be removed in such a way as deemed fit and convenient and cost as increased by supervision and other incidental charges shall be recovered from the Consultant. The Procuring Entity shall not be held liable for any loss or damage to the Consultant's property as may be on the site and due to such removal. 8.2. Key and Non-key Personnel 8.2.1 General Requirements 1) Restrictions on the Employment of Retired Staff or Officers or Managers of Procuring Entity within One Year of their Retirement: the Consultant shall not himself be a retired Government employee of Gazetted rank or engage any employee or associate who is a retired Government employee of Gazetted rank, if such persons have not completed one year (or any other period prescribed by the relevant authority) from the date of retirement, in connection with this Contract in any manner whatsoever without obtaining prior permission of the relevant authority. If the Consultant is found to have contravened this provision, it shall constitute a breach of contract, and Procuring Entity shall be entitled to terminate the contract and/ or avail any or all the remedies thereunder. 2) Team Lead: The Consultant, when he is not personally present on the workplace site, shall nominate a Team Lead during working hours, which shall, on receiving reasonable notice, present himself to the Contract Manager. Orders given by the Contract Manager or his representative to the Team Lead shall be deemed to have the same force as if given to the Consultant. 3) The Consultant shall employ and provide qualified and experienced Key and Non- key Experts and Sub-consultants as required to carry out the Services. 4) The Consultants shall be required to form a multi-disciplinary team for this assignment. The consultants’ team shall be manned by adequate number of experts with relevant experience in the execution of similar detailed design assignments. 5) 2. List of suggested key personnel to be fielded by the consultant with appropriate man- month of consultancy services is given in Enclosure-A to Section-VI A as per client's assessment. 6) 3. A Manning Schedule for key personnel mentioned above is enclosed as Enclosure- 74 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 672390719/2025/S&R Zone A to Section-VI A along with broad job- description and qualification as Enclosure-B to Section-VI A . The information furnished in Enclosures-A & B to Section-VI A are to assist the Consultants to understand the client’s perception about these requirements and shall be taken by the Consultants for the purpose of Financial Proposal and deployment schedule etc. in technical proposal to be submitted by them. Any deviation proposed may be recorded in the comments on TOR. All the key personnel mentioned will be evaluated at the time of evaluation of technical proposal. Consultants are advised in their own interest to frame the technical proposal in an objective manner as far as possible so that these could be properly assessed in respect of points to be given as part of evaluation criteria as mentioned in Data sheet. The bio-data of the key personnel should be signed on every sheet by the personnel concerned and the last sheet of each bio-data should also be signed by the authorized signatory of the Consultants. 7) 4. The Consultants shall establish an office at the project site manned by senior personnel during the course of the surveys and investigations. All the project related office work shall be carried out by the consultant in their site office unless there are special reasons for carrying out part of the office work elsewhere for which prior approval of <agency> shall be obtained. The address of the site office including the personnel manning it including their Telephone and FAX numbers will be intimated by the Consultant to <agency> before commencement of the services. 8) All key personnel and sub professional staff of the DPR Consultants shall use the fingerprint based (biometric) attendance system for marking their daily attendance. Attendance shall be marked at least once a day and anytime during the day. Biometric Attendance System shall be installed by the DPR Consultants at its own cost at the site office and design office in order to facilitate the attendance marking. A copy of attendance records shall be attached at the time of submission of their bills to the <agency> from time to time. Proper justification shall be provided for cases of absence of key personnel/ sub- professional staff which do not have prior approval from Project Director of Concerned stretch. If, Authority so desires, it shall facilitate electronic linking of the attendance system with the Central Monitoring System of Authority. 9) Fake CV:- If any case of fake/incorrect/inflated CV is found, it shall be dealt with very severely and would result in all possible penal action including blacklisting from future projects of <Agency>. This would also apply even when the consulting firm is not successful in getting the assignment. In case CV of a person is turned out to be fake/incorrect/inflated during the assignment, the consultancy firms will have to refund the salary and perks drawnincluding interest @12% per annumin respect of the person apart from other consequences. In addition to above, 10% of the salary and perks to be refunded shall be recovered from the Firm as penalty. 8.2.2 Key Personnel 1) The titles, job descriptions, minimum qualifications, and estimated periods of the Consultant’s Key Personnel engagement in carrying out the Services are described in Appendix B to the Contract. 2) The Key Experts shall not be entitled to be paid for overtime nor to take paid sick leave or vacation leave except as specified in Appendix B, and the Consultant’s remuneration shall be deemed to cover these items. 3) Working hours and holidays for Experts are outlined in Appendix B. Foreign Key Experts carrying out Services in India shall be deemed to have commenced or finished work in 75 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 682390719/2025/S&R Zone respect of the Services several days before their arrival in or after their departure from India, as is specified in Appendix B. 4) Any leave-taking by Key Experts shall be subject to the prior approval by the Consultant, who shall ensure that absence for leave purposes shall not delay the progress and or impact adequate supervision of the Services. If Key Experts are not deployed for significant periods, affecting the progress and quality of the assignment, payments may be suspended as per clause 10.6 below. 5) Resident Team Leader and Coordinator: The person designated as the Team Leader of the Consultant’s Personnel shall be responsible for the coordinated, timely and efficient functioning of the Personnel. In addition, the Consultant shall designate a suitable person from its Head Office as Project Coordinator who shall be responsible for day to day performance of the Services. 6) Substitution of Key Experts: a) Unless the Procuring Entity may otherwise agree in writing, no changes shall be made in the Key Experts. b) In case notice to commence services pursuant to Clause 9.2 of this Contract is not ordered by Client within 120 days of signing of contract the key personnel can excuse themselves on valid grounds, e.g., selection on some other assignment, health problem developed after signing of contract, etc. In such a case no penalty shall be levied on the Firm or on the person concerned. The firm shall however be asked to give a replacement by an equal or better scoring person, whenever mobilization is ordered. c) In case notice to commence services is given within 120 days of signing of contract the, the Authority expects all the Key Personnel specified in the Proposal to be available during implementation of the Agreement. The Authority will not consider any substitution of Key Personnel except under compelling circumstances beyond the control of the Consultant and the concerned Key Personnel. Such substitution shall be limited to not more than three Key Personnel subject to equally or better qualified and experienced personnel being provided to the satisfaction of the Authority. Replacement of the Team Leader will not normally be considered and may lead to disqualification of the Applicant or termination of the Agreement. Replacement of one Key Personnel shall be permitted subject to reduction of remuneration equal to 5 % (five per cent) of the total remuneration specified for the Key Personnel who is proposed to be replaced. In case of second replacement the reduction in remuneration shall be equal to 10% (ten per cent) and for third and subsequent replacement, such reduction shall be equal to 15% (fifteen per cent). The maximum age limit of replaced key personnel shall be 65 years as on the date of submission of proposal for such replacement. The Consultant shall make all endevours to ensure that replacement of a Key Personnel is approved before the concerned Key Personnel leaves the consultancy assignment, in any case the Consultant shall submit replacement acceptable to Client not more than 3 weeks after the Key Personnel leaves the consultancy assignment, failing which Client may terminate the Contract in pursuance to Clause 12.1 of GC. d) If the consultant finds that any of the personnel had made false representation regarding his qualification and experience, he may request the Employer for replacement of the personnel. There shall be no reduction in remuneration for such replacement. The replacement shall however be of equal or better score. The personnel so replaced shall be debarred from future projects for 2 years. 76 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 692390719/2025/S&R Zone e) In case, person permanently employed with the firm is to be replaced, technical score of both the CVs shall be compared excluding the marks given for employment with firm. Replacement would be allowed when the Technical Score (excluding the marks given for employment with firm) of the new key person is equal or better than the existing key person's Technical Score excluding marks assigned for permanent employment with the firm. However, the remuneration of such replacement shall be reduced on proportionate basis in case the overall score of the replacement person is less than the overall score of original person. f) Replacement after original contract period is over:- There shall be no limit on the replacements and no reduction in remunerations shall be made. The replacement shall however be of equal or better score. g) If the Employer (i) finds that any of the Personnel has committed serious misconduct or has been charged with having committed a criminal action or (ii) has reasonable ground to be dissatisfied with the performance of any of the Personnel, then the consultant shall, at the Employer’s written request specifying the grounds therefore, forthwith provide a replacement with qualifications and experience acceptable to him. For such replacement there will be no reduction in remuneration. h) If any member of the approved team of a consultant engaged by <Agency> leaves that consultant before completion of the job, he shall be barred for a period of 6 months to 24 months from being engaged as a team member of any other consultant working (or to be appointed) for any other <Agency>/ MoRTH projects. 7) Additional Key Experts: If additional Key Experts are required to carry out the Services during the execution of the contract, the Consultant shall submit to the Procuring Entity for review and approval a copy of their Curricula Vitae (CVs). If the Procuring Entity does not object in writing (stating the reasons for the objection) within twenty- one (21) days from receiving such CVs, such additional Key Experts shall be deemed approved by the Procuring Entity. The rate of remuneration payable to such new additional Key Experts shall be based on the rates for other Key Experts' positions which require similar qualifications and experience. 8) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary stated in the GCC and SCC, it shall be mandatory to deploy the key personnel and sub-professional as per the Man- Months Input specified in the Terms of Reference. 8.2.3 Non-key Personnel the Consultant must ensure the deployment of non-key Personnel as per Appendix-C, the Terms of Reference, and the approved Works plan as updated. Daily attendance records of such non-key personnel shall be maintained by the Consultant and shared with the Contract Manager. If the Contract Manager believes that the Consultant is not employing sufficient Non- key personnel as is specified or otherwise for the proper execution of the Services, he shall issue a notice to the Consultant for remedial measures. The Consultant shall forthwith, on receiving intimation to this effect, deploy the additional number of non-key personnel as specified by the Contract Manager immediately, and failure on the part of the Consultant to comply with such instructions shall entitle the Procuring Entity to suspend payments as per GCC clause 10.6 for the shortfall in performance or terminate the contract and/ or avail all the remedies thereunder. Such action shall be in addition to the deduction from the Consultant’s payment cost of shortfall personnel as per Appendix-C. 8.2.4 Removal of Key and Non-key Experts or Sub-consultants on Orders Contract 77 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 702390719/2025/S&R Zone Manager 1) The Consultant shall, at the Procuring Entity’s written request, provide the Replacement, if the Procuring Entity finds that any of the Experts or Sub-consultant: commits severe misconduct or has been charged with having committed a criminal act a) persists in any misconduct or lack of care; b) is found to be negligent, incompetent or incapable of discharging assigned duties; c) fails to comply with any provision of the Contract; d) based on reasonable evidence, is determined to have engaged breached the Code of Integrity (including Fraud and Corruption) during the execution of the Works; 2) Subject to the requirements in the sub-clause above, and notwithstanding any requirement from the Procuring Entity to request a replacement, the Consultant shall take immediate action as appropriate in response to any violation in the sub-para above. Such immediate action shall include removing (or causing to be removed) such Key/ Non-Key Expert or sub- consultant from carrying out the Services. 3) Any replacement of the removed Experts or Sub-consultants shall possess better qualifications and experience and be acceptable to the Procuring Entity. 4) The Consultant shall bear all costs from or incidental to any removal and/or replacement of such Experts. 8.3. Equipment and Tools of Trade The Consultant must ensure the deployment of Equipment and Tools of Trade necessary to deliver services as per the Terms of Reference and approved Works plan as updated. If the Contract Manager believes that the Consultant is not employing on the Services sufficient Equipment/Tools of Trade as is specified or otherwise for the proper execution of the Services within the prescribed time, the Consultant shall forthwith on receiving intimation to this effect deploy the additional equipment/ tools of the trade as specified by the Contract Manager immediately and failure on the part of the Consultant to comply with such instructions shall entitle the Procuring Entity to suspend payments as per GCC clause 10.6 for the shortfall in performance or terminate the contract and/ or avail any or all the remedies thereunder for breach of contract. 9. Delivery of Services and delays 9.1. Works plan 1) Before the commencement of the Services, the Consultant shall submit for approval of the Contract Manager a Works plan showing the Methods, schedule of delivery of services, and deployment plans for Personnel, Equipment and Materials for the execution of the services. The programme of delivery of Services amended as necessary by discussions with the Contract Manager shall be treated as the agreed Works plan for this Contract. The Services shall be carried out and monitored as per the approved Program as updated. The Contract Manager shall direct the order in which the several components of the Services shall be provided, and the Consultant shall execute all orders the Contract Manager gives from time to time without delay. Still, the Consultant shall not be relieved thereby from responsibility for the due performance of the Services in all respects. 9.2. Commencement of Services Effective Date of Contract: Consultant shall commence the Services and shall proceed with due expedition and without delay from the effective date of Contract (all 78 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 712390719/2025/S&R Zone dates of delivery shall be counted from such a date), which shall be the date mentioned as the effective date in the contract, or if not so mentioned: a) 15 days from the Procuring Entity’s notice (unless specified otherwise) to the Consultant instructing him to begin carrying out the Services. This notice shall confirm that the effectiveness prerequisites listed in the contract have been met. b) If no such order is issued,15 days from the date of the Issue of the LOA or the signing of the Contract agreement, whichever is earlier. 2) Commencement of Services: Not later than the number of days after the Effective Date specified in the Contract or the Notice to proceed, the Consultant shall begin carrying out the Services after confirming the following: a) As required by the Contract, all JV members and key experts needed at the beginning of the assignment are effectively participating. b) That upon provision of Bank Guarantees, advance payments, if any, are implemented. c) That the Procuring Entity has provided facilities (including Data, Documents and Background Information) as per the Contract d) that all parties involved in the assignment (users, security team, and other relevant departments of the Procuring Entity and other third-party stakeholders) have been informed by the Procuring Entity e) that all permits, licences, and authorisations have been obtained. 3) Termination of Contract for Failure to Become Effective: If this Contract has not become effective (as per sub-clause 1) above) within such period after the date of Contract signature as specified in the Contract, either Party may, by not less than twenty-one (21) days’ written notice to the other Party, declare this Contract to be null and void, and in the event of such a declaration by either Party, neither Party shall have any claim against the other Party with respect hereto. 4) Expiration of Contract Unless terminated earlier pursuant to Clause GC 9.9 hereof, this Contract shall expire when services have been completed and all payments have been made at the end of such time period after the Effective Date as shall be specified in the SC. 5) Entire Agreement This Contract contains all covenants, stipulations and provisions agreed by the Parties. No agent or representative of either Party has authority to make, and the Parties shall not be bound by or be liable for, any statement, representation, promise or agreement not set forth herein. 6) Modification Modification of the terms and conditions of this Contract, including any modification of the scope of the Services, may only be made by written agreement between the Parties. Pursuant to GCC Clause 2.6 hereof, however, each party shall give due consideration to any proposals for modification made by the other Party. 9.3. Contract Management 9.3.1 Consultancy Management Teams The Procuring Entity shall nominate a Contract Manager (or a Consultancy Management Team), and the Consultant shall nominate a counterpart Team Lead to monitor the assignment so that the output is in line with the Procuring Entity's objectives of the Contract. 79 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 722390719/2025/S&R Zone 9.3.2 Review of Phases and Milestones The Contract Manager and Consultant/ Team Lead shall hold progress meetings at various phases and Milestones into which the assignment is divided as per Appendix-A. Unless otherwise indicated in Appendix-A, the following actions would be taken during such progress meetings. 1) Kick-off Meeting: The contract Manager and the Consultant/ Team Lead shall meet at the start of the assignment to ensure that the Contract requirements are clearly understood by all concerned and that the Contract Management procedures are finalised. 2) Inception Phase Review: The inception meeting shall be held at a period (specified in Appendix-A or the Notice to Proceed) after the effective date of the contract or, if not so specified, within 21 days of the effective date. Before this meeting, the consultant must provide a draft Inception Report for discussion. The Consultant shall submit a final Inception Report within the specified time in the ‘Terms of Reference’ or as agreed in the Inception Meeting, or if not so specified, within 7 days of the Inception Meeting. Template for Inception Report may be agreed to beforehand in the Inception Meeting. It should, at the minimum, cover comments and suggestions on the following: a) Terms of Reference b) Work plan and staffing schedule c) Facilities to be provided by the Procuring Entity d) Working arrangements and liaison 3) Periodic Reviews: Unless otherwise decided by the Contract Manager and the Consultant’s Team Lead, periodic review meetings (monthly if not otherwise stipulated) shall be held to review the pace of progress as compared to the Work Plan and remedial actions thereto. 4) Deliverables Reviews: The contract Manager and Consultant/ Team Lead may hold other meetings to review and approve specific deliverables or phases (including Interim and Final Reports) as specified in Appendix-A or as agreed between the parties. 9.4. Delivery of services, Time of Delivery and Extensions Thereof 9.4.1 Delivery of Services: The Consultant shall deliver all Services and submit deliverables as per the approved work plan in the manner specified in the Contract. 9.4.2 Time of Delivery of Services is of Essence of the Contract: 1) The time for delivery of Services shall be deemed to be the essence of the contract. Subject to any requirement in the contract as to the completion of any portions or portions of the Services before completion of the whole, the Consultant shall fully and finally complete the whole of the services comprised in the contract as per the Delivery and Completion Schedule stipulated in Appendix-A: ‘Terms of Reference’. 2) If at any time during the currency of the contract, the Consultant encounters conditions hindering the timely performance of services; the Consultant shall promptly inform the Procuring Entity in writing about the same and its likely duration. 3) He may request to the Procuring Entity for an extension of the delivery schedule not less than one month before the expiry of the date fixed for completion of the services. Procuring Entity may agree to extend the completion schedule, with or without liquidated damages and denial clause, by issuing an amendment to the contract in terms of the following clauses. 9.4.3 Extension for Excusable Delay Not Due to Consultant 80 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 732390719/2025/S&R Zone 1) If in the opinion of the Consultant, the progress of Services has at any time been delayed due to the following reasons, then within 15 days of such happening causing delay, he shall give notice thereof in writing to the Contract Manager, but shall nevertheless do due diligence to bring down or make good the delays and to proceed with the services: proceedings taken or threatened by or dispute with external third parties arising otherwise than from the Consultant's own default etc. or delay due to circumstances beyond the control of either party delay authorized by the Contract Manager pending arbitration or Any act or neglect of Procuring Entity, e.g.: i) Delay or failure to issue notice to commence the services or ii) delay or failure to issue necessary instructions for which the Consultant had applied explicitly in writing. iii) Delay in or failure to handover of possession of the site or the necessary facilities/ documents/ data or instructions by the Procuring Entity to the Consultant iv) Delay caused by modification issued by the Contract Manager or v) any other delay caused by the Procuring Entity due to any other cause. 2) The Consultant may also indicate the period for which the Services are likely to be delayed and ask for a necessary extension of time. On receipt of such request from the Consultant, the Contract Manager shall consider the same and grant such extension of time as, in his opinion, is reasonable regarding the nature and period of delay and the type and quantum of work affected thereby. No other compensation shall be payable for work carried forward to the extended period. The same rates, terms, and conditions as the original Contract shall apply during the extended period. 9.4.4 Extension of Time for Inexcusable Delay Due to Consultant 1) If the Consultant fails to deliver the Services within the fixed/ extended period for reasons other than those stipulated in GCC-clause 9.4.3 above, the Procuring Entity may, if satisfied that the service delivery can still be completed within a reasonable time, extend the period further. 2) On such extension, the Procuring Entity shall be entitled without prejudice to any other right and remedy available on that behalf to recover from the Consultant as agreed damages and not by way of penalty Liquidated Damages as per GCC- clause 9.5 below. 3) Provided further that if the Procuring Entity is not satisfied that the service can be completed by the Consultant or in the event of failure on the part of the Consultant to complete the service within the extension of time allowed further as aforesaid, the Procuring Entity shall be entitled without prejudice to any other right or remedy available in that behalf, treat the delay as a breach of contract and avail any or all the remedies thereunder, whether or not actual damage is caused by such default. 4) Inordinate Delays: Delays due to the Consultant of more than one-fourth (25%) of the total completion period shall be treated as inordinate delays. Such inordinate delays shall be noted as poor performance and be held against the Consultant in future procurements. A show-cause notice shall be issued to the Consultant before declaring it a poor performance. Such delays may be considered a breach of the contract at the option of the Procuring Entity. 9.4.5 Extension of Time for Concurrent Delay Due to Both Parties If the Contract Manager determines that two or more events responsible for delay overlap each 81 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 742390719/2025/S&R Zone other. The delays may be concurrently attributable to both Procuring Entity and the Consultant. The proportion for extension of time as per GCC-Clause 9.4.3 or 9.4.4 above shall be determined by plotting each contributing concurrent delay on the critical path. 9.5. Damages and Deductions Thereof 9.5.1 Right of the Procuring Entity to recover Damages. Procuring Entity shall be entitled to, and it shall be lawful to recover Liquidated damages as detailed in this clause from all payments due, any Performance Security, or any retention money. 9.5.2 Liquidated damages 1) For delays covered under clause 9.4.4 (Extension of Time for Inexcusable Delay Due to Consultant) above: a) The Procuring Entity shall, without prejudice to other rights and remedies available to the Procuring Entity under the contract, deduct from the contract price as liquidated damages for each week of delay or part thereof until actual delivery or performance, but not as a penalty, a sum equivalent to the 1/2% per cent (or any other percentage if prescribed) of the related monthly bill of the Services. Besides liquidated damages during such a delay, the denial clause as per GCC-clause 9.5.3 shall also apply. Total damages in the contract shall be limited as per clause 9.5.4 below. b) Any failure or delay by any Sub-consultant, though their employment may have been sanctioned, shall not be admitted as a ground for any extension of time or for exempting the Consultant from liability for any such loss or damage as aforesaid. 9.5.3 Denial Clause: 1) For delays covered under clause 9.4.4 (Extension of Time for Inexcusable Delay Due to Consultant) above: a) no increases in price on account of any statutory increase in or fresh Imposition of GST, or on account of any other taxes/ duty/ cess/ levy) leviable in respect of the Services and incidental goods/ works stipulated in the said Contract which takes place after the original delivery date shall be admissible on such of the said Services, as are delivered after the said date; and b) Notwithstanding any stipulation in the contract for an increase in price on any other ground, including the price variation clause, no such increase after the original delivery date shall be admissible on such Services delivered after the said date. c) Nevertheless, the Procuring Entity shall be entitled to the benefit of any decrease in price on account of reduction in or remission of GST or on account of any other tax or duty or any other ground as stipulated in the price variation clause, which takes place after the expiry of the original delivery date. 9.5.4 Limit on total Damages However, deduction on account of damages for delays under this clause put together shall be subject to a maximum of 10% (or any other percentage if prescribed) of the entire value of the Contract of Services. Penalties/ liabilities outside this clause shall be covered by GCC clause 12. 9.6. Force Majeure 1) On the occurrence of any unforeseen event beyond the control of either Party, directly interfering with the delivery of Services arising during the currency of the contract, such as 82 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 752390719/2025/S&R Zone war, hostilities, acts of the public enemy, civil commotion, sabotage, fires, floods, explosions, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, strikes, lockouts, or acts of God, the affected Party shall, within a week from the commencement thereof, notify the same in writing to the other Party with reasonable evidence thereof. Unless otherwise directed by the Procuring Entity in writing, the Consultant shall continue to perform its obligations under the contract as reasonably practicable and seek all reasonable alternative means for performance not prevented by the Force Majeure event. If the force majeure condition(s) mentioned above be in force for 90 days or more at any time, either party shall have the option to terminate the contract on expiry of 90 days of commencement of such force majeure by giving 14 days’ notice to the other party in writing. In case of such termination, no damages shall be claimed by either party against the other except those which had occurred under any other clause of this Contract before such termination. 2) Notwithstanding the remedial provisions contained in GCC-clause 9.5 and 12, none of the Party shall seek any such remedies or damages for the other Party's delay and/ or failure in fulfilling its obligations under the contract if it is the result of an event of Force Majeure. 9.7. Foreclosure Without prejudice to any provision of this Agreement, the Client and Consultant may foreclose this Agreement by mutual consent in circumstances which does not constitute either party’s default without any liability or consequential future liability for either party except as mentioned in this Clause. However, the Client has the right to foreclosure the agreement after completion of the components of feasibility study. 9.8. Suspension The Client may, by written notice of suspension to the Consultants, suspend all payments to the Consultants hereunder if the Consultants fail to perform any of their obligations under this Contract, including the carrying out of the Services, provided that such notice of suspension (i) shall specify the nature of the failure, and (ii) shall request the Consultants to remedy such failure within a period not exceeding thirty (30) days after receipt by the Consultants of such notice of suspension. 9.9. Termination 9.9.1 By the Client The Client may, by not less than thirty (30) days’ written notice of termination to the Consultants (except in the event listed in paragraph (f) below, for which there shall be a written notice of not less than sixty (60) days), such notice to be given after the occurrence of any of the events specified in paragraphs (a) through (f) of this Clause 9.9.1, terminate this Contract: (a) if the Consultants fail to remedy a failure in the performance of their obligations are under, as specified in a notice of suspension pursuant to Clause 9.8 hereinabove, within thirty (30) days of receipt of such notice of suspension or within such further period as the Client may have subsequently approved in writing; (b) if the Consultants become (or, if the Consultants consist of more than one entity, if any of their Members becomes) insolvent or bankrupt or enter into any agreements with their creditors for relief of debt or take advantage of any law for the benefit of debtors or go into liquidation or receivership whether compulsory or voluntary; (c) if the Consultants fail to comply with any final decision reached as a result of arbitration 83 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 762390719/2025/S&R Zone proceedings pursuant to Clause 11 hereof; (d) if the Consultants submit to the Client a statement which has a material effect on the rights, obligations or interests of the Client and which the Consultants know to be false; (e) if, as the result of Force Majeure, the Consultants are unable to perform a material portion of the Services for a period of not less than sixty (60) days; or (f) if the Client, in its sole discretion and for any reason whatsoever, decides to terminate this Contract. 9.9.2 By the Consultants The Consultants may, by not less than thirty (30) day’s written notice to the Client, such notice to be given after the occurrence of any of the events specified in paragraphs (a) through (d) of this Clause 9.9.2, terminate this Contract: (a) if the Client fails to pay any money due to the Consultants pursuant to this contract and not subject to dispute pursuant to Clause 11 hereof within forty-five(45) days after receiving written notice from the Consultants that such payment is overdue; (b) if the Client is in material breach of its obligations pursuant to this Contract and has not remedied the same within forty-five (45) days (or such longer period as the Consultants may have subsequently approved in writing) following the receipt by the Client of the Consultants’ notice specifying such breach; (c) if, as the result of Force Majeure, the Consultant are unable to perform a material portion of the Services for a period of not less than sixty (60) days; or (d) if the Client fails to comply with any final decision reached as a result of arbitration pursuant to Clause 11 hereof. 9.9.3 Cessation of Rights and Obligations Upon termination of this Contract pursuant to Clauses 9.2 or 9.9 hereof, or upon expiration of this Contract pursuant to Clause 9 hereof, all rights and obligations of the Parties hereunder shall cease, except (i) such rights and obligations as may have accrued on the date of termination or expiration, (ii) the obligation of confidentiality set forth in Clause 5.7.3 hereof, (iii) the Consultant’s obligation to permit inspection, copying and auditing of their accounts and records set forth in Clause 5.11 (ii) hereof, and (iv) any right which a Party may have under the Applicable Law. 9.9.4 Cessation of Services Upon termination of this Contract by notice of either Party to the other pursuant to Clauses 9.9.1 or 9.9.2 hereof, the Consultants shall, immediately upon dispatch or receipt of such notice, take all necessary steps to bring the Services to a close in a prompt and orderly manner and shall make every reasonable effort to keep expenditures for this purpose to a minimum. With respect to documents prepared by the Consultants and equipment and materials furnished by the Client, the Consultants shall proceed as provided, respectively, by Clauses 2.2 or 5.7.3 hereof. 9.9.5 Payment upon Termination Upon termination of this Contract pursuant to Clauses 9.9.1 or 9.9.2 hereof, the Client shall make the following payments to the Consultants (after offsetting against these payments any amount that may be due from the Consultant to the Client): (i) remuneration pursuant to Clause 10.5 hereof for Services satisfactorily performed prior to the effective date of termination. (ii) reimbursable expenditures pursuant to Clause 10.5 hereof for expenditures actually incurred prior to the effective date of termination; and (iii) except in the case of termination pursuant to paragraphs (a) through (d) of Clause 9.9.1 84 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 772390719/2025/S&R Zone hereof, reimbursement of any reasonable cost incident to the prompt and orderly termination of the Contract including the cost of the return travel of the Consultants’ personnel and their eligible dependents. 9.9.6 Disputes about Events of Termination If either Party disputes whether an event specified in paragraphs (a) through (e) of Clause 9.9.1 or in Clause 9.9.2 hereof has occurred, such Party may, within forty-five (45) days after receipt of notice of termination from the other Party, refer the matter to arbitration pursuant to Clause 8 hereof, and this Contract shall not be terminated on account of such event except in accordance with the terms of any resulting arbitral award. 10. Prices and Payments 10.1. Prices 10.1.1 Contract Price 1) The Contract price is outlined in the Contract. The Contract price breakdown is provided in Appendix C, and the total payments under this Contract shall not exceed this Contract price subject to any variations as permissible under the contract. 2) Any change to the Contract price specified above also be made if the Parties have agreed to the revised scope of Services under GCC clause 2.6 and have amended the Terms of Reference in Appendix A in writing. 10.1.2 Firm Prices Unless otherwise stipulated in the contract, Prices shall be fixed and firm. If the Price Variation Clause is included, such up and down, variations shall also be payable. 10.1.3 Variations In case the Contract provides for a Price Variation Clause or variation on any other account, the price shall be subject to adjustment as per such clauses only during the original Delivery Period, subject to the following: For Extension of Time, any increase due to such variations during the extended delivery period beyond the original delivery period shall not be paid by the Procuring Entity; however, it shall be entitled to any reduction under GCC clause- 9.5.3 (Denial Clause). Taxes and duties, if any, chargeable and payable on the Services shall be charged on the net price after variations. While claiming payments where such variations are applicable, the Consultant must submit its calculations for each invoice, even if the payment for these variations is nil. Any price reduction due to such variations must be passed to the Procuring Entity. No Other Claim due to Variations: With the payment of such variations, no additional individual claim shall be admissible on account of fluctuations in market rates, increase in taxes/any other levies/tolls etc. If the Price Variation clause is applicable as per the contract, the price shall be subject to adjustment to take care of the changes in the cost of labour, material, and fuel/ power components as per the price variation formula specified therein. Base Month: Unless otherwise stipulated in the contract, the ‘Base Month’ for the ‘Price Variation Clause’ shall be taken as the month before the month of the last date of Proposal submission. Unless the contract has stipulated a different time lag for reckoning Price Variation, the month of reckoning the variated price shall be the month before the month in which delivery has been made. The Price Variation shall be based on the relevant 85 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 782390719/2025/S&R Zone Indices in the Base Month and Month of reckoning. Applicability: If the Contract provides for some inputs to be supplied by Procuring Entity free or at a fixed rate, the cost of such inputs shall be excluded from the value of the Goods supplied in the relevant month for payment/recovery Of price variation. 10.2. Taxes and Duties The Consultant, Sub-consultants, and Experts shall be entirely responsible for all taxes, duties, fees, levies etc., incurred relating to the delivery of the Services. Further instruction, if any, shall be as provided in the Contract. If applicable under relevant tax laws and rules, the Procuring Entity shall deduct from all payments and deposit required taxes to respective authorities on account of GST Reverse Charge Mechanism; Tax Deducted at Source (TDS), and Tax Collected at Source (TCS) relating to Income Tax, labour cess, royalty etc. Payment of GST Tax under the contract: (a) The payment of GST and GST Cess to the Consultant shall be made only on the latter submitting a GST compliant Bill/ invoice indicating the appropriate HSN code and applicable GST rate duly supported with documentary evidence as per the provision of the relevant GST Act and the Rules made there under. The delivery of Services shall be shown as being made in the name, location/ state, and GSTIN of the beneficiary of the Services only; the location of the procurement office of the procuring entity has no bearing on the invoicing. (b) Provision w.r.t. E-Invoicing requirement as per GST laws: Consultant who is required to comply with the requirements of E-invoice as per the GST Law, all payments shall be made against proper e-invoice(s) only. Invoices issued in violation shall not be processed for payment, as Procuring Entity shall not be allowed to avail of Input Tax Credit (ITC) against such invoices. (c) Returns and details required to be filled under GST laws & rules regarding invoices (or e-invoices) should be filed promptly by the Consultant. If input tax credit (ITC) is not available to Procuring Entity for any reason attributable to the Consultant, then Procuring Entity shall not be liable to pay or reimburse GST (CGST & SGST/UTGST or IGST) claimed in the invoice(s) and shall be entitled to deduct / setoff/ recover such GST amounts (CGST & SGST/UTGST or IGST) together with penalties and interest, if any, by adjusting against any amounts paid or becomes payable in future to the Consultant under this contract or under any other contract. (d) While claiming reimbursement of duties, taxes etc. (like GST) from the Procuring Entity, as and if permitted under the contract, the Consultant shall also certify that in case it gets any refund out of such taxes and duties from the concerned authorities at a later date, it (the Consultant) shall refund to the Procuring Entity, the Procuring Entity’s share out of such refund received by the Consultant. The Consultant shall also refund the appropriate amount to the Procuring Entity immediately after receiving the same from the concerned authorities. (e) All necessary adjustment vouchers, such as Credit Notes/ Debit Notes for any short/ excess delivery of Services or revision in prices or any other reason under the contract, shall be submitted to the Procuring Entity in compliance with GST provisions. (f) GST shall be paid as per the rate at which it is liable to be assessed or has been assessed, provided the provision of Services is legally liable to such taxes and is payable as per the terms of the contract subject to the following conditions: 86 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 792390719/2025/S&R Zone i) The Procuring Entity shall not pay a higher GST rate if leviable due to any misclassification of the HSN number or incorrect GST rate incorporated in the contract due to the Consultant's fault. Wherever the Consultant invoices the Goods at GST rate or HSN number, which is different from that incorporated in the contract, payment shall be made as per GST rate, which is lower of the GST rates incorporated in the contract or billed. ii) However, the Procuring Entity shall not be responsible for the Consultant's tax payment or duty under a misapprehension of the law. iii) The consultant is informed that he shall be required to adjust his basic price to the extent required by a higher tax rate billed as per invoice to match the all- inclusive price mentioned in the contract. iv) In case of profiteering by the Consultant relating to GST tax, the Consultant shall treat it as a violation of the Code of Integrity in the contract and avail any or all punitive actions thereunder, in addition to recovery and action by the GST authorities under the Act. (g) The Consultant should issue Receipt vouchers immediately on receipt of all types of payments along with tax invoices after adjusting advance payments, if any, as per Contractual terms and GST Provisions. (h) Liquidated damages or any other recoveries should be shown as deductions on the invoice, and GST shall be applicable only on the nett balance payment due. Statutory Variation Clause: Unless otherwise stated in the contract, statutory increase in applicable GST rate only during the original delivery period shall be to Procuring Entity’s account. Any increase in the rates of GST beyond the original completion date during the extended delivery period (excepting extension under GCC-Clause 9.4.3) shall be borne by the Consultant. The benefit of any reduction in the GST rate must be passed on to the Procuring Entity during the original and extended delivery period. However, GST rate amendments shall be considered for quoted HSN code only, against documentary evidence, provided such an increase of GST rates occurs after the last proposal submission date. 10.3. Terms and Mode of Payment 1) Payments shall be made as per the procedure laid down in GCC unless otherwise stipulated by the Procuring Entity after Consultant's production of all required documents. 2) The payments shall be made as per Procuring Entity’s payment procedures. Unless otherwise stipulated in the contract, all payments to Consultants shall only be made through EFT (Electronic Funds Transfer). The Consultant shall consent in a mandate form for receipt of payment through NEFT (National Electronic Fund Transfer). In case of non-payment through EFT or where the EFT facility is unavailable, payment may be released through cheque. 3) In Domestic Contracts, payments shall only be made in Indian Rupees. In Global Tenders, payment to foreign Consultants shall be made in the currency/ currencies authorized in the contract. However, agency commission and local value addition shall be paid only in Indian Rupees. 4) The Consultant shall send its claim for payment in writing as per GST-compliant Invoice and documents, when contractually due, along with relevant documents etc., as stipulated in the Contract and as specified therein. 5) While claiming payment, the Consultant is also to certify in the bill that the payment being claimed is strictly in terms of the contract and all the Consultant's obligations for claiming that payment has been fulfilled as required. 87 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 802390719/2025/S&R Zone 10.4. Withholding and lien in respect of sums claimed: 1) Whenever any claim or claims for payment of a sum of money arises against the Consultant, out of or under the contract, the Procuring Entity shall be entitled, and it shall be lawful on his part, to withhold and also have a lien to retain such sum or sums, in whole or in part pending finalisation or adjudication of any such claim from - a) any security or retention money, if any, deposited by the Consultant. b) Any sum(s) payable till now or hereafter to the Consultant under the same Contract or any other contract with the Procuring Entity if the security is insufficient or if no security has been taken from the Consultant. 2) Where the Consultant is a partnership firm or a limited company, the Procuring Entity shall be entitled, and it shall be lawful on his part, to withhold and also have a lien to retain towards such claimed amount or amounts in whole or in part from any sum found payable to any partner/ limited company, as the case may be, whether in his capacity or otherwise. 3) It is an agreed term of the contract that the sum(s) of money so withheld or retained under the lien referred above shall be kept withheld or retained till the claim arising out of or under the contract is determined under GCC clauses 11 and/ or 12. The Consultant shall have no claim for interest or damages whatsoever on any account regarding such withholding or retention under the supra lien and duly notified to the Consultant. 4) Lien in respect of Claims in other Contracts: Any sum of money due and payable to the Consultant (including the security deposit returnable to him) under the contract may be withheld or retained by way of lien by the Procuring Entity or Government against any claim of the Procuring Entity or Government in respect of payment of a sum of money arising out of or under any other contract made by the Consultant with the Procuring Entity or Government. 10.5. Payments to Consultant 10.5.1 General 1) All payments under this Contract shall be made to the Consultant's accounts specified in the contract. 2) Currency of Payment: Unless otherwise specified in the Contract, any payment shall be made in Indian Rupees (INR). 3) The Itemized Invoices: As soon as practicable and not later than fifteen (15) days after the end of each time interval stipulated in the Contract in this regard (if not stipulated, then after the end of each calendar month), the Consultant shall submit to the Procuring Entity, in duplicate, itemized invoices, accompanied by the receipts or other appropriate supporting documents, of the amounts payable for such an interval under GCC Clause 10.5. Separate invoices shall be submitted for expenses incurred in foreign and local currencies. Each invoice shall show remuneration and reimbursable expenses separately. 4) The Contract Manager shall cross-check all relevant records before passing the Consultant's bills. Upon verification of the records by Procuring Entity, payments can be released to the Consultant. 5) The Procuring Entity shall pay the Consultant’s invoices within sixty (60) days after the receipt by the Procuring Entity of such itemized invoices with supporting documents. Only a portion of an invoice not satisfactorily supported may be withheld from the payment. Should any discrepancy exist between actual payment and costs authorized to be incurred by the Consultant, the Procuring Entity may add or subtract the difference from subsequent 88 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 812390719/2025/S&R Zone payments. 6) Except for the final payment under GCC Clause 10.5.5 below, payments do not constitute acceptance of the Services nor relieve the Consultant of any obligations. 7) Out-Based (Outputs admeasurement): Unless instructed in writing by the Procuring entity, payments shall not be made for any extra inputs deployed over and above Appendix-A, Appendix-B, or Appendix-C mentioned in the contract save as specified in the BOQ. Nevertheless, if such inputs are deployed less than those stipulated, deductions shall be made based on the rates indicated for the inputs listed in Appendix-C and D in the contract. DPR Consultant will make payment of salary to all key personnel in their respective bank accounts through electronic mode only. No cash transaction wrt salary will be made. Proof of salary transfer through electronic mode shall be submitted by the DPR Consultant with each Bill. 9) All payments shall be made in Indian Rupees and shall be subjected to applicable Indian laws withholding taxes if any. 10) The DPR Consultant will be paid stage-wise as a percentage of the contract value as per the schedule given below. The Performance Bank guarantee shall also be released in Stages defined below: S. Item Payment % No. % of Release Contract of PBG Price First Stage 1 Submission of final QAP and Inception Report 2.5 % - 2 Approval of final Alignment Report, Traffic Study, Topographical 10% - Study and Submission of ToR for EAC 3 Submission of final feasibility Report# 7.5% - Second Stage 4 Submission of complete Land Acquisition Proposal (LAC 10% - proposals in case of NHAI) 5 Submission Of 3a Notification, Draft 3 A and Publication of 3a, 5% - 3A notifications 6 Submission of all utilities shifting proposals to utility owning 5% - agencies and submission of utilities relocation plan to Authority 7 Submission of Bidding Documents and Technical Schedules 5% - 8 Final approval of utilities shifting estimates and submission of 5% 5% Utilities report, ROB GADs from Railway, Irrigation other concerned departments 9 Submission of all stage I clearance (Forest, Wildlife, EC) 5% - proposals on Parivesh portal and acceptance by Nodal Officer 89 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 822390719/2025/S&R Zone 10 Submission and Approval of Final DPR Report, documents and 5% - drawings 11 Clearance of the project by NPG (if applicable) and Appraisal of 5% 10% Project by SFC (if applicable). In case none of above is applicable then payment shall be released on technical approval of Project by Competent Authority of the implementing agency. Third Stage 12 Administrative & Financial Approval of Project by the Competent 5% - Authority 13 Stage II clearance approval (Receiving approval of Forest, 5% 5% Wildlife, EC from Concerned agencies) and submission of final clearances II report 14 3D publication for all land parcels identified in item 5 above and 5% - submission of Land Acquisition II report 15 Completion of award declaration (3G) for 90% of land parcels 5% - identified and submission of Land Award report 16 Receipt of land possession certificates (3H) for 90% of all land 5% 5% parcels identified in LAC report and submission of Land Possession report 17 Completion of Condition Precedent on Part of Authority 4.5% 40% 18 Completion of Mutation of Land Record and entry in Highway 1% 10% Land Register with the Highway Administration 19 Amount to be released at earlier of project’s COD or 3 years 4.5% 25% from start of civil work 20 Total: 100% 100% Bonus Provision 21. In case Appointed Date is declared within the timeline of the 1.5% - contract/concession agreement 22. In case the project is completed within SPCD provided in the 1.5% - contract/concession agreement without any EOT 23. In case total COS in the project till issuance of Completion 2% - Certificate is within 1% of Estimated Civil Project Cost. Note: (a) Consultants have to provide a certificate that all key personnel as envisaged in the Contract Agreement has been actually deployed in the project. They have to submit this certificate at the 90 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 832390719/2025/S&R Zone time of submission of bills to <Agency> from time to time. (b) The Concerned Project Director or his authorized representative shall ensure and certify at least 5% test check of all the data collected by the Consultant before releasing the payment to the Consultant. (c) No payment shall become eligible till the consultant completes to the satisfaction of the client the work pertaining to that stage. The payment for the work of sub-soil investigation (Boring) will be as per plan approved by the client and will be paid as per actual at the rates quoted by the consultants. The payment for the quantity given by the client for boring will be deemed to be included in the above-mentioned payment schedule. Any Payment of additional sub-soil investigations shall be paid immediately after submission of test reports (with NABL uploaded Unique Laboratory Number) and samples to Authority. (d) The Client shall cause the payment of the Consultants in clause 10.5 above as given in schedule of payment within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Client of bills. Interests at the rate specified in the SC shall become payable as from the above due date on any amount due by, but not paid on, such due date. (e) The final payment under this Clause shall be made only after the final report and a final statement, identified as such, shall have been submitted by the Consultants and approved as satisfactory by the Client. The Services shall be deemed completed and finally accepted by the Client and the final report and final statement shall be deemed approved by the Client as satisfactory one hundred and eighty (180) calendar days after receipt of the final report and final statement by the Client unless the Client, within ninety (90) day period, gives written notice to the Consultants specifying in detailed deficiencies in the Services, the final report or final statement. The Consultants shall thereupon promptly make any necessary corrections, and upon completion of such corrections, the foregoing process shall be repeated. Any amount which the Client has paid or caused to be paid in accordance with this Clause in excess of the amounts actually payable in accordance with the provisions of this Contract shall be reimbursed by the Consultants to the Client within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Consultants of notice thereof. Any such claim by the Client for reimbursement must be made within twelve (12) calendar months after receipt by the Client of a final report and a final statement approved by the Client in accordance with the above. (f) All payments under this Contract shall be made to the account of the Consultants specified in the SC. (g) Efforts need to be made by the Consultant to submit the schedule reports of each road stretch / s of a package. However, due to reasons beyond the reasonable control of Consultant, if the schedule submission of reports / documents of each road stretch /s of a package is not done, the payment shall be made on pro-rata basis. (h) Consultants will make payment of salary to all key personnel in their respective bank accounts through electronic mode only. No cash transaction wrt salary will be made. Proof of salary transfer through electronic mode shall be submitted by the consultants with each Bill. (i) In case, no comments on any of the stages above are received from Authority within 15 days and thereafter major changes to that deliverable are proposed by the Authority then in such cases, repetition charges up to 50% of the original payment milestone shall be payable to the DPR consultant, except in case of traffic, topographical, geotechnical or other surveys for which payment shall be as per BOQ. (j) The consultant shall give the engagement schedule of the Key-Personnel at site as well as at Design Office and the attendance of the Key-Personnel shall have to be recorded through biometric means and accordingly the 40% of payment of the deliverables would be made based on the record of attendance of the Key-Personnel. (k) As far as possible the meetings with <Agency> PIU/RO/HQ may be arranged through VC and all submissions be done through email as well. 91 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 842390719/2025/S&R Zone (l) The DPR Consultants can raise bills once every two months for all completed stages. (m)# In case, Authority decides to foreclose the consultancy assignment in first stage, payment of items completed in the first stage of the payment schedule above will be payable. In case Authority decides to foreclose the consultancy assignment in second stage, payment of items completed in the first stage as well as second stage of the payment schedule above will be payable, along with any payments for additional surveys and geotechnical investigations carried out by the DPR consultants using the rates given in the BOQ of the Financial form given in the RFP. (n) The release of PBG with each corresponding stage as per provisions in 10.5.1 10) shall be for PBG submitted by each of the JV members in equal proportion as their Share in the JV. For eg. In case of JV of Two members with 60% and 40% share of each member respectively who have submitted PBG of 60 lakhs and 40 lakhs respectively, after approval of S No. 12 deliverable tabulated above, 10% PBG provisioned for release shall be released as under: PBG release for Lead member shall be for amount of 6 lakhs and that for other member shall be 4 lakhs. (o) In case the project highway awarded to the DPR consultant is divided into packages for purpose of administrative approvals and bidding, then the payment of any item of the payment schedule of any stage, may be released by the Authority for each package separately in proportion to the quantum of work for that particular package for the corresponding item w.r.t quantum of work in all packages. 11) Payment shall be released as per rates quoted by consultant (in QCBS)/ fixed by Authority (in QBS) in Appendix C 12) If any of the report is found to be misleading or containing incorrect information as determined by the Authority, 10% of payment linked to that report shall be deducted as penalty along with other applicable penalty provisions. 13) The rates for foreign and local Personnel are set forth in Appendix ……. 10.5.2 Advance Payments 1) If the contract provides explicitly for Advance Payments to be made to the Consultant, then on the request of the Consultant, the Procuring Entity shall make the advance payment to the Consultant against submission of an unconditional Bank Guarantee from a Commercial bank acceptable to the Procuring Entity in amounts equal to 110% (one hundred ten per cent) of the amount of the advance payment being requested. Such Bank Guarantee shall be in the form outlined in Appendix D-2 or the other form the Procuring Entity shall have approved in writing. Advance payments shall be released in not less than two instalments commensurate with work progress. 2) The Bank Guarantee shall remain effective until the advance payment has been repaid, but the amounts repaid by the Consultant shall progressively reduce the guaranteed amount. Interest shall not be charged on the advance payment. However, if the contract is terminated due to the Consultant's default, the Advance payment shall be deemed an interest-bearing advance at the prevailing rate (MIBID - Mumbai Interbank Proposal Rate) on the date of such advance payment. 3) The Consultant is to use the advance payment only for the performance of Services. The Consultant shall demonstrate that the advance payment has been used by Utilization certificate enclosing copies of invoices or other documents to the Contract Manager. Further instalments shall be released after getting a satisfactory utilization 92 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 852390719/2025/S&R Zone certificate from the Consultant for the earlier instalment. 4) The advance payment shall be recovered in a time-based manner not linked with the work progress by deducting proportionate amounts from payments otherwise due to the Consultant for the Services performed. Any delayed recoveries due to the late submission of bills by the Consultant shall attract interest at the prevailing rate (MIBID - Mumbai Interbank Proposal Rate). No account of the advance payment or repayment shall be taken in assessing valuations of Services performed, variations, price adjustments, or liquidated damages. 10.5.3 Remuneration and Reimbursable Expenses a) The Procuring Entity shall pay to the Consultant (i) remuneration that shall be determined based on time spent by each Expert in the performance of the Services after the date of commencing of Services or such other date as the Parties shall agree in writing; and (ii) reimbursable expenses that are actually and reasonably incurred by the Consultant in the performance of the Services. b) All payments shall be at the rates outlined in Appendix C. c) Unless the Contract provides for the price adjustment of the remuneration rates, said remuneration shall be fixed for the duration of the Contract. d) The remuneration rates shall cover: (i) such salaries and allowances as the Consultant shall have agreed to pay to the Experts as well as factors for social charges and overheads (bonuses or other means of profit-sharing shall not be allowed as an element of overheads), (ii) the cost of backstopping (reinforcement/ support) by home office staff not included in the Experts’ list in Appendix B, (iii) the Consultant’s profit, and (iv) any other items as specified in the contract. e) Any rates specified for Experts not yet appointed shall be provisional and be subject to revision, with the written approval of the Procuring Entity once the applicable remuneration rates and allowances are known. 10.5.4 Deleted. 10.5.5 Final Payment 1) The final payment under this Clause shall only be made after the final report/ deliverables and a final invoice, identified as such, shall have been submitted by the Consultant and approved as satisfactory by the Procuring Entity. Completion certificate/ Final payment shall be made only after ensuring that all facilities/ documents/ sites have been returned to the Procuring Entity as per GCC clause 5.14. The Services shall be deemed completed and finally accepted by the Procuring Entity. 2) The Consultant shall submit a final bill on the Contract Manager's acceptance certificate of final deliverables. The Final payment shall be made as per the following calculations after receiving a clear "No Claim Certificate” signed by the Consultant: a) necessary adjustment for any payments already made or retained b) any deduction which may be made under the contract, c) A complete account of all claims the Consultant may have on the Procuring Entity, and the Contract Manager gave a certificate in writing that such claims are correct, 3) The final report and final invoice shall be deemed approved by the Procuring Entity as satisfactory ninety (90) calendar days after receipt of the final report and final invoice by the Procuring Entity unless the Procuring Entity, within such ninety (90) calendar day 93 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 862390719/2025/S&R Zone period, gives written notice to the Consultant specifying in detail deficiencies in the Services, the final report or final invoice. The Consultant shall promptly make any necessary corrections, and the preceding process shall be repeated. 4) Any amount that the Procuring Entity has paid or has caused to be paid under this Clause more than the amounts payable under the provisions of this Contract shall be reimbursed by the Consultant to the Procuring Entity within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Consultant of notice thereof. Any such claim by the Procuring Entity for reimbursement must be made within twelve (12) calendar months after receipt by the Procuring Entity of a final report and a final invoice approved by the Procuring Entity in accordance with the above. 10.5.6 No Claim Certificate and Release of Contract Securities The Consultant shall submit a ‘No-claim certificate’ to the Procuring Entity in such form as shall be required by the Procuring Entity after the Services are finally accepted and before the final payment/ performance securities are released. The Procuring Entity shall release the contractual securities without any interest if no outstanding obligation, asset, or payments are due from the Consultant. The Consultant shall not be entitled to make any claim whatsoever against the Procuring Entity under or arising out of this Contract, nor shall the Procuring Entity entertain or consider any such claim, if made by the Consultant, after he shall have signed a "No Claim" Certificate in favour of the Procuring Entity. The Contactor shall be debarred from disputing the correctness of the items covered by the "No Claim" Certificate or demanding arbitration. 10.5.7 Post Payment Audit Notwithstanding the issue of the Completion Certificate and release of final Payment, the Procuring Entity reserves the right to carry out within 180 days (unless otherwise stipulated in the contract) of such completion/ final payment, a post-payment audit and/ or technical examination of the Services and the final bill including all supporting vouchers, abstracts etc. If any over-payment to the Consultant is discovered due to such examination, the Procuring Entity shall claim such amount from the Consultant. 10.5.8 Signature on Receipts for Amounts Every receipt for money, which may become payable, or for any security which may become transferable to the contractors under the contract, shall be signed by a person authorized to do so by the Consultant (or otherwise as per GCC-Clause 4.2), to be a suitable and sufficient discharge to the Procuring Entity in respect of the sums of money or security purported to be acknowledged thereby. In the event of the death of any Consultant or partner during the pendency of the contract, every receipt by anyone of the surviving constituents shall be suitable and sufficient discharge as aforesaid. Nothing in this Clause shall be deemed to prejudice or effect any claim that the Procuring Entity may have against the legal representative regarding any breach of any contract conditions by any Consultant partner/member so dying. Nothing in this clause shall be deemed to prejudice or affect the respective rights or obligations of the Consultant partners/ members and the legal representatives of any deceased Consultant partners/ members. 10.6. Suspension of Payments The Procuring Entity may, by written notice of suspension to the Consultant, suspend part or all payments to the Consultant hereunder if the Consultant fails to deliver the Services as per the Terms of Reference, including the non-rectification of notified defects in the Services/ deliverables, provided that such notice of suspension (i) shall specify the nature of the failure, and (ii) shall request the Consultant to remedy such failure within a period not exceeding thirty (30) calendar days after receipt by the Consultant of such notice of suspension. Such a suspension 94 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 872390719/2025/S&R Zone shall not entitle the Consultant to any extension of time for delivery of Service. 10.7. Payment Against Time-Barred Claims In accordance with the Limitation Act 1963, all claims against the Procuring Entity shall be legally time-barred after three years calculated from when the payment falls due unless the payment claim has been under correspondence. The Procuring Entity is entitled to, and it shall be lawful to reject such claims. 10.8. Commissions and Fees The Consultant shall disclose any commissions or fees that may have been paid or are to be paid to agents, representatives, or commission agents concerning the selection process or execution and performance of this Contract. The information disclosed must include the name and address of the agent, representative, or commission agent, the amount and currency, and the purpose of the commission or fee. 11. Resolution Disputes 11.1. Disputes and Excepted Matters All disputes and differences between the parties hereto, as to the construction or operation of this Contract, or the respective rights and liabilities of the parties on any matter in question, or any other account whatsoever, but excluding the Excepted Matters (detailed in GCC-Clause 11.2 below); arising out of or in connection with the contract, within thirty (30) days from aggrieved Party notifying the other Party of such matters; whether before or after the completion/ termination of the contract, that cannot be resolved amicably between the Contract Manager and the Consultant, shall be hereinafter called the “Dispute”. The aggrieved party shall give a ‘Notice of Dispute’ indicating the Dispute and claims citing the relevant Contractual clause to the designated authority requesting invoking the following dispute resolution mechanism. Before any recourse to courts, the dispute shall be resolved through dispute resolution mechanisms detailed subsequently in the sequence mentioned below, and the next mechanism shall not be invoked unless the earlier mechanism has been invoked or has failed to resolve it within the deadline mentioned therein. 1) Adjudication 2) Conciliation 3) Arbitration 11.2. Excepted Matters Matters for which provision has been made in any Clause of the contract shall be deemed as ‘excepted matters’ (matters not disputable/ arbitrable), and decisions of the Procuring Entity, thereon, shall be final and binding on the Consultant. The ‘excepted matters’ shall stand expressly excluded from the purview of the sub-clauses below, including Arbitration. However, where the Procuring Entity has raised the dispute, this sub-clause shall not apply. Unless otherwise stipulated in the contract, excepted matters shall include but are not limited to: 1) Any controversies or claims brought by a third party for bodily injury, death, property damage or any indirect or consequential loss arising out of or in any way related to the performance of this Contract (“Third Party Claim”), including, but not limited to, a Party’s right to seek contribution or indemnity from the other Party in respect of a Third-Party Claim. 95 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 882390719/2025/S&R Zone 2) Issues related to the pre-award Procurement Process or conditions 3) Issues related to ambiguity in Contract terms shall not be taken up after a Contract has been signed. All such issues should be highlighted before the signing of the contract by the Consultant. 4) Provisions incorporated in the contract which are beyond the purview of The Procurement Entity or are in pursuance of policies of Government, including but not limited to a) Provisions of restrictions in terms of the Make in India policy of the Government b) Provisions regarding restrictions on Entities from Countries having land borders with India in terms of the Central Government’s policies in this regard. c) Relaxations stipulated for Startups etc. 11.3. Adjudication After exhausting efforts to resolve the Dispute with the Contract Manager executing the contract on behalf of the Procuring Entity, the Consultant shall give a ‘Notice of Adjudication’ specifying the matters which are in question or subject of the dispute or difference indicating the relevant contractual clause, as also the amount of claim item- wise to Head of Procurement or any other authority mentioned in the contract (hereinafter called the “Adjudicator”) for invoking resolution of the dispute through Adjudication. During his adjudication, the Adjudicator shall give adequate opportunity to the Consultant to present his case. Within 60 days after receiving the representation, the Adjudicator shall make and notify decisions in writing on all matters referred to him. During the adjudication proceedings, the parties shall not initiate any conciliation, arbitral, or judicial proceedings in respect of a dispute that is the subject matter of the adjudication proceedings. If not satisfied by the decision in adjudication, or if the adjudicator fails to notify his decision within the abovementioned time-frame, the Consultant may proceed to invoke the process of Conciliation as follows. 11.4. Conciliation of disputes 1) Parties may invoke Conciliation, in terms of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996, by submitting a “Notice of Conciliation” to the other party with a request to the Head of the Procuring Organisation to notify a Conciliator. Since conciliation is voluntary, within 30 days of “Notice of Conciliation”, the Head of the Procuring Organisation shall notify a sole Conciliator if the other party is agreeable to entering Conciliation. If the other party is not agreeable to Conciliation, the aggrieved party may invoke Arbitration. 2) The Conciliator shall proactively assist the parties to reach an amicable settlement independently and impartially within the contract terms within 60 days from the appointment date. 3) If the parties agree on a dispute settlement, they shall draw up a written settlement agreement duly signed by the parties and conciliator. When the parties sign the settlement agreement, it shall be final and binding on the parties. The dispute shall be treated as resolved on the date of such agreement. 4) During the conciliation proceedings, the parties shall not initiate any arbitral or judicial proceedings in respect of a dispute that is the subject matter of the conciliation proceedings. 5) Termination of Conciliation: Disputes shall remain alive if the conciliation is terminated as follows: a) By written declaration of the conciliator, after consultation with the parties, to the effect that further efforts at conciliation are no longer justified on the date of such declaration; or 96 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 892390719/2025/S&R Zone b) By a written declaration of any party to the conciliator to the effect that the conciliation proceedings are terminated on the date of such declaration; or c) If the parties fail to reach an agreement on a settlement of the dispute within 60 days of the appointment of the Conciliator 6) On termination of Conciliation, the aggrieved party shall be free to invoke Arbitration if the dispute is still alive. 11.5. Arbitration Agreement 11.5.1 This Agreement 1) This Arbitration Agreement (hereinafter referred to as this “Agreement”) relating to this Contract (hereinafter called the “Main Agreement” for this agreement) is made under the provisions of The Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996, as amended from time to time and the rules thereunder (hereinafter called The Arbitration Act). This Agreement shall continue to survive termination, completion, or closure of the Main Agreement for 120 days afterwards. 2) Subject to aforesaid provisions, relevant clauses of the contract shall apply to the appointment of arbitrators and arbitration proceedings under this Agreement. 3) The Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises Development (MSMED) Act, 2006 provides parties to a dispute (where one of the parties is a Micro or Small Enterprise) to be referred to the Micro and Small Enterprises Facilitation Council if the dispute is regarding any amount due under Section 17 of the MSMED Act, 2006. If a Micro or Small Enterprise, being a party to dispute, refers to the MSMED Act 2006, these provisions shall prevail over this Agreement. However, if an arbitrator has already been appointed under this agreement before the appointment of a conciliator/ arbitrator by the facilitation council, the arbitrator already appointed under this agreement shall continue to perform the duties including on matters related to delayed payments. Such an arbitrator shall be deemed to be the arbitrator appointed by the facilitation council. None of the parties shall approach the facilitation council to appoint an arbitrator once an arbitrator under this agreement has already been appointed. 11.5.2 Notice for Arbitration 1) Authority to Appoint Arbitrator(s): For this Arbitration Agreement, ‘The Appointing Authority’ to appoint the arbitrator shall be Head of the Procuring Organisation or any other authority or Arbitration Institution named in the contract and includes if there be no such authority, the officer who is for the time being discharging the functions of that authority, whether in addition to other functions or otherwise. 2) In the event of any dispute as per GCC-clause 11.1 above, if the Adjudicator fails to decide within 60 days (as referred in 11.3 above), or the Conciliation is terminated (as referred in sub-clause 11.4 above), then any party to the contract, after 60 days but within 120 days of ‘Notice of Dispute” (clause 11.1 above) shall request the other party through a “Notice for Arbitration” in writing that the dispute or difference be referred to arbitration. 3) The “Notice for arbitration” shall specify the matters in question or the subject of the dispute or difference, indicating the relevant contractual clause and the amount of claim item-wise. 11.5.3 Reference to Arbitration After appointing Arbitrator(s), the Appointing Authority shall refer the Dispute to them. Only such dispute or difference shall be referred to arbitration regarding which the demand has been 97 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 902390719/2025/S&R Zone made, with counter-claims or set off. Other matters shall be beyond the jurisdiction of the Arbitrator(s) 11.5.4 Appointment of Arbitrator 1) Qualification of Arbitrators: a) In the case of retired officers of The Procuring organization, they shall have retired in the rank of Senior administrative grade (or equivalent) and shall have retired at least 1 year prior and must not be over 70 years of age on the date of Notice for arbitration. b) The arbitrator(s) shall be expert with extensive experience in relation to the matter in dispute. c) He/ they shall not have had an opportunity to deal with the matters to which the contract relates or who, in the course of his/ their duties as an officer of the Procuring Organisation, expressed views on any or all of the matters under dispute or differences. A certification to this effect shall be taken from Arbitrators. The proceedings of the Arbitral tribunal or the award made by such Tribunal shall, however, not be invalid merely for the reason that one or more arbitrators had, in the course of his service, an opportunity to deal with the matters to which the contract relates or who in the course of his/ their duties expressed views on all or any of the matters under dispute. d) An Arbitrator may be appointed notwithstanding the total number of arbitration cases in which he has been appointed. e) Not be other than the person appointed by The Appointing Authority, and if for any reason that is not possible, the matter shall not be referred to arbitration. 2) Replacement of Arbitrators If one or more of the arbitrators appointed as above refuses to act as arbitrator, withdraws from his office as arbitrator, or in the event of the arbitrator dying, neglecting/ unable or unwilling or refusing to act for any reason, or his award being set aside by the court for any reason, or in the opinion of The Appointing Authority fails to act without undue delay, the Appointing Authority shall appoint new arbitrator/ arbitrators to act in his/ their place in the same manner in which the earlier arbitrator/ arbitrators had been appointed. Such a re-constituted Tribunal may, at its discretion, proceed with the reference from the stage at which it was left by the previous arbitrator (s). 3) Appointment of Arbitrator: a) In cases where the total value of all claims in question added together does not exceed Rs 50,00,000/ - (Rupees Fifty Lakh only), the Arbitral Tribunal shall consist of the sole Arbitrator. For this purpose, The Appointing Authority shall send to the Consultant, within 60 days from receipt of a written and valid notice for arbitration, a panel of at least four (4) names of proposed arbitrators from the empaneled list of Authority/ SAROD. b) The Consultant shall be asked to nominate at least two names out of the panel for appointment as his nominee within 30 days from the dispatch date of the request by The Appointing Authority. The Appointing Authority shall appoint at least one out of them as the sole arbitrator within 30 days from the receipt of the names of the Consultant’s nominees. c) In cases where the total value of all claims in question added together exceeds Rs 98 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 912390719/2025/S&R Zone 50,00,000/ - (Rupees Fifty Lakh only), the Arbitral Tribunal shall consist of three (3) arbitrators. For this purpose, The Appointing Authority shall send a panel of at least four (4) names of empaneled arbitrator or from SAROD to work as Arbitrators to the Consultant within 60 days from the day when a written and The Appointing Authority receives valid demand for arbitration. d) The Consultant shall be asked to nominate at least 2 names out of the panel for appointment as his nominee within 30 days from the dispatch date of the request by The Appointing Authority. The Appointing Authority shall appoint at least one of them as the Consultant’s nominee. It shall also simultaneously appoint the balance number of arbitrators from the panel or outside the panel, duly indicating the ‘Presiding Arbitrator’ from amongst the 3 arbitrators so appointed within 30 days from the receipt of the names of the Consultant’s nominees. e) If the Consultant does not suggest his nominees for the arbitral tribunal within the prescribed timeframe, The Appointing Authority shall proceed to appoint the arbitral tribunal within 30 days of the expiry of such a time Provided to the Consultant. 11.5.5 Failure to appoint Arbitrators. If The Appointing Authority fails to appoint an arbitrator within 60 (sixty) days, then the Appointment of the Arbitrator may be sought under the relevant provision of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996, as amended. 11.5.6 The Arbitral Procedure 1) Effective Date of Entering Reference: The arbitral tribunal shall be deemed to have entered the reference on the date the arbitrator(s) received notice of their appointment. All subsequent time limits shall be counted from such date. 2) Seat and Venue of Arbitration: The seat of arbitration shall be where the Letter of Award or the contract is issued. The venue of arbitration shall be the same as the seat of arbitration. However, in section 20 of The Arbitration Act, the arbitrator, at his discretion, may determine a venue other than the seat of the arbitration without affecting the legal jurisdictional issues linked to the seat of the arbitration. 3) If the Adjudication and/ or Conciliation mechanisms had not been exhausted before such a reference to Arbitration, the Arbitrator should ask the aggrieved party to approach the designated authority for such mechanisms before the Arbitration proceedings are started. 4) The claimant shall submit to the Arbitrator(s) with copies to the respondent his claims stating the facts supporting the claims along with all the relevant documents and the relief or remedy sought against each claim within 30 days from the date of appointment of the Arbitral Tribunal unless otherwise extension has been granted by Arbitral Tribunal. 5) On receipt of such claims, the respondent shall submit its defence statement and counter- claim(s), if any, within 60 days of receipt of the copy of claims, unless otherwise extension has been granted by Arbitral Tribunal. 6) No new claim shall be added during proceedings by either party. However, a party may amend or supplement the original claim or defence thereof during arbitration proceedings subject to acceptance by the Tribunal due to the delay in making it. 7) Statement of claims, counterclaims and defence shall be completed within six months from the effective reference date. 8) Oral arguments to be held on a day-to-day basis: Oral arguments as far as possible shall be heard by the arbitral tribunal daily, and no adjournments shall be granted without sufficient cause. The arbitrator (s) may impose an exemplary cost on the party seeking adjournment 99 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 922390719/2025/S&R Zone without sufficient cause. 9) Award within 12 (twelve) months: The arbitral tribunal is statutorily bound to deliver an award within 12 (twelve) months from when the arbitral tribunal enters reference. The award can be delayed by a maximum of six months under exceptional circumstances where all parties consent to such an extension. The court's approval shall require further extension if the award is not made out within an extended period. When an application for an extension of time is awaiting before the court, the arbitrator's proceedings shall continue until the disposal of the application. 10) Fast Track Procedure: The parties to arbitration may choose to opt for a fast-track procedure either before or after the commencement of the arbitration. The award in fast- track arbitration is to be made within six months, and the arbitral tribunal shall be entitled to additional fees. The salient features of fast-track arbitration are: a) The dispute is to be decided based on written pleadings only. b) Arbitral Tribunal shall have the power to call for clarifications and the necessary written pleadings. c) An oral hearing may only be held if all the parties request or the arbitral tribunal considers it necessary. d) The parties are free to decide the fees of the arbitrator(s) for a fast-track procedure. 11) Powers of Arbitral Tribunal to grant Interim Relief: The parties to arbitration may approach the arbitral tribunal to seek interim relief on the grounds available under section 9 of the act. The tribunal has the powers of a court while making interim awards in the proceedings before it. 12) Confidentiality: As provided in Section 42A of The Arbitration Act, all the details and particulars of the arbitration proceedings shall be kept confidential except in certain situations, like if the disclosure is necessary for the implementation or execution of the arbitral award. 13) Obligation During Pendency of Arbitration: Performance of the contract shall, unless otherwise directed by the Procuring Entity, continue during the arbitration proceedings, and no payment due or payable by the Procuring Entity shall be withheld on account of such proceedings, provided; however, it shall be open for Arbitral Tribunal to consider and decide whether or not the performance of the contract or payment therein should continue during arbitration proceedings. 11.5.7 The Arbitral Award 1)In the case of the Tribunal, comprising three members, any ruling on an award shall be made by a majority of members of the Tribunal. In the absence of such a majority, the views of the Presiding Arbitrator shall prevail. 2)The arbitral award shall state item-wise the sum and reasons it is based. The analysis and reasons shall be detailed enough to infer the award. 3)It is further a term of this arbitration agreement that where the arbitral award is for the payment of money, no interest shall be payable on the whole or any part of the money for any period till the date on which the award is made in terms of Section 31 (7) (a) of The Arbitration Act. 4) The arbitrator's award shall be final and binding on the parties to this Contract. 5) A party may apply for corrections of any computational errors, typographical or clerical errors, or any other error of similar nature occurring in the award or interpretation of 100 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 932390719/2025/S&R Zone a specific point of the award to the Tribunal within 60 days of receipt of the award. 6)A party may apply to the Tribunal within 60 days of receiving the award to make an additional award for claims presented in the arbitral proceedings but omitted from the arbitral award. 11.5.8 Savings The Arbitral Tribunal shall decide any matter related to Arbitration not covered under this Arbitration Agreement as per the provisions of The Arbitration Act. 11.5.9 Cost of Arbitration and fees of the Arbitrator(s) 1) The concerned parties shall bear the arbitration cost as per section 31 (A) of The Arbitration Act. The cost shall inter-alia include fees of the Arbitrator. Further, the fees payable to the Arbitrator shall be governed by instructions issued on the subject by the Procuring Entity and/ or the Government from time to time, in line with the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, irrespective of the fact whether the Arbitrator is appointed by the Procuring Entity or the Government under this clause or by any court of law unless directed explicitly by Hon'ble court otherwise on the matter. A sole arbitrator shall be entitled to a 25% extra fee over such a prescribed fee. 2) The arbitrator shall be entitled to a 50 per cent extra fee if the award is made within 6 months as per provisions in section 29(A) (2) of The Arbitration Act. The Arbitrator shall also be entitled to this extra fee in cases where the Fast-Track Procedure in section 29 (B) of The Arbitration Act is followed. 12. Defaults, Breaches, Termination, and closure of Contract 12.1. Termination due to Breach, Default, and Insolvency 12.1.1Defaults and Breach of Contract In case the Consultant undergoes insolvency or receivership, neglects or defaults or expresses inability or disinclination to honour his obligations relating to the performance of the contract or ethical standards or any other obligation that substantively affects the Procuring Entity’s rights and benefits under the contract, it shall be treated as a breach of contract. Such defaults could include inter-alia: 1) Default in Performance and Obligations: if the Consultant fails to deliver any or all of the Services or fails to perform any other contractual obligations (including Code of Integrity or obligation to maintain eligibility and evaluation criteria based on which contract was awarded) within the period stipulated in the contract or within any extension thereof granted by the Procuring Entity. In the case of a Joint Venture/ Consortium, If the performance of any JV/C member is persistently un-satisfactory by the Procuring Entity in respect of the responsibilities assigned to him as per the JV agreement, which is part of this Contract. 2) Insolvency: If the Consultant being an individual or if a firm, any partner thereof, shall at any time be adjudged insolvent or shall have a receiving order or order for the administration of his estate made against him or shall take any proceeding for composition under any Insolvency Act for the time being in force or make any conveyance or assignment of his effects or enter into any assignment or composition with his creditors or suspend payment or if the firm be dissolved under the Partnership Act, or 3) Liquidation: if the Consultant is a company being wound up voluntarily, or by order of a Court or a Receiver, Liquidator or Manager on behalf of the Debenture-holders is appointed, or 101 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 942390719/2025/S&R Zone circumstances shall have arisen which entitle the Court or Debenture-holders to appoint a Receiver, Liquidator or Manager 12.1.2 Notice for Default: As soon as a breach of contract is noticed, a show-cause ‘Notice of Default’ shall be issued to the Consultant, giving two weeks' notice, reserving the right to invoke contractual remedies. After such a show-cause notice, all payments to the Consultant would be suspended as per GCC clause 10.6 above to safeguard needed recoveries due to invoking contractual remedies. 12.1.3 Remedies for Breaches/ Default In the event of an unsatisfactory resolution of ‘Notice of Default’ within two weeks of its issue as per the sub-clause above, the Procuring Entity, if so decided, shall 1) take one; or more of the following contractual remedies. a) Recover liquidated damages and invoke a denial clause for delays. b) In the case of JV/C, Procuring Entity may call upon the Lead Member to assign the work of the defaulting member to any other equally competent party acceptable to the Procuring Entity. c) Temporarily withhold payments due to the Consultant till recoveries due to invocation of other contractual remedies are complete. d) Call back any loaned property or payment advances with a levy of interest at the prevailing rate (MIBID - Mumbai Interbank Proposal Rate). e) Encash and/ or Forfeit performance or other contractual securities. f) Prefer claims against the insurance, if any. g) Terminate the Contract for default, fully or partially, including its right for Risk- and-Cost Procurement as per the following sub-clause. h) Initiate proceedings in a court of law for the transgression of a law, tort, and loss not addressable by the other remedies above. 2) By written Notice of Termination for Default sent to the Consultant, terminate the contract in whole or in part, without compensation to the Consultant. a) Such termination shall not prejudice or affect the rights and remedies, including under the sub-clause below, which have accrued and/ or may accrue to the Procuring Entity after that. b) Unless otherwise instructed by the Procuring Entity, the Consultant shall continue to perform the contract to the extent not terminated. c) All Defect Liability obligations, if any, shall survive despite the termination. 3) Risk and Cost Procurement: In addition to termination for default, the Procuring Entity shall be entitled, and it shall be lawful on his part, to procure Services similar to those terminated, with such terms and conditions and in such manner as it deems fit at the “Risk and Cost” of the Consultant. Such Risk and Cost Procurement must be contracted within nine months from the breach of contract. The Consultant shall be liable for any loss which the Procuring Entity may sustain on that account provided the procurement, or, if there is an agreement to procure, such agreement is made. The Consultant shall not be entitled to any gain on such procurement, and the manner and method of such procurement shall be at the discretion of the Procuring Entity. It shall not be necessary for the Procuring Entity to notify the Consultant of such procurement. It shall, however, be at the discretion of the Procuring Entity to collect or not the security deposit from the firm/ firms on whom the contract is placed at the risk and cost of the defaulted firm. 102 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 952390719/2025/S&R Zone 12.1.4 Limitation of Liability Except in cases of criminal negligence or wilful misconduct, the aggregate liability of the Consultant to the Procuring Entity, whether under the contract, in tort or otherwise, shall not exceed the total Contract Price, provided that this limitation shall not apply to the cost of repairing or replacing defective equipment, or to any obligation of the Consultant to indemnify the Procuring Entity concerning IPR infringement. 12.2. Termination for Default/ Convenience of Procuring Entity or Frustration of Contract 12.2.1 Notice for Determination of Contract The Procuring Entity reserves the right to terminate the contract, in whole or in part, for its (the Procuring Entity’s) convenience or frustration of Contract as per the sub-clause below, by serving written ‘Notice for Determination of Contract’ on the Consultant at any time during the currency of the contract. The notice shall specify that the termination is for the Procuring Entity's convenience or the contract's frustration. The notice shall also indicate inter-alia, the extent to which the Consultant’s performance under the contract is terminated, and the date from which such termination shall become effective. Such termination shall not prejudice or affect the rights and remedies accrued and/ or shall accrue after that to the Parties. Unless otherwise instructed by the Procuring Entity, the Consultant shall continue to perform the contract to the extent not terminated. All Defect Liability obligations, if any, shall survive despite the termination. The Services and incidental goods/ works that can be delivered or performed within thirty days after the Consultant’s receipt of the notice of termination shall be accepted by the Procuring Entity as per the contract terms. For the remaining Services and incidental goods/ works, the Procuring Entity may decide: a) To get any portion of the balance completed and delivered at the contract terms, conditions, and prices; and/ or To cancel the remaining portion of the Services and incidental goods/ works and compensate the Consultant by paying an agreed amount for the cost incurred by the Consultant, if any, towards the remaining portion of the Services and incidental goods/ works. 12.2.2 Frustration of Contract 1) Notice of Frustration Event: Upon a supervening cause occurring after the effective date of the contract, including a change in law, beyond the control of either party, whether as a result of the Force Majeure clause (GCC 9.6) or within the scope of section 56 of the Indian Contract Act, 1872, that makes it impossible to perform the contract within a reasonable timeframe, the affected party shall give a ‘Notice of Frustration Event’ to the other party giving justification. The parties shall use reasonable efforts to agree to amend the contract as necessary to complete its performance. However, if the parties cannot reach a mutual agreement within 60 days of the initial notice, the Procuring Entity shall issue a ‘Notice for Determining the contract’ and terminate the contract due to its frustration, as in the sub- clause above. 2) However, the following shall not be considered as such a supervening cause a) Lack of commercial feasibility or viability or profitability or availability of funds b) if caused by either party's breach of obligations under this Contract or failure to act in good faith or use commercially reasonable due diligence to prevent such an event. 103 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 962390719/2025/S&R Zone 12.3. Closure of Contract 12.3.1 Unless terminated earlier under GCC clauses 12.1 and 12.2 above, this Contract shall expire: At the end of such a period after the Effective Date as specified in the Contract. Upon successful performance of all obligations by both parties, including completion of Defect Liability obligations and final payment termination and settlements after that, if any, as per GCC clause 12.1 or 12.2 above. 12.3.2 Cessation of Rights and Obligations Upon termination of this Contract under Clauses GCC 12.1 or 12.2 hereof or expiration of this Contract under GCC clause 12.3.1, all rights and obligations of the Parties hereunder shall cease, except (i) such rights and obligations as may have accrued on the date of termination or expiration, (ii) the obligation of confidentiality outlined in GCC clause 5.7. (iii) the Consultant’s obligation to permit inspection, copying and auditing of their accounts and records outlined in GCC clause 5 and to cooperate and assist in any inspection or investigation, and (iv) any right a Party may have under the Applicable Law. 12.3.3 Cessation of Services Upon termination of this Contract by notice under Clauses GCC 12.1 or GCC 12.2, the Consultant shall, immediately upon dispatch or receipt of such notice, take all necessary steps to bring the Services to a close in a prompt and orderly manner and shall make every reasonable effort to keep expenditures for this purpose to a minimum. Concerning documents prepared by the Consultant and equipment and materials furnished by the Procuring Entity, the Consultant shall proceed as provided by Clauses GCC 9.4 and GCC 5.14. 12.3.4 Payments upon Termination Upon termination of this Contract, the Procuring Entity shall make the following payments to the Consultant: (a) payment for Services satisfactorily performed before the effective date of termination; and (b) in the case of termination under GCC clause 12.2, reimbursement of any reasonable cost incidental to the prompt and orderly termination of this Contract, including the cost of the return travel of the Experts. 13. Code of Integrity in Public Procurement; Misdemeanors and Penalties 13.1. Code of Integrity Procuring authorities as well as Consultants, suppliers, contractors, and consultants - should observe the highest standard of ethics and should not indulge in following prohibited practices, either directly or indirectly, at any stage during the Procurement Process or during the execution of resultant contracts: 1) “Corrupt practice” - making an offer, solicitation or acceptance of a bribe, reward or gift or any material benefit in exchange for an unfair advantage in the Procurement Process or to otherwise influence the Procurement Process; 104 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 972390719/2025/S&R Zone 2) “Fraudulent practice” - any omission or misrepresentation that may mislead or attempt to mislead so that financial or other benefits may be obtained or an obligation avoided. Such practices include a false declaration or false information for participation in a Procurement Process or to secure a Contract, or in the execution of the contract; 3) “Anti-competitive practice” - any collusion, Proposal-rigging or anti-competitive arrangement, or any other practice coming under the purview of the Competition Act, 2002, between two or more Consultants, with or without the knowledge of the Procuring Entity, that may impair the transparency, fairness, and the progress of the Procurement Process or to establish Proposal prices at artificial, non-competitive levels; 4) “Coercive practice” - harming or threatening to harm persons or their property to influence their participation in the Procurement Process or affect the execution of a contract; 5) “Conflict of interest” –participation by a bidding firm or any of its affiliates who are either involved in the Consultancy Contract to which this procurement is linked; if they are part of more than one Proposal in the procurement; or if their personnel have a relationship or financial or business transactions with any official of procuring entity who are directly or indirectly related to tender or execution process of contract; or improper use of information obtained by the (prospective) Consultant from the Procuring Entity with an intent to gain unfair advantage in the Procurement Process or for personal gain; 6) “Obstructive practice” - materially impede procuring entity’s investigation into allegations of one or more of the above-mentioned prohibited practices either by deliberately destroying, falsifying, altering; or concealing evidence material to the investigation; or by making false statements to investigators and/ or by coercive practices mentioned above, to prevent it from disclosing its knowledge of matters relevant to the investigation or from pursuing the investigation, or by impeding the Procuring Entity’s rights of an audit or access to information; 13.2. Obligations for Proactive Disclosures: 1) Procuring authorities, Consultants, suppliers, contractors, and consultants are obliged under this Code of Integrity to suo-moto proactively declare any violation of the Code of Integrity (pre-existing or as and as soon as these arise at any stage) in any Procurement Process or execution of the contract. Failure to do so shall amount to a violation of this code of integrity. 2) Any Consultant must declare, whether asked or not in a Proposal-document, any previous transgressions of such code of integrity during the last three years or of being under any category of debarment by the Central Government or the Ministry/ Department of the Procuring Organisation from participation in Procurement Processes. Failure to do so shall amount to a violation of this code of integrity. 13.3. Misdemeanours The following shall be considered misdemeanours - if a Consultant, either directly or indirectly, at any stage during the Procurement Process or during the execution of resultant contracts: 1) Commits any of the following misdemeanours: (a) Violates the code of Integrity mentioned in GCC-clause 13.1 or the Integrity Pact if included in the Tender/ Contract; (b) Any other misdemeanour, e.g., supply of sub-standard quality of material/ services/ work, non-performance or abandonment of contract, or violations of Bid/ performance Security conditions. 105 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 982390719/2025/S&R Zone 2) Commits any of the following misdemeanours: (a) Has been convicted of an offence: i) Under the Prevention of Corruption Act, 1988; or ii) The Indian Penal Code or any other law is in force for causing any loss of life or property or causing a threat to public health as part of the execution of a public procurement contract. (b) It is determined by the Government of India to have doubtful loyalty to the country or national security considerations. (c) Employs a government servant who has been dismissed or removed on account of corruption or employs a non-official convicted for an offence involving corruption or abetment of such an offence in a position where he could corrupt government servants or employs a government officer within one year (or any other period prescribed by the relevant authority) of his retirement, who has had business dealings with him in an official capacity before retirement. 13.4. Penalties for Misdemeanours Without prejudice to and in addition to the rights of the Procuring Entity to other remedies as per the Tender-documents or the contract, If the Procuring Entity concludes that a (prospective) Consultant directly or through an agent has committed a misdemeanour in competing for the tender or in executing a contract, the Procuring Entity shall be entitled, and it shall be lawful on his part to take appropriate measures, including the following: 13.4.1 if his Proposals are under consideration in any procurement 1) Enforcement of Bid Securing Declaration in lieu of forfeiture or encashment of Bid Security. 2) calling off any pre-contract negotiations and; 3) rejection and exclusion of Consultants from the Procurement Process 13.4.2 if a contract has already been awarded 1) Termination of Contract for Default and availing all remedies prescribed thereunder; 2) Encashment and/ or Forfeiture of any contractual security or bond relating to the procurement; 3) Recovery of payments, including advance payments, if any, made by the Procuring Entity along with interest thereon at the prevailing rate (MIBID - Mumbai Interbank Proposal Rate); 13.4.3 Remedies in addition to the above: In addition to the above penalties, the Procuring Entity shall be entitled, and it shall be lawful on his part, to: 1) File information against Consultant or any of its successors with the Competition Commission of India for further processing in case of anti-competitive practices; 2) Initiate proceedings in a court of law against Consultant or any of its successors under the Prevention of Corruption Act, 1988 or the Indian Penal Code or any other law for transgression not addressable by other remedies listed in this sub-clause. 3) Remove the Consultant or any of its successors from the list of registered suppliers for a period not exceeding two years. Suppliers removed from the list of registered vendors or their related entities may be allowed to apply afresh for registration after the expiry of the removal period. 106 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 992390719/2025/S&R Zone 4) Initiate suitable disciplinary or criminal proceedings against any individual or staff found responsible. 5) Debar, a Consultant, from participation in future procurements without prejudice to Procuring Entity’s legal rights and remedies. Debarment shall automatically extend to all the allied firms of the debarred firm. In the case of a Joint Venture/ consortium, all its members shall also stand similarly debarred: a) A Ministry/ Department (or any of its CPSUs, attached offices, autonomous bodies) may debar a Consultant or any of its successors from participating in any Procurement Process undertaken by all its procuring entities for a period not exceeding two years commencing from the date of debarment for misdemeanours listed in GCC sub- clause 13.3 -1) above. The Ministry/Department shall maintain such a list which shall also be displayed on their website. b) Central Government (Department of Expenditure (DoE), Ministry of Finance) may debar a Consultant or any of its successors from participating in any Procurement Process undertaken by all its procuring entities for a period not exceeding three years commencing from the date of debarment for misdemeanours listed in GCC sub-clause 13.3 -2) above. DoE shall maintain such a list which shall be displayed on Central Public Procurement Portal (CPPP). 14. Responsibility for Accuracy of Project Documents 14.1 General 14.1.1 The Consultant shall be responsible for accuracy of the data collected, by him directly or procured from other agencies/authorities, the designs, drawings, estimates and all other details prepared by him as part of these services. He shall indemnify the Authority against any inaccuracy in the work which might surface during implementation of the project. The Consultant will also be responsible for correcting, at his own cost and risk, the drawings including any re-survey / investigations and correcting layout etc. if required during the execution of the Services. 14.1.2 The Consultant shall be fully responsible for the accuracy of design and drawings of the bridges and structures. All the designs and drawings for bridges and structures including all their components shall be fully checked by a Senior Engineer after completion of the designs. All drawings for bridges and structures shall be duly signed by the (a) Designer, (b) Senior Checking Engineer, and (c) Senior Bridge / Structure Expert. The designs and drawings not signed by the three persons mentioned above shall not be accepted. The Consultant shall indemnify the Client against any inaccuracy / deficiency in the designs and drawings of the bridges and structures noticed during the construction and even thereafter and the Client shall bear no responsibility for the accuracy of the designs and drawings submitted by the Consultants. 14.1.3 The survey control points established by the Consultant shall be protected by the Consultants till the completion of the Consultancy Services. 14.2. Deleted. 14.3. Penalty 14.3.1. Penalty for Error/Variation i. If variation in project cost occurs due to Change of scope due to deficiencies in the design provided by the consultant (such as errors due to inadequate traffic survey, incorrect geotechnical investigations, variations in geotechnical parameters, variations in physical / geographical features at site, incorrect hydraulic data, calculation errors in design of pavement layers, incorrect geometric design considerations, calculation errors in cost estimates, incomplete scope of work in schedule- 107 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1002390719/2025/S&R Zone B/C, errors in estimation of payment weightages in Schedule-H), the penalties as tabulated under shall be levied on the DPR consultant. The penalty will be forfeited from the pending bills/retention money/PBG. This shall exclude any additional/deletion of items/works ordered by the client during the execution. COS request as % of total project cost Penalty on DPR Consultant (excluding utility shifting estimates) as Monetary Penalty Administrative estimated by the DPR consultant Penalty Upto 2% Nil 2-5% 3.5% of PBG Value - 5-10% 7.5% of PBG Value - 10-20% 25 % of PBG Value Debarment upto 1 Year More Than 20% 25% of PBG Value Debarment upto 3 Years ii. If there is a discrepancy in land to be acquired during the execution of the project, the penalties as tabulated under shall be levied on the DPR consultant. The penalty will be forfeited from the pending bills/retention money/PBG. This shall exclude any additional/deletion of items/works ordered by the client during the execution. Discrepancy in Land Acquisition % (of Penalty on DPR Consultant Total Land to be actually acquired) Monetary Penalty Administrative Penalty Upto 2% 3% of PBG Value - 2-5% 5% of PBG Value Debarment upto 6 Months >5% 10% of PBG Value Debarment upto 1 Year iii. If any additional utility is observed for shifting from the project during the execution of the project besides that specified by the DPR consultant, the penalties as tabulated under shall be levied on the DPR consultant. The penalty will be forfeited from the pending bills/retention money/PBG. This shall exclude any additional/deletion of items/works ordered by the client during the execution. COS on account of utility shifting as % of total estimated project cost Penalty on DPR by the DPR consultant Consultant Upto 0.5% Monetary Penalty 0.5-1% 2.5% of PBG Value 2-3% 5% of PBG Value More than 3% 10% of PBG Value No. of Overhead Poles/Towers/Transformers/Sub-Station etc. Penalty on DPR (electricity utility/ telecom utility) missed by the DPR consultant as % Consultant of total Overhead Poles/Towers estimated in Technical Schedules. Monetary Penalty Upto 5% 2.5% of PBG Value More than 5% but less than 15% 5% of PBG Value More than 15% but less than 25% 7.5% of PBG Value 108 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1012390719/2025/S&R Zone More than 25% 10% of PBG Value Length of electricity line or pipelines (water/ waste/ gas/ Penalty on DPR petroleum/OFC) missed by the DPR consultant as % of total length of Consultant electricity line or pipelines estimated in Technical Schedules. Monetary Penalty Upto 5% 2.5% of PBG Value More than 5% but less than 15% 5% of PBG Value More than 15% but less than 25% 7.5% of PBG Value More than 25% 10% of PBG Value iv) For inaccuracies in survey/investigation/design work the penalties shall be imposed as per details given in Table below: Sr. Item Penalty (%age of No. PBG Value) 1 Topographic Surveys a) The horizontal alignment does not Upto 5% project length 2.5% match with ground condition. more than 5% project length 5% b) The cross sections do not match Upto 5% project length 2.5% with existing ground. more than 5% project length 5% c) The co-ordinates are defective as Upto 5% project length 2.5% instruments of desired accuracy not more than 5% project length 5% used. 2 Geotechnical Surveys a) Incomplete surveys 5% b) Data not analyzed properly 7.5% c) The substrata substantially different from the actual strata found 10 % uring construction. 3 Traffic data found to be varying by more than 25% on resurvey at a 10% later date, unless there are justifiable reasons. 4 Axle load data found to be varying by more than 25% on resurvey 20% at a later date, unless there are justifiable reasons. 5 Structural Designs found to be unsafe or grossly over designed 10% Note: In case of any major deviations, Authority reserves the right to debar the DPR consultant for upto 3 years. 14.3.2 Penalty for delay In case of delay in completion of services, a penalty equal to 0.05% of the contract price per day subject to a maximum 5% of the contract value will be imposed and shall be recovered from payments due/performance security. However, in case of delay due to reasons beyond the control of the consultant, suitable extension of time will be granted on case to case basis. 14.3.3 Total cumulative amount of recovery from all penalties shall be limited to 100% of the PBG value. 109 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1022390719/2025/S&R Zone 14.3.4 <Agency> is in process of evolving performance-based rating system for DPR Consultants. Performance of Consultants shall be monitored by <Agency> and will be taken into account in technical evaluation of future DPR projects. For this purpose, performance of consultant in the current project shall also be taken into account to create rating of consultant. 14.4 ACTION FOR DEFICIENCY IN SERVICES 14.4.1 Consultant’s liability towards the Client Consultant shall be liable to indemnify the client for any direct loss or damage accrued or likely to accrue due to deficiency in service rendered by him. Total cumulative amount of recovery from all penalties shall be limited to 100% of the PBG value. 14.4.2 Debarring / Non-Performing In the case of major deficiencies in the Detailed Project Report involving time and cost overrun and adverse effect on reputation of <Agency>, besides those mentioned in clause 7.3 above, the firm shall be declared as non-performing and the firm will not be eligible for participating in future projects of the Ministry (including NHAI, NHIDCL, BRO, etc.) for a period of upto 3 years. 15.Change of Scope The change of Scope on account of variation of total length as well as 4 laned length of project Highway from the indicative length as given in Letter of Invitation of the RFP shall be dealt as follows i) During the course of consultancy services in case it is considered necessary to increase/decrease the scope of services (of total length or 4 laned length as compared to indicative Length as given in the RFP) by the client the same shall be notified by Change of scope notice. Similarly, if the Consultant determines that change of scope is needed, he shall inform of the same to the Client. The Client will examine and shall either reject the proposal or issue change of scope notice. ii) The Consultancy fee shall be revised on account of change of scope as below: - In case the total length of project increase/ decrease up to 10% of indicative length given in the RFP: No change in Consultancy Fees. In case the increase/ decrease in total length of project is more than 10 % of the indicative length as given in the RFP: The consultancy fee shall be increased/ decreased in the same proportion in which the length of the project road is increased/ decreased beyond 10% . iii) Increase/decrease in length on account of bypasses shall not be considered as change of scope. However, the total length of the project highway (including bypasses and realignment) along the finally approved alignment shall be compared with the indicative length in the RFP for the purpose of variation. 15.1 The Consultancy fee shall be increased on account of change of scope as below: a) In case of increase in configuration of Lanes in the project after the submission of Final Report: 10% of the original consultancy charges b) In case of change of mode of delivery is involved after submission of Final Report / due to revision of specifications / IRC Codes etc. (i) Revision of DPR after submission due to changes in 2.5% of the original Consultancy IRC codes / specification etc. charges. (ii) Revision of DPR due to changes in mode EPC / 2.5% of the original Consultancy BOT / HAM etc charges. 110 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1032390719/2025/S&R Zone Section V: Special Conditions of Contract (SCC) Document No. RFP No./ xxxx; Tender Title: Consultancy Services (Ref ITC-clause 1.4) {Note for Procuring Entity: Text in grey italics font within square bracket [e.g., Mention …] are just suggestions/ directions and must be replaced by applicable text - remove brackets and convert the font to regular and black. Delete the rows not required. Clauses other than those mentioned below may also be mentioned if these need to be changed} Note for Consultants: Following Special Conditions of Contract (SCC) shall apply for this procurement. These Special Conditions shall modify/ substitute/ supplement the corresponding (GCC) clauses as indicated below. Whenever there is any conflict between the provision in the GCC and that in the SCC, the provision in the SCC shall prevail. GCC Topic To be read as Clause No. GCC 1, 2, 3 and 4: General, The Contract, Governing Laws and Jurisdiction, Communications 1.1, 1.2, General No change 1.3, 1.4 2.1 Language of Contract English 3.1 Governing Laws and The courts in Delhi shall have Jurisdiction jurisdiction 4.1, 4.3 Communications and 4.1 Notice will be deemed to be effective as follows: notices (a) in the case of personal delivery or registered mail, on delivery; (b) in the case of telexes, 24 hours following confirmed transmission; (c) in the case of telegrams, 24 hours following confirmed transmission; and (d) in the case of facsimiles, 24 hours following confirmed transmission. 4.3 The addresses are: Client:- Address of Employer Attention: - ………… Telex: - ………….. Facsimile: - ……………… Consultant:- Address of consultant Attention:- Cable Address: - ………………. Telex: - ………………… Facsimile:- …………… ( Note:- Fill in the Blanks) 4.2 Persons Signing The Authorised Representative are: Communications For the Client: …………………… 111 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1042390719/2025/S&R Zone For the Consultants: …………….. GCC 5 and 6: Consultant’s and Procuring Entity’s Obligations 5.7. Confidentiality and Secrecy of No change information 5.7.1 Property Rights No change 5.8 Performance Bond/ The performance security shall be 10% of contract Security Price for QCBS mode. For QBS mode performance security shall be as quoted by the selected consultant. The Performance Bank Guarantee has to be submitted by both the JV Partners separately and in same proportion as is the share of each member in the JV. Any deviation in above condition shall be considered as breach of Contract. 6.1, 6.2, Facilities, Utilities to be Nil 6.3 provided by Procuring Entity 112 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1052390719/2025/S&R Zone GCC 7: Scope of Services and Performance Standards 7.1 Scope of Services As defined in TOR 7.2 Eligible Services As per the Extant Guidelines of Govt of India from time to time GCC 8: Deployment of Resources 8.2.2 Key Personnel No Replacement of Team Leader shall be allowed. In case of extension of bid validity, the consultants shall submit the replacement CV along with Extension request. GCC 9: Delivery of Services and Delays 9.1 Works plan No Change 9.2 Commencement of The time period shall be one month or such Services other time period as the Parties may agree in writing. GCC 10: Prices and Payments 10.1.3 Variations No change 10.2 Taxes and Duties No change 10.3 Terms and Mode of [Add additional information, if any] Payment 10.5.2 Advance Payment to No Advance Payment Shall be made.. Consultants GCC 11 Resolution of Disputes 11.2 Excepted Matters No change 11.5 Arbitration [ Sum in dispute Model fee Up to Rs. 45,000 Rs.5,00,000(Five Lakh) Above Rs Rs 45,000 plus 3.5 5,00,000(Five Lakh) per cent of the claim and upto Rs amount 20,00,000(Twenty over and above Rs Lakh) 5,00,000 (Five Lakh Above Rs Rs 3,37,500 plus 1 1,00,00,000 (One percent of the claim Crore) and up amount to Rs over and above Rs 113 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1062390719/2025/S&R Zone 10,00,00,000(Ten 1,00,00,000(One Crore) Crore) Above 10,00,00,000 Rs 12,37,500 plus (Ten Crore) and up 0.75 per cent of the to Rs 20,00,00,000 claim (Twenty Crore) amount over and above Rs Above Rs Rs 19,87,500 plus 20,00,00,000 0.5 per cent of the (Twenty Crore) claim amount over and above Rs 20,00,00,000(Twenty Crore) with a ceiling of Rs 30,00,000 (Thirty Lakh) Note: For sole arbitrator, an additional amount of twenty five per cent on the fee set out above shall be paid. The above fee is to be shared equally by both the parties to the arbitration i.e. claimant and respondent, which is inclusive of fee of arbitrator for claim and counter claims i.e. total “Sum in Dispute”, reading charges, declaration/publishing of award. The expenses, such as stay and travelling charges will be paid as per Client’s guidelines GCC 12 Defaults, Breaches, Termination and Closure of Contract 12.3.1 Period of Contract The time period shall be ….. months 12.1.3-3) Risk and Cost Procurement No change 114 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1072390719/2025/S&R Zone Section VI: Terms of Reference RFP Document No. RFP No./ xxxx; Tender Title: Consultancy Services (Ref ITC-clause 1.4) 115 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1082390719/2025/S&R Zone TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) Consultancy Services for Preparation of DPR for development of …………………………………………………… in the State of …………………………………… Terms of Reference for Consultancy Services (TOR) 1. General 1.1 The <Agency> has been entrusted with the assignment of Consultancy Services for Preparation of DPR for development of ………………………………………………………………………………… in the State of ………………… and ………………….. <Agency> now invites proposal from Technical consultants for carrying out detailed project report as per details given in Appendix-A. 1.2 <Agency> will be the employer and executing agency for the consultancy services and the standards of output required from the appointed consultants are of international level both in terms of quality and adherence to the agreed time schedule. The consultancy firm will solely be responsible for submission of quality work in stipulated period. 1.3 Ministry has recently awarded works of consultancy services for construction of ROBs for replacing level crossings in various states. In case a level crossing exists in a project reach, consultant is required to co-ordinate with those consultants and finalize the alignment & configuration of road accordingly. However, if the same is not covered in the above assignment of DPR/feasibility study awarded by Ministry, the consultant under this assignment shall be responsible for preparing DPR for such level crossings. 2. Objective 2.1 The main objective of the consultancy service is to establish the technical, economical, and financial viability of the project and prepare detailed project reports for development of ……………………………………………………………………………. 2.2 The viability of the project shall be established taking into account the requirements with regard to rehabilitation, upgrading and improvement based on highway design, pavement design, provision of service roads wherever necessary, type of intersections, rehabilitation and widening of existing and/or construction of new bridges and structures, road safety features, quantities of various items of works and cost estimates and economic analysis within the given time frame. 2.3 The Detailed Project Report (DPR) would inter-alia include detailed highway design, design of pavement and overlay with options for flexible or rigid pavements, design of bridges and cross drainage structures and grade separated structures, design of service roads, quantities of various items, detailed working drawings, detailed cost estimates, economic and financial viability analyses, environmental and social feasibility, social and environmental action plans as appropriate and documents required for tendering the project on commercial basis for international / local competitive bidding. 2.4 The DPR consultant should ensure detailed project preparation incorporating aspects of value engineering, quality audit and safety audit requirement in design and implementation. The Consultant shall ensure to carry out Road Safety Audit at various stages as per supplement-III (Additional Requirement for Safety Audit) of TOR. 2.5 The consultant should, along with Feasibility Report, clearly bring out through financial analysis the preferred mode of implementation on which the Civil Works for the stretches are to be taken up. The consultant should also give cost estimates along with feasibility report/ detailed Project Report. 2.6 If at inception stage or feasibility stage, employer desires to terminate the contract, the contract will be terminated after payment up to that stage. 116 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1092390719/2025/S&R Zone 3. Scope of Services The general scope of services is given in the sections that follow. However, the entire scope of services would, inter-alia, include the items mentioned in the Letter of Invitation, terms of reference, general contract and any supplements and appendices to these documents. 3.1 RoW and Land related aspects 3.1.1 The Right of Way norms for National Highways should be as under: (i) Expressways 90 m (ii) Economic Corridors and major National Highways requiring provisions for 70 m Service Roads and planned for expansion to 8-lanes (iii) National Highways with planed capacity to 6-lane Configuration 60 m (iv) National Highways with planned capacity to 4-lane 45 m (v) NH with planned capacity to two-lane + PS configuration requiring 30 m provision of Service Roads 3.1.2 In case of upgradation of an existing two lane Highway to a 4/6/8 lane configuration, a comparative cost-benefit analysis shall necessarily be carried out while recommending development of existing route/alignment vis-a-vis alternate option of a green –field alignment. While carrying out the cost benefit analysis of both the options, the following factors shall be considered: (i) Extant of land acquisition and the associated costs; (ii) Number of structures required to be acquired along their extant and costs. (iii) The quantum of utilities and costs required for their shifting. (iv) The extent of tree –felling and the associated cost & time for obtaining the requisite permissions. 3.1.3 However, green-field option may not be resorted to in cases where growth of traffic is such that ultimate capacity does not require widening beyond 4 lanes in future. 3.1.4 In case the green field alignment option works out to be a preferred option, then- (i) Entire ROW (60m -70m) may be acquired for a maximum capacity of 8 lane main carriage way with provision for service roads. (ii) Initially 4 lane carriage-way with 4 lane structures shall be developed with additional land left in the median for future expansion. (iii) The highway shall have provision for service roads in inhabited areas, preferably of 10 mtrs width, with maximum access –control for the main carriage way . (iv) Access to the towns/cities/establishments located on the existing National Highway, may be provided through spurs from the green field route. 3.1.5 All efforts shall be made to avoid any road alignment through National Parks and Wildlife Sanctuaries, even if it requires taking a longer route / bypass. However, where it becomes absolutely unavoidable and necessary to keep the alignment through such reserve forest / restricted areas, land would be acquired with RoW of not more than 30 mtrs. 3.1.6 Similarly, though it may be difficult, while determining the alignment for any bypass, efforts be made to see if these could be along the revenue boundaries of two revenue 117 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1102390719/2025/S&R Zone estates thereby minimizing the compulsions of land owners / farmers for cross-overs to the other side. In case such an alignment is not found feasible, it should be ensured that access to common facilities for the local people (e.g. schools, Healthcare facilities etc.) is maintained only on one side of the alignment, thereby minimizing the need for cross-over for day-to-day life. 3.1.7 Protection of the acquired RoW against any possible encroachments is extremely important. Boundary stones be provided at the end of the RoW as per provisions of IRC:SP:84 and also supplemented as per {Circular dated 08.12.2015 issued by NHAI} <relevant circular of agency to be mentioned> . The boundary pillars alone, which are subject to removal with passage of time, may not be enough to save against encroachments. As such, the typical cross-section of a Highway Road is being re-visited separately with the intention of providing permanent features in this behalf. For a typical RoW of 60 mtrs, starting from one end, these will require the following: (a) Use barricading of the RoW with plantation of hedge-like species (Ficus / Poplars) within a 3m wide strip area, dug up to 0.6 to 0.9 mtrs, of which 2.0 mtrs to serve as a Utility Corridor. (b) Provision of a Service Road (along the inhabited area) with its drainage slope towards the drain / area reserved for Strip Plantation, for a width of 9.0 mtrs. (c) Earmark width of 1.5 mtrs for construction of a drain so as to be able to capture the rainwater flow from the Service Road (wherever provided) and the main carriageway. (d) Three lane with paved shoulders: Main carriageway – 10.5 mtrs, paved shoulder – 2.5 mtr and earthen shoulder – 1.5 mtr. (e) Median – 5.0 mtrs (effective width 4.5 m), and (f) A Mirror Image on the other end. 3.1.8 With regard to land acquisition, tree felling, utility shifting across the alignment, Ministry’s Guidelines issued vide letter no. NH -15017/21/2018-P&M dated 10th May, 2018, or any amendment thereof, may be adhered to. 3.2 Provisions of short bypasses, service roads, alignment corrections, improvement of intersections shall be made wherever considered necessary, practicable and cost effective. However, bypasses proposals should also be considered, wherever in urban areas, improvement to 6 laning of the existing road is not possible. 3.3 Role and Responsibilities at different stages of Land Acquisition The Consultant in the process of his deliverables, is expected to: (i) To delineate and propose the most optimal alignment and take care of geometrics of the road to meet safety parameters while finalizing the DPR; (ii) Identify and avoid (to the extent feasible) all such structures (religious structures, public utilities cremation grounds, private structures) in the RoW of the road project that could become major hindrances at the time of project execution; (iii) Procure or create digitized, geo referenced cadastral/land revenue maps for the purpose of land acquisition activities. Where state governments of local agencies have already digitize cadastral maps, the consultant shall arrange to procure such maps. The digitized map should exactly match the original map so that the dimensions and area of plots can be extracted from the map itself. (iv) Co-ordinate collection of all relevant land revenue records (including Khasra maps, 118 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1112390719/2025/S&R Zone Khatiyan, Jamabandi etc.) from the local land revenue administration office required for preparation of Draft notification under Section 3A of the NH Act. (v) Identify and list all land parcels that need to be acquired as part of project road. Conduct Joint measurement survey in conjunction with CALA, the Executing Agency and the Land Revenue Department to verify land records. (vi) Assist the CALA and the Project Executing agency in preparation of statutory notification under Sections 3A, the CALA during hearing of objections received under Section 3C, recording of hearings and completion of this process, preparation of draft notification under Section 3D and completion of the LA process at every stage, timely publication of notifications and public notices in newspapers at every stage; (vii) Clear identification and preparation of an inventory of the assets attached to the land under acquisition (e.g. Structures, trees, crops or any such assets which should be valued for payment of compensation); (viii) Co-ordination with offices of various departments like Land Revenue Office (or Tehsil), Registrar office and other State departments (public works department, horticulture department, forest department etc.) for evaluation of assets (Structures, tree, crops etc.) attached to the land and liaison with respective State authority for authentication of the valuation. (ix) Prepare and inventory of all the utilities (electrical/water supply lines/gas pipelines etc.– (x) both linear and cross overs) and all such structures (religious structure, public utilities, cremation grounds, private structures) in the RoW of the road project that could become major hindrances at the time of project execution; (xi) Carefully avoid location of any Flyover/VUP/elevated structure where a high tension electricity line (66/132/220/400 KV etc.) is crossing over so as to avoid raising of such line at such point, while designing the road projects; (xii) Assist in demarcation of the acquired land and installation of the boundary stones/pillars/peg makings along the RoW of the alignment; (xiii) Identification of land parcels missed out from acquisition in the first round and assist the Authority and the CALA in preparation of Draft Notification for acquisition of the land under missing plots. (xiv) For Taking up land acquisition the DPR Consultant must possess the following experience and manpower: (a) Total Experience of Land Acquisition for Any Central/State Government Agency in last 7 Financial Years: More than 500 Hectares. (b) Total Experience of Land Acquisition for Any Central/State Government Agency under NH Act in last 7 Financial Years: More than 100 Hectares (c) Experience in digitization of cadastral maps for land surveys in last 7 Financial Years (d) Has atleast 5 on-roll Land Acquisition Experts with at least 10 years of experience in LA matters. (e) Has defined LA sub-professional team on the regular roll of at least 25 people (Excluding Experts) in the last 3 Financial Years (f) Should have average annual Turnover of Atleast 2.5 Crores in last 3 Financial Years. (xv) Payment to such LA agencies if engaged by DPR Consultant would be made by the DPR consultants. Further, the responsibility of Deliverables shall be solely that of the DPR Consultant. 119 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1122390719/2025/S&R Zone (xvi) Financial proposal/ Fixed cost estimate (as is relevant) is inclusive of the financial implications for support team for CALA. Note: Till the Empanelment process of LA Agencies fulfilling the above requirements has been completed by NHAI/MoRTH/NHIDCL, the DPR consultant can utilise the services of such agencies (including itself) which fulfil the above said criteria which shall be verified by Authority before commencement of the consultancy assignment. 3.4 Approach to the provision and specifications for Structures: 3.4.1 The structures on roads viz. Bridges, ROBs (Road Over Bridges, and Flyovers), RUBs (Road Under Bridges) etc. are designed for more than 50 years. It is difficult to increase the width of the structures at a later date which may also have larger financial implications apart from construction related issues in running traffic. Therefore, it has been decided to keep provision for all the structures including approaches comprising of retaining structures as 6-lane (length of such approaches shall, in no case, be less than 30m on either side) on all the four-lane highways except in the following cases (i) Reserve Forest (ii) Wild life Areas (iii) Hilly Areas (iv) Urban Areas where site condition do not permit this. Wherever elevated sections are designed through any inhabited areas, these should be six-lane structures supported on single piers so that the road underneath serves as effective service roads on both sides. 3.4.2 Highway projects shall be designed for separation of local traffic especially for Vulnerable Road Users (VRUs), for longitudinal movements and crossing facilities through viaduct(s) located at convenient walking distance. Provision of PUPs and CUPs with size of 7.0m x 3.0m, as specified in para 2.10 of the IRC specifications, has proved to be insufficient keeping in view the increased use of mechanization in agriculture practices. These structures do not support the easy passage / crossing for the tractors with trolleys so often used for agricultural operations. As traffic on cross roads is increasing day-by-day, it has been decided to substitute the provision of Pedestrian Underpass (PUP) / Cattle Underpass (CUP) [for para 2.10 of IRC specifies the dimensions of 7.0m x 3.0m] with a LVUP with a minimum size of 12 (lateral clearance) x 4m (vertical clearance). Out of 12m lateral width, 2.5m width on one side shall be raised for pedestrian sidewalks with grills to make pedestrian movement convenient and safe. A third smaller dimension VUP-SVUP (4m*7m) for all cross roads carriageway width lesser than 5.5m may also be considered. Thus VUPs would be of three grades i.e.VUP-5.5mx20m; LVUP-4mx12m; and SVUP- 4mx7m These structures shall be located at the most preferred place of pedestrian / cattle / day-to-day crossings. Depending on the site conditions, feasibility of clubbing the crossing facilities through service roads shall also be explored. Further, the bed level of these crossings shall not be depressed as any such depression, in the absence of proper drainage facilities becomes water-logged rendering the same unusable. Ideally, the bed level of the crossings should be a bit higher with proper connectivity to a drain, which could serve the drainage requirements of the main carriageway, the underpass and the service road as well. 3.4.3 Wherever the alignment of 4-lane Highway Road project is retained in-situ while passing through inhabited areas (e.g. villages), it should be ensured that Service Roads are provided on both sides of the carriageway, connected underneath with a cross-over structure (VUP/ LVUP/SVUP). Thus each habitation should preferably have crossing facility at the highways with a vertical clearance of 4 mtrs. 120 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1132390719/2025/S&R Zone 3.4.4 To ensure that bypass once constructed serves the intended purpose during its life, all the bypasses shall be well designed and access controlled. The entry / exit from / to side roads shall be controlled such that they are grade separated at major roads or at spacing not less than 5 kms. Side roads at closer spacing shall be connected to the service roads on either side and taken to major roads for provision of grade separated interchange. 3.5 The provision of embankments shall be kept minimum so as to save land as well as earth which are scarce resources. This can be decided on case to case basis with due deliberations. However, economic considerations may also be given due weightage before deciding the issue. 3.6 The Consultant shall study the possible locations and design of toll plaza if applicable to the project. Wayside amenities Land (minimum 5 acres, length and depth preferably in the ratio of 3:2) shall also be acquired for establishment of Way-side amenities at suitable locations at distances varying between 30 to 50 kms on both sides of the Highway. The local and slow traffic may need segregation from the main traffic and provision of service roads and fencing may be considered, wherever necessary to improve efficiency and safety. 3.7 The Consultant will also make suitable proposals for widening/improvement of the existing road and strengthening of the carriageways, as required at the appropriate time to maintain the level of service over the design period. The Consultants shall prepare documents for EPC/PPP contracts for each DPR assignment. 3.8 All ready to implement ‘good for construction’ drawings shall be prepared incorporating all the details. 3.9 Environmental Impact Assessment, Environmental Management Plan and Rehabilitation and Resettlement Studies shall be carried out by the Consultant meeting the requirements of the lending agencies like ADB/ World Bank/JICA, etc. 3.10 Wherever required, consultant will liaise with concerned authorities and arrange all clarifications. Approval of all drawings including GAD and detail engineering drawings will be got done by the consultant from the Railways. However, if Railways require proof checking of the drawings prepared by the consultants, the same will be got done by <Agency> and payment to the proof consultant shall be made by <Agency> directly. Consultant will also obtain final approval from Ministry of Environment and Forest for all applicable clearances. Consultant will also obtain approval for estimates for shifting of utilities of all types from the concerned authorities and <Agency>. Consultant is also required to prepare all Land Acquisition papers (i.e. all necessary schedule and draft 3a, 3A, and 3D, 3G notification as per L.A. act) for acquisition of land either under NH Act or State Act. 3.11 The DPR consultant may be required to prepare the Bid Documents, based on the feasibility report, due to exigency of the project for execution if desired by <Agency>. 3.12 Consultant shall obtain all types of necessary clearances required for implementation of the project on the ground from the concerned agencies. The client shall provide the necessary supporting letters and any official fees as per the demand note issued by such concerned agencies from whom the clearances are being sought to enable implementation. 3.13 The consultant shall prepare separate documents for BoT as well as EPC contracts at Feasibility stage / DPR stage. The studies for financing options like BoT, Annuity, EPC will be undertaken in feasibility study stage. 3.14 The consultant shall be guided in its assignment by the Model Concession/ Contract Agreements for PPP/ EPC projects, as applicable and the Manual of Specifications and Standards for two/ four/ six laning of highways published by IRC (IRC:SP:73 or IRC:SP:84 121 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1142390719/2025/S&R Zone or IRC:SP:87, as applicable) along with relevant IRC codes for design of long bridges. 3.15 The consultant shall prepare the bid documents including required schedules (as mentioned above) as per EPC/ PPP documents. For that it is suggested that consultant should also go through the EPC/PPP documents of ministry before bidding the project. The Consultant shall assist the <Agency> and the Legal Adviser by furnishing clarifications as required for the financial appraisal and legal scrutiny of the Project Highway and Bid Documents. 3.16 Consultant shall be responsible for sharing the findings from the preparation stages during the bid process. During the bid process for a project, the consultant shall support the authority in responding to all technical queries, and shall ensure participation of senior team members of the consultant during all interaction with potential bidders including pre-bid conference, meetings, site visits etc. In addition, the consultant shall also support preparation of detailed responses to the written queries raised by the bidders. 3.17 The DPR Consultant shall identify the surplus land parcels available with the Authority on the approved project alignment and submit the detailed plan and profile and layout of such land parcels and propose a suitable plan of action for suitable utilisation of such land parcels. The DPR consultant shall also assist in mutation of ownership of such surplus land parcels in the name of the Central Government. 4. General First, the Feasibility Study of the project shall have to be completed then only the consultancy assignment shall be taken to DPR stage after specific instructions from Authority based on the outcome of the feasibility study. The Duration of entire assignment shall be <to be kept as per costing guidelines> which can be reduced only in compelling circumstances with approval of <Agency>. The broad components of Feasibility Study and DPR Study are (but not limited to) the following: Part-I: Components of Feasibility Study* (To be completed in <to be kept as per costing guidelines>): 1. Traffic Study including axle load surveys 2. Alignment Options after verification through PMG Gati Shakti Portal 3. Preliminary Topographical Study 4. Broad Structural features including lane configuration 5. Lane Configuration and intersections/junctions/Service Roads 6. Utility Shifting Requirement along with Tentative Estimates 7. Forest/Environmental/CRZ Clearance Requirement 8. Tentative/Normative Cost estimate with reasonable accuracy 9. Land Acquisition Tentative cost assessment 10. Financial Feasibility of the Project for Authority from Socio- Economic Prospect and strictly in Financial Prospects (for both flexible & rigid pavements). 122 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1152390719/2025/S&R Zone 11. Proposing Mode of Contract Execution-EPC/HAM/BOT (Toll)/BOT (Annuity). Note: In case feasibility study is not to be done, the activities relevant to the DPR should be added to the scope of work DPR i.e. Part-II below. Part-II Components of DPR Study (To be started from <to be kept as per costing guidelines>): Note: These activities are to be started only after a separate Notice to Proceed to DPR stage has been issued by the Authority in this regard. 1. NSV and FWD testing of existing pavements of brownfield alignments 2. Detailed Geotechnical Investigations 3. Hydrological Investigations 4. Detailed Pavement & Embankment Design and Costing (showing different alternatives with cost comparison) 5. Detailed Structural Design 6. Detailed Designs of intersection 7. Road Furniture & Traffic Signage Plan 8. Drainage Plan 9. GIS mapping of ROW with sub-meter accuracy 10. Land Acquisition Activities (including laying of Row Boundary Stones) 11. Utility Shifting Estimates and relocation plan 12. Activities for obtaining Forest/Environmental/CRZ Clearance/Tree Cutting Permission. 13. Detailed Cost Estimation and comparison with normative costs 14. Tolling Scheme 15. ATMS scheme 16. Proofing of All Traffic Studies for the selected alignment 17. Financial Feasibility of the Project for Authority from Socio- Economic Prospect and strictly in Financial Prospects (with detailed cost analysis) 18. Proposing Mode of Contract Execution-EPC/HAM/BOT (Toll)/BOT (Annuity) 123 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1162390719/2025/S&R Zone 19. Detailed Topographical Study 4.1 Primary Tasks General Scope of Services shall cover but be not limited to the following major tasks (additional requirements for Preparation of Detailed Project Report for Hill Roads and Major Bridges are given in Supplement I and II respectively): i. Review of all available reports and published information about the project road and the project influence area; ii. Environmental and social impact assessment, including such as related to cultural properties, natural habitats, involuntary resettlement etc. ii (a). Public consultation*, including consultation with Communities located along the road, NGOs working in the area, other stake-holders and relevant Government departments at all the different stages of assignment (such as inception stage, feasibility stage, preliminary design stage and once final designs are concretized). Note :- *Public consultation means:- a) for Brown Field Projects or mixed projects: - Consultation with Village Sarpanch, Mayor/ Chairman of Municipal Corporation, Deputy Commissioner/ District Magistrate and State PWD/ State Govt. b) for Green Field Projects: - In addition to above, concerned MPs/MLAs of areas will also be consulted. iii. Detailed Reconnaissance; iv. Identification of possible improvements in the existing alignment and bypassing congested locations with alternatives, evaluation of different alternatives comparison on techno-economic and other considerations and recommendations regarding most appropriate option; v. Traffic studies including traffic surveys and Axle load survey and demand forecasting for next thirty years; vi. Inventory and condition surveys for road; vii. Inventory and condition surveys for bridges, cross-drainage structures, other Structures, river Bank training/Protection works and drainage provisions; viii. Detailed topographic surveys using LiDAR equipped with minimum engineering grade system or any other better technology having output accuracy not less than (a) specified in IRC SP 19 (b) Total Station (c) GPS/ DGPS. The use of conventional high precision instruments i.e Total Station or equivalent can be used at locations such as major bypasses, water bodies etc. where it may not be possible to survey using LiDAR. Use of mobile / Aerial LiDAR survey is preferable. ix. Pavement investigations; x. Sub-grade characteristics and strength: investigation of required sub-grade and sub-soil characteristics and strength for road and embankment design and sub soil investigation; xi. Identification of sources of construction materials; xii. Detailed design of road, its x-sections, horizontal and vertical alignment and design of embankment of height more than 6m and also in poor soil 124 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1172390719/2025/S&R Zone conditions and where density consideration require, even lesser height embankment. Detailed design of structures preparation of GAD and construction drawings and cross-drainage structures and underpasses etc. xiii. Identification of the type and the design of intersections; xiv. Design of complete drainage system and disposal point for storm water xv. Value analysis / value engineering and project costing; xvi. Economic and financial analyses; xvii. Contract packaging and implementation schedule. xviii Strip plan indicating the scheme for carriageway widening, location of all existing utility services (both over- and underground) and the scheme for their relocation, trees to be felled, transplanted and planted and land acquisition requirements including schedule for LA: reports documents and drawings arrangement of estimates for cutting/ transplanting of trees and shifting of utilities from the concerned department; xix Develop 3D engineered models of terrain and elevation, as-is project highway, proposed and project highway along with all features, current and proposed structures, current and proposed utilities and land acquisition plans. xx To find out financial viability of project for implementation and suggest the preferred mode on which the project is to be taken up. xxi. Preparation of detailed project report, cost estimate, approved for construction Drawings, rate analysis, detailed bill of quantities, bid documents for execution of civil works through budgeting resources. xxii. Design of toll plaza and identification of their numbers and location and office cum residential complex including working drawings xxiii. Design of weighing stations, parking areas and rest areas. xxiv. Any other user oriented facility en-route toll facility. xxv. Tie-in of on-going/sanctioned works of MORT&H/ NHAI / other agencies. xxvi. Preparation of social plans for the project affected people as per policy of the lending agencies/ Govt. of India R&R Policy. 4.2 While carrying out the field studies, investigations and design, the development plans being implemented or proposed for future implementation by the local bodies, should be taken into account. Such aspect should be clearly brought out in the reports and drawings. It must be noted that the DPR consultant shall get all the geotechnical investigations and testing done through the agencies satisfying the NABL accreditation Criteria attached with the RFP. All samples are to be sealed and retained by the Geotechnical Agency as per relevant IRC/IS codal provisions and good industry practice, at the space provided by NHAI/MoRTH/ NHIDCL/ BRO PIU till approval of all designs by the AE/IE during the actual construction stage. Alternatively, DPR Agencies can conduct geotechnical investigations and testing through agencies empanelled by Ministry of RT&H / NHIDCL/ NHAI. 4.3 The consultant shall study the possible locations and design of toll plaza, wayside amenities required and arboriculture along the highway shall also be planned. 4.4 The local and slow traffic may need segregation from the main traffic and provision of 125 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1182390719/2025/S&R Zone service roads and physical barrier including fencing may be considered, wherever necessary to improve efficiency and safety. 4.5 Standards and Codes of Practices 1. All activities related to field studies, design and documentation shall be done as per the latest guidelines/ circulars of MoRT&H and relevant publications of the Indian Roads Congress (IRC) and Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS). For aspects not covered by IRC and BIS, international standards practices, may be adopted. The Consultants, upon award of the Contract, may finalize this in consultation with <agency> and reflect the same in the inception report. The DPR consultant can also propose specifications and designs as per Euro (EN)/ASHTO codes with due comparison of the same with respect to IRC/BIS provisions. 2. All notations, abbreviations and symbols used in the reports, documents and drawings shall be as per IRC:71. 4.6 Quality Assurance Plan (QAP) 1. (i) The Consultants should have detailed Quality Assurance Plan (QAP) for all field studies including topographic surveys, traffic surveys, engineering surveys and investigations, design and documentation activities. The quality assurance plans/procedures for different field studies, engineering surveys and investigation, design and documentation activities should be presented as separate sections like engineering surveys and investigations, traffic surveys, material geo-technical and sub- soil investigations, road and pavement investigations, investigation and design of bridges & structures, environment and R&R assessment, economic & financial analysis, drawings and documentation, preparation, checking, approval and filing of calculations, identification and tractability of project documents etc. Further, additional information as per format shall be furnished regarding the details of personal who shall be responsible for carrying out/preparing and checking/verifying various activities forming part of feasibility study and project preparation, since inception to the completion of work. The detailed Draft QAP Document must be discussed and finalized with the concerned <Agency> officers immediately upon the award of the Contract and submitted as part of the inception report. (ii) It is imperative that the QAP is approved by <Agency> before the Consultants start the field work. 2. Data formats for report and investigation results i. Required data formats for some reports, investigations and documents are discussed in Error! Reference source not found.. ii. The consultants will need to propose data formats for use in all other field studies and investigations not covered in enclosure IV. iii. The proposed data forms will need to be submitted for the approval of <Agency> after the commencement of services. 4.7 Review of Data and Documents 1. The Consultants shall collect the available data and information relevant for the Study. The data and documents of major interest shall include, but not be limited to, the following: i. Climate; ii. Road inventory iii Road condition, year of original construction, year and type of major 126 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1192390719/2025/S&R Zone maintenance/rehabilitation works; iv. Condition of bridges and cross-drainage structures; v. sub-surface and geo-technical data for existing bridges; vi. Hydrological data, drawings and details of existing bridges; vii Existing geological maps, catchment area maps, contour plans etc. for the project area viii Condition of existing river bank / protection works, if any. ix. Details of sanctioned / on-going works on the stretch sanctioned by MoRT&H/other agencies for Tie-in purposes x. Survey and evaluation of locally available construction materials; xi. Historical data on classified traffic volume (preferably for 5 years or more); xii. Origin-destination and commodity movement characteristics; if available xiii. Speed and delay characteristics; if available; xiv. Commodity-wise traffic volume; if available; xv. Accident statistics; and, xvi. Vehicle loading behavior (axle load spectrum), if available. xvii Type and location of existing utility services (e.g. Fibre Optical Cable, O/H and U/G Electric, Telephone line, Water mains, Sewer, Trees etc.) xviii Environmental setting and social baseline of the project. 4.8. Social Analysis The social analysis study shall be carried out in accordance with the MORT&H/World Bank/ADB Guidelines. The social analysis report will, among other things, provide a socio-economic profile of the project area and address in particular, indigenous people, communicable disease particularly HIV/AIDS poverty alleviation, gender, local population, industry, agriculture, employment, health, education, health, child labor, land acquisition and resettlement . 4.9 Traffic Surveys All traffic surveys and studies will be completed in feasibility studies. 4.9.1 Number and Location of Survey Stations 1. The type of traffic surveys and the minimum number of survey stations shall normally be as under, unless otherwise specifically mentioned. Sl. No. Description Number of Survey Stations 1. Classified Traffic Volume Count 3 2. Origin-Destination and Commodity Minimum 2 Movement Characteristics 3. Axle Loading Characteristics 2 4. Intersection Volume Count All Major Intersections 5. Speed-Delay Characteristics Project Road Section 6. Pedestrian/animal cross traffic count All major inhabitations along the highway 127 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1202390719/2025/S&R Zone 7. Turning movement surveys For all major intersections 2. The number of survey locations indicated in the table above are indicative only for each road stretch under a package. The Consultants shall, immediately upon award of the work, submit to <Agency>, proposals regarding the total number as well as the locations of the traffic survey stations as of inception report. Suitable maps and charts should accompany the proposals clearly indicating the rationale for selecting the location of survey Station. 3. The methodology of collection and analysis of data, number and location of traffic survey stations shall be finalized in consultation with <Agency> prior to start of the traffic survey. 4.9.2. Classified Traffic Volume Count Survey 1. Consultant shall make use of traffic survey done by Indian Highways Management Company Limited (IHMCL) using ATCC systems. However in isolated locations where there are site constraints, manual counting can be done. If required, especially in cases where a particular stretch is not covered by IHMCL, DPR consultant should carry out classified traffic volume count survey using ATCC systems or latest modern technologies. 2. Consultant shall use ATCC systems that can meet the following accuracy levels after validation/ calibration: (a) Classification of vehicles: better than 95% (b) Counting of vehicles: better than 98% Before validation and calibration, the ATCC system shall meet the following accuracy levels: (a) Classification of vehicles: better than 90% (b) Counting of vehicles: better than 95% For verification of above accuracy levels, audit of raw ATCC shall be done by the consultant on a sampling basis and should submit a certificate in this regard. 3. ATCC systems such as Pneumatic Tube Detector, Inductive Detector Loop, Video Image Detection, and Infrared Sensor or latest technologies shall be adopted. 4. The classified traffic volume count surveys shall be carried out for 7 days (continuous, direction-wise) at the selected survey stations. The vehicle classification system as given in relevant IRC code may be followed. However, the following generalized classification system is suggested in view of the requirements of traffic demand estimates and economic analysis: Motorised Traffic Non-Motorised Traffic 2-Wheeler Bi-Cycle 3-Wheeler Cycle-Rickshaw Passenger Car Animal Drawn Vehicle (ADV) Utility Vehicle (Jeep, Van etc.) Hand Cart Other Non-Motorised Vehicle Bus Mini Bus Standard Bus LCV LCV-Passenger 128 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1212390719/2025/S&R Zone LCV-Freight Truck MCV : 2-Axle Rigid Chassis HCV : 3-Axle Rigid Chassis MAV Semi Articulated Articulated 5. All results shall be presented in tabular and graphical form. The survey data shall be analyzed to bring out the hourly and daily variations. The traffic volume count per day shall be averaged to show a weekly average daily traffic (ADT) by vehicle type. The annual average daily traffic (AADT) shall be worked out by applying seasonal factors. 6. The consultant shall compile the relevant traffic volume data from secondary sources also. The salient features of traffic volume characteristics shall be brought out and variations if any, from the traffic census carried out by the State PWD shall be suitably explained. 4.9.3. Origin Destination and Commodity Movements Surveys 1. The consultants shall carry out 1-day (24 hour, both directions) O-D and commodity movement surveys at locations finalized in consultation with <Agency>. These will be essentially required around congested towns to delineate through traffic. The road side interviews shall be carried out on random sample basis and cover all four-wheeled vehicles. The location of the O-D survey and commodity movement surveys shall normally be same as for the classified traffic count. 2. The location of origin and destination zones shall be determined in relation to each individual station and the possibility of traffic diversion to the Project Road from/to other road routes including bypasses. 3. The trip matrices shall be worked out for each vehicle type information on weight for trucks should be summed up by commodity type and the results tabulated, giving total weight and average weight per truck for the various commodity types. The sample size for each vehicle type shall be indicated on the table and also in the graphical representations. 4. The data derived from surveys shall also be analyzed to bring out the lead and load characteristics and desire line diagrams. The data analysis should also bring out the requirement for the construction of bypasses. 5. The distribution of lead and load obtained from the surveys should be compared. The axle load surveys shall normally be done using axle load pads or other sophisticated instruments. The location(s) of count station(s) and the survey with those derived from the axle load studies. 6. The commodity movement data should be duly taken into consideration while making the traffic demand estimates. 4.9.4. Turning Movement Surveys 1. The turning movement surveys for estimation of peak hour traffic for the design of major and minor intersections shall be carried out for the Study. The details regarding composition and directional movement of traffic shall be furnished by the Consultant. 2. The methodology for the surveys shall be as per IRC: SP: 41-1994. The details including location and duration of surveys shall be finalized in consultation 129 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1222390719/2025/S&R Zone with <Agency> officials. The proposal in response to this TOR shall clearly indicate the number of locations that the Consultants wish to conduct turning movement surveys and the rationale for the same. 3. The data derived from the survey should be analyzed to identify requirements of suitable remedial measures, such as construction of underpasses, fly-overs, interchanges, grade-separated intersections along the project road alignment. Intersections with high traffic volume requiring special treatments either presently or in future shall be identified. 4.9.5. Axle Load Surveys 1. Axle load surveys in both directions shall be carried out at suitable location(s) in the project road stretch on a random sample basis normally for trucks only (both empty and loaded trucks) for 2 normal days - (24 hours) at special count stations to be finalized in consultation with <Agency>. However, a few buses may be weighed in order to get an idea about their loading behavior. While selecting the location(s) of axle load survey station(s), the locations of existing bridges with load restrictions, if any, should be taken into account and such sites should be avoided. 2. Axle load surveys shall normally be done using axle load pads or other sophisticated instruments. The location(s) of count station(s) and the survey methodology including the data formats and the instrument type to be used shall be finalized before taking up the axle load surveys 3. The axle load data should be collected axle configuration-wise. The number of equivalent standard axles per truck shall be calculated on the basis of results obtained. The results of the survey should bring out the VDF for each truck type (axle configuration, if the calculated VDF is found to be below the national average, then national average shall be used. Furthermore, the data from axle load surveys should be analyzed to bring out the Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW) and Single Axle Load (SAL) Distributions by truck type (axle configuration). 4. The Consultant shall ascertain from local enquiries about the exceptional live loads that have used the highway in the past in order to assess the suitability of existing bridges to carry such loads. 4.9.6. Speed-Delay Surveys The Consultants shall carry out appropriate field studies such as moving car survey to determine running speed and journey speed. The data should be analyzed to identify sections with typical traffic flow problems and congestion. The objective of the survey would be to recommend suitable measures for segregation of local traffic, smooth flow of through traffic and traffic safety. These measures would include the provision of bypasses, under-passes, fly-overs, interchanges, grade-separated intersections and service roads. 4.9.7 Pedestrian / animal cross traffic surveys: 1. These shall be conducted to determine if provision of viaduct for pedestrians/animals is necessary to improve the traffic safety. 2. Consultant shall leverage information from local consultations, inputs from local governmental/ non-governmental agencies in selecting sites for checking pedestrian/ animal crossing traffic surveys. 3. Surveys for provision of pedestrian crossings shall minimum be conducted at all junctions being replaced by grade separators. 4.9.8 Truck Terminal Surveys 130 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1232390719/2025/S&R Zone The data derived from the O-D, speed-delay, other surveys and also supplementary surveys should be analyzed to assess requirements for present and future development of truck terminals at suitable locations en route. 4.10. Traffic Demand Estimates 1. The consultants shall make traffic demand estimates and establish possible traffic growth rates in respect of all categories of vehicles, taking into account the past trends, annual population and real per capita growth rate, elasticity of transport demand in relation to income and estimated annual production increase. The other aspects including socio-economic development plans and the land use patterns of the region having impact on the traffic growth, the projections of vehicle manufacturing industry in the country, development plans for the other modes of transport, O-D and commodity movement behavior should also be taken into account while working out the traffic demand estimates. 2. The values of elasticity of transport demand shall be based on the prevailing practices in the country. The Consultants shall give complete background including references for selecting the value of transport demand elasticity. 3. It is envisaged that the project road sections covered under this TOR would be completed and opened to traffic after 3 years. The traffic demand estimates shall be done for a further period of 30 years from completion of two/four lane. The demand estimates shall be done assuming three scenarios, namely, optimistic, pessimistic and most likely traffic growth. The growth factors shall be worked out for five-yearly intervals. 4. Traffic projections should be based on sound and proven forecasting techniques. In case traffic demand estimated is to be made on the basis of a model, the application of the model in the similar situation with the validation of the results should be established. The traffic projections should also bring out the possible impact of implementation of any competing facility in the near future. The demand estimates should also take into account the freight and passenger traffic along the major corridors that may interconnect with the project. Impact of toll charges on the traffic estimates should be estimated. 5. The methodology for traffic demand estimates described in the preceding paragraphs is for normal traffic only. In addition to the estimates for normal traffic, the Consultants shall also work out the estimates for generated, induced and diverted traffic. 6. The traffic forecasts shall also be made for both diverted and generated traffic. 7. Overall traffic forecast thus made shall form the basis for the design of each pavement type and other facilities/ancillary works. 4.11. Engineering Surveys and Investigations 4.11.1. Reconnaissance and Alignment 1. The Consultants should make an in-depth study of the available land width (ROW) topographic maps, satellite imageries and air photographs of the project area, geological maps, catchment area maps, contour plans, flood flow data and seismological data and other available relevant information collected by them concerning the existing alignment. Consultant himself has to arrange the required maps and the information needed by him from the potential sources. Consultant should make efforts for minimizing land acquisition. Greater use of technology for LA be adopted by the consultant at the DPR stage so as to have a precise land acquisition process. 131 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1242390719/2025/S&R Zone 2. The detailed ground reconnaissance may be taken up immediately after the study of maps and other data. The primary tasks to be accomplished during the reconnaissance surveys include; (i). Topographical features of the area; typical physical features along the existing alignment within and outside ROW i.e. land use Pattern; possible alignment alternatives, vis-a-vis, scheme for the construction of additional lanes parallel to the existing road; realignment requirements including the provision of bypasses, ROBs / Flyovers and via-duct for pedestrian crossings with possible alignment alternatives; preliminary identification of improvement requirements including treatments and measures needed for the cross-roads; traffic pattern and preliminary identification of traffic homogenous links; sections through congested areas; inventory of major aspects including land width, terrain, pavement type, carriageway type, bridges and structures (type, size and location), intersections(type, cross-road category, location) urban areas (location, extent), geologically sensitive areas, environmental features: critical areas requiring detailed investigations; and, Requirements for carrying out supplementary investigations. soil (textural classifications) and drainage conditions Type and extent of existing utility services along the alignment (within ROW). Typical physical features along the approach roads Possible bridge locations, land acquisition problems, nature of crossings, likely length of approaches and bridge, firmness of banks, suitability of alignment of approach roads. 3. The data derived from the reconnaissance surveys are normally utilized for planning and programming the detailed surveys and investigations. All field studies including the traffic surveys should be taken up on the basis of information derived from the reconnaissance surveys. 4. The data and information obtained from the reconnaissance surveys should be documented. The data analysis and the recommendations concerning alignment and the field studies should be included in the Inception Report. The data obtained from the reconnaissance surveys should form the core of the database which would be supplemented and augmented using the data obtained from detailed field studies and 132 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1252390719/2025/S&R Zone investigations. 5. The data obtained from the reconnaissance surveys should be compiled in the tabular as well as graphical (chart) form indicating the major physical features and the proposed widening scheme for <Agency>'s comments. The data and the charts should also accompany the rationale for the selection of traffic survey stations. 4.11.2. Topographic Surveys 1. The basic objective of the topographic survey would be to capture the essential ground features along the alignment in order to consider improvements and for working out improvements, rehabilitation and upgrading costs. The detailed topographic surveys should normally be taken up after the completion of reconnaissance surveys. 2.The carrying out of topographic surveys will be one of the most important and crucial field tasks under the project. Technologies which can meet the following accuracy levels shall be adopted. For land based surveys (a) Fundamental horizontal accuracy of 5cm or better (b) Fundamental vertical accuracy of 5cm or better (c) More than 50 points shall be measured per sq. m and for aerial based surveys (a) Fundamental horizontal accuracy of 5 cm or better (b) Fundamental vertical accuracy of 5 cm or better (c) More than 10 points shall be measured per sq. m. To establish accuracy, a check point survey using DGPS (for horizontal accuracy) and Auto Level (for vertical accuracy) shall be carried out to establish the fundamental horizontal and vertical accuracy. A minimum of 25 check points, or check points once every 4 km should be established, and these should be strictly different from any geo-referencing or control network points. 3. The following are the set of deliverables which should be submitted after completion of survey: (a). Raw DGPS data for the entire highway length and adjoining areas of interest (b). Point cloud data or equivalent for the entire highway length and adjoining areas of interest in a format/ platform as per industry good practice which shall be amenable to operations by <Agency> / Consultant. <Agency> may decide about format/ platform of point cloud data (c). Topographic map of scale 1:1000 of the entire highway length and adjoining areas of interest (d). Contour map of 50 cm of entire highway length and adjoining areas of interest (e). Cross section of the highway at every 50 m in drawing format. (f). Develop a digital elevation/surface model (bare earth model from survey data) digital terrain model combining topographic data from LiDAR, road inventory and other available sources of data for use while modeling the road alignment and road and structure design. (g). For land based surveys, Mobile LiDAR (Light Detection and Ranging) or better technology that can meet above requirements shall be adopted. For aerial based surveys, Aerial Mobile LiDAR (Light Detection and Ranging) or better technology that can meet above requirements shall be adopted. Where possible, mobile/terrestrial LiDAR and total station or better studies should be 133 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1262390719/2025/S&R Zone used to supplement aerial LiDAR for the final alignment chosen. Aerial based surveys shall be used as the primary source of topographical data only in cases where a new/green field alignment is being planned and/or major junctions are being planned where it is necessary to significantly increase the survey corridor beyond the capabilities of mobile LiDAR. In shadow areas such as invert levels below culverts, terrestrial LiDAR shall be used where LiDAR or better technologies cannot survey accurately, traditional methods of Total Station/ Auto Level shall be used to complete the study. (h). In case of mobile LiDAR or better technology, 360 degree panoramic images of the entire highway length and adjoining areas of interest shall be submitted. In case of aerial LiDAR or better technology, ortho-images of the entire highway length and adjoining areas of interest shall be submitted. (i). The detailed field surveys would essentially include the following activities: (a) Topographic Surveys along the Existing Right of Way (ROW): Carrying out topographic survey using LiDAR or better technology along the existing road and realignments, wherever required and properly referencing the same with reference pillars fixed on either side of the centre-line at safe places within the ROW (b) The detailed field surveys would essentially include the topographic surveys along the proposed location of bridge and alignment of approach road. (c) The detailed topographic surveys should be carried out along the approach roads alignment and location of bridge approved by <Agency>. (d) Collection/ Extraction of details for all features such as structures (bridges, culverts etc.) utilities, existing roads, electric and telephone installations (both O/H as well as underground), huts, buildings, fencing and trees (with girth greater than 0.3metre) oil and gas lines etc. falling within the extent of survey. 4. The width of survey corridor will generally be as given under: (i). The width of the survey corridor should take into account the layout of the existing alignment including the extent of embankment and cut slopes and the general ground profile. While carrying out the field surveys, the widening scheme (i.e. right, left or symmetrical to the centre line of the existing carriageway) should be taken into consideration so that the topographic surveys cover sufficient width beyond the centre line of the proposed divided carriageway. Normally the surveys should extend a minimum of 30 m beyond either side of the centre line of the proposed divided carriageway or land boundary whichever is more (ii) In case the reconnaissance survey reveals the need for bypassing the congested locations, the traverse lines would be run along the possible alignments in order to identify and select the most suitable alignment for the bypass. The detailed topographic surveys should be carried out along the bypass alignment approved by <Agency>. At locations where grade separated intersections could 134 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1272390719/2025/S&R Zone be the obvious choice, the survey area will be suitably increased. Field notes of the survey should be maintained which would also provide information about traffic, soil, drainage etc. (iii) The width of the surveyed corridor will be widened appropriately where developments and / or encroachments have resulted in a requirement for adjustment in the alignment, or where it is felt that the existing alignment can be improved upon through minor adjustments. (iv) Where existing roads cross the alignments, the survey will extend a minimum of100 m either side of the road centre line and will be of sufficient width to allow improvements, including at grade intersection to be designed. 5. The surveyed alignment shall be transferred on to the ground as under: i. Reference Pillar and Bench Mark / Reference pillar of size 15 cm X 15 cm X 45cm shall be cast in RCC of grade M 15 with a nail fixed in the centre of the top surface. The reference pillar shall be embedded in concrete upto a depth of 30cm with CC M10 (5 cm wide all around). The balance 15 cm above ground shall be painted yellow. The spacing shall be 250m apart, incase Bench Mark Pillar coincides with Reference Pillar, only one of the two need be provided. ii. Establishing Bench marks at site connected to GTS Bench marks at a interval of250 metres on Bench mark pillar made of RCC as mentioned above with RL and BM No. marked on it with red paint. iii. Boundary Pillars- Wherever the proposed alignment follows the existing alignment, the boundary pillars shall be fixed by the DPR consultant at an interval of 200m on either side of proposed Right of Way. Wherever there is a proposal of realignment of the existing Highway and/or construction of New Bypasses, Consultant shall fix boundary pillars along the proposed alignment on the extreme boundary on either side of the project Highway at 50 m interval. Boundary pillars shall be strictly provided as per IRC:25:1967. 4.11.2.1 Longitudinal and Cross-Sections The topographic surveys for longitudinal and cross-sections shall cover the following: i. Longitudinal section levels along final centre line shall be taken at every 10 m interval. The levels shall be taken at closer intervals at the curve points, small streams, and intersections and at the locations of change in elevation. The interval shall also be modified as per IRC:SP-19 for rolling, mountainous & steep terrain. ii. Cross sections at every 50 m interval in full extent of survey covering sufficient number of spot levels on existing carriageway and adjacent ground for profile correction course and earth work calculations. Cross sections shall be taken at closer interval at curves. The interval shall be modified as per IRC SP 19 for rolling, mountainous & steep terrain. 135 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1282390719/2025/S&R Zone iii. Longitudinal section for cross roads for length adequate for design and quantity estimation purposes. iv. Longitudinal and cross sections for major and minor streams shall cover Cross section of the channel at the site of proposed crossing and few cross sections at suitable distance both upstream and downstream, bed level upto top of banks and ground levels to a sufficient distance beyond the edges of channel, nature of existing surface soil in bed, banks & approaches, longitudinal section of channel showing site of bridge etc. These shall be as per recommendations contained in IRC Special Publication No. 13 (Guidelines for the Design of Small Bridges and Culverts) and provisions of IRC:5 (“Standard Specifications & Code of Practice for Road Bridges, Section 1 – General Features of Design”). 2. At feasibility study stage cross sections at 50m interval may be taken. 3. Consultants shall also develop an as-is map of the road including: i. Geo-referenced digital map of as-is project highway ii. Earth surface, road layers, utilities, buildings and trees with feature data extracted and mapped in layers, marked on the map and tabulated data provided separately. iii. All road, surface, sub surface inventory, pavement investigation and soil survey data to be super-imposed as layers using geo- referencing data 4.11.2.2 Details of utility Services and Other Physical Features 1. The Consultants shall collect details of all important physical features along the alignment. These features affect the project proposals and should normally include buildings and structures, monuments, burial grounds, cremation grounds, places of worship, railway lines, stream / river / canal, water mains, sewers, gas/oil pipes, crossings, trees, plantations, utility services such as electric, and telephone lines (O/H & U/G) and poles, optical fibre cables (OFC) etc. The survey would cover the entire right-of-way of the road on the adequate allowance for possible shifting of the central lines at some of the intersections locations. 2. Consultant shall also map out sub-surface utilities. Accurate mapping and resolution of all sub-surface utilities up to a depth of 4 m shall be carried out. Differentiation between sub-surface utilities such as live electric cables, metallic utilities and other utilities shall be indicated and sub-surface utilities radargrams further processed into utility maps in formats such as PDF, JPEG and AutoCAD shall be furnished. To meet the accuracy levels, consultant shall use Ground Penetrating Radar, Induction Locator or better technologies. 3. The information collected during reconnaissance and field surveys shall be shown on a strip plan so that the proposed improvements can be appreciated and the extent of land acquisition with LA schedule, utility removals of each type etc. assessed and suitable actions can be initiated. Separate strip plan for each of the services involved shall be prepared for submission to the concerned agency. 4.11.3. Road and Pavement Investigations The Consultants shall carry out detailed field studies in respect of road 136 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1292390719/2025/S&R Zone and pavement. The data collected through road inventory and pavement investigations should be sufficient to meet the input requirements of HDM- IV. 4.11.3.1 Road Inventory Surveys 1. Detailed road inventory surveys shall be carried out to collect details of all existing road and pavement features along the existing road sections. The inventory data shall include but not limited to the following: i. Terrain (flat, rolling, mountainous); ii. Land-use (agricultural, commercial, forest, residential etc) @ every kilometre; iii. Carriageway width, surfacing type @ every 500m and every change of feature whichever is earlier; iv. Shoulder surfacing type and width @ every 500m and every change of feature whichever is earlier; v. Sub-grade / local soil type (textural classification) @ every 500m and every change of feature whichever is earlier; vi. Horizontal curve; vertical curve vii. Road intersection type and details, at every occurrence; viii. Retaining structures and details, at every occurrence; ix. Location of water bodies (lakes and reservoirs), at every occurrence; x. Height of embankment or depth of cut @ every 200m and every change of feature whichever is earlier. xi. Land width i.e. ROW xii. Culverts, bridges and other structures (type, size, span arrangement and location) xiii. Roadside arboriculture xiv. Existing utility services on either side within ROW. There shall be a provision of utility corridor for appropriate categories / combination of utilities in the construction of new 4/6 laning of National Highways. Such structures shall be located at appropriate location preferably as close to the extreme edge of Right of Way (RoW). In this connection, guidelines contained in IRC:98 shall be followed. xv. General drainage conditions xvi. Design speed of existing road 2. The data should be collected in sufficient detail. The data should be compiled and presented in tabular as well as graphical form. The inventory data would be stored in computer files using simple utility packages, such as EXCEL. 4.11.3.2 Pavement Investigation 1.Pavement Composition i. The data concerning the pavement composition may be already available with the PWD. However, the consultants shall make trial pits to ascertain the pavement composition. The test pit interval 137 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1302390719/2025/S&R Zone will be as per Para 4 below. ii. For each test pit, the following information shall be recorded: • test pit reference (Identification number, location): • pavement composition (material type and thickness); and • subgrade type (textural classification) and condition (dry, wet) • embankment (composition and geometry) 2.Road and Pavement Condition Surveys i. Detailed field studies shall be carried out to collect road and pavement surface conditions. The data should generally cover: • pavement condition (surface distress type and extent); • shoulder condition; • embankment condition; and • drainage condition Pavement Condition • cracking (narrow and wide cracking), % of pavement area affected; • raveling, % of pavement area affected; • potholing, % of pavement area affected; • edge break, length (m); and, • rut depth, mm Shoulder Condition • Paved: Same as for pavement • Unpaved: material loss, rut depth and corrugation, • Edge drop, mm. Embankment Condition • general condition; and • extent of slope erosion ii. The objective of the road and pavement condition surveys shall be to identify defects and sections with similar characteristics. All defects shall be systematically referenced, recorded and quantified for the purpose of determining the mode of rehabilitation. iii. In addition to visual means, the pavement condition surveys shall be carried out using Network Survey vehicles mounted with equipments such as high resolution cameras, digital laser profilometer, transverse profiler- the data from which should be geo-referenced using a DGPS receiver and in vehicle data processing software or equivalent technology to accurately measure the pavement surface properties covered earlier. This pavement condition survey shall also be used as a repository for civil work and shall be carried out as per the directions of <Agency>. 138 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1312390719/2025/S&R Zone iv. Supplemented by actual measurements and in accordance with the widely accepted methodology (AASHTO, IRC, OECD, TRL and World Bank Publications) adapted to meet the study requirements. The measurement of rut depth would be made using standard straight edges. v. The shoulder and embankment conditions shall be evaluated by visual means and the existence of distress modes (cuts, erosion marks, failure, drops) and extent (none, moderate, frequent and very frequent) of such distress manifestations would be recorded. vi. For sections with severe distresses, additional investigations as appropriate shall be carried out to determine the cause of such distresses. vii. Middle 200m could be considered as representative sample for each one km. of road and incase all other things are considered similar. Drainage Condition • General condition • Connectivity of drainage turnouts into the natural topography • Condition in cut sections • Condition at high embankments The data obtained from the condition surveys should be analyzed and the road segments of more or less equal performance may be identified using the criteria given in IRC: 81-1997. 3. Pavement Roughness i. The roughness surveys shall be carried out using a network survey vehicle mounted laser profilometer or better technology with specifications as described in para 2 above i (a) In addition, the following criteria should be met by the process of defect detection: • Roughness measurement with outputs of both raw longitudinal profiles and IRI calculation shall be reported at 100m referenced to the preceding LRP. The roughness must meet ASTM-E950 (equivalent to Class I road profiler). • The IRI shall be determined for both wheelpaths over a minimum length of 250m for a minimum of 6 calibration sites with a roughness range between 2m/km and 8m/km. Calibration shall be made for speeds of 20, 30, 40, 50, 60 km/h. ii. The surveys shall be carried out along the outer wheel paths. The surveys shall cover a minimum of two runs along the wheel paths for each direction. iii. The results of the survey shall be expressed in terms of BI and IRI and shall be presented in tabular and graphical forms. The processed data shall be analyzed using the cumulative difference approach to identify road segments homogenous with respect to 139 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1322390719/2025/S&R Zone surface roughness. 4. Pavement Structural Strength 1. The Consultants shall carry out structural strength surveys for existing pavements using Falling Weight Deflectometer metre (FWD) in accordance with IRC 115 or IRC 117 as the case may be. i. It is suggested that the deflection surveys may be carried out as per the scheme given below: • mainline testing; and, • Control section testing. ii. The deflection tests for the mainline shall be carried out at every 500 m along the road sections covered under the study. The control section testing shall involve carrying out deflection testing for each 100 m long homogenous road segment along the road sections. The selection of homogenous segment shall be based on the data derived from pavement condition surveys. The total length of such homogenous segments shall not be less than 100 m per kilometre. The deflection measurements for the control section testing should be at an interval of not more than 10 m. iii. Test pits shall be dug at every 500 m and also along each homogeneous road segment to obtain pavement composition details (pavement course, material type and thickness) so as to be able to study if a correlation exists between deflection and composition. If so, the relationship may be used while working out the overlay thickness for the existing pavement. iv. Falling weight deflectometre surveys may not be carried out for severely distressed sections of the road warranting reconstruction. The Consultants, immediately upon the award of the contract, shall submit to <Agency> the scheme describing the testing schedule including the interval. The testing scheme shall be supported by data from detailed reconnaissance surveys. v. It is mandatory for the consultant to use Falling weight deflectometre or alternative better technique for the evaluation of pavement strength, details of such methods or innovative features for deflection testing using Falling weight deflectometre along with the methodology for data analysis, interpretation and the use of such data for pavement overlay design purposes using IRC or any other widely used practices, such as AASHTO guidelines, should be got approved by <Agency>. The sources of such methods should be properly referenced. 4.11.3.3 Subgrade Characteristics and Strength 1. Based on the data derived from condition (surface condition, roughness) and structural strength surveys, the project road section should be divided into segments homogenous with respect to pavement condition and strength. The delineation of segments homogenous with respect to roughness and strength should be done using the cumulative difference approach (AASHTO, 1993). 140 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1332390719/2025/S&R Zone 2. The data on soil classification and mechanical characteristics for soils along the existing alignments may already be available with the PWD. The testing scheme is, therefore, proposed as given under: (i). For the widening (2-Laning) of existing road within the ROW, the Consultants shall test at least three sub-grade soil samples for each homogenous road segment or three samples for each soil type encountered, whichever is more. For the roads along new alignments, the test pits for sub grade soil shall be @5km or for each soil type, whichever is more. A minimum of three samples should be tested corresponding to each homogenous segment. 3. The testing for subgrade soil shall include: (i). in-situ density and moisture content at each test pit (ii). Field CBR using DCP at each test pit (iii). Characterization (grain size and Atterberg limits) at each test pit and, (iv). Laboratory moisture-density characteristics (modified AASHTO compaction); (v). Laboratory CBR (unsoaked and 4-day soak compacted at three energy levels) and swell. 4. For problematic soils, the testing shall be more rigorous. The characteristics with regard to permeability and consolidation shall also be determined for these soils. The frequency of sampling and testing of these soils shall be finalized in consultation with the <Agency> officers after the problematic soil types are identified along the road sections. 5. The laboratory for testing of material should be got approved from <Agency> before start of work.4.11.4 Investigations for Bridges and Structure 4.11.4.1 Inventory of Bridges, Culverts and Structures The Consultants shall make an inventory of all the structures (bridges, viaducts, ROBs/RUB and other grade separated structures, culverts, etc.) along the road under the project. The inventory for the bridges, viaducts and ROBs shall include the parametres required as per the guidelines of IRC-SP:35. The inventory of culverts shall be presented in a tabular form covering relevant physical and hydraulic parametres. 4.11.4.2 Hydraulic and Hydrological Investigations 1. The hydrological and hydraulic studies shall be carried out in accordance with IRC Special Publication No. 13 (“Guidelines for the Design of Small Bridges and Culverts”) and IRC:5 (“Standard Specifications & Code of Practice for Road Bridges, Section I General Feature of Design”). These investigations shall be carried out for all existing drainage structures along the road sections under the study. 2. The consultant shall also collect information on observed maximum depth 141 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1342390719/2025/S&R Zone of scour. 3. In respect of major bridges, history of hydraulic functioning of existing bridge, if any, under flood situation, general direction of river course through structure, afflux, extent and magnitude of flood, effect of backwater, if any, aggradation/degradation of bed, evidence of scour etc. shall be used to augment the available hydrological data. The presence of flood control/ irrigation structures, if affecting the hydraulic characteristics like causing obliquity, concentration of flow, scour, silting of bed, change in flow levels, bed levels etc. shall be studied and considered in design of bridges. The details of any future planned work that may affect the river hydraulics shall be studied and considered. 4. The Consultants shall make a desk study of available data on topography (topographic maps, stereoscopic aerial photography), storm duration, rainfall statistics, top soil characteristics, vegetation cover etc. so as to assess the catchment areas and hydraulic parametres for all existing and proposed drainage provisions. The findings of the desk study would be further supplemented and augmented by a reconnaissance along the area. All-important hydrological features shall be noted during this field reconnaissance. 5. The Consultants shall collect information on high flood level (HFL), low water levels (LWL), high tide level (HTL), low tide level (LTL) where applicable, discharge velocity etc. from available past records, local inquiries and visible signs, if any, on the structural components and embankments. Local inquiries shall also be made with regard to the road sections getting overtopped during heavy rains. 6. Conducting Model studies for bridges is not covered in the scope of consultancy services. If Model study is envisaged for any bridge, requirement of the same shall be spelt out in the RPF documents separately indicating scope and time frame of such study. Salient features of the scope of services to be included for model study are given in the supplement- II Terms of Reference. 4.11.4.3 Condition Surveys for Bridges, Culverts and Structures 1. The Consultants shall thoroughly inspect the existing structures and shall prepare a report about their condition including all the parametres given in the Inspection pro-forma of IRC-SP:35. The condition and structural assessment survey of the bridges / culverts / structures shall be carried out by senior experts of the Consultants. 2. For the bridges identified to be in a distressed condition based upon the visual condition survey, supplementary testing shall be carried out as per IRC-SP:35 and IRC-SP:40. Selection of tests may be made based on the specific requirement of the structure. 3. The assessment of the load carrying capacity or rating of existing bridges shall be carried out under one or more of the following scenarios: i. when the design live load is less than that of the statutory commercial vehicle plying or likely to ply on bridge; ii. if during the condition assessment survey and supplementary testing the bridge is found to indicate distress of serious nature leading to doubt about structural and / or functional adequacy, and iii. Design live load is not known nor are the records and drawings available. 142 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1352390719/2025/S&R Zone 4. The evaluation of the load carrying capacity of the bridge shall be carried out as per IRC-SP:37 (“Guidelines for Evaluation of Load Carrying Capacity of Bridges”). The analytical and correlation method shall be used for the evaluation of the load carrying capacity as far as possible. When it is not possible to determine the load carrying capacity of the bridge using analytical and correlation method, the same shall be carried out using load testing. The consultant has to exhaust all other methods of evaluation of strength of bridges before recommending to take up load testing of bridges. Road closure for testing if unavoidable shall be arranged by <Agency> for limited duration say 12 hours or so. 5. Consultant shall carryout necessary surveys and investigations to establish the remaining service life of each retainable bridge or structure with and without the proposed strengthening and rehabilitation according to acceptable international practice in this regard. 4.11.4.4 Geo-technical Investigations and Sub-Soil Exploration 1. The Consultants shall carry out geo-technical investigations and sub- surface explorations for the proposed Bridges / Road over bridges/ tunnels/ viaducts/ interchanges etc., along high embankments and any other location as necessary for proper design of the works and conduct all relevant laboratory and field tests on soil and rock samples. The minimum scope of geo-technical investigations for bridge and structures shall be as under: S. No. Description Location of Boring 1 Overall length = 6 – 30 m One abutment location and at least one intermediate location between abutments for structures having more than one span 2 Overall length = 30 – 60 One abutment location and at least one m intermediate location between abutments for structures having more than one span. 3 Overall length >60 m Each abutment and each pier locations. 2. The deviation(s), if any, by the Consultants from the scheme presented above should be approved by <Agency>. 3. However, where a study of geo-technical reports and information available from adjacent crossings over the same waterway (existing highway and railway bridges) indicates that subsurface variability is such that boring at the suggested spacing will be insufficient to adequately define the conditions for design purposes, the Consultants shall review and finalize the bore hole locations in consultation with the <Agency>officers. 4. Geotechnical Investigations and Sub soil Exploration shall be carried out to determine the nature and properties of existing strata in bed, banks and approaches with trial pits and bore hole sections showing the levels, nature and properties of various strata to a sufficient depth below the level suitable for foundations, safe intensity of pressure on the foundation strata, proneness of site to artesian conditions, seismic disturbance and other engineering properties of soil etc. Geotechnical investigation and Sub-soil Exploration will be done as per IRC 78. 5. The scheme for the borings locations and the depth of boring shall be prepared by the Consultants and submitted to <Agency> for approval. These may be finalized in consultation with <Agency> 143 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1362390719/2025/S&R Zone 6. The sub-soil exploration and testing should be carried out through the Geotechnical Consultants empanelled by <Agency>. The soil testing reports shall be in the format prescribed in relevant IRC Codes. 7. For the approach road pavement, bore holes at each major change in pavement condition or in deflection readings or at 2 km intervals whichever is less shall be carried out to a depth of at least 2 m below embankment base or to rock level and are to be fully logged. Appropriate tests to be carried out on samples collected from these bore holes to determine the suitability of various materials for use in widening of embankments or in parts of new pavement structure. 4.11.5. Material Investigations 1. The Consultants shall identify sources (including use of fly-ash/ slag), quarry sites and borrow areas, undertake field and laboratory testing of the materials to determine their suitability for various components of the work and establish quality and quantity of various construction materials and recommend their use on the basis of techno-economic principles. The Consultants shall prepare mass haul diagram for haulage purposes giving quarry charts indicating the location of selected borrow areas, quarries and the respective estimated quantities. “Environment friendly materials” th “As per MORTH circular No. RW /NH-33044/53/2013-S&R(R) dated 20 November, 2013, alternative pavement materials and technologies for road construction shall be assessed and compared in the design stage. The alternative resulting in substantial reduction in GHG emission and with least life cycle cost shall be recommended for implementation. Technical and economic feasibility of using industrial byproducts, recyclable and waste materials shall be assessed depending on their availability in the concerned region. 2. It is to be ensured that no material shall be used from the right-of-way except by way of leveling the ground as required from the construction point of view, or for landscaping and planting of trees etc. or from the cutting of existing ground for obtaining the required formation levels. 3. Environmental restrictions, if any, and feasibility of availability of these sites to prospective civil works contractors, should be duly taken into account while selecting new quarry locations. 4. The Consultants shall make suitable recommendations regarding making the borrow and quarry areas after the exploitation of materials for construction of works. 5. The Material Investigation aspect shall include preparation and testing of bituminous mixes for various layers and concrete mixes of different design mix grades using suitable materials (binders, aggregates, sand filler etc.) as identified during Material Investigation to conform to latest MoRT&H specification. a. Detailed Design of Road and Pavements, Bridges, Structures 4.12.1. General 1. The Consultants are to carryout detailed designs and prepare working drawings for the following: i. High speed highway with divided carriageway configuration complete in all respects with service roads at appropriate locations; 144 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1372390719/2025/S&R Zone ii. Design of pavement for the additional lanes and overlay for the existing road, paved shoulders, medians, verges; iii. Bridges, viaduct/subways and other grade separated structures including ROBs/RUBs etc. iv. At-grade and grade-separated intersections, interchanges (if required); v. ROB for railway crossings as per the requirement and the standards of the Indian Railways; and, vi. Prepare alignment plans, longitudinal sections and cross-sections@ 50mintervals; vii. Designs for road furniture and road safety/traffic control features; viii. Designs and drawings for service road/under passes/overpass / cattle passes tree planting/fencing at locations where necessary / required ix. Toll plazas and office-cum-residential complex for <Agency> (one for each civil contract package) x. Short bypasses at congested locations xi. Drainage design showing location of turnouts, out falling structures, separate drawings sheet for each 5 km. stretch. xii. Bridges and structures rehabilitation plan with design and drawings xiii. Traffic amenities (Parking Areas, Weighing Station and Rest Areas, etc.). xiv. Design of pavement for approach road xv. Design of river bank protection / training works. Innovative type of structures with minimum joints, aesthetically, pleasing and appropriate to the topography of the region shall be designed wherever feasible. 4.12.2. Design Standards 1. The Consultants shall evolve Design Standards and material specifications for the Study primarily based on IRC publications, MoRT&H Circulars and relevant recommendations of the international standards for approval by <Agency>. 2. The Design Standards evolved for the project shall cover all aspects of detailed design including the design of geometric elements, pavement design, bridges and structures, traffic safety and materials. 4.12.3. Geometric Design 1. The design of geometric elements shall, therefore, take into account the essential requirements of such facilities. 2. Based on the data collected from reconnaissance and topographic surveys, the sections with geometric deficiencies, if any, should be identified and suitable measures for improvement should be suggested for implementation. 3. The data on accident statistics should be compiled and reported showing accident type and frequency so that black spots are identified along the project road section. The possible causes (such as poor geometric features, pavement condition etc.) of accidents should be investigated into and suitable cost-effective remedial measures suggested for implementation. 4. The detailed design for geometric elements shall cover, but not be limited to the following major aspects: i. horizontal alignment; ii. longitudinal profile; iii. cross-sectional elements, including refuge lane (50m) at every 2kms. 145 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1382390719/2025/S&R Zone iv. junctions, intersections and interchanges; v. bypasses; and, vi. service roads as and when require i.e built up area. 5. The alignment design shall be verified for available sight distances as per the standard norms. The provision of appropriate markings and signs shall be made wherever the existing site conditions do not permit the adherence to the sight distance requirements as per the standard norms. 6. The consultants shall make detailed analysis of traffic flow and level of service for the existing road and workout the traffic flow capacity for the improved project road. The analysis should clearly establish the widening requirements with respect to the different horizon periods taking into account special problems such as road segments with isolated steep gradients. 7. In the case of closely spaced cross roads the Consultant shall examine different options such as, providing grade separated structure for some of them with a view to reduce number of at-grade crossings, services roads connecting the cross-roads and closing access from some of the intersections and prepare and furnish appropriate proposals for this purpose keeping in view the cost of improvement, impact on traffic movement and accessibility to cross roads. The detailed drawings and cost estimate should include the provisions for realignments of the existing cross roads to allow such arrangements. 8. The Consultant shall also prepare design of grade separated pedestrian crossings (viaducts) for large cross traffic of pedestrians and / or animals on the basis of passenger and animal cross traffic surveys conducted. 9. The Consultant shall also prepare details for at-grade junctions, which may be adopted as alternative to the grade separated structures. The geometric design of interchanges shall take into account the site conditions, turning movement characteristics, level of service, overall economy and operational safety. 10. The Consultants shall prepare design and other details in respect of the parallel service roads in urbanized locations and other locations to cater to the local traffic, their effect of the viability of the project on commercial basis if service roads are constructed as part of the project and the implications of not providing the service roads. 11. The consultant shall prepare complete road and pavement design including drainage for new bypass option identified around congested town en-route. 4.12.4. Pavement Design 1. The detailed design of pavement shall involve: i. strengthening of existing road pavement and design of the new pavement if any, if the findings of the traffic studies and life-cycle costing analysis confirm the requirement for widening of the road beyond 2lane undivided carriageway standard;; ii. pavement design for bypasses; and, iii. design of shoulders. 2. The design of pavement shall primarily be based on IRC publications. 3. The design of pavement shall be rigorous and shall make use of the latest Indian and International practices. The design alternatives shall include both rigid and flexible design options. The most appropriate design, option shall be established on life-cycle costing and techno-economic consideration. 4. For the design of pavement, each set of design input shall be decided on the basis of rigorous testing and evaluation of its suitability and relevance in respect of in-service performance of the pavement. The design methodology shall accompany the design proposals and shall clearly bring out the basic assumptions, values of the various design inputs, rationale behind the selection of the design inputs and the criteria for checking and control during the implementation of works. In other words, the design of pavement structure 146 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1392390719/2025/S&R Zone should take due account of the type, characteristics of materials used in the respective courses, variability of their properties and also the reliability of traffic predictions. Furthermore, the methodology adopted for the design of pavement shall be complete with flowcharts indicating the various steps in the design process, their interaction with one another and the input parametre required at each step. 5. For the design of overlays for the existing 2-lane pavement, the strengthening requirement shall duly take into account the strength of the existing pavement vis-à-vis the remaining life. The overlay thickness requirements shall be worked out for each road segment homogenous with respect to condition, strength and sub- grade characteristics. The rehabilitation provisions should also include the provision of regulating layer. For existing pavement with acceptable levels of cracking, provision of a crack inhibiting layer should also be included. 5 (a) For rehabilitation and strengthening, consultant shall consider the alternatives of rehabilitating the existing pavement, overlaying with the same or alternate pavement type (e.g. white/black topping) and also the option of removal and replacement of existing pavement layers and chose the best alternative basis lifecycle costing, and any local considerations such as material availability, time available for construction etc. 6. Latest techniques of pavement strengthening like provision of geo-synthetics and cold/hot pavement recycling should be duly considered by the consultant for achieving economy. The use of technology particularly environment friendly technology viz. recycling of bituminous mixes, warm mixes and soil stabilization etc. should be adopted wherever feasible. Clause 519 of the “Specifications for Road and Bridge Works” (Fifth Revision) covers specifications for recycling of existing bituminous pavement materials to upgrade the pavements. These provisions notwithstanding, recycling of existing bituminous materials is yet to be implemented in most of the <Agency> projects. The reclaiming and reprocessing of pavement materials involve both design (how the pavement should be designed using reclaimed materials with the given properties) and technology (the methods to reclaim and reprocess, equipment, knowhow and quality) issues. After addressing these issues, the recycling of pavements will be environmentally and economically better option for rehabilitation, repair or reconstruction compared to the use of fresh or virgin materials. Indian Road Congress has published IRC: 120-2015 on “recommended practice for recycling of bituminous pavements” giving a detailed procedure for its implementation 7. The paved shoulders shall be designed as integral part of the pavement for the main carriageway. The design requirements for the carriageway pavement shall, therefore, be applicable for the design of shoulder pavements. The design of granular shoulder should take into account the drainage considerations besides the structural requirements. 8. The pavement design task shall also cover working out the maintenance and strengthening requirements and periodicity and timing of such treatments. 4.12.5. Design of Embankments 1. The embankments design should provide for maximum utilization of locally available materials consistent with economy. Use of fly ash wherever available with in economical leads must be considered. In accordance with Government instructions, use of fly ash within 300 km from Thermal Power Stations is mandatory as per extra ordinary Gazette Notification No. S.O. 254 (E) Part Section – III – Sub Section (ii) dated 25th January, 2016 and subsequent amendment, if any of Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate change, New Delhi. 2. The Consultants shall carry out detailed analysis and design for all embankments of height greater than 6 m based on relevant IRC publications. 3. The design of embankments should include the requirements for protection works and traffic safety features. 4.12.6. Design of Bridges and Structures 1. The data collected and investigation results shall be analyzed to determine the following: 147 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1402390719/2025/S&R Zone i. HFL ii. LWL iii. LBL iv. Erodibility of bed/scour level v. Design discharge vi. Linear waterway and effective linear waterway vii. Likely foundation depth viii. Safe bearing capacity ix. Engineering properties of sub soil x. Artesian conditions xi. Settlement characteristics xii. Vertical clearance xiii. Horizontal clearance xiv. Free board for approach road xv. Severity of environment with reference to corrosion xvi. Data pertaining to seismic and wind load xvii. Requirement of model study etc. 2. The Consultant shall prepare General Arrangement Drawing (GAD) and Alignment Plan showing the salient features of the bridges and structures proposed to be constructed / reconstructed along the road sections covered under the Study. These salient features such as alignment, overall length, span arrangement, cross section, deck level, founding level, type of bridge components(superstructure, substructure, foundations, bearings, expansion joint, return walls etc.) shall be finalized based upon hydraulic and geo-technical studies, cost effectiveness and ease of construction. The GAD shall be supplemented by Preliminary designs. In respect of span arrangement and type of bridge a few alternatives with cost-benefit implications should be submitted to enable <Agency>to approve the best alternative. After approval of alignment and GAD the Consultant shall prepare detailed design as per IRC codes /guidelines and working drawings for all components of bridges and structures. 3. The location of all at-grade level crossings shall be identified falling across the existing level crossings for providing ROB at these locations. The Consultants shall prepare preliminary GAD for necessary construction separately to the Client. The Consultant shall pursue the Indian Railways Authorities or/and any statutory authority of State/Central Government for approval of the GAD from concerned Authorities. 4. GAD for bridges/structures across irrigation/water way channels shall be got approved from the concerned Irrigation/Water way Authorities. Subsequent to approval of GAD and alignment plan by <Agency>, the Consultants shall prepare detailed design as per IRC codes/guidelines for all components of the bridges and structures. 5. Subsequent to the approval of the GAD and Alignment Plan by <Agency> and Railways, the Consultant shall prepare detailed design as per IRC and Railways guidelines and working drawings for all components of the bridges and structures. The Consultant shall furnish the design and working drawings for suitable protection works and/or river training works wherever required. 6. Dismantling/ reconstruction of existing structures shall be avoided as far as possible except where considered essential in view of their poor structural conditions/ inadequacy of the provisions etc. 7. The existing structures having inadequate carriageway width shall be 148 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1412390719/2025/S&R Zone widened/reconstructed in part or fully as per the latest MoRT&H guidelines. The Consultant shall furnish the detailed design and working drawings for carrying out the above improvements. 8. Suitable repair / rehabilitation measures shall be suggested in respect of the existing structures as per IRC-SP:40 along with their specifications, drawings and cost estimate in the form of a report. The rehabilitation or reconstruction of the structures shall be suggested based on broad guidelines for rehabilitation and strengthening of existing bridges contained in IRC-SP:35 and IRC-SP:40. 9. Subsequent to the approval of the GAD and the alignment plan by <Agency>, detailed design shall also be carried out for the proposed underpasses, overpasses and interchanges. 10. The Consultants shall also carry out the design and make suitable recommendations for protection works for bridges and drainage structures. 11. In case land available is not adequate for embankment slope, suitable design for RCC retaining wall shall be furnished. However, RES wall may also be considered depending upon techno-economic suitability to be approved by <Agency>. 12. All the bridge structures having a length of 100 m or less can be used for tapping of water for serving dual purpose i.e., to cross the water body or to store water, if technically feasible. Therefore, such structures shall be designed as bridge cum barrage structures (bridge cum bandhara). Ministry’s guidelines in this regard issued vide letter no. RW/NH- 34066/89/2015-S&R(B) dated 18.04.2017 may be referred. 4.12.7. Drainage System 1. The requirement of roadside drainage system and the integration of the same with proposed cross-drainage system shall be worked out for the entire length of the project road section. 2. In addition to the roadside drainage system, the Consultants shall design the special drainage provisions for sections with super-elevated carriageways, high embankments and for road segments passing through cuts. The drainage provisions shall also be worked out for road segments passing through urban areas. 3. The designed drainage system should show locations of turnouts/outfall points with details of outfall structures fitting into natural contours. A separate drawing sheet covering every 5 km. stretch of road shall be prepared. 4. The project highway shall be designed to have well designed efficient drainage system, which shall be subsurface, as far as possible. While constructing the underpasses, the finished road level shall be determined so as to ensure that the accumulation of rain water does not take place and run-off flows at the natural ground level. The drains, wherever constructed, shall be provided with proper gradient and connected to the existing outlets for final disposal. 5. The rain water harvesting requirements be assessed taking into consideration the Ministry of Environment & Forest Notification Dt. 14.01.1997 (as amended on 13.01.1998, 05.01.1999 & 06.11.2000). The construction of rainwater harvesting structure is mandatory in and around water scarce / crisis areas notified by the Central Ground Water Board. The provisions for rainwater harvesting be executed as per the requirements of IRC:SP:42-2014 (Guidelines for Road Drainage) and IRC:SP:50-2013 (Guidelines on Urban Drainage). 6. All the bridge structures having a length of 100m or less can be used for tapping of water for serving dual purpose i.e. to cross the water body and to store water, if technically feasible. Therefore, such structures should be designed as bridge cum barrage structures (bridge cum bandhara). Ministry’s guidelines in this regard issued vide letter no. RW/NH-34066/59/2015-S&R(B) dated 18.04.2017 may be referred. 7. The locations of the culverts should be planned in such a way that the proposed culvert covers optimum catchment area & the location shall be decided on the basis 149 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1422390719/2025/S&R Zone of topographical survey, local rainfall data, gradient of natural ground and enquiry from the local habitants. All culverts should preferably be box culverts as pipe culverts get filled up with silt, which is rarely cleared. 4.12.8. Traffic Safety Features, Road Furniture and Road Markings 1. The Consultants shall design suitable traffic safety features and road furniture including traffic signals, signs, markings, overhead sign boards, crash barriers, delineators etc. The locations of these features shall be given in the reports and also shown in the drawings. 2. The Consultant should make the provisions for “the overhead (gantry-mounted) signs on roads with two or more lanes in the same direction” as per provisions of IRC-67. The minimum height of gantry mounted sign be 5.5 m above the highest point at the carriageway. 3. Road safety shall be the focus of design. The roads shall be forgiving, having self- explaining alignment, safe designed intersections / interchanges segregation and safe crossing facilities for VRUs with crash barriers at hazardous locations. The details of traffic signs and pavement markings with their locations, types and configuration shall be shown on the plan so that they are correctly provided. 4. DPR shall undergo the exercise of Road Safety Audit through the Road Safety Auditor (separate from design team) and recommendations mentioned be incorporated. 5. Road markings and proper signage constitute another important aspect of the Road safety. The DPR shall contain a detailed signage plan, indicating the places, directions, distances and other features, duly marked on the chainage plan. It shall specify the suitable places where FoBs are to be provided. Road marking and signage plan shall be included in DPR and shall be specifically approved by the <Agency>. 6. Advanced Traffic Management System (ATMS) shall be in place for all 4/6 lane roads of <Agency>being put to tolling. This would provide real time information, guidance and emergency assistance to users. ATMS would include outdoor equipment including emergency call boxes, variable message sign systems, meteorological data system, close circuit TV camera (CCTV) system in addition to any other equipment required to meet the objective. Indoor equipment would include large display board, central computer with Network Management System, CCTV monitor system and management of call boxes system with uninterrupted power supply, all housed in a central control centre. {In this connection, NHAI’s policy circular no. 11.53/2023 dated 10.10.2023 may be referred} <relevant policy circular of agency to be mentioned>. 7. As availability of suitable sight distance has a large effect on road safety, the alignment of all the NHs should be finalized in such a way so as to have double the stopping sight distance available to the road users at all locations. 4.12.9. Arboriculture and Landscaping The Consultants shall work out appropriate plan for planting of trees (specifying type of plantation), horticulture, floriculture on the surplus land of the right-of way with a view to beautify the highway and making the environment along the highway pleasing. These activities should be included in the TOR for contractor/concessionaire and the cost of these activities shall also be added to the total project cost for civil works. The existing trees / plants shall be retained to the extent possible. The Transplantation of trees shall also be proposed wherever feasible. 150 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1432390719/2025/S&R Zone 4.12.10. Toll Plaza 1. The Consultants shall identify the possible toll plaza location(s) based on the data and information derived from the traffic studies and a study of the existing physical features including the availability of land. The location of the plaza should keep in view that the project road is to be developed as a partially access controlled highway facility and it is required to collect toll on rational basis from as much of the vehicular traffic as possible consistent with economy of collection and operations. The location of the toll plaza should be finalized in consultation with <Agency>. 2. The minimum number of toll lanes at the toll plazas should be carefully designed taking into consideration the projected peak hour tollable traffic, permissible service time, adopted toll collection system and the capacity of service lanes. The number of lanes at any toll plaza would, however, be not less than four times the number of lanes for which the highway has been designed. Eventually, all the lanes have to be designed / equipped with Electronic Toll Collection (ETC) systems and one lane at the extreme outer side for Over Dimensioned Vehicles (ODV) should be earmarked in each direction. 3. Car lanes and lanes for commercial vehicles shall be earmarked at the toll plaza with outer lanes earmarked for the commercial vehicles. At least 50% of the total lanes on each side shall be equipped with weigh-in-motion facility for dedicated use by commercial vehicles followed by a static weigh bridge on either side. Number of lanes with weigh-in-motion facility may be suitably increased depending on proportion of commercial vehicles in total traffic Provision should be kept for acquisition and earmarking of about one acre area for parking of the overloaded vehicles. 4. Toll Plaza shall be designed as per IRC 84. 4.12.11. Weighing Station, Parking Areas and Rest Areas 1. The consultant shall select suitable sites for weighing stations, parking areas and rest areas and prepare suitable separate designs in this regard. The common facilities like petrol pump, first-aid medical facilities, police office, restaurant, vehicle parking etc. should be included in the general layout for planning. For petrol pump, the guidelines issued by OISD of Ministry of Petroleum shall be followed. The facilities should be planned to be at approximately 50 km interval. At least each facility (1 no.) is foreseen to be provided for this project stretch. Weighing stations can be located near toll plazas so that overloaded vehicles can be easily identified and suitably penalized and unloaded before being allowed to proceed further. The type of weighing system suitable for the project shall be brought out in the report giving merits of each type of the state-of-the art and basis of recommendations for the chosen system. 2. The Consultant should take into consideration the provisions for persons with disabilities (PwD) in way side amenity centres / rest areas and provide ramp facilities, exit / entrance door with minimum clear opening of 900 mm and special toilet facilities for use of handicapped persons. The consultant shall also take into consideration, the provisions for Pedestrians facilities as per IRC-103. 4.12.12 Miscellaneous Works 1. The Consultants shall make suitable designs and layout for miscellaneous works including rest areas, bus bays, vehicle parking areas, telecommunication facilities etc. wherever appropriate. 2. The Consultants shall prepare the detailed scheme and lay out plan for the works mentioned in Para 1. 151 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1442390719/2025/S&R Zone 3. The Consultants shall prepare detailed plan for the traffic management and safety during the construction period. 4.13 Environment and Social Impact Assessment The consultant shall under take the detailed environmental and social impact assessment in accordance with the standard set by the Government of India for projects proposed to be funded by MORT&H/NHAI. In respect of projects proposed to be funded by ADB loan assistance, Environmental Assessment Requirements, Environmental Guidelines for selected infrastructure projects, 1993 of Asian Development Bank shall be followed. Similarly, for projects proposed to be funded by World Bank loan assistance, World Bank Guidelines shall be followed. 4.13.1 Environmental Impact Assessment Environment impact assessment or initial environment examination be carried out in accordance with ADB’s Environmental Assessment Requirements of ADB 1998 guidelines for selected infrastructure projects 1993 as amended from time to time /World Bank Guidelines / Government of India Guidelines, as applicable 1. The consultant should carry out the preliminary environmental screening to assess the direct and induced impacts due to the project. 2. The consultant shall ensure to document baseline conditions relevant to the project with the objective to establish the benchmarks. 3. The consultant shall assess the potential significant impacts and identify the mitigation measures to address these impacts adequately. 4. The consultant shall do the analysis of alternatives incorporating environmental concerns. This should include with and without scenario and modification incorporated in the proposed project due to environment considerations. 5. The consultant shall give special attention to the environmental enhancement measures in the project for the following: (a) Cultural property enhancement along the highways (b) Bus bays and bus shelters including a review of their location, (c) Highway side landscape and enhancement of the road junctions, (d) Enhancement of highway side water bodies, and (e) Redevelopment of the borrow areas located on public land. 6. The consultant shall prepare the bill-of-quantities (BOQ) and technical specifications for all items of work in such a way that these may be readily integrated to the construction contracts. 7. The consultant shall establish a suitable monitoring network with regard to air, water and noise pollution. The consultant will also provide additional inputs in the areas of performance indicators and monitoring mechanisms for environmental components during construction and operational phase of the project. 8. The consultant shall provide the cost of mitigation measures and ensure that environmental related staffing, training and institutional requirements are budgeted in project cost. 9. The consultant shall prepare the application forms and obtain forestry and environmental clearances from the respective authorities including the SPCBs and the MOEF on behalf of <Agency>. The consultants will make 152 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1452390719/2025/S&R Zone presentation, if required, in defending the project to the MOEF Infrastructure Committee. Further, for Environmental & Wildlife Clearances the firm should have been accredited by National Accreditation Board for Education and Training (NABET) for EIA. In case NABET accreditation is not available, the DPR consultant should have at least 1 retired or Ex Indian Forest Service officer and 2 retired or Ex State Forest Service officers on regular payroll each with over 15 years of service in Forest & Wildlife Department. 10. The consultant shall identify and plan for plantation and Transplantation of the suitable trees along the existing highway in accordance with IRC guidelines. 11. The consultant shall assist in providing appropriate input in preparation of relevant environment and social sections of BPIP. 12 Provision should be made for Noise Barriers wherever (especially where project highway passes through dense habitation) required as a mitigation measure against noise pollution and nuisance. Their location, dimension, type, material and shapes should be determined and defined in environment impact assessment studies forming part of DPR. 4.13.2 Social Assessment 1 The consultant would conduct base line socio-economic and census survey to assess the impacts on the people, properties and loss of livelihood. The socioeconomic survey will establish the benchmark for monitoring of R&R activities. A social assessment is conducted for the entire project to identify mechanisms to improve project designs to meet the needs of different stakeholders. A summary of stakeholder discussions, issue raised and how the project design was developed to meet stakeholders need would be prepared. 2 The consultant shall prepare Land Acquisition Plan and assist <Agency> in acquisition of land under various Acts. 4.13.3 The consultant would prepare Resettlement and Rehabilitation Plan and assess feasibility and effectiveness of income restoration strategies and suitability and availability to relocation sites. The resettlement plan which accounts for land acquisition and resettlement impacts would be based on a 25% socio-economic survey and 100 % census survey of project affected people which provides the complete assessment of the number of affected households and persons, including common property resources. All untitled occupants are recorded at the initial stages and identify cards will be issued to ensure there is no further influx of people in to the project area. All consultations with affected persons (to include list of participants) should be fully documented and records made available to <Agency>. • Assessment on the impact of the project on the poor and vulnerable groups along the project road corridor. • Based on the identified impacts, developing entitlement matrix for the project affected people. • Assessment on social issues such as indigenous people, gender, HIV/AIDS, labourers including child labour. • Implementation budgets, sources and timing of funding and schedule of tasks. • Responsibility of tasks, institutional arrangements and personnel for delivering entitlement and plans to build institutional capacity. • Internal and external monitoring plans, key monitoring indicators and grievance redress mechanism. 153 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1462390719/2025/S&R Zone • Incorporating any other suggestions of the ADB/ World Bank/ <Agency>, till the acceptance of the reports by the ADB/ World Bank/ <Agency> 4.13.4 Reporting Requirements of EIA • The consultant would prepare the stand-alone reports as per the requirement of the ADB/World Bank /<Agency>, as applicable, with contents as per the following: • Executive Summary • Description of the Project • Environmental setting of the project. • Identification and categorization of the potential impacts (during pre- construction, construction and operation periods). • Analysis of alternatives (this would include correlation amongst the finally selected alternative alignment/routing and designs with the avoidance and environmental management solutions). • The public consultation process. • Policy, legal and administrative framework. This would include mechanisms at the states and national level for operational policies. This would also include a description of the organizational and implementation mechanism recommended for this project. • Typical plan or specific designs for all additional environmental items as described in the scope of work. • Incorporating any other as per the suggestions of the ADB/ World Bank / <Agency>, till the acceptance of the reports by the ADB/ World Bank/ <Agency> , as applicable. • EMP Reports for Contract Package based on uniform methodology and processes. The consultant will also ensure that the EMP has all the elements for it to be a legal document. The EMP reports would include the following: • Brief description of the project, purpose of the EMP, commitments on incorporating environmental considerations in the design, construction and operations phases of the project and institutional arrangements for implementing the EMP. • A detailed EMP for construction and operational phases with recourse to the mitigation measures for all adverse impacts. • Detailed plans for highway-side tree plantation (as part of the compensatory afforestation component). • Environmental enhancement measure would be incorporated. • Enhancement measures would include items described in the scope of work and shall be complete with plans, designs, BOQ and technical specifications. • Environmental monitoring plans during and after construction including scaling and measurement techniques for the performance indicators selected for monitoring. • The EMP should be amendable to be included in the contract documents for the works. • Incorporating any other as per the suggestions of the ADB/ World Bank/ 154 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1472390719/2025/S&R Zone <Agency>, till the acceptance of the reports by the ADB/ World Bank /<Agency> as applicable. 4.13.5 Reporting requirements of RAP Analysis on the resettlement plan be conducted based on ADBs Hand Book on Resettlement, A Guide to Good practice 1998 as amended time to time/ World Bank Guidelines / Government of India Guidelines, as applicable. • Executive summary • Description of project • Objectives of the project. • The need for Resettlement in the Project and evaluation of measures to minimize resettlement. • Description and results of public consultation and plans for continued participation of PAPs. • Definition of PAPs and the eligibility criteria. • Census and survey results-number affected, how are they affected and what impacts will they experience. • Legal and entitlement policy framework-support principles for different categories of impact. • Arrangements for monitoring and evaluation (internal and external) • Implementation schedule for resettlement which is linked to the civil works contract • A matrix of scheduled activities linked to land acquisition procedures to indicate clearly what steps and actions will be taken at different stages and the time frame • The payment of compensation and resettlement during the acquisition process • An itemized budget (replacement value for all assets) and unit costs for different assets 5.1 Land Acquisition 5.1.1 Overall program management of all activities pertaining to Land Acquisition 5.1.1.1 Coordinate all activities necessary for accurate and timely publication of notifications as per NH Act including but not limited to i. Identify all land parcels that need to be acquired as part of project highway ii. Conduct Joint Measurement Survey in conjunction with CALA, <Agency> and state revenue department to verify land records iii. Conduct valuation of land and associated assets (structures, trees, crops etc.) and liaison with authorities of State Government for authentication of the valuation 5.1.1.2 Liaison with relevant state departments throughout land acquisition process i. Liaison with State Government departments including but not limited to Land Revenue Office (or Tehsil), Sub - Registrar office, Directorate of Surveys and with other State departments (like Public works department, horticulture department etc.) to expedite the land acquisition process 155 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1482390719/2025/S&R Zone ii. Co-ordinate collection of all the necessary land record documents and information required to support CALA/CALA staff during the LA process 5.1.1.3 Facilitate communication between <Agency> (PIU) and CALA throughout land acquisition process i. Ensure prompt official communication (including delivery of documents and notifications) between the office of Competent Authority for Land Acquisition (CALA) and <Agency> 5.1.1.4 Support CALA and PIU with manpower and resources CALA throughout land acquisition process i. Ensure presence of adequate manpower like surveyors, revenue inspectors, assistants, peons, computer operators as required to support CALA, PIU, RO in the LA process corresponding to respective project ii. Ensure comprehensive quality checks (4 Eye Checks) for all the notifications prepared before submission in the Bhoomi Rashi portal 5.1.2 Assist CALA and <Agency> (PIU) in the publication of notifications 5.1.2.1 Provide copy of following documents to PIU - 1 soft copy (less than 3MB combined) + 1 hard copy, on finalization of alignment and approval of the alignment from the competent authority i. Index Map: Document showing alignment of proposed highway overlaid on a detailed political map of the region ii. Alignment plan: Engineering plan detailing relative position of Proposed Right of Way to existing road, bypasses, realignments significant structures, affected villages and chainage iii. <Agency> project sanction document detailing chainage, length, scheme code and land acquisition requirements (Total Land Required, Land available, land to be acquired etc.) 5.1.2.2 Conduct enquiry at Village Administrative Office along approved alignment to ensure inclusion of all villages 5.1.2.3 Ensure correct spelling of taluks and villages according to local revenue records (Jamabandi) or State Government land record website. The same should be done for English and Hindi 5.1.2.4 Obtain approval of taluk names, village names and other details mentioned in 3a from CALA office 5.1.2.5 Co-ordinate with PIU and District Collector/State Government in obtaining appointment order for CALA 5.1.2.6 Co-ordinate with NIC to ensure correct village names and spelling are included in Bhoomi Rashi portal 5.1.2.7 Assist PIU in creating 3a notification and preamble on Bhoomi Rashi along with all supporting documents in format prescribed to be sent for approval to <Agency>HQ 5.1.3 Assist CALA and <Agency> (PIU) in the publication of 3A notification 5.1.3.1 Co-ordinate collection of all village maps from state land revenue department i. Ensure all village maps are collected from the Taluk Office/Regional Deputy Director of Survey and Land Records and bear a saleable copy mark. 5.1.3.2 Co-ordinate collection of all survey maps for all the affected survey numbers in the proposed right of way from state land revenue department 156 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1492390719/2025/S&R Zone i. Ensure collection of digitized survey maps from the state revenue department prepared using CollabLand software of NIC for the purposes of land acquisition activities, wherever available ii. Ensure all survey maps collected are scaled to 1:500, 1:1000 or 1:2000 iii. Ensure survey maps contain all necessary information including boundary dimensions, ladder diagrams, topographical details, sub division details and adjoining survey numbers as available, in line with the norms of the State Government iv. Verify the level of accuracy in the maps and their suitability for the purposes of supporting the land acquisition effort for the project road in terms of both dimensional accuracy and details available v. Ensure consistency between the revenue maps and other land records (Record of Rights, Tenancy and Crops /A-Register etc.) and correct the maps/records in case of inconsistency. Ensure, the corrected maps are vetted by the Village Administrative Officer 5.1.3.3 Ensure collection of geo referenced control points capable of being imported into appropriate GIS system i. Conduct an alignment walk-through and ensure details of the ground control points include village stones, suitable land details and permanent geographical features are collected ii. Ensure a minimum of 10 control points are identified and geo-referenced for every 1 km iii. Ensure the Geo-location information from the control points are imported into the GIS system, to aid in superimposition of alignment map and the digitized village map. Suitable land details and features should also be added to the GIS system to enable review of individual land parcels. 5.1.3.4 Ensure accurate digitization and projection of village maps on GIS system i. Consultant should ensure complete digitization of the area containing the Proposed Right of Way ii. Where digitized revenue maps are unavailable or are deemed to be insufficient for the purposes of this project, the consultant shall digitize the survey maps of the area falling in and surrounding the existing and PROW, keeping the following in mind: 1. Create digitized maps of individual survey numbers using the procedure used by the land revenue department to recreate revenue maps such as using ladder diagrams, grid dimensions etc., using CollabLand software, wherever possible 2. Input numerical measurements mentioned in the ladder diagram/grid dimensions/survey boundaries in CollabLand or similar software to ensure accuracy of digital map 3. Stitch the digitized survey maps to recreate a scaled and digitized village map depicting all the survey numbers affected by the proposed right of way iii. Ensure that the digitized map exactly matches the original map like a contact print and contain all information contained in the original survey map iv. Ensure an accuracy of 1mm or higher in a 1:1000 scale, as this translates into an accuracy of 1 m or higher on ground 157 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1502390719/2025/S&R Zone v. In digitization and feature addition, the consultant shall endeavor to follow any standards, requirements and formats laid down by the relevant state/ central government agency for land ownership and revenue management or that set by the authority involved in digitization of land records 1. Where applicable, the consultant shall share back the digitized cadastral maps in both soft and hard copy with the relevant local agency or state government 5.1.3.5 Ensure accurate projection of survey revenue maps on Google Earth or similar GIS software necessarily having the following layers i. Alignment Map ii. Digitized Village Map iii. Topographical details as collected during topographical survey using LiDAR/Drone Imaging iv. Geo-referenced control points imported into GIS software 5.1.3.6 Ensure proper superimposition of the alignment map, digitized village map by accurately matching the topographical details and geo-referenced ground control points on both the layers. i. Divide the village maps at every 500 meters (in case of the same village) to ensure proper projection of the planar map on Google Earth or equivalent ii. Adjust the digitized map to exactly match the ground situation using the geo- referenced ground control points identified 5.1.3.7 Accurately identify extent of area encroached by alignment in survey numbers/sub division numbers using appropriate software (ArcGIS/AutoCAD, etc) based on the superimposition of the alignment map on the digitized village map 5.1.3.8 Co-ordinate collection all the relevant revenue records from state revenue department required to ascertain type and nature of land i. Collect the updated land revenue records with details on survey numbers, sub-division, land type, land nature and owner from the Taluk office 5.1.3.9 Prepare and submit 3A draft and LA plan in the format prescribed by <Agency> 5.1.3.10 Co-ordinate submission of copies of LA plan and Alignment map to CALA offices through PIU required for verification of 3A draft in the format prescribed by the CALA Office 5.1.3.11 Facilitate CALA staff in verification of the draft 3A document 5.1.3.12 Assist CALA staff in preparation of 3A notification, preamble and forwarding letter to be forwarded to PIU 5.1.3.13 Assist PIU in uploading 3A notification (as declared by CALA) along with preamble on Bhoomi Rashi i. Provide computer operators to upload 3A notification on Bhoomi Rashi ii. Ensure the 3A submitted on Bhoomi Rashi matches the signed copy verbatim and no changes are made 5.1.3.14 Provide copy of 3A Gazette notification to the office of the CALA on publication in the Gazette 5.1.3.15 Prepare 3A notification in vernacular language to be sent to newspaper for 3A(3) notification 158 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1512390719/2025/S&R Zone i. Ensure the translated 3A sent to the newspaper matches the 3A Gazette copy verbatim and no changes are made 5.1.3.16 Co-ordinate with the CALA to get a signed copy of the press ready version along with the file reference number needed for future reference at the CALA office 5.1.3.17 Assist PIU in coordinating with newspaper agency to ensure publication of 3A notification in 2 newspapers: 1 Vernacular + 1 Other 5.1.3.18 Provide copies of newspaper publication of 3A notification to the CALA and PIU 5.1.3.19 Ensure all activities are planned and adequate manpower is made available to ensure the prescribed timelines are adhered to i. Ensure submission of 3A to the PIU in prescribed format within 30 days of 3a publication ii. Ensure publishing of 3A in Gazette by pursuing the same with relevant stakeholder within 14 days of submission of final 3A to the PIU iii. Provide adequate manpower including but not limited to AutoCAD draftsmen, liaison officers, computer operators, retired tahsildars, etc. to ensure mandated timelines are met iv. Ensure adequate resources including but not limited to computers, software licenses, scanner, printer etc. are deployed to ensure mandated timelines are met 5.1.4 Assist CALA and <Agency> (PIU) in conduction of 3C enquiry and compilation of final orders 5.1.4.1 Co-ordinate with CALA for scheduling public hearings as necessitated by section 3C of NH Act 1956 5.1.4.2 Assist CALA staff in sending notices to petitioners on respective hearing dates either through newspaper notifications to be published in 2 newspapers: 1 Vernacular + 1 other or through respective village administrative offices 5.1.4.3 Provide copies of newspaper publication/ notices of 3C notification to the office of the CALA 5.1.4.4 Assist CALA staff in receiving and compiling of objections 5.1.4.5 Assist CALA during objection hearings, recording of hearings, ensuring compliance of corresponding orders and notification of final CALA order to petitioners 5.1.4.6 Assist CALA staff in dispatching and ensuring delivery of final 3C orders to petitioners in a timely manner and obtain acknowledgement of receipt of 3C orders from the aggrieved parties 5.1.5 Assist CALA and <Agency> (PIU) in conducting Joint Measurement Survey 5.1.5.1 Co-ordinate with the CALA office and state government departments and obtain all permissions necessary to conduct JMS and center line marking 5.1.5.2 Ensure laying of boundary pillars in an accurate and expedited manner i. Ensure use of Differential GPS or Total Station systems to conduct center line marking ii. Ensure placing of boundary pillars (left and right) and the center line peg (in case of brownfield sections), center line pillar (in case of greenfield sections) at 50-meter intervals, clearly demarcating the Proposed Right of Way. iii. Ensure all boundary pillars are provided and planted as per IRC:25:1967 159 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1522390719/2025/S&R Zone iv. Ensure that the boundary stones are secured at location v. Provide daily reports to PIU and CALA office by mail indicating progress of boundary stone marking in terms of length and chainage covered vi. Retain a Total Station system, controller and a prism holder for the entire duration of the JMS to ensure prompt assistance to the survey team 5.1.5.3 Ensure accurate and timely conduction of JMS for the complete length of the project i. Provide scaled revenue maps, latest ownership records, village map and other revenue documents necessary for conducting JMS ii. Arrange retired revenue sub inspectors of survey and chainmen to conduct Joint Measurement Survey at the consultant’s cost iii. Ensure accurate measurement of revenue survey plots with respect to PROW of project, by identifying physical features present on the ground & the survey sketches, measuring the distance of the PROW stone from the physical features and marking the distance on the survey sketch iv. Ensure marking of PROW on scaled revenue maps indicating extent of encroachment into survey numbers/sub division numbers v. Ensure surveyors collect details of structures and trees present in sub- divisions during JMS vi. Ensure accurate calculation of area affected in each sub-division vii. Ensure sub-division records are prepared as per the guidelines of the state revenue surveyor clearly indicating the name of the land owner as per latest ownership record viii. Ensure sub-division records divide affected sub-divisions clearly indicating portion of land vested with the owner and portion of land acquired by <Agency> ix. Ensure submission of JMS records in format expected by the CALA office along with all supporting documents x. Co-ordinate with local land revenue office in updating of all land records as per sub-division records submitted to CALA office, including vesting of acquired land in the name of Government of India, post publication of the 3D notification xi. Provide daily reports to PIU and CALA office by mail indicating progress of JMS in terms of length, villages and number survey numbers covered 5.1.5.4 Assist land revenue department in conducting pre-scrutiny i. Ensure all records are submitted at Taluk office in the correct format ii. Facilitate creation of new sub-divisions based on the sub division records submitted by the survey team, including vesting of acquired land in the name of Government of India, post publication of the 3D notification iii. Provide daily reports to PIU and CALA office by mail indicating progress of pre-scrutiny in terms of number of villages covered 5.1.5.5 Co-ordinate with CALA team and PIU to facilitate site inspection 5.1.6 Assist CALA and <Agency>(PIU) in the publication of 3D notification 5.1.6.1 Prepare 3D draft based on 3A notification and scrutinized JMS statements in the format prescribed by <Agency> 160 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1532390719/2025/S&R Zone 5.1.6.2 Co-ordinate submission of copies of 3D draft and scrutinized JMS Statements to the office of the CALA for verification 5.1.6.3 Facilitate CALA staff in verification of the draft 3D version i. Ensure presence of surveyors to clarify/rectify any issue that may arise during verification, both during on-ground inspection as well as during the document verification 5.1.6.4 Assist CALA staff in preparation of 3D notification, preamble and forwarding letter to be forwarded to PIU 5.1.6.5 Assist PIU in uploading 3D notification (as declared by CALA) along with preamble on Bhoomirashi i. Provide computer operators to upload 3D notification on Bhoomirashi ii. Ensure the 3D submitted on Bhoomirashi matches the signed copy verbatim and no changes are made 5.1.6.6 Provide copy of 3D Gazette notification to the office of the CALA on publication in the Gazette 5.1.6.7 Prepare 3D notification in vernacular language to be sent to newspaper i. Ensure the translated 3D sent to the newspaper matches the 3D Gazette copy verbatim and no changes are made 5.1.6.8 Co-ordinate with the CALA to get a signed copy of the press ready version along with the file reference number needed for future reference at the CALA office 5.1.6.9 Assist PIU in coordinating with newspaper agency to ensure publication of 3A notification in 2 newspapers: 1 Vernacular + 1 Other 5.1.6.10 Provide copies of newspaper publication of 3D notification to the CALA and PIU 5.1.6.11 Ensure all activities are planned and adequate manpower is made available to ensure the prescribed timelines are adhered to i. Ensure submission of 3D statement along with sub-division records to the PIU in prescribed format within 45 days of 3A publication ii. Ensure publishing of 3D in Gazette by pursuing the same with relevant stakeholder within 15 days of submission of final 3D to the PIU iii. Provide adequate manpower including but not limited to surveyors, revenue inspectors, chain-men, liaison officers, computer operators, central line marking teams, helpers, etc. to ensure mandated timelines are met iv. Ensure adequate resources including but not limited to computers, boundary pillars, Total Station/DGPS systems, vehicles etc. are deployed to ensure mandated timelines are met 5.1.7 Assist the CALA in the declaration of award (3G) 5.1.7.1 Assist CALA in drafting public notice inviting claims (under sub-section 3 of section 3G) from all persons interested in the land to be acquired and 3D notification to be published in 2 local newspaper - 1 vernacular and 1 other. 5.1.7.2 Co-ordinate with <Agency> /CALA on publishing of claim invitation notification in 2 local newspapers - 1 vernacular and 1 other. The public notice inviting claims (under sub-section 3 of section 3G) from all persons interested in the land to be acquired can be issued along with the newspaper publication of 3D notification 161 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1542390719/2025/S&R Zone 5.1.7.3 Provide 1 copy of newspaper notification of 3D and claim invitation to CALA, Ward, Panchayat, Circle office, police station and Collector office. 5.1.7.4 Assist CALA during claim hearings, record hearings and compliance of corresponding orders i. Collate ownership claims and the documents received during the claim hearings ii. Assist the office of the CALA in verifying the claims and in finalizing the land owners 5.1.7.5 Assist CALA office in collection of sales statistics and market value (Guideline value/ Collector rates) from the relevant State Government department i. Collect the sales statistics for 3 years prior to the date of the 3A notification from the Sub-Registrar’s Office ii. Assess the sales statistics to evaluate the nature of land for all the sale deeds based on the land records available with the State Government (Chitta/ A- Register, etc.) iii. Compute the average of the top 50% of the sales statistics after eliminating the outliers, with proper justification iv. Collect the Guideline Value/ Prevalent market rates, as issued by the order of the Competent Authority of the State Government for all the relevant villages v. Collect the details of the sales of land for public purpose through private negotiation in the recent past for similar type of land 5.1.7.6 Compute land valuation for the all the affected survey numbers in line with RFCTLARR Act and the guidelines issued by MoRTH 5.1.7.7 Conduct valuation of land related assets (Structures, trees, crops etc.) and liaison with respective State authority including but not limited to State Public Works Department, Agriculture, Horticulture, Forest Department, etc. for authentication of the valuation. 5.1.7.8 Assist CALA in 3G award preparation and in drafting 3G award documents along with the required annexures including but not limited to preparation of field book which contains award by each beneficiary, list of sales statistics considered for finalizing the market value, etc. 5.1.8 Assist <Agency> in obtaining possession of land 5.1.8.1 Co-ordinate delivery of confirmation letter of deposit from PIU to CALA 5.1.8.2 Assist CALA staff in drafting notification for beneficiaries for award collection and vacating the land within 60 days (under section 3E) 5.1.8.3 Co-ordinate serving of notice to all beneficiaries for collection of award and to vacate the land within 60 days (under section 3E) 5.1.8.4 Co-ordinate collection of certificate of possession from CALA 5.1.9 Publication of Gazette Notifications relating to Land Acquisition: 5.1.9.1 Cost for publication of Gazette Notifications relating to land acquisition in Newspapers shall be borne by the <Agency>. 5.2 Utility shifting proposal and estimates 5.2.1 Identify type and location of all existing utilities within the proposed ROW 162 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1552390719/2025/S&R Zone 1. Consultant will review information available with all utilities agencies in the region, consult maps/plans available with <Agency>, MoRTH and state road agencies, consult with locals and municipal bodies to ascertain the presence and location of utilities , including but not limited to water-mains, gas, telephone, electricity and fiber-optic installations in and around the project road 2. Deploy ground penetrating radar, inductor locators or better technology to accurately map the location, type and size of utilities in the ROW of the project road as required in the section of this TOR 3. Develop a detailed strip plan and digitized maps showing: i. type, size and current location of all the utilities identified ii. relative offset from the centerline iii. existing right of way 5.2.2 Plan for utilities in future road design 1. Consultants need to identify utilities that will require shifting to enable construction of the proposed project road 2. Incorporate space required for elevated and under-ground utilities corridors and utilities crossings as required for existing and future utilities in consultation with user departments 5.2.3 Develop a utilities relocation plan 1. Consultants need to develop and submit a utilities relocation plan in consultation with <Agency> and user departments clearly identifying current utilities and suggested relocations along with crossings as required 2. Plan and conduct discussions, consultations and joint site visits required for the planning of utilities shifting and the development of required drawings and proposals 3. Prepare necessary details, documents and suggested relocation plan to be submitted to user department 4. Develop initial cost estimates based on suggested relocation plan and the latest available schedule of rates for inclusion in the cost of the project at the time of approval 5.2.4 Estimates and approvals 1. Consultants need to obtain draft utilities shifting proposal from user departments for all utilities identified for shifting along project road 2. Prepare utility shifting cost estimates using latest schedule of rates and obtain approval from user departments 3. Review final designs submitted, cost estimates, complete checklist, obtain required declarations and submit to <Agency> for approval 4. Work with user department, <Agency> as required to incorporate any changes requested in shifting proposal and cost estimate 5. Obtain all required utilities shifting proposal estimates and required approvals from both user departments and <Agency> within the time stipulated in DPR contract 5.3 Estimation of Quantities and Project Costs 1. The Consultants shall prepare detailed estimates for quantities (considering designs and mass haul diagram) and project cost for the entire project (civil packages wise), including the cost of environmental and social safeguards proposed 163 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1562390719/2025/S&R Zone based on MoRT&H’s Standard Data Book and market rate for the inputs. The estimation of quantities shall be based on detailed design of various components of the projects. The estimation of quantities and costs would have to be worked out separately for civil work Package as defined in this TOR. 2. The Consultants shall make detailed analysis for computing the unit rates for the different items of works. The unit rate analysis shall duly take into account the various inputs and their basic rates, suggested location of plants and respective lead distances for mechanized construction. The unit rate for each item of works shall be worked out in terms of manpower, machinery and materials. 3. The project cost estimates so prepared for <Agency>/ADB/WB projects are to be checked against rates for similar on-going works in India under <Agency>/World Bank/ ADB financed road sector projects. 4. The Consultant should work out the quantity of Bitumen, Steel and Cement likely to be used in the project and indicate in the summary sheet. 6. Viability and Financing Options and Bidding process 1. The Project Road should be divided into the traffic homogenous links based on the findings of the traffic studies. The homogenous links of the Project Road should be further subdivided into sections based on physical features of road and pavement, sub-grade and drainage characteristics etc. The economic and commercial analysis shall be carried out separately for each traffic homogenous link as well as for the Project Road. 2. The values of input parametres and the rationale for their selection for the economic and commercial analyses shall be clearly brought out and got approved by <Agency>. 3. For models to be used for the economic and the commercial analyses, the calibration methodology and the basic parametres adapted to the local conditions shall be clearly brought out and got approved by <Agency>. 4. The economic and commercial analyses should bring out the priority of the different homogenous links in terms of project implementation. 6.1. Economic Analysis 1. The Consultants shall carry out economic analysis for the project. The analysis should be for each of the sections covered under this TOR. The benefit and cost streams should be worked out for the project using HDM-IV or other internationally recognized life-cycle costing model. 2. The economic analysis shall cover but be not limited to be following aspects: i. assess the capacity of existing roads and the effects of capacity constraints on vehicle operating costs (VOC); ii. calculate VOCs for the existing road situation and those for the project; iii. quantify all economic benefits, including those from reduced congestion, travel distance, road maintenance cost savings and reduced incidence of road accidents; and, iv. estimate the economic internal rate of return (EIRR) for the project over a 30-year period. In calculating the EIRRs, identify the tradable and non- tradable components of projects costs and the border price value of the tradable components. v. Saving in time value. 164 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1572390719/2025/S&R Zone 3. Economic Internal Rate of Return (EIRR) and Net Present Value (NPV), “with “and “without time and accident savings” should be worked out based on these cost- benefit stream. Furthermore, sensitivity of EIRR and NPV worked out forth different scenarios as given under: Scenario – I Base Costs and Base Benefits Scenario - II Base Costs plus 15% and Base Benefits Scenario - III Base Costs and Base Benefits minus 15% Scenario – IV Base Costs plus 15% and Base Benefits minus 15% The sensitivity scenarios given above are only indicative. The Consultants shall select the sensitivity scenarios taking into account possible construction delays, construction costs overrun, traffic volume, revenue shortfalls, operating costs, exchange rate variations, convertibility of foreign exchange, interest rate volatility, non-compliance or default by contractors, political risks and force majeure. 4. The economic analysis shall take into account all on-going and future road and transport infrastructure projects and future development plans in the project area. 6.2 Financial Analysis 6.2.1 Need for financial analysis 1. It is envisaged that project stretches should be implemented in a commercial, PPP funded format 2. Therefore, the Consultant will need to study the financial viability of the project under various available commercial formats and suggest a mode of funding and execution that is most likely to be successful 3. The consultant shall study the financial viability of the project under several different traffic volume, user fee scenarios and funding options to arrive at the optimal execution mode and funding modalities 6.2.2 Financial analysis of the project 1. The Consultants shall in consultation with <Agency> finalize the format for the analysis and the primary parameters and scenarios that should be taken into account while carrying out the commercial analysis 2. The Financial analysis for the project should cover financial internal rate of return, projected income statements, balance sheets and fund flow statements and should bring out all relevant assumptions. 3. The financial analysis should cover identification, assessment, and mitigating measures for all risks associated with the project. The analysis shall cover, but be not limited to, risks related to construction delays, construction costs overrun, traffic volume, revenue shortfalls, operating costs, exchange rate variations, convertibility of foreign exchange, interest rate volatility, non-compliance or default by contractors, political risks and force majeure. 4. The sensitivity analysis should be carried out for a number of probabilistic scenarios. 6.2.3 Outputs from financial analysis 1. The financial model so developed shall be handed over to and be the property of <Agency>. 165 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1582390719/2025/S&R Zone 2. The consultant shall also suggest positive ways of enhancing the project viability and furnish different financial models for implementing on BOT format 6.3 Bidding process 6.3.1 Consultant shall assist the authority in preparing the required bid documents and support the authority through the bidding process 6.3.2 Preparation of documents 1. The consultant shall prepare all required bid documents and technical schedules required for the bidding of the project 2. The Consultants shall prepare separate documents for each type of contract (EPC/PPP) for each package of the DPR assignment 3. The consultant shall assist authority in reviewing bid documents and in making any changes required basis their findings or the and finalising bid documents 4. The consultant shall assist the authority in collecting and providing all required supporting documents for initiating bid as defined by the SOP for contracting 5. The DPR consultant may be required to prepare the Bid Documents, based on the feasibility report, due to exigency of the project for execution if desired by <Agency>. a. To enable this, consultant should study the financial viability and financial options for the project for modes such as BOT Toll/ Annuity during the feasibility stage. 6. Provide any and all clarifications required by the authority or other functionaries such as the financial consultant and legal advisor as required for the financial appraisal and legal scrutiny of the Project Highway and Bid Documents. 7. The consultant shall be guided in its assignment by the Model Concession/ Contract Agreements for PPP/ EPC projects, as applicable and the Manual of Specifications and Standards for two/ four/ six laning of highways published by IRC (IRC:SP:73 or IRC:SP:84 or IRC:SP:87, as applicable) along with relevant IRC codes for design of long bridges. a. It is suggested that consultant should go through the EPC/ PPP documents of ministry before bidding the project. 6.3.3 Support during the bidding process 1. Consultant shall support <Agency> through the entire bid process and shall be responsible for sharing the findings from the preparation stages during the bid process 2. The consultant shall ensure participation of senior team members of the consultant during all interaction with potential bidders including pre-bid conference, meetings, site visits etc. 3. During the bid process for a project, the consultant shall support the authority in: a. Responding to all pre-bid technical queries b. Preparation of detailed responses to the written queries raised by the bidders 166 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1592390719/2025/S&R Zone 4. The consultant shall assist <Agency> and its functionaries as needed in the evaluation of technical bids 7. Time period for the service 1. Time period envisaged for the study of the project is indicated in Annex-I to LOI. The final reports, drawings and documentation shall be completed within this time schedule. 2. <Agency> shall arrange to give approval on all sketches, drawings, reports and recommendations and other matters and proposals submitted for decision by the Consultant in such reasonable time so as not to delay or disrupt the performance of the Consultant’s services. 8. Project Team and Project Office of the Consultant 1. The Consultants shall be required to form a multi-disciplinary team for this assignment. The consultants’ team shall be manned by adequate number of experts with relevant experience in the execution of similar detailed design assignments. 2. List of suggested key personnel to be fielded by the consultant with appropriate man-month of consultancy services is given in Enclosure-I as per client's assessment. 3. A Manning Schedule for key personnel mentioned above is enclosed as Enclosure- I along with broad job- description and qualification as Enclosure-II. The information furnished in Enclosures-I & II are to assist the Consultants to understand the client’s perception about these requirements and shall be taken by the Consultants for the purpose of Financial Proposal and deployment schedule etc. in technical proposal to be submitted by them. Any deviation proposed may be recorded in the comments on TOR. All the key personnel mentioned will be evaluated at the time of evaluation of technical proposal. Consultants are advised in their own interest to frame the technical proposal in an objective manner as far as possible so that these could be properly assessed in respect of points to be given as part of evaluation criteria as mentioned in Data sheet. The bio-data of the key personnel should be signed on every sheet by the personnel concerned and the last sheet of each bio-data should also be signed by the authorized signatory of the Consultants. 4. The Consultants shall establish an office at the project site manned by senior personnel during the course of the surveys and investigations. All the project related office work shall be carried out by the consultant in their site office unless there are special reasons for carrying out part of the office work elsewhere for which prior approval of <Agency> shall be obtained. The address of the site office including the personnel manning it including their Telephone and FAX numbers will be intimated by the Consultant to <Agency> before commencement of the services. 5. All key personnel and sub professional staff of the DPR Consultants shall use the fingerprint based (biometric) attendance system for marking their daily attendance. Attendance shall be marked at least once a day and anytime during the day. Biometric Attendance System shall be installed by the DPR Consultants at its own cost at the site office and design office in order to facilitate the attendance marking. A copy of attendance records shall be attached at the time of submission of their bills to the <Agency> from time to time. Proper justification shall be provided for cases of absence of key personnel/ sub-professional staff which do not have prior approval from Project Director of Concerned stretch. If <Agency> so desires, it shall facilitate electronic linking of the attendance system with the Central Monitoring System of <Agency>. 9. Reports to be submitted by the Consultant to <Agency> 167 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1602390719/2025/S&R Zone 9.1 All reports, documents and drawings are to be submitted separately for each of the traffic homogenous link of the Project Road. The analysis of data and the design proposals shall be based on the data derived from the primary surveys and investigations carried out during the period of assignment. The sources of data and model relationships used in the reports shall be indicated with complete details for easy reference. 9.2 Project preparation activities will be split into eight stages as brought out below. Report/deliverable No Stage Key activities submitted 1 Inception Project planning and Inception Report and QAP mobilization 2 Feasibility Alignment finalization, Alignment Options Report and preliminary surveys Feasibility Report 3 LA and LA, utilities identification; Strip Plan, LA Report (3a, 3A), Clearances I creation of draft notifications Clearances and Utility Shifting and proposals proposals 4 DPR Detailed design of highway, Draft DPR Report, Final DPR preparation of detailed project Report, documents and report with drawings drawings 5 Technical Preparation of bid documents Civil Works Contract Schedules and technical schedules Agreement and Schedules 6 (i) LA II Land acquisition process, JMS and 3D Report, Final obtaining final utilities Project Clearances and (ii) Project estimates and required Utilities Report Clearances clearances 7 LA III- Award Land acquisition award 3G Report Determination determination 8 LA IV- Obtaining possession of land Land Possession Report Possession Preliminary design work should commence without waiting for feasibility study to be completed. Stage 3, 5 and 6 shall run in parallel with Stage 2 and 4 For stages 7 and 8 consultant will be required to submit a report at the completion of 90% of the activities for that stage. In addition, an updated report will need to be submitted at the completion of all land acquisition activities covering receipt of 100% of the land possession certificates for the land parcels pertaining to the project road. 9.3 Timelines for the submission of reports and documents Consultant shall be required to complete, to the satisfaction of the client, all the different stages of study within the time frame indicated in the schedule of submission in para 10 pertaining to Reports and Documents for becoming eligible for payment for any part of the next stage. 10 Reports and Documents to be submitted by the Consultant to <Agency> 1. The Consultant shall submit to the client the reports and documents in bound volumes (and not spiral binding form) after completion of each stage of work as per the schedule and in the number of copies as given in Enclosure-III. Further, the reports shall also be submitted in floppy diskettes / CD’s in addition to the hardcopies as mentioned in Enclosure-III. Consultant shall submit all other reports mentioned 168 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1612390719/2025/S&R Zone specifically in the preceding paras of the TOR. 2. The time schedule for various submissions prescribed at Sl. No.1 above shall be strictly adhered to. No time overrun in respect of these submissions will normally be permitted. Consultant is advised to go through the entire terms of reference carefully and plan his work method in such a manner that various activities followed by respective submissions as brought out at Sl.No.1 above are completed as stipulated. Consultant is, therefore, advised to deploy sufficient number of supporting personnel, both technical and administrative, to undertake the project preparation activities in construction package (Section) simultaneously. As far as possible, the proposal should include complete information such as number of such persons, name, position, period of engagement, remuneration rate etc. The Consultant is also advised to start necessary survey works from the beginning so as to gain time in respect of various other activities in that stage. 3. DPR Deliverables in each stage of project 1. The key stages, activities and deliverables for the detailed project report are as described in these documents 2. The following section describes the detailed requirements for each report that needs to be submitted 3. Consultants are also advised to refer to Error! Reference source not found. to understand any additional format and content requirements 4. All reports must be submitted along with the relevant checklist form completed and signed off by the consultant STAGE 1 10.1 Quality Assurance Plan (QAP) Document 1. Immediately upon the award, the Consultants shall submit four copies of the QAP document covering all aspects of field studies, investigations design and economic financial analysis. The quality assurance plans/procedures for different field studies, engineering surveys and investigation, design and documentation activities should be presented as separate sections like engineering surveys and investigations, traffic surveys, material geo-technical and sub-soil investigations, road and pavement investigations, investigation and design of bridges &structures, environment and R&R assessment, economic & financial analysis, drawings and documentation; preparation, checking, approval and filing of calculations, identification and traceability of project documents etc. Further, additional information as per format shall be furnished regarding the details of personnel who shall be responsible for carrying out/preparing and checking/verifying various activities forming part of feasibility study and project preparation, since inception to the completion of work. The field and design activities shall start after the QAP is approved by <Agency>. 2. Data formats for report and investigation result submission i. Required data formats for some reports, investigations and documents are discussed in Error! Reference source not found.. ii. The consultants will need to propose data formats for use in all other field studies and investigations not covered in enclosure IV. iii. The proposed data forms will need to be submitted for the approval of <Agency> after the commencement of services. 169 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1622390719/2025/S&R Zone 10.2 Inception Report (IR) 1. The report shall cover the following major aspects: i. Project appreciation; ii. Detailed methodology to meet the requirements of the TOR finalized in consultation with the <Agency> officers; including scheduling of various sub activities to be carried out for completion of various stages of the work; stating out clearly their approach & methodology for project preparation after due inspection of the entire project stretch and collection/ collation of necessary information; iii. Task Assignment and Manning Schedule; iv. Work programme; v. Proforma for data collection; vi. Design standards and proposed cross-sections; vii. Key plan and Linear Plan; viii. Development plans being implemented and / or proposed for implementation in the near future by the local bodies and the possible impact of such development plans on the overall scheme for field work and design for the study; ix. Quality Assurance Plan (QAP) finalized in consultation with <Agency>; x. Draft design standards; and 2. The requirements, if any, for the construction of bypasses should be identified on the basis of data derived from reconnaissance and traffic studies. The available alignment options should be worked out on the basis of available maps. The most appropriate alignment option for bypasses should be identified on the basis of site conditions and techno-economic considerations. Inception Report should include the details regarding these aspects concerning the construction of bypasses for approval by <Agency>. i. Bypasses should be identified on the basis of data derived from reconnaissance and initial traffic information/traffic studies ii. The available alignment options should be worked out on the basis of available topographic maps, publicly available mapping services or remote sensing based topography and land use maps iii. The most appropriate alignment option for bypasses should be identified on the basis of site conditions and techno-economic considerations 170 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1632390719/2025/S&R Zone STAGE 2: Feasibility Report 10.3 Alignment options report 1. Basis review of the existing project road, local traffic patterns and initial reconnaissance surveys, the consultant shall present possible alignment alternatives for the project road 2. Alignment options should include but not be limited to: (i) Greenfield sections of the road (ii) New alignments due to lack of RoW, opportunity to shorten road etc. (iii) New/Re-alignment to cater to local traffic and o-d points (iv) Re-alignment due to changes in local network and/or surrounding road network (v) Bypasses as suggested and approved in alignment report (vi) Re-alignment due to need to improve road geometry (vii) Provision of ROBs, flyovers and other structures 3. The alignment report shall contain: i. Drivers for re-alignment of road and re-alignment needed as discussed in para 2 above ii. Alignment alternatives for each section where re-alignment of road is needed iii. Analysis of alignment alternatives bringing out the pros and cons of each alternative including, but not limited to: new construction required, land acquisition requirements, environmental impact, utilities and structures affected, cost of construction, road geometry and road safety aspects, input from local consultation, <Agency> views iv. For optimization and planning of Projects the DPR consultant shall follow the process flow stipulated in {NHAI policy circular no. 7.1.78/2023 dated 03.11.2023} <relevant policy circular of the Agency to be mentioned> without any additional cost to Authority. v. Recommendations from among the alignment options presented for the authority to consider a. Consultant will enable authority to visualize and compare alignment options by providing alignment options in a GIS environment that should include, but not be limited to: i. Road alignment alternative centerlines ii. Digital elevation model of the region iii. Land use / land cover information iv. Hydrology information v. Surrounding road network including key NH, SH, MDR and ODRs vi. Key O/D points and urban settlements vii. High resolution satellite/airborne imagery of the region 10.4 Feasibility Report 1. The consultant shall commence the Feasibility Study of the project in accordance with the accepted IR and the report shall contain the following: 171 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1642390719/2025/S&R Zone i. Executive summary ii. Overview of <Agency> organization and activities, and project financing and cost recovery mechanisms iii. Project description including possible alternative alignments/bypasses and technical/engineering alternatives iv. Methodology adopted for the feasibility study v. Socioeconomic profile of the project areas vi. Indicative design standards, methodologies and specifications vii. Traffic surveys and analysis viii. Environmental screening and preliminary environmental assessment ix. Initial social assessment and preliminary land acquisition/resettlement plan x. Cost estimates based on preliminary rate analysis and bill of quantities, xi. Cost analysis of all alternate identified alignments xii. Economic and financial analysis xiii. Conclusions and recommendations 2. In view of para 1 above the consultant has to submit the following documents in six sets: i. Technical Specifications: The MORT&H’s Technical Specifications for Road and Bridge works shall be followed for this study. However, Volume- IV: Technical Specifications shall contain the special technical specifications which are not covered by MORT&H Specifications for Roads and Bridges (latest edition / revision)and also specific quality control norms for the construction of works. ii. Rate Analysis: This volume will present the analysis of rates for all items of works. The details of unit rate of materials at source, carriage charges, any other applicable charges, labour rates, and machine charges as considered in arriving at unit rates will be included in this volume. iii. Cost Estimates: This volume will present the each item of work as well as a summary of total cost. iv. Bill of Quantities: This volume shall contain the detailed Bill of Quantities for all items of works 3. The basic data obtained from the field studies and investigations shall be submitted in a separate volume as an Appendix to Feasibility Report. 4. The Final Feasibility Study Report incorporating comments, revisions and modifications suggested by <Agency> shall be submitted within 15 days of receipt of comments from <Agency> on draft feasibility study report. 172 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1652390719/2025/S&R Zone STAGE 3: 10.5 Strip Plan and Clearances 1. The Consultants shall submit the following documents: i. Details of the center line of the proposed widened NH along with the existing and proposed right-of-way limits to appreciate the requirements of land acquisition; ii. The information concerning the area including ownership of land to be acquired for the implementation of the project shall be collected from the revenue and other concerned authorities and presented along with the strip plans; iii. Strip plans showing the position of existing utilities and services indicating clearly the position of their relocation; iv. Details for various clearances such as environment and forest clearances; v. Separate strip plan showing shifting / relocation of each utility services in consultation with the concerned local authorities; vi. The utility relocation plans should clearly show existing right-of-way and pertinent topographic details including buildings, major trees, fences and other installations such as water-mains, telephone, telegraph and electricity poles, and suggest relocation of the services along with their crossings the highway at designated locations as required and prepare necessary details for submission to the Service Departments; vii. Detail schedules for acquisition of additional land and additional properties in consultation with the revenue authorities; and viii. Land Acquisition Plan shall be prepared after digitization of cadastral / land revenue maps. The digitized map shall exactly match the original map, like a contact print, since the dimensions and area of plots, or the whole village is to be extracted from the map itself. An accuracy of 1mm or higher in a 1:1000 scale map shall be ensured, as this translates into an accuracy of 1 m or higher on ground. 2. The strip plans and land acquisition plan shall be prepared on the basis of data from reconnaissance and detailed topographic surveys. 3. The Report accompanying the strip plans should cover the essential aspects as given under: i. Kilometre-wise Land Acquisition Plan (LAP) and schedule of ownership thereof and Costs as per Revenue Authorities and also based on realistic rates. ii. Details of properties, such as buildings and structures falling within the right-of way and costs of acquisition based on realistic rates. iii. Kilometre-wise Utility Relocation Plan (URP) and costs for relocation per civil construction package as per concerned authorities. iv. Kilometre-wise account in regard to felling of trees of different type and girth and value estimate of such trees based on realistic rates obtainable from concerned District forest office. 4. The strip plans shall clearly indicate the scheme for widening. The views and suggestions of the concerned State PWDs should be duly taken into account while working out the widening scheme (left, right or symmetrical). The widening scheme 173 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1662390719/2025/S&R Zone shall be finalized in consultation with <Agency>I. 5. Kilometre-wise Strip Plans for section (Package) shall be prepared separately for each concerned agency and suggested by <Agency>. 10.6 Land Acquisition Report 1. Consultant shall submit a detailed land acquisition plan that provides details on kilometre-wise land acquisition requirements, all required details and draft notifications made. 2. The Land acquisition plan and report shall be prepared and submitted for each section (package). Details shall also be submitted in land acquisition proforma to be supplied by <Agency>, in both Hindi and English languages. 3. The Land Acquisition Plan shall be prepared after digitization of cadastral/land revenue maps as per clause of this TOR i. Land parcels identification should be verified by superimposing the proposed road corridor RoW on the geo-located cadastral map to ensure all affected land parcels have been accounted for and land area to be acquired is accurately determined 4. The land acquisition plan shall present details concerning the land area to be acquired in conjunction with the strip plan: i. Kilometer-wise existing and proposed RoW on either side of the proposed centreline ii. Detail schedules of additional land to be acquired, land ownership and other required details as per revenue records iii. Details of properties, such as buildings and structures falling within the right- of way iv. Costs of acquisition as per revenue authorities and also based on realistic market derived rates v. Detail schedules for acquisition of additional land and additional properties in consultation with the revenue authorities; 5. The land acquisition plan shall report the progress of the land acquisition process under the NH Land Acquisition act i. All required details on land parcels to be acquired ii. Copies draft 3a and 3A notifications and approvals from <Agency> iii. Copies of published notifications, communication with CALAs and current status land acquisition process iv. Village, district and CALA wise summary of land to be acquired, current status of process and notifications published 6. The estimated cost of land acquisition shall invariably be worked out realistically for all projects before finalization of 3(D) notifications for publication so as enable taking a conscious decision regarding the feasibility of acquiring the land or exploring of other alternatives (such as following alternative alignments, etc.). 7. The land acquisition report should be prepared in consultation with affected persons, non-governmental organisations and concerned government agencies and should cover land acquisition and resettlement plan and estimated costs of resettlement and rehabilitation of affected persons. 10.7 Utility relocation plan 174 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1672390719/2025/S&R Zone 1. The consultant shall prepare a kilometre-wise Utility Relocation Plan (URP) and costs for relocation per civil construction package as per estimates from concerned authorities 2. The utility relocation shall contain details regarding: i. All utilities identified in the existing and proposed road RoW such as water- mains, telephone, telegraph and electricity poles ii. Those utilities that will require shifting to enable construction of the project road iii. All necessary details required for submission of utilities shifting proposals to the concerned user agencies iv. Copies of utilities shifting proposals made to the concerned user agencies along with suggested relocation of services along with their crossings across the project road at designated locations as required v. Details of consultations made with local people and user agencies vi. Preliminary scheme for shifting and cost estimates for shifting as per the concerned authorities vii. Separate strip plan showing shifting/relocation of each utility services prepared in consultation with the concerned local authorities viii. Draft map and plans showing road centerline, existing right of way, proposed right of way, pertinent topographic details and existing and proposed location of utilities 10.8 Clearances report 1. The consultant shall prepare a report regarding all other clearances required to enable the construction of the project road such as environment, forest, tree cutting and railways clearances 2. The clearances report shall include kilometre-wise requirement of all clearances required presented along with the strip plan including, but not limited to: i. Requirements for environmental clearances along the project corridor ii. Requirements for forest clearances including type of forest affected, extent of land area needing diversion iii. Account of required felling of trees of different type and girth and value estimate of such trees based on realistic rates obtainable from concerned District forest office iv. Plan of compensating afforestation, its land requirement with specific locations and cost involved for undertaking all activities in this regard. v. Requirements for wildlife clearances vi. Requirements for CRZ clearances vii. ROB/RUBs along the project corridor to be constructed, widened or modified in any form requiring clearances from the railways viii. Clearances from Irrigation Authorities regarding Irrigation structures, etc. 3. The clearances report shall also include: i. Details of proposals made to concerned agencies and departments 175 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1682390719/2025/S&R Zone ii. Date of submission of clearances proposals, Environmental impact assessment report to the competent authority iii. Copies of all actual clearance proposals made or drafts of proposals yet to be submitted iv. Information regarding points of contact, current status of proposals made, key issues raised and clear next steps to obtaining clearances 4. The consultant shall also assist in attending to queries raised/ furnishing of clarifications towards securing applicable clearances. 5. Further, for Environmental & Wildlife Clearances the firm should have been accredited by National Accreditation Board for Education and Training (NABET) for EIA. In case NABET accreditation is not available, the DPR consultant should have at least 1 retired or Ex Indian Forest Service officer and 2 retired or Ex State Forest Service officers on regular payroll each with over 15 years of service in Forest & Wildlife Department. 176 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1692390719/2025/S&R Zone STAGE: 4 10.9 Draft Detailed Project Report (DPR) 1. The draft DPR Submission shall consist of construction package-wise Main Report, Design Report, Materials Report, Engineering Report, Drainage Design Report, Economic and Financial Analysis Report, Environmental Assessment Report including Resettlement Action Plan (RAP), Package-wise bid Documents and Drawings. 2. The Report volumes shall be submitted as tabulated in para 10 above. 3. The Documents and Drawings shall be submitted for the Package and shall be in the following format: Reports i. Volume-I, Main Report: This report will present the project background, social analysis of the project, details of surveys and investigations carried out, analysis and interpretation of survey and investigation data, traffic studies and demand forecasts designs, cost estimation, environmental aspects, economic and commercial analyses and conclusions. The report shall include Executive Summary giving brief accounts of the findings of the study and recommendations. A sample executive summary has been enclosed in Appendix VIII. The Report shall also include maps, charts and diagrams showing locations and details of existing features and the essential features of improvement and upgrading. The Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Report for contract package shall be submitted as a part of the main report. The basic data obtained from the field studies and investigations and input data used for the preliminary design shall be submitted in a separate volume as an Appendix to Main Report. ii. Volume - II, Design Report: This volume shall contain design calculations, supported by computer printout of calculations wherever applicable. The Report shall clearly bring out the various features of design standards adopted for the study. The design report will be in two parts. Part-I shall primarily deal with the design of road features and pavement composition while Part-II shall deal with the design of bridges, tunnels and cross- drainage structures. The sub-soil exploration report including the complete details of boring done, analyses and interpretation of data and the selection of design parametres shall be included as an Appendix to the Design Report. The detailed design for all features should be carried out as per the requirements of the Design Standards for the project. However, there may be situations wherein it has not been possible to strictly adhere to the design standards due to the existing site conditions, restrictions and other considerations. The report should clearly bring out the details of these aspect and the standards adopted. iii. Volume - III, Materials Report: The Materials Report shall contain details concerning the proposed borrow areas and quarries for construction materials and possible sources of water for construction purposes. The report shall include details on locations of borrow areas and quarries shown on maps and charts and also the estimated quantities with mass haul diagram including possible end use with leads involved, the details of sampling and testing carried out and results in the form of important index 177 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1702390719/2025/S&R Zone values with possible end use thereof. The materials Report shall also include details of sampling, testing and test results obtained in respect physical properties of subgrade soils. The information shall be presented in tabular as well as in graphical representations and schematic diagrams. The Report shall present soil profiles along the alignment. The material Report should also clearly indicate the locations of areas with problematic soils. Recommendations concerning the improvement of such soils for use in the proposed construction works, such as stabilization (cement, lime, mechanical) should be included in the Report. iv. Volume - IV, Environmental Assessment Report including Environmental Management Plan (EMP) & Resettlement Action Plan (RAP): The Report shall be prepared conforming to the Guidelines of the Government of India, State Government and World Bank / ADB as appropriate for construction package. v. Volume-V, Technical Specifications: The MORT&H’s Technical Specifications for Road and Bridge works shall be followed for this study. However, Volume IV: Technical Specifications shall contain the special technical specifications which are not covered by MOST Specifications for Roads and Bridges (latest edition / revision) and also specific quality control norms for the construction of works. vi. Volume - VI, Rate Analysis: This volume will present the analysis of rates for all items of works. The details of unit rate of materials at source, carriage charges, any other applicable charges, labour rates, machine charges as considered in arriving at unit rates will be included in this volume. vii. Volume - VII, Cost Estimates: This volume will present the contract package wise cost of each item of work as well as a summary of total cost. viii. Volume - VIII, Bill of Quantities: This volume shall contain the package- wise detailed Bill of Quantities for all items of works. ix. Volume - IX, Drawing Volume: All drawings forming part of this volume shall be ‘good for construction’ drawings. All plan and profile drawings will be prepared in scale 1:250V and 1:2500H scale to cover one km in one sheet. In addition this volume will contain ‘good for construction’ drawings for the following: • Horizontal Alignment and Longitudinal Profile. • Cross-section @ 50m interval along the alignment within ROW • Typical Cross-Sections with details of pavement structure. • Detailed Working Drawings for individual Culverts and Cross Drainage Structures. • Detailed Working Drawings for individual Bridges, tunnels and Structures. • Detailed Drawings for Improvement of At-Grade and Grade-Separated • Intersections and Interchanges. • Drawings for Road Sign, Markings, Toll Plazas, and other Facilities. • Schematic Diagrams (linear chart) indicating but be not limited to be following: 178 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1712390719/2025/S&R Zone • Widening scheme; • Locations of median openings, intersections, interchanges, underpasses, overpasses, bypasses; • Locations of service roads; • Location of traffic signals, traffic signs, road markings, safety features; and, • Locations of toll plaza, parking areas, weighing stations, bus bays, rest areas, if any. • Drawings for toll plaza, Bus Bays, Parking areas, Rest areas, weighing stations etc. All drawings will be prepared in A2 size sheets. The format for plan, cross section and profile drawings shall be finalized in consultation with the concerned <Agency> officers. The drawings shall also include details of all BM and reference pillars, HIP and VIP. The co-ordinates of all points should be referenced to a common datum, preferably GTS referencing system. The drawings shall also include the locations of all traffic safety features including traffic signals, signs, markings, crash barriers, delineators and rest areas, busbays, parking areas etc. • The typical cross-section drawings should indicate the scheme for future widening of the carriageway. The proposed cross-sections of road segment passing through urban areas should indicate the provisions for pedestrian movements and suitable measures for surface and sub-surface drainage and lighting, as required. • Digital drawings of proposed highway and features x. Volume X:Drainage Plan a. DPRs should be submitted for Main and drainage plan separately. The DPR should have proper drainage plan prepared on basis of contours of the area, outlet availability and discharge requirements including discharge at the outfall from drains of local bodies. b. Preferably underground drains with well sized and well-spaced manholes any be provided to take care of cleaning. Wherever possible self-clearing cross-section of drains may be adopted. c. Drainage Plan in DPR will go through Peer Review of Drainage Experts of Regional Officer. The Drainage plan will also be vetted by one Traffic Expert so that these drains do not hinder free flow of traffic. d. Drainage Plan in DPR will be checked through a joint inspection with the engineers of local body/ Development Authority etc. so that Drainage Plan is totally integrated with the local body Drainage Plan. e. The drain covers should be strong enough to withstand the weight of Light commercial vehicles, wherever required. f. Stretch of the NH passing through a town can have multiple drainage plans/ sub plans due to different contours or due to having different outlets. g. the cross- sections of drains being shown presently in Schedule-B (typical Cross Sections) & details of drains being mentioned in Schedule-C (length & type of drains) shall not be mentioned in future as it will vary from location 179 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1722390719/2025/S&R Zone to location based on drainage plan. The scope of drains in the project shall be on the basis of drainage plan drawn at each location and such Drainage Plan shall be made part of Scope of Project. For the purpose above, {NHAI policy guideline no. 18.48 dated 08.07.2020} <relevant policy circular of Agency may be mentioned> may be taken into account. a. The consultant shall deliver the final road alignment geometry, proposed road way model and all proposed structures in a 3D engineered model with all the required features as proposed in Enclosure IV b. The consultant shall also provide digital versions of all drawings stated in para 1 above in the format proposed in Enclosure IV 6. The draft Detailed Project report of specialized projects will be scrutinized by the Peer Review consultant appointed by <Agency>. The peer Review Consultant will be retired professional in the field, drawn from the various Central/State Highway/Road Work departments having adequate knowledge in the field. One professional will be earmarked from the standing panel of Peer Review consultant approved by <Agency> for each DPR. The Peer Review consultant will scrutinize the draft DPR within 15 days of submission and the observations will be complied with and incorporated in the final DPR. 10.10 Final Detailed Project Report, Documents and Drawings (6 Sets) 1. The Final package-wise DPR consisting of Main Report, Design Report, Drainage Design Report and Materials Report, incorporating all revisions deemed relevant following receipt of the comments from <Agency> on the draft DPR shall be submitted as per the schedule given in Enclosure-III. 180 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1732390719/2025/S&R Zone STAGE: 5 10.11 Bid documents and Technical Schedules 1. Bid documents a. The consultant shall prepare bid documents for EPC, PPP or other modes of contracting as suggested by <Agency> b. Individual bid documents will be submitted for each mode suggested and for each individual package or section identified for execution c. Consultant shall assemble and provide all supporting documents from the DPR assignment that will be required for the bid, in the format required by the contracting SOP in force at the time of bidding or as maybe required by the authority 2. Technical Schedules a. The consultant shall submit a Draft Contract/Concession Agreement derived from the Master Contract/Concession Agreement maintained by the authority with all required modifications and inclusions made with reference to the b. The agreement submitted shall contain all required technical schedules updated with the pertinent project details and data required c. Draft agreement and schedules shall be finalised in consultation with the authority and submitted for further processing and use with the contractor/concessionaire awarded the bid packages STAGE: 6 10.12 LA & Clearances II Report Land acquisition report II 1. The consultant shall prepare and submit a second report on Land Acquisition providing details of further land acquisition activity, relevant documentation and notifications until 3D and report the outcomes of the joint measurement survey 2. The land acquisition report shall contain: i. Current status of land acquisition at a village, district and CALA level ii. Dates and details of all land acquisition related notifications published, proceedings/hearings held and objections raised iii. Draft, final (as declared by CALA where applicable) and published 3a, 3A and 3D notifications iv. Date of joint measurement survey by village, key proceedings and outcomes v. Detailed schedule of information regarding land to be acquired with information on land area, land type, nature of land use, ownership status, and area to be acquired by survey number and list of structures by plot vi. The report shall also contain updated sketches of alignment, updated land parcels to be acquired vii. All relevant information in this report shall be verified by the consultant with the land revenue department, and CALA office 181 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1742390719/2025/S&R Zone Clearances Report II 1. The consultant shall obtain all the necessary project related clearances such as environment, forest and wildlife clearance from MOEF, Railways in respect of ROB/ RUBs, Irrigation Deptt, CRZ clearances from concerned authorities, and any other concerned agencies by the end of this stage 2. The final approvals shall be obtained and submitted to <Agency> so that project implementation can begin straight away 3. The accompanying report on clearances shall include: i. An updated list of all clearances required, current status, expected completion date in case the clearance is pending, key issues and suggested next steps ii. Details of all public hearings, consultations and meetings conducted in the process of obtaining the required clearances iii. Date/details of proposals submitted and estimated date for issue of clearances iv. Date and details of all joint measurement and site inspection surveys completed v. Date of final approval of clearances if any vi. Copies of all clearances obtained Utilities Report II 1. Consultant shall obtain final utility clearances from the relevant user agencies to enable shifting of the utilities from project road 2. A report shall be submitted on the final completion status and costs of utilities shifting along with other final clearances and land acquisition II report 3. The final utilities clearances report shall contain a summary view of utilities shifting: type and extent of utility, length of road affected, chainage, user agency, point of contact and approver at agency, date of approval at agency and <Agency>, shifting estimate, agency/super vision fees, executing agency – user agency or <Agency> 4. In addition, for each utility to be shifted, the report shall contain: i. Copies of actual approvals granted at user agency and <Agency> ii. Cost estimates and shifting plans approved, demand note from agency iii. Approved utilities shifting proposal including strip plan showing scheme of shifting iv. Map and design/engineering drawings of existing utility and shifting to be executed v. Details of approved contractors, schedule of rates for state and bank account/deposit details for agency vi. Finance pro-forma, utilities checklist, no upgradation certificate and other documentation as maybe required by <Agency> at the time of approval 182 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1752390719/2025/S&R Zone Stage 7: Award Determination 10.13 Submission of Award Determination Report a. Consultant shall submit a a report on status of award upon approval by <Agency>of award declared for 90% of area as per LA plan or as per the timeline as given in Enclosure III, whichever is earlier b. The Consultant shall also submit an updated report containing all required details upon approval of award by <Agency> of 100% of land required to be acquired c. The Land award report shall contain details of: i. Summary of compensation award status by village including: 1. total private and public land being acquired for the project (sq. m) - by village 2. date of 3A& 3D, final award by CALA, approval by <Agency> by village 3. variation of land area and nature of land use against that notified in 3D with reasons 4. Total award declared by village, claims made by beneficiaries and status of disbursement ii. In detail for each village: 1. Updated land acquisition tracker containing parcel-wise status of each notification, award and disbursement 2. Method used by CALA for arrival on market value 3. Valuation report and details of Award calculation 4. Claims report (received under sub-section 3 of 3G) 5. Copies of notifications published, certificates received 6. Deviations in area according to CALA from provisions under sec. 26- 30 iii. Key issues being faced in completing land acquisition and tentative timeline for completion iv. A GIS map containing digitised details of land parcels shall be updated with all relevant land possession details and supplied in the agreed digital format 183 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1762390719/2025/S&R Zone Stage 8: Land Possession 10.14 Submission of land possession report a) The consultant shall submit a report on status of land possession upon receiving land possession certificates for 90% of area as per LA plan or as per the timeline as given in Enclosure III, whichever is earlier b) The Consultant shall also submit an updated report containing all required details upon completion of 100% of land possession certificates c) The land possession report shall contain i. Summary of land possession status by village including: • total private and public land being acquired for the project (sq. m) - by village • date of final award by CALA, approval by <Agency>, notification (3E) to owners and receipt of land possession certificates from CALA by village • Status of disbursement on the date of receipt of land possession certificate ii. Key issues being faced in completing land acquisition and tentative timeline for completion iii. Land possession certificates as received from CALA by village iv. Updated land acquisition tracker containing parcel-wise status of each notification and disbursement status v. A GIS map containing digitised details of land parcels shall be updated with all relevant land possession details and supplied in the agreed digital format 11. Interaction with <Agency> 1. During entire period of services, the Consultant shall interact continuously with <Agency> and provide any clarification as regards methods being followed and carryout modification as suggested by <Agency>. A programme of various activities shall be provided to <Agency> and prior intimation shall be given to <Agency> regarding start of key activities such as boring, survey etc. so that inspections of <Agency> officials could be arranged in time. 2. The <Agency> officers and other Government officers may visit the site at any time, individually or collectively to acquaint/ supervise the field investigation and survey works. <Agency> may also appoint a Proof Consultant to supervise the work of the DPR consultant including inter-alia field investigation, survey work, Design work and preconstruction activities 3. The consultant shall be required to send 3 copies of concise monthly Progress Report by the 5th day of the following month to the designated officer at his Head Quarter so that progress could be monitored by the <Agency>. These reports will indicate the dates of induction and de-induction of various key personnel and the activities performed by them. Frequent meetings with the consultant at site office or in Delhi are foreseen during the currency of project preparation. 4. All equipment, software and books etc. required for satisfactory services for this project shall be obtained by the Consultant at their own cost and shall be their property. 184 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1772390719/2025/S&R Zone 12. Payment Schedule 1. The Consultant will be paid consultancy fee as a percentage of the contract values as per the schedule given in the Draft Contract Agreement. 13. Data and Software 1. a. Consultants shall also deliver to <Agency>all basic as well as the processed data from all field studies and investigations, report, appendices, annexure, documents and drawings in a digital format as described in Enclosure IV over the course of this assignment and at the submission of the final report in the form of a removable storage device (CD or USB pen drive) and hosted in a secure online file hosting platform b. If required by <Agency> the consultant shall arrange at their own cost necessary software for viewing and measurement of imagery/ point cloud data. i. Engineering Investigations and Traffic Studies: Road Inventory, Condition, Roughness, Test Pit (Pavement composition), Falling Weight Deflectometer (FWD) Material Investigation including test results for subgrade soils, Traffic Studies(traffic surveys), axle load surveys, Sub- soil Exploration, Drainage Inventory, Inventory data for bridge and culverts indicating rehabilitation, new construction requirement etc. in MS EXCEL or any other format which could be imported to widely used utility packages. ii. Topographic Surveys and Drawings: All topographic data would be supplied in (x, y, z) format along with complete reference so that the data could be imported into any standard highway design software. The drawing files would be submitted in dxf or dwg format. iii. Rate Analysis: The Consultant shall submit the rate analysis for various works items including the data developed on computer in this relation so that it could be used by the Authority later for the purpose of updating the cost of the project. iv. Economic and Financial Analysis 2. Software: The Consultant shall also hand-over to <Agency> floppies/CD’s containing any general software including the financial model which has been specifically developed for the project. 3. The floppy diskettes/CD’s should be properly indexed and a catalogue giving contents of all floppies/CD’s and print-outs of the contents (data from field studies topographic data and drawings) should be handed over to <Agency> at the time of submission of the Final Report. 4. Consultant shall include editable soft copies of the final versions of all documents, including but not limited to the strip plan, plan & profile drawings, cross sections of right of way and details of structures as well as any cost workings. 185 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1782390719/2025/S&R Zone SUPPLEMENT-I ADDITIONAL POINTS TO BE CONSIDERED FOR HILL ROADS IN ADDITION TO POINTS COVERED IN MAIN TOR At feasibility stage – -Geological map study (GSI map) & remote sensing images to identify geological features , fault lines other weakness, -Also study contour map to identify vulnerable slopes etc -Topography survey using Lidar of alternative alignments . To capture geological & engineering property of slope bed soil/ rock - visit of geologist & geotech specialist in all alignments under consideration & Accordingly do requisite test to capture engineering properties of soil/ rock (idea is to estimate cost intensive slope protection requirement or vulnerabilty maping of alternative alignments to arrive it cost effective sustainable alignment. Sr. Clause No. Additional points No. of TOR 1. 2.2 a) Provisions of tunnels if required. 2. 2.3 a) Design of tunnels, if required b) Design of protective works, drainage works in hilly terrain, reinforced soil slopes/walls in hilly terrain, hill slope stabilization measures, erosion control measures, land slide control/protection measures snow drift control/snow clearance measures, avalanche protection measures, if required 3. 3 Feasibility study and preparation of detailed project report for hill roads shall be done in accordance with “IRC:SP:48 Hill Road Manual” and the best international practices and wherever practicable/feasible steep gradients and hair pin bends may be avoided by realignments by provision of structures and provision of tunnels if required. Proposal for Instrumentation and monitoring for detecting signs of impending instability and post-slide movements shall be included. 4. 4.1 a) Inventory and condition survey for tunnels, if required. b) Identification of faults in rock strata and impact of faults in design of tunnels, if required c) Detailed design of road considering and incorporating specific aspects related to hill region like terrain, topographic conditions, drainage issues, reinforced soil slopes and walls, slope stability and 186 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1792390719/2025/S&R Zone Sr. Clause No. Additional points No. of TOR landslides, protective & erosion control, snow clearance and avalanche treatment, ecology and environment extreme weather conditions, altitude effects etc. d) Design of protective works, drainage works, reinforced soil slopes/walls, slope stabilization measures, erosion control measures, land slide control/protection measures, snow drift control/snow clearance measures, avalanche protection measures, if required e) Design of scenic overlooks/watering points etc. 5. 4.5 (1) All activities related to field studies, design and documentation shall be done as per the latest guidelines/circulars of MORT&H and relevant publications of the Indian Roads Congress (IRC)/Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) for hill roads including tunnels. For aspects not covered by IRC and BIS, international standard practices, such as, British and American Standards may be adopted. 6. 4.7 Review of data and documents pertaining to a) Terrain and soil/rock conditions b) Condition of tunnels, if required. c) Sub-surface and geo-technical data for existing tunnels, if required. d) Drawing and details of existing tunnels, if required. e) Existing protective works, reinforced soil structures, drainage works, erosion control and land slide control/protection works, slope stabilization measures, snow drift control measures, avalanche protection measures f) Existing land slide and snow clearance facilities g) Geological details of rock strata in the area in case of tunnels h) Past history of slope failure and land slides i) Existing approach paths/roads 7. 4.11.1(1) The Consultant should make an in depth study of available geological and Meteorological maps of the area. 8. 4.11.1(2) The primary tasks to be accomplished during the reconnaissance survey shall also include: a) details of terrain (steep or mountainous), cliffs and gorges, general elevation of the road including maximum heights negotiated by main ascents and descents, total number of ascents and descents, hair pin bends, vegetation etc. b) Climatic conditions i.e. temperature, rainfall data, snowfall data, fog conditions, unusual weather conditions etc. c) Realignment requirements including provision of tunnels, if required. d) Inventory of tunnels and geologically sensitive areas like slip 187 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1802390719/2025/S&R Zone Sr. Clause No. Additional points No. of TOR prone areas, areas subject to landslides, rockfall, snow drifts, erosion, avalanche activity etc. 9. 4.11.2.1 (3.ii) Cross sections shall be taken at every 25 m interval in case of hill roads which shall be reduced to 10m interval on sharp bends and at points of appreciable changes in soil & geological conditions. While taking cross sections, soil/geological conditions shall also be recorded. 10. 4.11.3.1 (1) The inventory data shall also include: a) General elevation of road indicating maximum & minimum heights negotiated by main ascents & descents and total no. of ascents & descents. b) Details of road gradients, lengths of gentle & steep slopes, lengths & location of stretches in unstable areas, areas with cliffs, areas with loose rocks, land slide prone areas, snow drift prone areas, no. & location of hairpin bends etc. c) Details of tunnels d) Details & types of protective structures, erosion & land slide control/protection measures, snow drift control measures, avalanche protection/control measures etc. e) Details of existing drainage facilities and reinforced soil structures 11. 4.11.3.2 (2) Pavement: a) Location of crust failures along with their causes b) Conditions of camber/cross falls/super elevations etc., whether affected by subsidence Embankment: Extent of slope erosion on hill and valley side 12. -- Condition Surveys & Investigation for Slope Stabilization, Erosion Control, Landslide Correction/Protection & Avalanche Protection Measures: a) Inventory & Condition Surveys of Existing Protective/Control Measures including Condition surveys for existing drainage and reinforced soils structures: The consultant shall make an inventory of all the structures related to Slope Stabilization, Erosion Control, Landslide Control/protection, Avalanche Protection etc. This shall include details of effectiveness of control measures already done and condition of protective/control structures including existing drainage and reinforced soils structures. b) Landslide Investigation This shall be carried out to identify landslide prone areas, to suggest preventive measures or alternate routes that are less susceptible to landslide hazard. Further in existing slide areas this shall help to identify factors responsible for instability and to determine 188 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1812390719/2025/S&R Zone Sr. Clause No. Additional points No. of TOR appropriate control measures needed to prevent or minimize recurring of instability problems. Initial preliminary studies shall be carried out using available contour maps, topographical maps, geological/geo-morphological maps, aerial photographs etc. for general understanding of existing slide area and to identify potential slide areas. This shall be followed by further investigations like geological/geotechnical/hydrological investigation to determine specific site conditions prevailing in the slide area as per relevant IRC specifications/publications, MORT&H circulars and relevant recommendations of the international standards for hill roads. The result of the investigations shall provide basis for engineering analysis and the design of protection/remedial measures. 13. 4.11.4.4 a) For tunnels if required, geotechnical and subsurface investigation shall be done as per IRC:SP:91. b) Geotechnical and subsurface investigation and testing for tunnels shall be carried out through the geotechnical Consultants who have the experience of geotechnical and subsurface investigation in similar project. 14. 4.12.1 (1) The Consultant shall also carry out detailed designs and prepare working designs for the following: a) cross sections at every 25 m intervals which shall be reduced to 10m on sharp curves and locations with rapidly changing soil/geological conditions. b) Slope stabilization and erosion control measures c) Design of protection/control structures in areas subject to subsidence, landslides, rock fall, rock slide, snow drifts, icing, scour, avalanche activity etc. d) Design of protective structures in slip prone and unstable areas e) Design of scenic overlooks, watering points etc. f) Safety features specific to hill roads g) Drainage facilities specific to hill roads h) Reinforced soil slopes and walls specific to hill roads Note: While finalising investigations and mitigation measures for landslide prone areas in Hilly Regions DPR consultants shall use the guidelines/methodologies detailed in report of Expert Committee on Cost Effective Long-Term remedial Measures for landslide Prone areas in Hilly Regions circulated vide MoRTH Office Memorandum dated 28.11.2024. 189 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1822390719/2025/S&R Zone Sr. Clause No. Additional points No. of TOR 15. 4.12.2 (1) The Consultant shall evolve Design Standards and material specifications for the Study primarily based on IRC publications, MORT&H Circulars and relevant recommendations of the international standards for hill roads for approval by <Agency>. The Design Standards evolved for the project shall cover all aspects of detailed design including the design of geometric elements, 4.12.2 (2) pavement design, bridges and structures, tunnels if required, traffic safety and materials. 16. 4.12.3 Wherever practicable/feasible hairpin bends and steep gradients shall be avoided by realignments, provision of structures or any other suitable provisions. 17. 4.12.4 While designing pavement for hill roads specific aspects relevant to hill regions like terrain & topographic conditions, weather conditions, altitude effects etc. shall be duly considered and suitably incorporated in design so that pavement is able to perform well for the design traffic and service life. Effects of factors like heavy rainfall, frost action, intensive snow and avalanche activity, thermal stresses due to temperature difference in day and night, damage by tracked vehicles during snow clearance operations etc. must also be considered along with traffic intensity, its growth, axle loads and design life. 18. 4.12.5(3) The design of embankments should include the requirements for protection works, provision for drainage and traffic safety features including features specific to hill roads. 19. 4.12.6 Design and Drawing of Tunnels: The Consultant shall prepare design and drawings for tunnels, if required as per the results of feasibility study, as per the relevant specifications of IRC:SP:91/MORT&H and other international specifications. 20. 4.12.7 a) Topography of hills generates numerous water courses and this coupled with continuous gradients of roads in hills and high intensity of rainfall calls for effective drainage of roads. The drainage system shall be designed to ensure that the water flowing towards the road surface may be diverted and guided to follow a definite path by suitable provision of road side drains, catch water drains, interceptors etc. and flow on valley side is controlled so that stability is not affected. b) Further, adequate provision shall be made for sub- surface/subgrade drainage to take care of seepage through the adjacent hill face of the road & underground water flows. 21. 4.12.8 The Consultant shall design suitable traffic safety features and road furniture including traffic signals, signs, markings, overhead sign boards, crash barriers, delineators etc. including any feature specific to hill roads. The locations of these features shall be given in the reports and also shown in the drawings. 22. 4.12.11 The Consultant shall make suitable designs and layout for 190 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1832390719/2025/S&R Zone Sr. Clause No. Additional points No. of TOR miscellaneous works including rest areas, bus bays, vehicle parking areas, telecommunication facilities, scenic overlooks, watering points etc. wherever appropriate. 23. 10.9.3 Volume II: Design Report: a) Inventory of protection measures and other structures b) Inventory of tunnels, if required. b) Proposed preliminary designs for tunnels, if required. c) Drainage facilities and reinforced soil structures specific to hilly region Volume III: Drawings a) Drawings for protection/control measures and other structures b) Drawings for tunnels, if required. c) Drawings for drainage and reinforced soil structures specific to hilly terrain 24. 10.9.3 Volume II: Design Report (Part II) Part II of Design Report shall also deal with design of tunnels, if required and design of other protection/control structures, drainage works and reinforced soil structures specific to hilly terrain. Volume IX: Drawing Volume This shall also include: a) Detailed working drawings for tunnels, if required. b) Detailed working drawings for protection/control structures c) Detailed working drawings for drainage works and reinforced soil structures specific to hilly terrain. 191 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1842390719/2025/S&R Zone SUPPLEMENT-II ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR BRIDGES Sr. No. Clause Additional points No. of TOR 1 4.1 For standalone bridge projects the scope of work shall include detailed design of approach road extending at least up to 2 km on either side of the bridge 1. 4.11.4.2(6) Model Studies for Bridges 1. Objective Physical/ Mathematical Model study for detailed Hydraulic / Hydrologic investigations regarding the proposed bridge for hydraulic design of the bridge and assessment and hydraulic design of required river training works. 2. Methodology Physical/Mathematical Model study shall be carried out at a reputed/recognized institution. The consultant will be responsible for identifying the institution, supplying Information /Documents /Data required for modal studies as indicated in para 4 below and coordinating the model study with the institution concerned 3. Scope of Work 3.1 Physical Model study Physical modeling with appropriate model scale for Hydraulic and Hydrologic Investigations to: i) Finalize span arrangement causing uniformity in flow distribution, and work out the alignment and orientation of river training works and bridge axis. ii) Provide information on estimated/observed maximum depth of scour. iii) Provide information on required river training works for proposed bridge iv) Provide hydraulic design for the bridge and the required river training works. v) Quantify the general direction of river course through bridge, afflux, extent and magnitude of flood, effect of backwater, if any, aggradation/degradation of bed, evidence of scour etc. shall be used to augment the available hydrological data. The presence of flood control/irrigation structures, if affecting the hydraulic characteristics like causing obliquity, concentration of flow, scour, silting of bed, change in flow levels, bed levels etc. shall be studied and considered in Hydraulic design of proposed bridge. The details of any planned work in the immediate future that may affect the river hydraulics shall 192 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1852390719/2025/S&R Zone Sr. No. Clause Additional points No. of TOR be studied and considered. vi) Analyze effects of Wind Load on the Structures. 3.2 Mathematical Model study Mathematical modeling for detailed Hydraulic / Hydrologic investigations regarding the proposed new bridge to: i) Finalize the site/location of the proposed new bridge based on mathematical modeling. ii) Provide information on estimated/observed maximum depth of scour. iii) Provide information on required river training works for proposed bridge iv) Provide hydraulic design for the bridge and the required river training works. v) Quantify the general direction of river course through bridge, afflux, extent and magnitude of flood, effect of backwater, if any, aggradation/degradation of bed, evidence of scour etc. shall be used to augment the available hydrological data. The presence of flood control/irrigation structures, if affecting the hydraulic characteristics like causing obliquity, concentration of flow, scour, silting of bed, change in flow levels, bed levels etc. shall be studied and considered in Hydraulic design of proposed bridge. The details of any planned work in the immediate future that may affect the river hydraulics shall be studied and considered. vi) Analyze effects of Wind Load on the Structures 4. Information/Documents/Data required for Physical /Mathematical Model study i) Plan layouts showing the locations of the proposed bridge as well as the existing bridges /barrages etc., in the vicinity of the proposed bridge with the chainages with respect to a standard reference marked on it. ii) High flood discharges and corresponding flood levels at the locations of the existing bridges in the vicinity of the proposed bridge. iii) General arrangement drawing (GAD) of the existing bridges showing number of spans, pier and well dimensions, founding levels, maximum scour level, the design discharge and the HFL, guide bund details. On this, the plan form of the river course with the bridge alignment may also be shown as far as possible. iv) General arrangement drawing (GAD) of the proposed new bridge showing number of spans, pier and foundation dimensions. On this, the plan form of the river course with 193 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1862390719/2025/S&R Zone Sr. No. Clause Additional points No. of TOR the bridge alignment may also be shown as for as possible. v) River cross sections at 500m longitudinal spacing (maximum) up to a distance of 2 times the bridge total length on the upstream side and up to a distance equal to the bridge total length on the downstream with right bank and left bank clearly marked on it. At least one cross section to be provided at the location of the proposed bridge. At each cross section, the bed levels to be taken at a maximum lateral distance of 8 m in flow section and at 25 m in non-flow section respectively. The abrupt variations in the bed levels to be captured by taking measurements at closer locations both in longitudinal as well as lateral directions. vi) The cross sections, as for as possible, from high bank to high bank. vii) The longitudinal profile of the river along the length of the proposed alignment. viii) Size distribution of the river bed material and the bore log data at different locations at the site of the proposed bridge. ix) The series of annual peak rainfall and flood of the river for at least 30 years period 194 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1872390719/2025/S&R Zone SUPPLEMENT-III ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENT FOR SAFETY AUDIT The use of checklists is highly recommended as they provide a useful “aide memoire” for the audit team to check that no important safety aspects are being overlooked. They also give to the project manager and the design engineer a sense of understanding of the place of safety audit in the design process. The following lists have been drawn up based on the experience of undertaking systematic safety audit procedures overseas. This experience indicates that extensive lists of technical details has encouraged their use as “tick” sheets without sufficient thought being given to the processes behind the actions. Accordingly, the checklists provide guidelines on the principal issues that need to be examined during the course of the safety audits. Stage F-During Feasibility Study 1. The audit team should review the proposed design from a road safety perspective and heck the following aspects CONTENTS ITEMS Aspects to be A. Safety and operational implications of checked proposed alignment and junction strategy with particular references to expected road users and vehicle types likely to use the road. B. Width options considered for various sections. C. Departures from standards and action taken. D. Provision of pedestrians, cyclists and intermediate transport E. Safety implications of the scheme beyond its physical limits i.e. how the scheme fits into its environs and road Hierarchy A1 : General Departures from standards Cross-sectional variation Drainage Climatic conditions Landscaping Services apparatus Lay-byes Footpath Pedestrian crossings Access (minimize number of private accesses) Emergency vehicles Public Transport Future widening Staging of contracts Adjacent development A2 : Local Visibility 195 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1882390719/2025/S&R Zone CONTENTS ITEMS Alignment New/Existing road interface Safety Aids on steep hills A3 : Junctions Minimise potential conflicts Layout Visibility A4 : Non- Adjacent land Motorised road Pedestrians users Provision Cyclists Non-motorised vehicles A5 : Signs and Lighting Lighting Signs/Markings A6 : Construction Build ability and Operational Operation Network Management Stage 1 – Completion of Preliminary Design 1. The audit team should review the proposed check the following aspects design from a road safety perspective and check the following aspects CONTENTS ITEMS Aspects to be A. Safety and operational implications of proposed checked alignment and junction strategy with particular references to expected road users and vehicle types likely to use the road. B. Width options considered for various sections. C. Departures from standards and action taken. D. Provision of pedestrians, cyclists and intermediate transport E. Safety implications of the scheme beyond its physical limits i.e. how the scheme fits into its environs and road hierarchy B1 : General Departures from standards Cross-sectional variation Drainage Climatic conditions Landscaping Services apparatus Lay-byes Footpaths Pedestrian crossings 196 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1892390719/2025/S&R Zone Access (minimize number of private accesses) Emergency vehicles Public Transport Future widening Staging of contracts Adjacent development B2 : Local Visibility Alignment New/Existing road interface Safety Aids on steep hills B3 : Junctions Minimise potential conflicts Layout Visibility B4 : Non- Adjacent land Motorised road Pedestrians users Provision Cyclists Non-motorised vehicles B5 : Signs and Lighting Lighting Signs/Markings B6: Construction Build ability and Operation Operational Network Management 197 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1902390719/2025/S&R Zone Stage 2 – Completion of Detailed Design 1. The audit team should satisfy itself that all issues raised at Stage 1 have been resolved. Items may require further consideration where significant design changes have occurred. 2. If a scheme has not been subject to a stage 1 audit, the items listed in Checklists B1 to B6 should be considered together with the items listed below. CONTENTS ITEMS Aspects to be checked A. Any design changes since Stage 1. B. The detailed design from a road safety viewpoint, including the road safety implications of future maintenance (speed limits; road signs and markings; visibility; maintenance of street lighting and central reserves). C1 : General Departures from standards Drainage Climatic conditions Landscaping Services apparatus Lay-byes Access Skid-resistance Agriculture Safety Fences Adjacent development C2 : Local Alignment Visibility New/Existing road interface C3 : Junctions Layout Visibility Signing Lighting Road Marking T,X,Y-junctions All roundabouts Traffic signals C4 : Non-Motorised road Adjacent land users Provision Pedestrians Cyclists Non-motorised vehicles C5 : Signs and Lighting Advanced direction signs Local traffic signs 198 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1912390719/2025/S&R Zone Variable message signs Other traffic signs Lighting Network Management 199 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1922390719/2025/S&R Zone APPENDIX-VII DPR Checklist – Stage 1 – Inception Report (Pavements) General Details Project Name Consultant's Name Date of Review Details / S.No SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks Specifications Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 1 Executive Summary NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 2 Project Appreciation NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 2.1 Location of site office ☐ Review of scope of ToR and gap Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 2.2 NA identification ☐ Key departments identified for Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 2.3 various documents ☐ Start and end location of project Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 2.4 verified with client (Mention ☐ details) Project description Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 2.5 • Start and End Chainage ☐ • Village/District Project location map Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 2.6 • On State Map NA ☐ • On District Map Site photos and data of project Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 2.7 NA alignment ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 2.8 Overview of land use plans NA ☐ 200 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1932390719/2025/S&R Zone Details / S.No SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks Specifications Overview of existing pavement conditions • Number of Lanes Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 2.9 ☐ • Type of Pavement (Flexible/Rigid/Surfaced/ Unsurfaced) Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 2.10 Existing right of way details ☐ Number/ Location of major and Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 2.11 minor bridges ☐ Number/ Location of level Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 2.12 crossings ☐ Number/ Location of ROB and Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 2.13 RUB ☐ Any other details relevant to the Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 2.14 NA project ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 3 Approach Methodology NA ☐ Engineering survey and Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 3.1 NA investigations ☐ Design of road, pavements and Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 3.2 NA structures ☐ Environment and social impact Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 3.3 NA assessment ☐ Estimation of project cost, Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 3.4 NA viability and financing options ☐ Any other details relevant to the Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 3.5 NA project ☐ Task Assignment and Manning Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 4 NA Schedule ☐ Number of key personnel Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 4.1 provided ☐ Specific tasks assigned to each key Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 4.2 NA personnel ☐ Manning schedule for key Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 4.3 NA personnel ☐ 201 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1942390719/2025/S&R Zone Details / S.No SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks Specifications Number of key personnel Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 4.4 deployed at site ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 5 Performa for data collection NA ☐ Indicative design standards and Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 6 NA cross sections ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 7 Development plans NA ☐ Overview of development plans Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 7.1 being implemented/ proposed by NA ☐ local bodies Overview of impact of such Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 7.2 NA development plans ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 8 Quality Assurance Plan NA ☐ Engineering surveys and Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 8.1 NA investigation ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 8.2 Traffic surveys NA ☐ Material geo-technical and sub- Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 8.3 NA soil investigations ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 8.4 Road and pavement investigations NA ☐ Investigation and design of Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 8.5 NA bridges and structures ☐ Environment and R&R Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 8.6 NA assessment ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 8.7 Economic and financial analysis NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 8.8 Drawing and documentation NA ☐ Any other details relevant to the Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 8.9 NA project ☐ Discussion of draft QAP document Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 8.10 NA with client ☐ Approval of final QAP document Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 8.11 NA by client ☐ 202 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1952390719/2025/S&R Zone Details / S.No SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks Specifications Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 9 Draft design Standards NA ☐ Geometric design standards of Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 9.1 NA highway (Plain) ☐ Geometric design standards of Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 9.2 NA highway (Hilly) ☐ Conclusions and Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 10 NA recommendations ☐ Conclusions and Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 10.1 NA recommendations ☐ Report fulfils project objectives Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 10.2 NA and scope as per RFP ☐ Report reviewed for errors and Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 10.3 NA omissions ☐ Compliance report prepared on Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 10.4 NA client observations ☐ 203 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1962390719/2025/S&R Zone DPR Checklist – Stage 2 – Feasibility Report (Pavements) General Details Project Name Consultant's Name Date of Review Details / S.No SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/ NO/ NA Remarks Specifications Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 1 Executive Summary NA ☐ Overview of client organization Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 2 NA / activities ☐ Methodology adopted for Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 3 NA feasibility study ☐ Socioeconomic profile of the Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 4 NA project areas ☐ Regional economic profile basis Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 4.1 NA last 10 years data as per IRC ☐ Economic profile of project Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 4.2 influence area basis last 10 years NA ☐ data as per IRC Socio Economic status of project Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 4.3 NA influence area ☐ Indicative design standards, Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 5 methodologies, and NA ☐ specifications Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 6 Traffic surveys and analysis NA ☐ Classified traffic volume counts Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 6.1 NA using IHMCL data (7 day data) ☐ Traffic projection methodology as Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 6.2 NA per IRC:108 ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 6.3 Projected Traffic data for 20 years NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 6.4 Current and Projected PCU ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 6.5 Current and Projected TVU ☐ 204 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1972390719/2025/S&R Zone Details / S.No SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/ NO/ NA Remarks Specifications Origin destination surveys as per Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 6.6 NA IRC: 102 ☐ Speed and delay studies as per Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 6.7 NA IRC:102 ☐ Traffic surveys for the design of Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 6.8 road junctions as per data in IRC: NA ☐ SP:41 Analysis for replacing railway Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 6.9 level crossings with over bridges/ NA ☐ subways Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 6.10 Axle load survey as per IRC:SP:19 NA ☐ Any other details relevant to the Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 6.11 NA project ☐ Traffic surveys monitored and Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 6.12 NA reviewed by the client ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 7 Reconnaissance survey NA ☐ Road Inventory Survey as per Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 7.1 NA IRC:SP:19 ☐ Review of Road Inventory survey Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 7.2 NA by client ☐ Chainage wise details of pavement Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 7.3 NA composition survey ☐ Geological Survey Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 7.4 • Geological Map of the Area NA ☐ • Seismicity Climatic Conditions • Temperature Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 7.5 NA • Rainfall ☐ • Wind Pavement composition and Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 7.6 NA condition survey as per IRC:SP:19 ☐ Review of pavement composition Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 7.7 NA and condition survey by client ☐ Pavement roughness survey as Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 7.8 NA per IRC:SP:16 ☐ 205 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1982390719/2025/S&R Zone Details / S.No SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/ NO/ NA Remarks Specifications Review of pavement roughness Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 7.9 NA survey by client ☐ Pavement structural strength Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 7.10 NA survey as per IRC:81 ☐ Review of pavement structural Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 7.11 NA strength survey by client ☐ Sub grade characteristics and Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 7.12 NA strengths ☐ Topographical survey as per IRC:SP:19 using LiDAR Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 7.13 NA • Gradient ☐ • Terrain Review of topographical survey by Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 7.14 NA client ☐ Inventory of bridges, culverts and Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 7.15 NA structures ☐ Condition survey for bridges, Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 7.16 NA culverts and structures ☐ Review of condition survey for Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 7.17 bridges, culverts and structures by NA ☐ client Any other details relevant to the Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 7.18 NA project ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 8 NA Geotechnical Survey ☐ Geo-technical and sub-soil Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 8.1 NA explorations as per IRC:78 ☐ Bore holes dug for every pier and Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 8.2 NA abutment ☐ Review of geo-technical and sub- Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 8.3 NA soil explorations by client ☐ Field testing, soil sampling, Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 8.4 laboratory testing in accordance NA ☐ with BIS/ AASHTO/ BS Recommendation of Foundation Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 8.5 NA Type and Depth ☐ 206 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 1992390719/2025/S&R Zone Details / S.No SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/ NO/ NA Remarks Specifications Any other details relevant to the Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 8.6 NA project ☐ Hydraulic and Hydrological Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 9 NA Survey ☐ Hydraulic and hydrological Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 9.1 investigations as per IRC:SP:13 NA ☐ and IRC:5 High Flood Level specified Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 9.2 NA ☐ Depth of Water Table specified Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 9.3 NA ☐ Ponded Water Level specified Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 9.4 NA ☐ Any other details relevant to the Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 9.5 NA project ☐ Review of hydrological Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 9.6 NA investigations by client ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 10 NA Materials Survey ☐ Materials Survey conducted as per Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 10.1 NA IRC:SP:19 ☐ Sources of Naturally Occurring Aggregates specified • Details of Borrow Pits with Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 10.2 Distance from Project Site ☐ • Cost of Material/ Transportation Sources of Manufactured Items specified • Details of suppliers with Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 10.3 NA distance from project site ☐ • Cost of material/ transportation Sources of water for construction Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 10.4 NA specified as per IS: 456 ☐ Any other details relevant to the Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 10.5 NA project ☐ 207 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2002390719/2025/S&R Zone Details / S.No SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/ NO/ NA Remarks Specifications Environmental screening/ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 11 preliminary environmental NA ☐ assessment Analysis basis Initial Environment Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 11.1 NA Examination in IRC: SP: 19 ☐ Recommended feasible mitigation Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 11.2 NA measures ☐ Initial social assessment/ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 12 preliminary LA NA ☐ resettlement plan Analysis basis Initial Environment Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 12.1 NA Examination in IRC: SP: 19 ☐ Details of consultation with Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 12.2 NA potentially affected persons ☐ Names/ Details of consultation Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 12.3 with local NGOs ☐ Names/ Details of consultation Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 12.4 with municipal authorities ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 12.5 Preliminary resettlement plan NA ☐ Any other details relevant to the Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 12.6 NA project ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 13 Cost estimates NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 13.1 Item rates and rate analysis NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 13.2 Escalation NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 14 Economic and financial analysis NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 14.1 Estimated cost details NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 14.2 Projected revenues details NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 14.3 Assumptions stated NA ☐ 208 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2012390719/2025/S&R Zone Details / S.No SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/ NO/ NA Remarks Specifications Analysis and results (IRR, Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 14.4 Sensitivity Analysis, Financial NA ☐ Viability) Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 15 Strip plan and Alignment NA ☐ Details of center line of proposed Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 15.1 NA highway ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 15.2 Details of existing RoW NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 15.3 Details of proposed RoW NA ☐ Details about ownership of land to Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 15.4 NA be acquired ☐ Strip plan basis reconnaissance Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 15.5 NA and topographic surveys ☐ Strip plan reviewed and approved Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 15.6 NA by the client ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 16 Alignment Options Study NA ☐ At least two alignments proposed Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 16.1 NA • Details of Alignments on ☐ Map Review of options with client Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 16.2 NA ☐ Review of options with local Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 16.2.1 NA authority ☐ Length of the project along Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 16.3 proposed alignment options ☐ Land Acquisition required along Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 16.4 alignment options ☐ Environmental impact of each Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 16.4.1 option ☐ Review of road geometry and Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 16.4.2 safety for each option ☐ Cost Estimates of alternatives Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 16.5 ☐ 209 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2022390719/2025/S&R Zone Details / S.No SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/ NO/ NA Remarks Specifications Recommended Alignment with Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 16.6 NA Justification ☐ Any other details relevant to the Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 16.7 NA project ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 17 Technical Specifications NA ☐ MoRTH technical specifications Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 17.1 for Roads and Bridge works NA ☐ followed Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 17.2 Details of technical specifications NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 18 Rate Analysis NA ☐ Rate analysis for all relevant items Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 18.1 NA as per latest SoR ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 19 Cost Estimates NA ☐ Cost estimates for all relevant Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 19.1 NA items as per latest SoR ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 20 Bill of quantities NA ☐ Conclusions and Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 21 NA recommendations ☐ Conclusions and Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 21.1 NA recommendations ☐ Report fulfils project objectives Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 21.2 NA and scope as per RFP ☐ Report reviewed for errors and Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 21.3 NA omissions ☐ Compliance report prepared on Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 21.4 NA client observations ☐ 210 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2032390719/2025/S&R Zone DPR Checklist – Stage 3 – LA and Clearances I Report (Pavements) General Details Project Name Consultant's Name Date of Review Details/ S.No SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks Specifications Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 1 Executive Summary NA ☐ Strip plan- additional details Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 2 NA added ☐ Details of centreline, existing Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 2.1 structures, road furniture and NA ☐ other features Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 2.2 Widening scheme NA ☐ New construction/ reconstruction Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 2.3 NA of structures and amenities ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 2.4 Existing and proposed right of way NA ☐ Clearances impacting each Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 2.5 NA chainage ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 3 Forest Clearance NA ☐ Requirement for forest clearance Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 3.1 NA identified ☐ Date/ Details of initial consultation Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 3.2 with competent authority ☐ Details/cost of trees being felled Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 3.3 basis concerned District Forest ☐ Office Date of submission of proposal for Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 3.4 NA forest clearance ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 3.5 Review of proposal by client NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 4 Wildlife Clearance NA ☐ 211 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2042390719/2025/S&R Zone Details/ S.No SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks Specifications Requirement for wildlife clearance Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 4.1 NA identified ☐ Date/ Details of initial consultation Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 4.2 with competent authority ☐ Details/cost of trees being felled Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 4.3 basis concerned District Forest ☐ Office Date of submission of proposal for Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 4.4 wildlife clearance ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 4.5 Review of proposal by client NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 5 Utility Clearances (Electricity) NA ☐ Identification of overground Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 5.1 NA utilities ☐ Identification of underground Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 5.2 utilities using GPR, Induction NA ☐ Locator or equivalent technologies Name/ Details of consultation with Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 5.3 local authority/ people ☐ Utility relocation plan with existing / proposed location Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 5.4 NA showing existing RoW and ☐ topographic details Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 5.5 Cost for relocation as per authority ☐ Date of proposal submission to Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 5.6 competent authority ☐ Review of utility relocation plan/ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 5.7 NA proposal by client ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 6 Utility Clearances (Water) NA ☐ Identification of overground Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 6.1 NA utilities in RoW ☐ Identification of underground Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 6.2 utilities using GPR, Induction NA ☐ Locator or equivalent technologies Name/ Details of consultation with Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 6.3 local authority/ people ☐ 212 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2052390719/2025/S&R Zone Details/ S.No SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks Specifications Utility relocation plan with existing / proposed location Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 6.4 NA showing existing RoW and ☐ topographic details Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 6.5 Cost for relocation as per authority ☐ Date of proposal submission to Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 6.6 NA competent authority ☐ Review of utility relocation plan/ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 6.7 NA proposal by client ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 7 Utility Clearances (Others) NA ☐ Identification of overground Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 7.1 NA utilities in RoW ☐ Identification of underground Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 7.2 utilities using GPR, Induction NA ☐ Locator or equivalent technologies Name/ Details of consultation with Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 7.3 local authority/ people ☐ Utility relocation plan with existing / proposed location Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 7.4 NA showing existing RoW and ☐ topographic details Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 7.5 Cost for relocation as per authority ☐ Date of proposal submission to Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 7.6 competent authority ☐ Review of utility relocation plan/ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 7.7 NA proposal by client ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 8 Railway Clearances NA ☐ Identification of ROB/ RUB on Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 8.1 NA project corridor ☐ Initial consultation with Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 8.2 NA competent authority ☐ Date of proposal submission to Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 8.3 competent authority ☐ 213 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2062390719/2025/S&R Zone Details/ S.No SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks Specifications Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 8.4 Review of GAD/ proposal by client NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 9 Other Clearances NA ☐ Requirement for other clearances Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 9.1 NA identified ☐ Date of proposal submission to Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 9.2 competent authority ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 9.3 Review of proposal by client NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 10 Land Acquisition NA ☐ Detailed schedule about Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 10.1 acquisition of landholdings as per NA ☐ land records Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 10.2 Consultation with affected persons NA ☐ Name/ Details of consultation with Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 10.3 NGOs ☐ Name/ Details of consultation with Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 10.4 concerned government agencies ☐ Total land required, land area Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 10.5 already available , land to be ☐ acquired identified Review of land acquisition using Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 10.6 NA digital cadastral map by client ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 10.7 Draft 3a notification submitted NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 10.8 Review of 3a notification by client NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 10.9 Date of 3a gazette notification ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 10.10 Draft 3a notification submitted NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 10.11 Review of 3A notification by client NA ☐ 214 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2072390719/2025/S&R Zone Details/ S.No SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks Specifications Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 10.12 Date of 3A gazette notification ☐ Conclusions and Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 11 NA recommendations ☐ Conclusions and Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 11.1 NA recommendations ☐ Report fulfils project objectives Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 11.2 NA and scope as per RFP ☐ Report reviewed for errors and Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 11.3 NA omissions ☐ Compliance report prepared on Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 11.4 NA client observations ☐ 215 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2082390719/2025/S&R Zone DPR Checklist – Stage 4 – Detailed Project Report (Pavements) General Details Project Name Consultant's Name Date of Review Details / S.No SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks Specifications Yes ☐ No ☐ 1 Main Report NA NA ☐ Introduction and project Yes ☐ No ☐ 2 NA background NA ☐ Overview of project location, project Yes ☐ No ☐ 2.1 NA objectives etc. NA ☐ Overview of report structure, Yes ☐ No ☐ 2.2 NA deliverables etc. NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 3 Social analysis of the project NA NA ☐ Project impact on stakeholders such Yes ☐ No ☐ 3.1 NA as local people NA ☐ Project impact on residential, Yes ☐ No ☐ 3.2 NA commercial and public properties NA ☐ Any other details relevant to the Yes ☐ No ☐ 3.3 NA project NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 4 Reconnaissance survey NA NA ☐ Geometric Features of the Existing Road Design Speed Yes ☐ No ☐ • Sight distance details 4.1 NA ☐ • Horizontal Alignment Details • Vertical Alignment Details • Height of Embankment Topographical Survey using LiDAR (or equivalent technology) as per IRC:SP:19 Yes ☐ No ☐ 4.2 NA NA ☐ • Gradient • Terrain 216 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2092390719/2025/S&R Zone Details / S.No SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks Specifications Pavement composition and condition Yes ☐ No ☐ 4.3 NA survey as per IRC:SP:19 NA ☐ Pavement roughness survey as per Yes ☐ No ☐ 4.4 Na IRC:SP:16 NA ☐ Pavement structural strength survey Yes ☐ No ☐ 4.5 NA as per IRC:81 NA ☐ Geological Survey Yes ☐ No ☐ 4.6 • Geological Map of the Area NA NA ☐ • Seismicity Climatic Conditions • Temperature Yes ☐ No ☐ 4.7 NA • Rainfall NA ☐ • Wind Land Use along the existing alignment Yes ☐ No ☐ 4.8 NA • Map of the Project Area NA ☐ depicting Agricultural/Habitation/Forest Area Details of Existing Structures • Map of the Project Area Yes ☐ No ☐ depicting 4.9 NA Hutments/Buildings/Temples/Public NA ☐ Building/Any Other Significant Structure Inventory and condition survey of Yes ☐ No ☐ 4.10 NA culverts NA ☐ Geo-technical and sub-soil Yes ☐ No ☐ 4.11 NA explorations as per IRC:78 NA ☐ Number of Bore holes dug (holes for Yes ☐ No ☐ 4.12 every pier and abutment) NA ☐ Field testing, soil sampling, Yes ☐ No ☐ 4.13 NA laboratory testing as per IRC: 78 NA ☐ Recommendation of Foundation Yes ☐ No ☐ 4.14 Type and Depth NA ☐ Hydrological investigations as per Yes ☐ No ☐ 4.15 NA IRC:5 NA ☐ 217 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2102390719/2025/S&R Zone Details / S.No SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks Specifications High Flood Level specified Yes ☐ No ☐ 4.16 NA NA ☐ Depth of Water Table specified Yes ☐ No ☐ 4.17 NA NA ☐ Ponded Water Level specified Yes ☐ No ☐ 4.18 NA NA ☐ Materials Survey conducted as per Yes ☐ No ☐ 4.19 NA IRC:SP:19 NA ☐ Sources of Naturally Occurring Aggregates specified • Details of Borrow Pits with Yes ☐ No ☐ 4.20 Distance from Project Site NA ☐ • Cost of Material/Transportation Sources of environmentally friendly Yes ☐ No ☐ 4.20.1 construction materials identified as NA NA ☐ per MoRT&H circular Sources of Manufactured Items specified • Details of Suppliers with Yes ☐ No ☐ 4.21 NA Distance from Project Site NA ☐ • Cost of Material/Transportation Source of Water for construction Yes ☐ No ☐ 4.22 NA specified as per IS:456 NA ☐ Any other details relevant to the Yes ☐ No ☐ 4.23 NA project NA ☐ Traffic studies and demand Yes ☐ No ☐ 5 NA forecast designs NA ☐ Classified traffic volume counts using Yes ☐ No ☐ 5.1 NA IHMCL data (7 day data) NA ☐ Traffic projection methodology as Yes ☐ No ☐ 5.2 NA per IRC:108 NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 5.3 Projected Traffic data for 20 years NA NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 5.4 Current and Projected PCU NA ☐ 218 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2112390719/2025/S&R Zone Details / S.No SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks Specifications Yes ☐ No ☐ 5.5 Current and Projected TVU NA ☐ Origin destination surveys as per Yes ☐ No ☐ 5.6 NA IRC: 102 NA ☐ Speed and delay studies as per Yes ☐ No ☐ 5.7 NA IRC:102 NA ☐ Traffic surveys for the design of road Yes ☐ No ☐ 5.8 NA junctions as per data in IRC: SP:41 NA ☐ Analysis for replacing railway level Yes ☐ No ☐ 5.9 crossings with over bridges/ NA NA ☐ subways Yes ☐ No ☐ 5.10 Axle load survey as per IRC:SP:19 NA NA ☐ Any other details relevant to the Yes ☐ No ☐ 5.11 NA project NA ☐ Traffic surveys monitored and Yes ☐ No ☐ 5.12 NA reviewed by the client NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 6 Cost estimates NA NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 6.1 Project costing as per latest SoR NA NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 7 Environmental aspects NA NA ☐ Environment profile of the project Yes ☐ No ☐ 7.1 NA region NA ☐ Details of Public consultation at Yes ☐ No ☐ 7.2 residential and commercial NA NA ☐ settlements affected Impact analysis and mitigation Yes ☐ No ☐ 7.3 NA measures NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 8 Economic and commercial analysis NA NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 8.1 NA Estimated cost details NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 8.2 NA Projected revenues details NA ☐ 219 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2122390719/2025/S&R Zone Details / S.No SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks Specifications Yes ☐ No ☐ 8.3 NA Assumptions stated NA ☐ Analysis and results (IRR, Sensitivity Yes ☐ No ☐ 8.4 NA Analysis, Financial Viability) NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 8.5 Conclusions and recommendations NA NA ☐ Financial model shared with client Yes ☐ No ☐ 8.6 NA and reviewed NA ☐ Conclusions and Yes ☐ No ☐ 9 NA recommendations NA ☐ Report fulfils project objectives and Yes ☐ No ☐ 9.1 NA scope as per RFP NA ☐ Report reviewed for errors and Yes ☐ No ☐ 9.2 NA omissions NA ☐ Compliance report prepared on Yes ☐ No ☐ 9.3 NA client observations NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 10 Design Report NA NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 10.1 NA Highway improvement proposals NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 10.2 NA Highway geometric designs NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 10.3 NA Roadside drainage NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 10.4 NA Intersections NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 10.5 NA Urban service roads NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 10.6 NA Bus-stops NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 10.7 NA Toll plazas NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 10.8 NA Pedestrian crossings NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 10.9 NA Utility relocation NA ☐ 220 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2132390719/2025/S&R Zone Details / S.No SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks Specifications Yes ☐ No ☐ 10.10 NA Pavement NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 10.11 NA Structures NA ☐ Any other details relevant to the Yes ☐ No ☐ 10.12 NA project NA ☐ Pavement deflection survey as per Yes ☐ No ☐ 10.13 NA IRC 81-1997 NA ☐ Any other details relevant to the Yes ☐ No ☐ 10.14 NA project NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 11 Materials Report NA NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 11.1 NA Material investigations as per IRC:10 NA ☐ Review of material investigations by Yes ☐ No ☐ 11.2 NA client NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 11.3 NA Multiple borrow areas identified NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 11.4 NA Material survey as per IRC: SP: 19 NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 11.5 NA Review of material survey by client NA ☐ Geo-technical and sub-soil Yes ☐ No ☐ 11.6 NA explorations as per IRC:78 NA ☐ Review of geo-technical and sub-soil Yes ☐ No ☐ 11.7 NA explorations by client NA ☐ Field testing, soil sampling, Yes ☐ No ☐ 11.8 laboratory testing in accordance with NA NA ☐ BIS/ AASHTO/ BS Pavement composition and condition Yes ☐ No ☐ 11.9 NA survey as per IRC:SP:19 NA ☐ Review of pavement composition and Yes ☐ No ☐ 11.10 NA condition survey by client NA ☐ Pavement roughness survey as per Yes ☐ No ☐ 11.11 NA IRC:SP:16 NA ☐ Review of pavement roughness Yes ☐ No ☐ 11.12 NA survey by client NA ☐ 221 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2142390719/2025/S&R Zone Details / S.No SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks Specifications Pavement structural strength survey Yes ☐ No ☐ 11.13 NA as per IRC:81 NA ☐ Review of pavement structural Yes ☐ No ☐ 11.14 NA strength survey by client NA ☐ Water sample tests as per MoRTH Yes ☐ No ☐ 11.15 NA specifications NA ☐ Any other details relevant to the Yes ☐ No ☐ 11.16 NA project NA ☐ Environmental Assessment Yes ☐ No ☐ 12 Report/ Resettlement and NA NA ☐ Rehabilitation Plan Option for alignment alternatives Yes ☐ No ☐ 12.1 NA considered and conclusions NA ☐ Land environment data collection Yes ☐ No ☐ 12.2 and details/ impact/ mitigation NA NA ☐ measures Air environment data collection and Yes ☐ No ☐ 12.3 NA details/ impact/ mitigation measures NA ☐ Water resources details/ impact/ Yes ☐ No ☐ 12.4 NA mitigation measures NA ☐ Noise environment details/ impact/ Yes ☐ No ☐ 12.5 NA mitigation measures NA ☐ Biological environment details/ Yes ☐ No ☐ 12.6 NA impact/ mitigation measures NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 12.7 NA Details of public consultation NA ☐ Environment monitoring and Yes ☐ No ☐ 12.8 NA management plan NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 12.9 NA Details of social impact assessment NA ☐ Details of resettlement and Yes ☐ No ☐ 12.10 NA rehabilitation action plan NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 12.11 NA Measures to minimize resettlement NA ☐ Details of public consultation with Yes ☐ No ☐ 12.12 NA stakeholders NA ☐ 222 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2152390719/2025/S&R Zone Details / S.No SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks Specifications Details of implementation Yes ☐ No ☐ 12.13 NA arrangement / budget NA ☐ Any other details relevant to the Yes ☐ No ☐ 12.14 NA project NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 13 NA Technical Specifications NA ☐ MoRTH technical specifications for Yes ☐ No ☐ 13.1 NA Roads and Bridge works followed NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 13.2 NA Details of technical specifications NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 14 NA Rate Analysis NA ☐ Rate analysis for all relevant items as Yes ☐ No ☐ 14.1 NA per latest SoR NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 15 NA Cost Estimates NA ☐ Cost estimates for all relevant items Yes ☐ No ☐ 15.1 NA as per latest SoR NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 16 NA Bill of quantities NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 17 NA Drawing Volume NA ☐ 18 Digital drawings of road Yes ☐ No ☐ 18.1 Highway cross sections NA ☐ 3D engineered models of: • Road alignment geometry Yes ☐ No ☐ 18.2 • Proposed highway NA ☐ • Proposed structures 223 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2162390719/2025/S&R Zone DPR Checklist – Stage 5 – Technical Schedules (Pavements) General Details Project Name Consultant's Name Date of Review Details / S.No SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks Specifications 1 Bid documents- EPC Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA 2 Bid documents- BOT/PPP Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA 3 Bid documents- other, if any Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA 4 Draft concession agreement Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA Schedule D - Specifications and Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 4 NA standards ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 5 NA Any other relevant details ☐ 224 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2172390719/2025/S&R Zone DPR Checklist – Stage 6 – LA and Clearances II Report (Pavements) General Details Project Name Consultant's Name Date of Review Details/ S.No SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks Specifications Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 1 Executive Summary NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 2 Environment Clearance NA ☐ Details of public hearings Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 2.1 completed ☐ Date of final environment Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 2.2 clearance by competent authority ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 3 Forest Clearance NA ☐ Date/ Details of Joint site Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 3.1 inspection with DFO/ competent ☐ authority Date of Stage I forest clearance Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 3.2 approval by competent authority ☐ Date of final forest clearance Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 3.3 approval by competent authority ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 4 Wildlife Clearance NA ☐ Date/ Details of joint site Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 4.1 inspection with DFO/ competent ☐ authority Date of final wildlife clearance Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 4.2 approval by competent authority ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 5 Utility Clearances (Electricity) NA ☐ Date/ Details of Joint site Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 5.1 inspection with competent ☐ authority Date of estimate submission by Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 5.2 competent authority ☐ 225 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2182390719/2025/S&R Zone Details/ S.No SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks Specifications Date of estimate approval by Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 5.3 competent authority ☐ Approved utility shifting proposal Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 5.4 including strip plan ☐ Details of approved contractors, Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 5.5 SoR and deposit details for user NA ☐ agency Utilities checklist, no upgradation Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 5.6 certificate attached ☐ Date of estimate submission by Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 6.2 competent authority ☐ Date of estimate approval by Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 6.3 competent authority ☐ Approved utility shifting proposal Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 6.4 including strip plan ☐ Details of approved contractors, Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 6.5 SoR and deposit details for user NA ☐ agency Utilities checklist, no upgradation Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 6.6 certificate attached ☐ Date of estimate submission by Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 7.2 competent authority ☐ Date of estimate approval by Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 7.3 competent authority ☐ Approved utility shifting proposal Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 7.4 including strip plan ☐ Details of approved contractors, Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 7.5 SoR and deposit details for user NA ☐ agency Utilities checklist, no upgradation Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 7.6 certificate attached ☐ Date of final approval of GAD by Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 8.2 competent authority ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 9 Other Clearances NA ☐ Date of final approval by Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 9.1 competent authority ☐ 226 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2192390719/2025/S&R Zone Details/ S.No SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks Specifications Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 10 Land Acquisition NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 10.1 Draft 3a notification submitted ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 10.2 Review of 3a notification by client ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 10.3 Date of 3a gazette notification ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 10.4 Draft 3a notification submitted ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 10.5 Review of 3A notification by client ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 10.6 Date of 3A gazette notification ☐ Date of Joint Measurement Survey Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 10.7 with competent authority ☐ 10.7.1 Date of survey - village wise Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA ☐ 10.7.2 Land type –by survey number Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA ☐ 10.7.3 Nature of Land –by survey Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA number ☐ 10.7.4 Ownership status of plots- by Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA survey number ☐ 10.7.5 Verification of area to be acquired Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA – by survey number ☐ 10.7.6 List of structures on each plot Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA ☐ 10.7.7 Sketches of updated alignment by Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA village ☐ 10.7.8 Verification from Land revenue Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA department ☐ 10.7.9 Verification by CALA office Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA ☐ 227 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2202390719/2025/S&R Zone 1 DPR Checklist – Stage 7 – Award determination (Pavements) General Details Project Name Consultant's Name Date of Review Details/ S.No SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks Specifications 1 Executive Summary Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA 2 Village level summary Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA Total private and public land being 2.1 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA acquired Variation in area and nature of land 2.2 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA against 3D with justification Method used by CALA to arrive at 2.3 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA award Date of award by CALA and 2.4 approval by <Agency> along with valuation report Total award calculated and 2.5 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA deviation from RFCTLARR act 3 In detail for each Village Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA Updated land acquisition tracker with status of: • Notifications 3.1 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA • Award • Disbursement Valuation report and details of 3.2 award calculation- verification by Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA state authority to be included 3.3 Claims report Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA 3.4 Copies of notifications published Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA Copies of land possession 3.5 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA certificates received Conclusions and 4 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA recommendations 4.1 Conclusions and recommendations Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA Report fulfils project objectives and 4.2 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA scope as per RFP 228 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2212390719/2025/S&R Zone Details/ S.No SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks Specifications Report reviewed for errors and 4.3 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA omissions Compliance report prepared on 4.4 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA client observations 2 DPR Checklist – Stage 8 – Land possession report (Pavements) General Details Project Name Consultant's Name Date of Review Details/ S.No SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks Specifications 1 Executive Summary Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA 2 Village level summary Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA Total private and public land 2.1 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA being acquired Date of final award by CALA and 2.2 approval by <Agency> Status of disbursement on date of 2.3 receipt of Land possession Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA certificate Key issues being faced in 2.4 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA completing land acquisition, if any 3 In detail for each Village Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA Updated land acquisition tracker with status of: • Notifications 3.1 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA • Award • Disbursement 3.2 Final award and claims report Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA Copies of notifications published, 3.3 land possession certificates Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA received Conclusions and 4 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA recommendations Conclusions and 4.1 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA recommendations 229 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2222390719/2025/S&R Zone Details/ S.No SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks Specifications Report fulfils project objectives 4.2 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA and scope as per RFP Report reviewed for errors and 4.3 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA omissions Compliance report prepared on 4.4 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA client observations GIS Map containing digitsed Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 5 details of land parcels acquired NA ☐ with all relevant details 230 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2232390719/2025/S&R Zone Annexure III: Checklists for Structures such as ROB/ RUB DPR Checklist – Stage 1 – Inception Report (Structures) General Details Project Name Consultant's Name Date of Review Details/ S.N SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Specification Remarks o s Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 1 Executive Summary NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 2 Project Appreciation NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 2.1 Location of site office ☐ Review of scope of ToR and gap Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 2.2 NA identification ☐ Details of key departments for Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 2.3 documents ☐ Project description • Existing LC number Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 2.4 • Start and End Chainage ☐ • Village/District Project location map • On State Map Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 2.5 • On District Map ☐ • Latitude & Longitude Coordinates of the LC Details of Existing Level Crossing • Number of Railway Tracks Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 2.6 • Type of Railway Tracks ☐ (Broad/Metre/Narrow) • No. of trains per day Justification for need of an Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 2.7 NA ROB/RUB (on basis of TVU count) ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 2.8 Overview of land use plans NA ☐ 231 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2242390719/2025/S&R Zone Details/ S.N SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Specification Remarks o s Overview of existing pavement conditions • Number of Lanes Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 2.9 ☐ • Type of Pavement (Flexible/Rigid/Surfaced/Unsurfa ced) Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 2.10 Existing right of way details ☐ Any other details relevant to the Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 2.11 NA project ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 3 Approach Methodology NA ☐ Engineering survey and Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 3.1 NA investigations ☐ Design of road, pavements and Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 3.2 NA structures ☐ Environment and social impact Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 3.3 NA assessment ☐ Estimation of project cost, Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 3.4 NA viability and financing options ☐ Any other details relevant to the Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 3.5 NA project ☐ Task Assignment and Manning Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 4 NA Schedule ☐ Number of key personnel Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 4.1 provided ☐ Specific tasks assigned to each key Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 4.2 NA personnel ☐ Manning schedule for key Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 4.3 NA personnel ☐ Number of key personnel Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 4.4 deployed at site ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 5 Performa for data collection NA ☐ Indicative Design standards Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 6 NA and cross sections ☐ 232 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2252390719/2025/S&R Zone Details/ S.N SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Specification Remarks o s Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 7 Development plans NA ☐ Overview of development plans Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 7.1 being implemented/ proposed by NA ☐ local bodies Overview of impact of such Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 7.2 NA development plans ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 8 Quality Assurance Plan NA ☐ Engineering surveys and Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 8.1 NA investigation ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 8.2 Traffic surveys NA ☐ Material geo-technical and sub- Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 8.3 NA soil investigations ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 8.4 Road and pavement investigations NA ☐ Investigation and design of Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 8.5 NA bridges and structures ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 8.6 Environment and R&R assessment NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 8.7 Economic and financial analysis NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 8.8 Drawing and documentation NA ☐ Discussion of draft QAP document Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 8.9 NA with client ☐ Approval of final QAP document Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 8.10 NA by client ☐ Any other details relevant to the Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 8.11 NA project ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 9 Draft design standards NA ☐ Geometric design standards of Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 9.1 NA bridges (Plain) ☐ 233 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2262390719/2025/S&R Zone Details/ S.N SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Specification Remarks o s Geometric design standards of Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 9.2 NA bridges (Hilly) ☐ Any other details relevant to the Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 9.3 NA project ☐ Conclusions and Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 10 NA recommendations ☐ Conclusions and Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 10.1 NA recommendations ☐ Report fulfils project objectives Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 10.2 NA and scope as per RFP ☐ Report reviewed for errors and Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 10.3 NA omissions ☐ Compliance report prepared on Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 10.4 NA client observations ☐ 234 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2272390719/2025/S&R Zone DPR Checklist – Stage 2 – Feasibility Report (Structures) General Details Project Name Consultant's Name Date of Review Details/ S.No SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks Specifications Yes ☐ No ☐ 1 Executive Summary NA NA ☐ Overview of client organization / Yes ☐ No ☐ 2 NA activities NA ☐ Methodology adopted for Yes ☐ No ☐ 3 NA feasibility study NA ☐ Socioeconomic profile of the Yes ☐ No ☐ 4 NA project areas NA ☐ Regional economic profile basis last Yes ☐ No ☐ 4.1 NA 10 years data as per IRC NA ☐ Economic profile of project influence Yes ☐ No ☐ 4.2 area basis last 10 years data as per NA NA ☐ IRC Socio Economic status of project Yes ☐ No ☐ 4.3 NA influence area NA ☐ Indicative design standards, Yes ☐ No ☐ 5 NA methodologies, and specifications NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 6 Traffic surveys and analysis NA NA ☐ Classified traffic volume counts using Yes ☐ No ☐ 6.1 NA IHMCL data (7 day) NA ☐ Traffic projection methodology as Yes ☐ No ☐ 6.2 NA per IRC:108 NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 6.3 Projected Traffic data for 20 years NA NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 6.4 Current and Projected PCU NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 6.5 Current and Projected TVU NA ☐ 235 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2282390719/2025/S&R Zone Details/ S.No SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks Specifications Yes ☐ No ☐ 6.6 Axle load survey as per IRC:SP:19 NA NA ☐ Any other details relevant to the Yes ☐ No ☐ 6.7 NA project NA ☐ Traffic surveys monitored and Yes ☐ No ☐ 6.8 NA reviewed by the client NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 7 Reconnaissance survey NA NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 7.1 NA Road Inventory as per IRC:SP:19 NA ☐ Review of Road Inventory Survey by Yes ☐ No ☐ 7.2 NA client NA ☐ Geometric Features of the Existing Road • Design Speed Yes ☐ No ☐ • Sight distance elements 7.3 NA NA ☐ • Horizontal Alignment Details • Vertical Alignment Details • Height of Embankment Topographical Survey as per IRC:SP:19 using LiDAR or equivalent technology Yes ☐ No ☐ 7.4 NA NA ☐ • Gradient • Terrain Review of topographical survey by Yes ☐ No ☐ 7.5 NA client NA ☐ Pavement composition and condition Yes ☐ No ☐ 7.6 NA survey as per IRC:SP:19 NA ☐ Geological Survey Yes ☐ No ☐ 7.7 • Geological Map of the Area NA NA ☐ • Seismicity Climatic Conditions • Temperature Yes ☐ No ☐ 7.8 NA • Rainfall NA ☐ • Wind 236 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2292390719/2025/S&R Zone Details/ S.No SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks Specifications Land Use along the existing alignment Yes ☐ No ☐ 7.9 NA • Map of the Project Area NA ☐ depicting Agricultural/Habitation/Forest Area Details of Existing Structures • Map of the Project Area Yes ☐ No ☐ depicting 7.10 NA Hutments/Buildings/Temples/Public NA ☐ Building/Any Other Significant Structure Inventory and condition survey of Yes ☐ No ☐ 7.11 NA culverts NA ☐ Any other details relevant to the Yes ☐ No ☐ 7.12 NA project NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 8 Geotechnical Survey NA NA ☐ Geo-technical and sub-soil Yes ☐ No ☐ 8.1 NA explorations as per IRC:78 NA ☐ Number of Bore holes dug (holds for Yes ☐ No ☐ 8.2 every pier and abutment) NA ☐ Review of geo-technical and sub-soil Yes ☐ No ☐ 8.3 NA explorations by client NA ☐ Field testing, soil sampling, Yes ☐ No ☐ 8.4 NA laboratory testing as per IRC:78 NA ☐ Recommendation of Foundation Yes ☐ No ☐ 8.5 Type and Depth NA ☐ Any other details relevant to the Yes ☐ No ☐ 8.6 NA project NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 9 NA Hydraulic & Hydrological Survey NA ☐ Hydrological investigations as per Yes ☐ No ☐ 9.1 NA IRC:5 and IRC: 13 NA ☐ High Flood Level specified Yes ☐ No ☐ 9.2 NA NA ☐ Depth of Water Table specified Yes ☐ No ☐ 9.3 NA NA ☐ 237 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2302390719/2025/S&R Zone Details/ S.No SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks Specifications Ponded Water Level specified Yes ☐ No ☐ 9.4 NA NA ☐ Any other details relevant to the Yes ☐ No ☐ 9.5 NA project NA ☐ Review of Hydrological Survey by the Yes ☐ No ☐ 9.6 NA client NA ☐ Materials Survey Yes ☐ No ☐ 10 NA NA ☐ Materials Survey conducted as per Yes ☐ No ☐ 10.1 NA IRC:SP:19 NA ☐ Sources of Naturally Occurring Aggregates specified • Details of Borrow Pits with Yes ☐ No ☐ 10.2 Distance from Project Site NA ☐ • Cost of Material/Transportation Sources of Manufactured Items specified • Details of Suppliers with Yes ☐ No ☐ 10.3 NA Distance from Project Site NA ☐ • Cost of Material/Transportation Source of Water for construction Yes ☐ No ☐ 10.4 NA specified as per IS:456 NA ☐ Any other details relevant to the Yes ☐ No ☐ 10.5 NA project NA ☐ Determination of whether ROB or Yes ☐ No ☐ 11 NA RUB is appropriate NA ☐ Justification of whether ROB or RUB Yes ☐ No ☐ 11.1 NA should be built NA ☐ Review of justification by client Yes ☐ No ☐ 11.2 NA NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 12 Alignment Options Study NA NA ☐ At least two alignments proposed Yes ☐ No ☐ 12.1 NA • Details of Alignments on Map NA ☐ 238 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2312390719/2025/S&R Zone Details/ S.No SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks Specifications Review of options with client Yes ☐ No ☐ 12.2 NA NA ☐ Review of options with local Yes ☐ No ☐ 12.2.1 NA authority NA ☐ Length of the project along proposed Yes ☐ No ☐ 12.3 NA alignment options NA ☐ Land Acquisition required along Yes ☐ No ☐ 12.4 NA alignment options NA ☐ Cost Estimates of alternatives Yes ☐ No ☐ 12.5 NA NA ☐ Recommended Alignment with Yes ☐ No ☐ 12.6 Justification NA ☐ Skew Angle of Proposed Alignment Yes ☐ No ☐ 12.7 Specified NA ☐ Environmental impact of each option Yes ☐ No ☐ 12.7.1 NA ☐ Review of road geometry and safety Yes ☐ No ☐ 12.7.2 NA for each option NA ☐ Traffic Diversion Route Specified Yes ☐ No ☐ 12.9 NA NA ☐ Any other details relevant to the Yes ☐ No ☐ 12.10 NA project NA ☐ Environmental screening/ Yes ☐ No ☐ 13 preliminary environmental NA NA ☐ assessment Analysis basis Initial Environment Yes ☐ No ☐ 13.1 NA Examination in IRC: SP: 19 NA ☐ Recommended feasible mitigation Yes ☐ No ☐ 13.2 NA measures NA ☐ Initial social assessment/ Yes ☐ No ☐ 14 NA preliminary LA resettlement plan NA ☐ Analysis basis Initial Environment Yes ☐ No ☐ 14.1 NA Examination in IRC: SP: 19 NA ☐ Details of consultation with Yes ☐ No ☐ 14.2 NA potentially affected persons NA ☐ Details of consultation with local Yes ☐ No ☐ 14.3 NA NGOs NA ☐ 239 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2322390719/2025/S&R Zone Details/ S.No SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks Specifications Details of consultation with Yes ☐ No ☐ 14.4 NA municipal authorities NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 14.5 Preliminary resettlement plan NA NA ☐ Any other details relevant to the Yes ☐ No ☐ 14.6 NA project NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 15 Cost estimates NA NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 15.1 Item rates and rate analysis NA NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 15.2 Escalation NA NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 16 Economic and financial analysis NA NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 16.1 Estimated cost details NA NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 16.2 Projected revenues details NA NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 16.3 Assumptions stated NA NA ☐ Analysis and results • IRR Yes ☐ No ☐ 16.4 NA • Sensitivity Analysis NA ☐ • Financial Viability Any other details relevant to the Yes ☐ No ☐ 16.5 NA project NA ☐ 17 Strip Plan NA Details of center line of proposed Yes ☐ No ☐ 17.1 NA structure NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 17.2 Details of existing RoW NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 17.3 Details of proposed RoW NA ☐ Details about ownership of land to be Yes ☐ No ☐ 17.4 NA acquired NA ☐ 240 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2332390719/2025/S&R Zone Details/ S.No SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks Specifications Strip plan basis reconnaissance and Yes ☐ No ☐ 17.5 NA topographic surveys NA ☐ Strip plan reviewed and approved by Yes ☐ No ☐ 17.6 NA the client NA ☐ Any other details relevant to the Yes ☐ No ☐ 17.7 NA project NA ☐ Strip plan- additional details Yes ☐ No ☐ 11 NA added NA ☐ Details of centreline, existing Yes ☐ No ☐ 11.1 structures, road furniture and other NA NA ☐ features Yes ☐ No ☐ 11.2 Widening scheme NA NA ☐ New construction/ reconstruction of Yes ☐ No ☐ 11.3 NA structures and amenities NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 11.4 Existing and proposed right of way NA NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 11.5 Clearances impacting each chainage NA NA ☐ 241 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2342390719/2025/S&R Zone DPR Checklist – Stage 3 – LA and Clearances I Report (Structures) General Details Project Name Consultant's Name Date of Review Details/ S.No SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks Specifications Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 1 Executive Summary NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 2 Environment Clearance NA ☐ Requirement for environment Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 2.1 NA clearance identified ☐ Date/ Details of Initial consultation Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 2.2 with competent authority ☐ Date of submission of draft EIA Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 2.3 NA report/ proposal for clearance ☐ Review of proposal/ EIA report by Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 2.4 NA client ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 3 Forest Clearance NA ☐ Requirement for forest clearance Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 3.1 NA identified ☐ Date/ Details of initial consultation Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 3.2 with competent authority ☐ Details/cost of trees being felled Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 3.3 basis concerned District Forest ☐ Office Date of submission of proposal for Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 3.4 NA forest clearance ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 3.5 Review of proposal by client NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 4 Wildlife Clearance NA ☐ Requirement for wildlife clearance Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 4.1 NA identified ☐ 242 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2352390719/2025/S&R Zone Details/ S.No SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks Specifications Date/ Details of initial consultation Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 4.2 with competent authority ☐ Details/cost of trees being felled Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 4.3 basis concerned District Forest ☐ Office Date of submission of proposal for Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 4.4 wildlife clearance ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 4.5 Review of proposal by client NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 5 Utility Clearances (Electricity) NA ☐ Identification of overground Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 5.1 NA utilities ☐ Identification of underground Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 5.2 utilities using GPR, Induction NA ☐ Locator or equivalent technologies Name/ Details of consultation with Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 5.3 local authority/ people ☐ Utility relocation plan with existing / proposed location showing Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 5.4 NA existing RoW and topographic ☐ details Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 5.5 Cost for relocation as per authority ☐ Date of proposal submission to Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 5.6 competent authority ☐ Review of utility relocation plan/ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 5.7 NA proposal by client ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 6 Utility Clearances (Water) NA ☐ Identification of overground Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 6.1 NA utilities in RoW ☐ Identification of underground Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 6.2 utilities using GPR, Induction NA ☐ Locator or equivalent technologies Name/ Details of consultation with Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 6.3 local authority/ people ☐ 243 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2362390719/2025/S&R Zone Details/ S.No SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks Specifications Utility relocation plan with existing / proposed location showing Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 6.4 NA existing RoW and topographic ☐ details Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 6.5 Cost for relocation as per authority ☐ Date of proposal submission to Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 6.6 NA competent authority ☐ Review of utility relocation plan/ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 6.7 NA proposal by client ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 7 Utility Clearances (Others) NA ☐ Identification of over ground Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 7.1 NA utilities in RoW ☐ Identification of underground Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 7.2 utilities using GPR, Induction NA ☐ Locator or equivalent technologies Name/ Details of consultation with Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 7.3 local authority/ people ☐ Utility relocation plan with existing / proposed location showing Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 7.4 NA existing RoW and topographic ☐ details Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 7.5 Cost for relocation as per authority ☐ Date of proposal submission to Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 7.6 competent authority ☐ Review of utility relocation plan/ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 7.7 NA proposal by client ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 8 Railway Clearances NA ☐ Identification of ROB/ RUB on Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 8.1 NA project corridor ☐ Initial consultation with competent Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 8.2 NA authority ☐ Date of proposal submission to Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 8.3 competent authority ☐ 244 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2372390719/2025/S&R Zone Details/ S.No SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks Specifications Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 8.4 Review of GAD/ proposal by client NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 9 Other Clearances NA ☐ Requirement for other clearances Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 9.1 NA identified ☐ Date of proposal submission to Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 9.2 competent authority ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 9.3 Review of proposal by client NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 10 Land Acquisition NA ☐ Detailed schedule about acquisition Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 10.1 NA of landholdings as per land records ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 10.2 Consultation with affected persons NA ☐ Name/ Details of consultation with Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 10.3 NGOs ☐ Name/ Details of consultation with Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 10.4 concerned government agencies ☐ Total land required, land area Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 10.5 already available , land to be ☐ acquired identified Review of land acquisition using Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 10.6 NA digital cadastral map by client ☐ Strip plan- additional details Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 11 NA 11 added ☐ Details of centreline, existing Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 11.1 structures, road furniture and other NA 11.1 ☐ features Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 11.2 Widening scheme NA 11.2 ☐ New construction/ reconstruction Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 11.3 NA 11.3 of structures and amenities ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 11.4 Existing and proposed right of way NA 11.4 ☐ 245 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2382390719/2025/S&R Zone Details/ S.No SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks Specifications Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 11.5 Clearances impacting each chainage NA 11.5 ☐ Conclusions and Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 12 NA recommendations ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 12.1 Conclusions and recommendations NA ☐ Report fulfils project objectives and Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 12.2 NA scope as per RFP ☐ Report reviewed for errors and Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 12.3 NA omissions ☐ Compliance report prepared on Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 12.4 NA client observations ☐ 246 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2392390719/2025/S&R Zone DPR Checklist – Stage 4 – Detailed Project Report (Structures) General Details Project Name Consultant's Name Date of Review Details/ S.No SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks Specifications Yes ☐ No ☐ 1 Project background NA NA ☐ Project description • Existing LC number Yes ☐ No ☐ 1.1 • Start and End Chainage NA ☐ • Village/District Project location map • On State Map Yes ☐ No ☐ 1.2 • On District Map NA ☐ • Latitude & Longitude Coordinates of the LC Details of Existing Level Crossing • Number of Railway Tracks Yes ☐ No ☐ 1.3 • Type of Railway Tracks (Broad/Metre/Narrow) NA ☐ • No. of trains per day Yes ☐ No ☐ 1.4 Justification for need of an ROB/RUB (on basis of TVU count) NA NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 1.5 Overview of land use plans NA NA ☐ Overview of existing pavement conditions • Number of Lanes Yes ☐ No ☐ 1.6 NA ☐ • Type of Pavement (Flexible/Rigid/Surfaced/Unsurfaced) Yes ☐ No ☐ 1.7 Existing right of way details NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 1.8 Any other details relevant to the project NA NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 2 Social analysis of the project NA NA ☐ 247 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2402390719/2025/S&R Zone Details/ S.No SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks Specifications Yes ☐ No ☐ 2.1 NA Project impact on stakeholders such as local people NA ☐ Project impact on residential, commercial and public Yes ☐ No ☐ 2.2 NA properties NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 2.3 NA Any other details relevant to the project NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 3 Reconnaissance survey NA NA ☐ Geometric Features of the Existing Road • Design Speed • Sight distance details Yes ☐ No ☐ 3.1 • Horizontal Alignment Details NA ☐ • Vertical Alignment Details • Height of Embankment Topographical Survey using LiDAR or equivalent technology as per IRC:SP:19 Yes ☐ No ☐ 3.2 NA • Gradient NA ☐ • Terrain Yes ☐ No ☐ 3.3 NA Pavement composition and condition survey as per IRC:SP:19 NA ☐ Geological Survey Yes ☐ No ☐ 3.4 • Geological Map of the Area NA NA ☐ • Seismicity Climatic Conditions • Temperature Yes ☐ No ☐ 3.5 NA • Rainfall NA ☐ • Wind Land Use along the existing alignment Yes ☐ No ☐ 3.6 NA • Map of the Project Area depicting NA ☐ Agricultural/Habitation/Forest Area Details of Existing Structures Yes ☐ No ☐ • Map of the Project Area depicting 3.7 NA Hutments/Buildings/Temples/Public Building/Any Other NA ☐ Significant Structure Yes ☐ No ☐ 3.8 NA Inventory and condition survey of culverts NA ☐ 248 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2412390719/2025/S&R Zone Details/ S.No SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks Specifications Yes ☐ No ☐ 3.9 NA Geo-technical and sub-soil explorations as per IRC:78 NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 3.10 Number of Bore holes dug (holds for every pier and abutment) NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 3.11 NA Field testing, soil sampling, laboratory testing as per IRC: 78 NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 3.12 Recommendation of Foundation Type and Depth NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 3.13 NA Hydraulic and Hydrological investigations as per IRC:5 NA ☐ High Flood Level specified Yes ☐ No ☐ 3.14 NA NA ☐ Depth of Water Table specified Yes ☐ No ☐ 3.15 NA NA ☐ Ponded Water Level specified Yes ☐ No ☐ 3.16 NA NA ☐ Materials Survey conducted as per IRC:SP:19 Yes ☐ No ☐ 3.17 NA NA ☐ Sources of Naturally Occurring Aggregates specified Yes ☐ No ☐ 3.18 • Details of Borrow Pits with Distance from Project Site NA ☐ • Cost of Material/Transportation Sources of Manufactured Items specified Yes ☐ No ☐ 3.19 • Details of Suppliers with Distance from Project Site NA NA ☐ • Cost of Material/Transportation Sources of environmentally friendly construction materials Yes ☐ No ☐ 3.19.1 NA identified as per MoRT&H circular NA ☐ Source of Water for construction specified as per IS:456 Yes ☐ No ☐ 3.20 NA NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 3.21 NA Any other details relevant to the project NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 4 Traffic surveys and analysis NA NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 4.1 Classified traffic volume counts using IHMCL data (7 day) NA NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 4.2 Traffic projection as per IRC:108 NA NA ☐ 249 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2422390719/2025/S&R Zone Details/ S.No SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks Specifications Yes ☐ No ☐ 4.3 Projected Traffic data for 20 years NA NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 4.4 Current and Projected PCU NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 4.5 Current and Projected TVU NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 4.6 Axle load survey as per IRC:SP:19 NA NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 4.7 Any other details relevant to the project NA NA ☐ Determination of whether ROB or RUB is appropriate Yes ☐ No ☐ 5 NA NA ☐ Justification of whether ROB or RUB should be built Yes ☐ No ☐ 5.1 NA NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 6 Alignment Options Study NA NA ☐ At least two alignments proposed Yes ☐ No ☐ 6.1 NA • Details of Alignments on Map NA ☐ Length of the project along proposed alignment options Yes ☐ No ☐ 6.2 NA NA ☐ Land Acquisition required along alignment options Yes ☐ No ☐ 6.3 NA NA ☐ Cost Estimates of alternatives Yes ☐ No ☐ 6.4 NA NA ☐ Recommended Alignment with Justification Yes ☐ No ☐ 6.5 NA ☐ Skew Angle of Proposed Alignment Specified Yes ☐ No ☐ 6.6 NA ☐ Traffic Diversion Route Specified Yes ☐ No ☐ 6.7 NA NA ☐ Any other details relevant to the project Yes ☐ No ☐ 6.8 NA NA ☐ Design Specifications Yes ☐ No ☐ 7 NA NA ☐ Number of Lanes Yes ☐ No ☐ 7.1 NA ☐ 250 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2432390719/2025/S&R Zone Details/ S.No SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks Specifications Width of ROB • Width of Carriageway Yes ☐ No ☐ 7.2 • Width of Safety Kerbs NA ☐ • Width of Footpath • Any other Proposed Number of Lanes on ROB in line with PCU as per Yes ☐ No ☐ 7.3 NA latest MoRTH guidelines NA ☐ Proposed Length of the Project • Length of ROB • Length of Viaduct Yes ☐ No ☐ 7.4 • Length of RE Wall NA ☐ • Length of Approach Road • Length of Service Road Span Arrangement Yes ☐ No ☐ 7.5 • Span Length NA ☐ • Number of Spans Are all spans of standardised length as per Railways standards Yes ☐ No ☐ (https://ircep.gov.in/RCApproval/https://ircep.gov.in/RCApproval/) 7.6 NA NA ☐ • If non-standardised, suitable justification provided Details of Proposed Superstructure Design • Type Yes ☐ No ☐ 7.7 NA • Details of Material Use Proposed NA ☐ • Drawings of Cross-Sections Details of Proposed Substructure Design Type Yes ☐ No ☐ 7.8 NA • Details of Material Use Proposed NA ☐ • Drawings of Cross-Sections Details of Proposed Pavement Design Type • Details of Material Use Proposed Yes ☐ No ☐ 7.9 NA • Thickness NA ☐ • Design MSA • Drawings of Cross-Sections 251 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2442390719/2025/S&R Zone Details/ S.No SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks Specifications Details of Drainage Structures Proposed Yes ☐ No ☐ 7.10 NA NA ☐ Any other details relevant to the project Yes ☐ No ☐ 7.11 NA NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 8 Cost estimates NA NA ☐ Summary of Cost Estimates (Refer following subsection) Yes ☐ No ☐ 8.1 NA ☐ Detailed Abstract of Cost Yes ☐ No ☐ 8.2 NA NA ☐ Detailed Bills of Quantity Yes ☐ No ☐ 8.3 NA NA ☐ Detailed Rate Analysis Yes ☐ No ☐ 8.4 NA NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 9 Financial Viability NA NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 9.1 NA Estimated cost details NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 9.2 NA Projected revenues details NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ 9.3 NA Assumptions stated NA ☐ Analysis and results • IRR Yes ☐ No ☐ 9.4 • Sensitivity Analysis NA ☐ • Financial Viability Land Acquisition Study Yes ☐ No ☐ 10 NA NA ☐ Land Acquisition Details • Total Land Required Yes ☐ No ☐ 10.1 • Land Area already available NA ☐ • Area of Land to be Acquired Details of LA Cost Yes ☐ No ☐ 10.3 NA ☐ Utility Shifting Study Yes ☐ No ☐ 11 NA NA ☐ 252 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2452390719/2025/S&R Zone Details/ S.No SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks Specifications Results of GPR investigation Yes ☐ No ☐ 11.1 NA NA ☐ Utility relocation plan with existing / proposed location Yes ☐ No ☐ 11.2 NA showing existing RoW and topographic details NA ☐ Cost for relocation as per authority Yes ☐ No ☐ 11.3 NA ☐ General Arrangement Drawing Yes ☐ No ☐ 12 NA NA ☐ Elevation of Railway Portion Yes ☐ No ☐ 12.1 NA NA ☐ Plan of Railway Portion Yes ☐ No ☐ 12.2 NA NA ☐ General Elevation Yes ☐ No ☐ 12.3 NA NA ☐ General Plan (showing complete ROB/RUB along with Yes ☐ No ☐ 12.4 NA diversion) NA ☐ Key Plan Yes ☐ No ☐ 12.5 NA NA ☐ Cross-Section of Railway Portion Yes ☐ No ☐ 12.6 NA NA ☐ 3D engineered models of: • Existing structure, if any Yes ☐ No ☐ 12.7 • Proposed structure NA ☐ • Utilities and other features in RoW 253 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2462390719/2025/S&R Zone Cost Summary Table S.No. Particulars Cost Estimate(in '000) 1 Cost of ROB Portion Foundation Substructure Superstructure Total-ROB Portion 2 Cost of Viaduct Foundation Substructure Superstructure Total-Viaduct 3 Cost of Approach Road 4 Cost of RE Wall 5 Cost of Service Road 6 Miscellaneous Costs Cost of Subway Cost of Toll Plaza Cost of Culverts Any Other Costs Civil Cost of the Project 7 Contingencies @x% Total Civil Cost 8 Supervision Charges @x% 9 Cost of Quality Control @x% 10 Maintenance Charges @x% 11 Escalation Costs @x% 12 Land Acquisition Costs 13 Utility Shifting Costs 14 Any Other Costs 254 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2472390719/2025/S&R Zone S.No. Particulars Cost Estimate(in '000) Total Cost of the Project 255 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2482390719/2025/S&R Zone DPR Checklist – Stage 5 – Technical Schedules (Structures) General Details Project Name Consultant's Name Date of Review Details/ S.No SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks Specifications 1 Bid documents- EPC Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA 2 Bid documents- Other, if any Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA 3 Draft concession agreement Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA 3 Schedule C - Project facilities Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA Schedule D - Specifications and 4 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA standards 5 Any other relevant details Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA 256 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2492390719/2025/S&R Zone DPR Checklist – Stage 6 – LA and Clearances II Report (Structures) General Details Project Name Consultant's Name Date of Review Details/ S.No SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks Specifications Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 1 Executive Summary NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 2 Environment Clearance NA ☐ Details of public hearings Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 2.1 completed ☐ Date of final environment Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 2.2 clearance by competent authority ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 3 Forest Clearance NA ☐ Date/ Details of Joint site Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 3.1 inspection with DFO/ competent ☐ authority Date of Stage I forest clearance Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 3.2 approval by competent authority ☐ Date of final forest clearance Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 3.3 approval by competent authority ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 4 Wildlife Clearance NA ☐ Date/ Details of joint site Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 4.1 inspection with DFO/ competent ☐ authority Date of final wildlife clearance Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 4.2 approval by competent authority ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 5 Utility Clearances (Electricity) NA ☐ Date/ Details of Joint site Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 5.1 inspection with competent ☐ authority Date of estimate submission by Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 5.2 competent authority ☐ 257 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2502390719/2025/S&R Zone Details/ S.No SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks Specifications Date of estimate approval by Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 5.3 competent authority ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 5.4 Approved utility shifting proposal ☐ Details of approved contractors, Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 5.5 SoR and deposit details for user NA ☐ agency Utilities checklist, no upgradation Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 5.6 certificate attached ☐ Date of estimate submission by Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 6.2 competent authority ☐ Date of estimate approval by Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 6.3 competent authority ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 6.4 Approved utility shifting proposal ☐ Details of approved contractors, Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 6.5 SoR and deposit details for user NA ☐ agency Utilities checklist, no upgradation Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 6.6 certificate attached ☐ Date of estimate submission by Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 7.2 competent authority ☐ Date of estimate approval by Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 7.3 competent authority ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 7.4 Approved utility shifting proposal ☐ Details of approved contractors, Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 7.5 SoR and deposit details for user NA ☐ agency Utilities checklist, no upgradation Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 7.6 certificate attached ☐ Date of final approval of GAD by Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 8.2 competent authority ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 9 Other Clearances NA ☐ Date of final approval by Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 9.1 competent authority ☐ 258 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2512390719/2025/S&R Zone Details/ S.No SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks Specifications Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 10 Land Acquisition NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 10.1 Draft 3a notification submitted NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 10.2 Review of 3a notification by client NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 10.3 Date of 3a gazette notification ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 10.4 Draft 3a notification submitted NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 10.5 Review of 3A notification by client NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 10.6 Date of 3A gazette notification ☐ Date of Joint Measurement Survey Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 10.7 with competent authority ☐ 10.7.1 Date of survey Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA ☐ 10.7.2 Land type –by survey number Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA ☐ 10.7.3 Nature of Land –by survey number Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA ☐ 10.7.4 Ownership status of plots- by Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA survey number ☐ 10.7.5 Verification of area to be acquired Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA – by survey number ☐ 10.7.6 List of structures on each plot Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA ☐ 10.7.7 Sketches of updated alignment Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA ☐ 10.7.8 Verification from Land revenue Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA department ☐ 10.7.9 Verification by CALA office Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA ☐ 259 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2522390719/2025/S&R Zone 3 DPR Checklist – Stage 7 – Award determination (Structures) General Details Project Name Consultant's Name Date of Review Details/ S.No SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks Specifications 1 Executive Summary Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA 2 Village level summary Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA Total private and public land 2.1 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA being acquired Variation in area and nature of 2.2 land against 3D with Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA justification Method used by CALA to arrive 2.3 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA at award Date of award by CALA and 2.4 approval by <Agency> along with valuation report Total award calculated and 2.5 details of deviation from Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA RFCTLARR act 3 In detail Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA Updated land acquisition tracker with parcel-wise status of: 3.1 • Notifications Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA • Award • Disbursement Valuation report and details of 3.2 award calculation- verification Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA by state authority to be included 3.3 Claims report Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA 3.4 Copies of notifications published Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA Copies of land possession 3.5 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA certificates received Conclusions and 4 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA recommendations 260 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2532390719/2025/S&R Zone Details/ S.No SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks Specifications Conclusions and 4.1 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA recommendations Report fulfils project objectives 4.2 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA and scope as per RFP Report reviewed for errors and 4.3 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA omissions Compliance report prepared on 4.4 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA client observations 261 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2542390719/2025/S&R Zone 4 DPR Checklist – Stage 8 – Land possession report (Structures) General Details Project Name Consultant's Name Date of Review Details/ Remark S.No SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Specificatio s ns Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 1 Executive Summary NA ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 2 Village level summary NA ☐ Total private and public land being Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 2.1 NA acquired ☐ Date of final award by CALA and 2.2 approval by <Agency> Status of disbursement on date of Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 2.3 receipt of Land possession NA ☐ certificate Key issues being faced in completing Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 2.4 NA land acquisition, if any ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 3 In detail NA ☐ Updated land acquisition tracker with status of: Yes ☐ No ☐ NA • Notifications 3.1 NA ☐ • Award • Disbursement Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 3.2 Final award and claims report NA ☐ Copies of notifications published, Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 3.3 NA land possession certificates received ☐ Conclusions and Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 4 NA recommendations ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 4.1 Conclusions and recommendations NA ☐ 262 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2552390719/2025/S&R Zone Details/ Remark S.No SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Specificatio s ns Report fulfils project objectives and Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 4.2 NA scope as per RFP ☐ Report reviewed for errors and Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 4.3 NA omissions ☐ Compliance report prepared on Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 4.4 NA client observations ☐ GIS Map containing digitised Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 5 details of land parcels acquired NA ☐ with all relevant details 263 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2562390719/2025/S&R Zone APPENDIX VIII Sample Executive Summary of Detailed Project Report <Name & Logo of the Agency> (Ministry of Road Transport & Highways) Government of India Executive summary of detailed project report for: [Project name, stretch, state] DPR Consultant [Name and logo of consulting agency] 264 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2572390719/2025/S&R Zone Table of Contents 1 Introduction 254 2 Project overview 255 2.1 Key features of project 255 2.2 Key plan of existing project stretch 257 3 Traffic demands on project road 258 3.1 Traffic volume surveys 258 3.2 Axle load survey 258 3.3 Traffic volume forecast 259 3.4 Turning movement surveys 259 4 Pavement and corridor surveys 261 4.1 Pavement condition and distress seen 261 4.2 Pavement composition 261 4.3 Pavement strength 261 4.4 Sub-grade soil survey 262 5 Improvement proposals 263 5.1 Proposed alignment 263 5.2 Bypasses proposed 263 5.3 Road geometry 263 5.4 Widening scheme 263 5.5 Pavement design 264 5.6 Design of structures 265 5.7 Intersections and grade separators 267 5.8 Toll plazas 267 5.9 Wayside amenities proposed 267 6 Environmental impact assessment 268 6.1 Impact and clearances needed 268 6.2 Cost of environmental mitigation 268 7 Social impact assessment and Land acquisition 269 7.1 Social impact assessment 269 7.2 Land acquisition requirements 269 7.3 Key risks envisaged in land acquisition 269 8 Utilities shifting and clearances 270 8.1 Utilities shifting estimates 270 8.2 Total cost of utilities shifting 270 9 Project cost estimates 271 265 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2582390719/2025/S&R Zone 10 Material investigation 273 10.1 Borrow pits for soil 273 10.2 Sand 273 10.3 Gravel 273 10.4 Fly ash 273 10.5 Bitumen 273 10.6 Cement 273 10.7 Other local material available 274 10.8 Key risks 274 10.9 Location of material sources 275 11 Potential for value engineering and innovative technologies 276 12 Economic and financial analysis 277 12.1 Economic analysis of the project 277 12.2 Financial analysis 277 13 Execution plan 279 13.1 Packaging 279 13.2 Bidding mode and timelines 279 13.3 Construction time and planning 279 14 Conclusions and recommendation 280 2 66 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2592390719/2025/S&R Zone Introduction The <Agency> proposes to implement the <re> the development, maintenance and management of the <NH- xx> stretch from <Origin> to <Destination> from chainage <aa km> to <bb km> into <proposed improvement, xx lane road/ expressway etc.> under the NHDP Phase V programme. The proposed project road has been selected to <primary reason for project- e.g. to improve connectivity and ease congestion between aa bb> <Consultant> was appointed in <mm/yyyy> to prepare the detailed project report for the project road, and this executive summary covers is submitted along with the <draft/final> detailed project report to cover the key aspects of the project. <Any special circumstances or requests made by the Authority for the project that affect the consultancy assignment e.g.: <Agency> desired to restructure project into two packages, bifurcating the project road at Betulnagar, this report has been revised and resubmitted providing improvement proposals and bid documents separately for the two stretches> 267 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2602390719/2025/S&R Zone 2. Project overview As described earlier the project road lies on NH xx (previously NH yy) and connects <orgin> with <destination>, passing through the states of <state 1, state 2>. The proposed project alignment passess through <towns/junctions a, b, c, d> for a total length of <xx km>. Figure 1: Location of project road 2.1. Key features of project Table 1: Key features of project Attributes Details NH No Xx (old) Yy (new) Origin- Destination Origin-destination Origin point Lat/long – destination point lat/long Via towns Town 1, 2, 3, 4 Existing carriageway 2L (7.0m) over 80% of the road stretch with 4L (16.0m) in 20% of the stretch in some urban locations Service lanes and slip roads Service lanes of 2-4m width for 16 km, largely in urban areas Shoulder 2L has paved shoulder of 1-2m width Condition of existing pavement Good to fair Right of way Typically 45 m along entire stretch Land use along project road Predominant land use in the area is agricultural (60% on LHS, 50% on RHS), with the rest being urban and forest area (20% on LHS, RHS) Traffic on the stretch Largely commercial, with trucks accounting for 80% of vehicle volume Toll infrastructure There are no toll plazas in the current stretch Terrain Primarily plain and rolling, passing through x settlements Structures along stretch 69 structures- 3 ROBs, 7 major bridges, 2 flyovers, 9 minor bridges, 16 VUP/PUPs and 32 culverts User amenities along stretch 32 bus shelters, 7 truck lay-byes, and 1 rest area Key utilities in the proposed RoW 4 km 66 kV UG line with 3 crossings, 30in water main for 7.3 km Forest Stretches along RoW Xx km of road from <point a> to <point b> crosses <type of forest> <forest name> 2 68 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2612390719/2025/S&R Zone Attributes Details Rail crossings along RoW Railway LC no <x> at chainage yy on the <origin station> to <destination station> rail line at railway chainage zz Other clearance related aspects <please describe any other clearances that will be required for the project> 269 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2622390719/2025/S&R Zone 2.2. Key plan of existing project stretch Figure 2: Key plan of existing project road 2 70 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2632390719/2025/S&R Zone 3. Traffic demands on project road 3.1. Traffic volume surveys For the purposes of traffic projections and lane design, <xx> individual sections of road were considered: Table 2: Traffic survey locations Length Volume Count Section Chainages Remarks (Kms) Locations Km 163.0 - Kasia/Tonta mines near 1 29.0 Km 177.0, 45.0 192.0 192.000 Km 192.0 - End point of proposed Koida 2 27.0 Km 201.50 219.0 bypass at km 218.250 Traffic volume surveys for the project road were < available from IHMCL for x locations> and were carried out at <x> additional locations along the project road in the month of <mm/yyyy>. The results are as follows: Table 3: Results of traffic surveys conducted Homogenous section 1 1 2 Chainage 45.00 177.00 201.50 Source of data IHMCL Consultant Consultant Bicycle 47 75 61 2 Wheeler 3320 3288 2630 3 Wheeler 32 47 30 Tractor 24 18 22 Tractor with Trailer 389 385 341 2 Axle SCV 436 386 388 LMV 2 axle 3561 3545 3327 LCV 2 Axle 577 603 563 2 Axle Truck or Bus 908 987 1014 3 Axle Truck or Bus 1142 1062 1086 Multi Axle Vehicles MAV 2033 1962 1994 Oversized Vehicle OSV 2 1 3 Cycle 0 0 0 Earth Moving Equipment 0 0 0 AADT (in vehicles) 12471 12359 11459 AADT (in PCUs) 34000 xx xx 3.2. Axle load survey 271 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2642390719/2025/S&R Zone Axle load surveys were conducted at <x> locations using <xxxx> to understand the actual load spectrum of commercial vehicles plying on the prject road. The results of the load survey, were converted to Vehicle Damage Factor (VDF) using equivalency factors from <IRC xx> for the purpose of MSA calculations Table 4: Axle load survey results Mode Section 1 Section 2 Section 2 Observed- Observed- Observed- at at at chainage Recommended Recommended Recommended chainage chainage xx xx xx LCV 0.47 0.47 0.45 0.45 2- 3.97 3.97 3.57 3.97 axle 3- 3.63 3.63 3.26 3.26 axle MAV 4.92 4.92 4.07 4.07 Bus 0.78 0.82 0.82 0.82 3.3. Traffic volume forecast Traffic volume forecast was developed using the <xx> method and converted to Million Standard Axles (MSA) for the purposes of pavement design. The cumulative load in MSA for each section is given as under for various horizon years: Table 5: Projected traffic load on project road in MSA MSA In x+15 In x+30 Section LHS RHS LHS RHS 1 23.31 22 2 33 40 3.4. Turning movement surveys Total Peak Hour Grade SL. Existing Peak Intersection Location Volume Volume separator No. Chainage Hour type PCU PCU proposed 17:00 - 3 arm No 1 0.300 xxx 30988 1915 18:00 09:00 - 4 arm No 2 6.200 xxx 28077 1962 10:00 15:00 - 5 arm Yes 3 10.200 xxx 53333 3599 16:00 10:00 - 4 arm Yes 4 28.000 xxx 64315 3884 11:00 Classified direction wise turning movement surveys were conducted at <x> intersections to determine the need for re-design and addition of structure at the intersection 2 72 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2652390719/2025/S&R Zone Table 6: Turning movement survey results 273 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2662390719/2025/S&R Zone 4. Pavement and corridor surveys 4.1. Pavement condition and distress seen The overall pavement condition <description of overall pavement condition- e.g. from poor to very poor, with high roughness and significant presence of potholes and raveling> Table 7: Condition survey of existing pavement Length affected, in Kms Type of distress Area Area Area Area Area <=10 % 10 %-25 % 25 %-50 % 50 %-75% >75 % Total Cracking 36 70 0 0 0 Potholes 28 23 55 0 0 Patching 44 61 1 0 0 Raveling 80 4 22 0 0 <other categories seen> Total 106 106 106 106 106 4.2. Pavement composition The existing pavement structure is a <rigid/flexible/inverted etc.> pavement consisting of sub-grade and <x> additional layers. The summary of pavement composition seen is as follows Table 8: Composition of existing pavement Granular course Xx Bituminous course (mm) Section (mm) (mm) Min Max Min Max Min Max 1 50 350 100 600 2 40 300 80 500 X 4.3. Pavement strength <xxx FWD/BBD> was carried out to test the strength of the existing pavement, and the characteristic deflection values have been calculated for each homogeneous section of road to enable design of an overlay for the road. Table 9: Strength of existing pavement Chainage Distance Characteristic deflection Section Start End Km Mm 1 0.400 2.400 2.000 1.6 2 2.400 10.000 7.600 1.3 X 2 74 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2672390719/2025/S&R Zone 4.4. Sub-grade soil survey Extensive review of available soil information and testing was done to understand the sub-grade characteristics. Summary of soil investigation surveys is as follows: Table 10: Soil investigation survey results Attribute Results Comments Sub-grade CBR range (%) 0.6%-14% Low over large lengths of section Degree of compaction (% of MDD) ~95% Sufficient as per MoRTH guidelines Swelling ratio (%) 2.5 to 32% Significant variation seen across stretch <other attributes> Table 11: Soil types observed Soil type % of length Plasticity index Comments Clayey sand (SC) 34% 3 to 15 Poorly graded sand clay mixture Silty sand (SM) 9% Non-plastic Poorly graded Clayey gravel (GC) 9% 11 to 13 Mixture of gravel, sand and silt 275 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2682390719/2025/S&R Zone 5. Improvement proposals 5.1. Proposed alignment The final alignment chosen for the project in consultation with <xx, yy> will <be along current project road/ pass through xx, yy new towns- short description of alignment with changes if any>. Figure 3: Map showing proposed alignment of project road 5.2. Bypasses proposed Given increasing urban traffic and congestion and the lack of available RoW in urban areas through the project route, <x> urban areas are proosed to be by-passed in the proposed project alignment Table 12: Proposed by-passes along project length Bypass plan Urban area to be Key driver for by-pass Start End Length bypassed chainage chainage proposed Nagar 1 45.000 52.000 21.000 Heavy local traffic of ~10,000 PCUs in town limits Xxxx 5.3. Road geometry The project road has been re-designed to accommodate speeds of <xx>, adopted as per <standard or consultation with <Agency> >. Enabling this higher speed will require re-design and re-alignemnt of the road in certain sections given their <description of poor geometry>. 5.4. Widening scheme Basis traffic information available, level of service requirements and consultation with <<Agency> , local authorities etc.>, the following lane configuration is adopted for the project road: 2 76 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2692390719/2025/S&R Zone Table 13: Lane configuration planned for project road Chainage Traffic forecast Service Start End Section Lane config. Comments k PCUs in lanes 20xx 1 0.00 2.400 43.5 6 Yes High urban traffic influx 2 2.400 60.400 16.4 4 No 3 xx Basis availability of RoW and land acquisition constraints, a widening scheme has been proposed that makes optimum use of existing ROW and minimizes need for land acquisition in urban areas, a summary of which is given below: Table 14: Summary of widening type proposed Sl no Type of widening Length, Km 1 Concentric 2.400 2 Eccentric, Right 34.600 3 Eccentric, Left 33.800 4 Green field 16.000 5.5. Pavement design 5.5.1. Design period, loading and pavement type Using the projected traffic, VDF values,lane and directional distribution factors, the design traffic loading used for the project is <xx to yy> MSA. Through preliminary design and lifecycle comparisons, the <flexible/rigid/inverted> type of pavement was chosen for construction with a design life of <xx> years as per <IRC/MoRTH/NHAI standards/request> has been considered for design. 5.5.2. Design sub-grade strength Considering the soil investigations conducted in the prject road area, and the availability of suitable soil in the region, the following sub-grade strength has been assumed to vary from <xx%> to <yy%> for various sections of the highway 5.5.3. Pavement composition for new carriageway The proposed pavement composition for the new sections carriageway basis <standards>, subgrade strength and design traffic is: Table 15: Proposed pavement composition Sub-grade Pavement Design Chainage Layer thickness (mm) Section strength loading Start End Min % CBR MSA GSB WMM DBM BC xx 1 0.400 2.400 10% 40 200 250 95-125 40 2 2.400 10.000 8% X 277 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2702390719/2025/S&R Zone 5.5.4. Strengthening of existing pavement The strengthening requirements for the existing pavement have been estimated fromt eh deflection measurements and estimated traffic loadings. The designed overlay proposed is as below: Table 16: Overlay thickness required Characteristic Overlay thickness (mm) Chainage Distance Section deflection Start End Km Mm DBM Xx 1 0.400 2.400 2.000 1.6 95 40 2 2.400 10.000 7.600 1.3 50 40 X 5.5.5. Pavement design for service lanes Pavement for service lanes is designed for MSA of xx-yy with a design CBR of ~xx%. The composition for the <flexible/rigid> service lane pavement along the project corridor is as follows: Table 17: Pavement composition for service road Layer Layer Thickness in mm SDBC 25 DBM 50 WMM 250 GSB 150 5.6. Design of structures Along the project stretch, there are several bridges, culverts, under/overpasses and flyovers. A summary of the total number and proposed additions is given in the table below Table 18: Proposed improvement to structures along project road Construct in New Sl No Structure Existing Dismantle Widen Reconstruct Total parallel construction 1 Major bridge 4 1 - 1 2 3 7 2 Minor bridge 3 Flyover 4 Vehicle overpass 5 Vehicle underpass 6 Passenger under pass 7 Culverts 2 78 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2712390719/2025/S&R Zone 8 xxx 279 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2722390719/2025/S&R Zone 5.7. Intersections and grade separators Based on the traffic and turning movement surveys conducted, <xx> junctions have been identified for redesign or grade separation, the details of which are given below Table 19: Proposed intersection improvement SL. Existing Est total vol (k Est Peak Hour Vol Location Improvement proposed No. Chainage PCU) (k PCU) Grade separator 1 10.200 xxx 53333 3599 Grade separator 2 28.000 xxx 64315 3884 3 4 5.8. Toll plazas Based on the traffic surveys, O-D surveys and layout of project road, <xx> toll plazas are proposed along the project road: Table 20: Location of current and proposed toll plazas Sl Existing Design Existing no of Proposed no of Location No chainage chainage lanes lanes 1 20.400 22.600 Near origin 2 6 2 95.000 101.500 Near via-nagar junction New 6 x xx xx 5.9. Wayside amenities proposed <local discussions, discussions with authority, demand modelling etc.> was conducted to locate various way- side amenities across the project road. A summary of the improvements proposed is given below: Table 21: Proposed user amenities along project stretch Sl no Amenity type Current Proposed Comments 1 Passenger rest stops 0 2 2 Truck lay-byes 5 15 High demand due to urban areas along stretch 3 Bus bays 4 10 Limited increase due to scarcity of land 4 Bus shelters 2 34 Proposed in lieu of bus-bays 5 Petrol bunks 1 5 Severe shortage along stretch 6 2 80 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2732390719/2025/S&R Zone 6. Environmental impact assessment 6.1. Impact and clearances needed A environmental impact study was undertaken during the process of creating the detailed project report to understand impact of the project road on the surrounding ecology and environment. The project road is categorized as a category <xx> project by the MoEF and as it is <xx km> in length, it <will/will not> require environmental clearances. The proposed project <involves/does not involve> the acquisition of forest/ecologically sensitive land, felling of trees and will impact wildlife habitat and will hence require individual clearances for each. A summary of the environmental impact and clearances required is provided below Table 22: Environmental impact and clearances required Sl No Impact type Description Clearance status 1 Environmental Required due to nature of project, Form 1 submitted dd/mm/yyyy and clearance category ‘A’ environmental clearance obtained on dd/mmm/yyyy 2 Diversion of 27.72 ha of land in <xx> district will Stage II clearance in progress forest land need to be acquired 3 Trees in RoW 28,460 trees need to be enable road To be taken expansion 6.2. Cost of environmental mitigation The Environmental Mitigation and Management Costs were developed based on the estimation of resources required to implement the mitigation measures proposed and also number of places where intervention is required. Environmental mitigation cost for the proposed project is Rs. <xx> cr. 281 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2742390719/2025/S&R Zone 7. Social impact assessment and Land acquisition 7.1. Social impact assessment The existing RoW (x-y m) is <adequate/ in adequate> for the proposed widening and RoW requirements as required by <Agency>. This will lead to the additional acquisition of <xx>Ha across the states of <states1, 2>, affecting a total of <yy> villages in <zz> districts. In addition to structures found to be encroaching the current Row, the required acquisition is poised to affect <xx> residential and <yy> other structures. Preliminary interactions have been held with locals to understand their issues and concerns and help communicate the project plan and its impact on them. The key concerns of title and non-title holders centered around: • <Key issues expressed over and above land being acquired, and compensation norms> 7.2. Land acquisition requirements The state and district wise details and status of land acquisition as on the date of publishing of this report is as follows: Table 23: Districtwise land acquisition requirements and status Private land to Village and Total land 3A pending 3A done, 3D State be acquired 3D completed Chainage required (Ha) (Ha) pending (Ha) (Ha) Thane Maharashtra 137 90 10 70 10 (xx to yy) Gujarat <aaa> 454 400 20 300 80 Gujarat <bbb> 588 588 60 500 28 Gujarat <ccc> 688 320 80 160 80 A total of <xx cr> is expected to be awarded for the acquisition of land required for this project. The land acquisition process is underway with a total of <xx> CALAs appointed, and 90% of land is expected to be in possession by <xx, 20xx>. 7.3. Key risks envisaged in land acquisition Despite the best efforts of the consultant and various lad acquisition teams working to complete land acquisition, it is envisaged that acquiring possession of the RoW for some specific sections of the project road may prove to be difficult or be delayed inordinately. Such potential risks are highlighted below: • <Highlight any risks foreseen along with chainage and ha affected> 2 82 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2752390719/2025/S&R Zone 8. Utilities shifting and clearances Utilities belonging to <x> user agencies have been identified that fall within the project road ROW and will need to be shifted to enable road construction. Shifting proposals have been submitted to the user agencies and initial estimates have been received from the concerned agencies. The process of site inspection, review and revision of the proposals for utilities shifting is in process. <To enable better management of utilities and installation going forward, all utilities are being shifted underground/into a utilitiy corridor/out of the road RoW/ utilities trench is being planned as part of construction> 8.1. Utilities shifting estimates Table 24: Key utilities shifting requirements Sl Utility Chainage Agency Shifting required Estimated cost Supervision % Current No affected status (INR cr) 1 66kV 123.00- UPVVNL 19km of ~140 cr 15% Final powerline 145.00 overhead cable, 4 approval road crossings obtained 8.2. Total cost of utilities shifting The total cost of utilities shifting for all the utilities identified in the road RoW is estimated to be <xx cr> with supervision charges of <yy cr> being paid as supervision charges to the <z> concerned agencies. 283 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2762390719/2025/S&R Zone 9. Project cost estimates The cost estimates for the project has been carried out based on detailed design, bill of quantities, and the schedule of rates for <state/district/authority> of year <xx-yy>. Table 25: Summary of project cost No Item Amount in Cr Amount in % Civil construction cost 1 Site clearance and dismantling 60 2% 2 Earth Work 3 Base courses 4 Paving courses 5a Repair and rehabilitation of structures 5b Bridges 5c Culverts 5d PUP/VUP 5e Flyover and overpass 5f Drainage, protective works and other services 5g RE/toe walls 6 Junctions and interchanges 7 Toll plazas 8 User amenities 9 Traffic signs, road markings, other appurtenences 10 Miscellaneous 11 Maintenance of road during construction A Total civil cost 12 Add contingencies @ x% on Z B Estimated project cost 13 Construction supervision @ x% on Z 14 Agency charges @ x% on Z 15 Quality control changes @ x% on Z 16 Road safety cell audit charges @ x% on Z 17 Maintenance costs @ x% on Z 18 Escalation @ x% on Z C Total project cost 19 R&R cost 2 84 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2772390719/2025/S&R Zone 20 Environment cost 21 Cost of shifting utilities 22 LA compensation cost D Total capital cost 285 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2782390719/2025/S&R Zone 10. Material investigation Material investigations were carried out to explore the availability and identify sources of suitable material for the construction of the road. <retain only relevant sections> 10.1. Borrow pits for soil Material investigation of <xxx> locations indicates that soil suitable for embankment (of CBR>xx% and density yy g/cc) and for sub-grade (CBR>xx% and density yy g/cc) is available at an average lead of aa to bb km for the project stretch. <include details on additional material sources like construction rubble, moorum etc> 10.2. Sand Sand is available in <close proximity> of the project site. Test results show that xx of yy sand sources satisfy the minimum requirement for use in the project. <Include details of additional potential for sources such as pond bed desilting, other excavation happening> 10.3. Gravel Several quarries were identified for sourcing aggregates in the project zone. Xx of yy quarries were found to be suitable for use in the construction of the road. <further details on gravel available and suitability for construction> 10.4. Fly ash Fly ash is available in close proximity of the project road due to the presence of <xx steel plant/power plant>. Test results show that the available fly ash <satisfies/does not satisfy> the minimum requirement of <specification> to use as <material for embankment/cement mixture/other layers>. The fly ash available has density greater than xx g/cc and shows an OCM of xx-yy%. <the fly ash located isnon plastic> 10.5. Bitumen Bulk bitumen of the <required grades> is available <closest sources> with an average lead of <xx km>. For the project road <grade> of bitumen has been proposed for <yy layer> due to <reason> and <grade of bitumen> has been proposed for <zz layer> due to <reason>. 10.6. Cement Bulk bitumen of the <required grades> is available <closest sources> with an average lead of <xx km>. For the project road <grade> of bitumen has been proposed for <yy layer> due to <reason> and <grade of bitumen> has been proposed for <zz layer> due to <reason>. 2 86 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2792390719/2025/S&R Zone 10.7. Other local material available Details of other local material available for construction Table 26: Locally available and alternative materials Sl No Material Source 1 Hume pipes Local hume pipe factory in xx yy 2 xx xxxx 10.8. Key risks Despite the best efforts of the consultant, there continue to be some materials and sections of the project road where material will have to brought from significant leads. Table 27: Key risks envisaged in material procurement Sl No Chainage Material Closest source 1 Entire project Bitument Closest available source is Mumbai at a lead of 900 km 2 223.00+ Soil of CBR >10% No borrow pit in vicinity, minimum lead of 40 km 287 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2802390719/2025/S&R Zone 10.9. Location of material sources Figure 4: Key plan showing location of potential borrow pits tested 2 88 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2812390719/2025/S&R Zone 11. Potential for value engineering and innovative technologies Throughout the detailed design of the project, several opportunities for value engineering and introduction of new technology were explored that will help in reducing the cost of the project or increase quality and longevity of project road. Approval of these elements as part of the construction design and suitable instructions to all stakeholders of the project can help significantly lower the projected cost of construction. A summary of these opportunities is provided here. Table 28: Key value engineering opportunities identified Sl No Value engineering opportunity Potential impact 1 Use of inverted pavement with a cement stabilized based 40% reduction in layer thickness and granular material in the base layer and ~15% reduction in TPC 289 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2822390719/2025/S&R Zone 12. Economic and financial analysis 12.1. Economic analysis of the project The EIRR and NPV of the project has been carried out using <model/software> under multiple scenarios, and the project returns <justify/do not justify> construction given an EIRR of xx in the best case and yy in the worst case. The various sensitivity scenarios considered were as follows: 0. Base case: Base cost and base benefits 1. Sensitivity 1: Base cost plus xx% and base benefits 2. Sensitivity 2: Xx 3. Sensitivity 3: Xx The results of the base case and sensitivity analysis are presented below: Table 29: Economic return analysis RUCS HDM 4 Option Sensitivity Case NPV (in NPV (in EIRR (in %) EIRR (in %) million Rs.) million Rs.) Base Case 0 19199 30.31 2788.5 14.1 Sensitivity 1 18041 27.51 1362.6 12.9 With time Sensitivity 2 15147 27.1 943.3 12.8 Sensitivity 3 13989 24.56 -ve 11.7 Base Case 0 19199 30.31 2788.5 14.1 Sensitivity 1 18041 27.51 1362.6 12.9 Without time Sensitivity 2 15147 27.1 943.3 12.8 Sensitivity 3 13989 24.56 -ve 11.7 12.2. Financial analysis 12.2.1. Potential for toll revenue The projected tollable traffic basis traffic survey and forecasts at the <xx> toll plazas suggested in year <xx> is given below Table 30: Tollable traffic on project stretch 1 @ Chainage 45.000 Toll Plaza 2 1 Traffic type Total Tollable Bicycle 47 0 2 Wheeler 3320 0 3 Wheeler 32 0 Tractor 24 0 Tractor with Trailer 389 385 2 Axle SCV 436 386 2 90 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2832390719/2025/S&R Zone LMV 2 axle 3561 3545 LCV 2 Axle 577 603 2 Axle Truck or Bus 908 800 3 Axle Truck or Bus 1142 1062 Multi Axle Vehicles MAV 2033 1962 Oversized Vehicle OSV 2 1 Earth Moving Equipment 0 0 AADT (in vehicles) 12471 6500 12.2.2. Results of financial analysis With the most likely traffic scenario and assumed costs of construction, maintenance, financing and tolling over the period of the project, the return on equity at various periods of concession was calculated. Equity IRR for this project will pass <15%> in year <x> of this project, hence it <is/is not> possible to bid the project Figure 5: Equity IRR with increasing concession period for project road 291 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2842390719/2025/S&R Zone 13. Execution plan In consultation with <Agency> , it is proposed to complete the proosed project road in a period of <xx> months. Planning for the project packaging, bidding process and construction was conducted as a part of this project. 13.1. Packaging Given the length of the project, the entire project is planned to be bid out in <xx> packages with <yy> packages. <include table of package details if more than 1 package> 13.2. Bidding mode and timelines The authority has proposed to initiate bidding of the project under <bot/epc/ham> mode <with a grant/premium of xx %>. The tentative timeline for this is: • Submission of bid documents to authority dd/mmm/yyyy • Review and finalization of documents dd/mmm/yyyy • Launch of tender dd/mmm/yyyy • Tender close date dd/mmm/yyyy • Tentative date for award of project dd/mmm/yyyy 13.3. Construction time and planning Upon reviewing the improvements planned and in consultation with <Agency> , the design and construction period for this project has been arrived at <xx> months from the date of appointment of the contractor/concessionaire. To enable this construction schedule, a detailed construction plan and timeline has been included in the detailed project report. This also includes a traffic management and lane closure plan for the period of construction. 2 92 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2852390719/2025/S&R Zone 14. Conclusions and recommendation The <expansion/rehabilitation> of the project road from <source> to <destination>, chainage <a> to <b> on NH <x> in the states of <state 1, state 2> to <n> lane configuration is recommended for implementation by <Agency> as the project is likely to <1 line justification/ need of project: provide much needed connectivity/improve connectivity/provide higher level of service/rehabilitate the road etc, is needed urgently>. The project as envisaged is economically viable with an estimated EIRR >12%. The project with a 30 year concession period is expected to return an equity IRR of <xx%> with <yy%> <grant/premium> and is hence recommended for implementation in the <BOT/EPC/HAM> mode. Table 31: Salient features and key financial aspects of the project road a Project road Project road length Xx km Connecting <origin>- <destination> On national highway NH No Proposed features Current road Proposed Lanes 2 4 Bypasses proposed - 5 Major junctions 5 5 Minor Junctions 18 18 Grade separated interchanges 1 4 Major Bridges 4 6 Minor Bridges 19 21 ROBs 1 3 Culverts 120 200 Vehicle/Pedestrian under/overpasses 16 25 Service roads (kms) 14 32 Slip roads (kms) 8 9 Toll plazas (no) - 2 Bus bays (no) 4 15 Truck lay-byes (no) 2 8 Rest areas (no) 2 6 Financial implications INR Cr/% Total capital cost 1595 Total project cost 1486 Civil construction cost (incl. contingency) 1249 Preconstruction expenses 110 Land acquisition 40 Utilities shifting 30 Rehabilitiation and resettlement costs 20 Other pre-construction expenses 20 Implementation mode proposed BOT (Toll) 293 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2862390719/2025/S&R Zone Total project cost 1486 Concession period 18 years <Authority> support (Grant/Premium) 18% Estimated NPV 50 Project IRR 12% Equity IRR 15% 2 94 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2872390719/2025/S&R Zone RFP Document - RFP No./ xxxx Section VI-A: List of Key Experts and Required Qualifications: RFP Document No. RFP No./ xxxx; Tender Title: Consultancy Services (Ref ITC-clause 1.4) Enclosure-A MAN MONTHS INPUT FOR KEY PROFESSIONAL STAFF Sr. Key Personnel Total Project Assignment: <to be kept as per costing No guidelines> At site (% of man At design office (% of Total Time (man month)* man month)* month)* 1 Team Leader Cum Senior 50% 50% <to be kept as Highway Engineer per costing guidelines> 2 Senior Bridge Design Engineer 30% 70% 3 Highway Design Engineer 40% 60% 4 Material-cum-Geo-technical 70% 30% Engineer-Geologist 5 Senior Survey Engineer 70% 30% 6 Traffic and Road Safety expert 50% 50% 7 Environmental Specialist 70% 30% 8 Quantity Surveyor / 40% 60% Documentation Expert 9 Land Acquisition Expert 80% 20% 10 Utility Expert 80% 20% 11 Tunnel Design Expert 50% 50% 12 Geophysicist 50% 50% Note: *May be modified by Technical Divisions as per project specific requirement with approval from Member Concerned. 1. Consultants have to provide a certificate that all the key personnel as envisaged in the Contract Agreement have been actually deployed in the projects. They have to furnish the certificate at the time of submission of their bills to <Agency> from time to time. 2. The requirement of tunnel/s is to be assessed strictly as per site requirement during the detailed study after mobilisation of Consultant on site. In case Tunnels are to be constructed, necessary input of Tunnel Experts shall be provided in addition to above mentioned Manpower requirement. Tunnel expert, if required, the remuneration may be provided equivalent to Team Leader remuneration and time period shall be decided by Regional Officer, concerned, <Agency>. 3. The Consultant shall provide one Land Acquisition Expert along with allied team and supporting logistic as envisaged in BOQ for each 100 km stretch proposed for DPR preparation or part thereof If delay in LA process occurs beyond the reasonable control of consultant, the extension of LA team staff/s along with logistic support/transportation shall be granted by Nodal Project Director and beyond further 6 months, Regional Officer, NHAI/MoRTH/NHIDCL is empowered to grant extension to LA team staff/s. 295 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2882390719/2025/S&R Zone Enclosure-B The minimum Qualification of the Key-Personnel shall be such that each key-personal shall score at least 70 points as per criteria stipulated in Section-VII. The consultant shall also submit the self-evaluation of the key-personnel along with referencing of the details on their respective Infracon CVs. 296 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2892390719/2025/S&R Zone Section VII: Evaluation/ Scoring Criteria RFP Document No. RFP No./ xxxx; Tender Title: Consultancy Services (Ref ITC-clause 1.4) Consultants must fill up the self-evaluation as per marking scheme given below along with referencing of supporting document for each of their claim. Detailed Marking and Evaluation Scheme for Technical Proposal S. Description Proposed Points No. Firm’s Profile, turnover and professionals working with the firm A1 5 A2 Firm’s relevant experience in last 10 years for DPR work 30 Material testing, survey & investigation, equipment and software B1 2.5 proposed to be used for DPR work Experience in use of technology for road inspection in supervision B2 2.5 work/quality/safety audit Qualification and Relevant experience of the proposed key personnel C 60 Total 100 Note: Overseas experience (firm/equipment/key personnel) shall only be considered in technical evaluation, if Apostille certificates supporting the overseas experience are attached in the technical proposal. Further break-up of each criteria has been detailed out below: A1. Firm’s Profile, turnover and professionals working with the firm (5) For standard highways, the following is the break-up: S. Description Max Sub-Points No. Point s 1 Nos. of Key Professionals with the firm for more than 1 3 years* 1.1 <10 0 1.2 >10 but ≤20 1.5 1.3 >20 but ≤30 2 1.4 >30 but ≤40 2.5 1.5 >40 3 Note* 1. The key professionals who possess degree in Civil Engineering/Transport Planning /Transport Economics/Traffic Management / Geology/ Environment Science or Engineering and 8 years’ experience in highway/bridge /tunnel with employment in the firm for more than one year. The current Employment Certificate shall be uploaded by Key Personnel 297 on INFRACON. These Key-Personnel should be inclusive of at least 3 Sr Highway Design Engineer, 2 Senior File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2902390719/2025/S&R Zone S. Description Max Sub-Points No. Point s Pavement/material Specialist, 2 Senior Bridge design Engineer, 2 geotechnical Engineer and 2 Traffic/Road Safety Expert on employee roll at Head Office or Site Office of the Consultant to be eligible for marks in this criteria. 2. The current Employment Certificate (not issued prior to the six months from the bid due date) shall be uploaded by Key Personnel on INFRACON. 3. The applicants shall submit copies of Form-26 AS/ TDS Certificate for last 12 months (starting from the month immediately preceding the month of bid due date) in the proposal in order to certify their permanent key Professionals. 2 Specific experience of firms in terms of turnover in last five 2 Financial Years (from civil engineering project consultancy only) 2.1 Firm’s Average Turnover of last 5 years >100 2 2.2 Firm’s Average Turnover of last 5 years >60 & <=100 crore 1.75 2.3 Firm Average Turnover of last 5 years >30 & <=60 crore 1.25 2.4 Firm Average Turnover of last 5 years >=10 & <=30 crore 0.75 Total 5 A2. Firm's relevant experience in last 10 years for DPR work (30) For Normal Highway Projects For standard highways, the following is the break-up: S.No. Description Max Sub- Points Points 1 Specific experience of the DPR consultancy related to the 20 assignment for eligibility in last 10 Financial Years. 1.1 Aggregate Length of DPR / Feasibility study of 2/4/ 6 lane NH/SH/Expressway projects Note: For Projects in Hill/mountainous terrain- only Aggregate Length of DPR / Feasibility study of 2/4/ 6 lane NH/SH/Expressway projects in Hill/mountainous terrain shall be considered for evaluation. 1.1.1 More than the indicative Length of the package applied for 8 1.1.2 More than 2 times the indicative length of the package applied for 10 1.1.3 More than 3 times the indicative length of the package applied for 12 1.1.4 More than 4 times the indicative length of the package applied for 15 1.1.5 More than 5 times the indicative length of the package applied for 18 1.1.6 More than 6 times the indicative length of the package applied for 20 298 1.2 DPR for 2/4/6 laning NH/SH/Expressway projects each equal 5 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2912390719/2025/S&R Zone S.No. Description Max Sub- Points Points to or more than 40 % of indicative length of a package applied for (or Feasibility Study for 2/4/6 laning NH/SH/Expressway projects each equal to or more than 60 % of indicative length of a package applied for Note: For Projects in Hill/mountainous terrain- only Aggregate Length of DPR / Feasibility study of 2/4/ 6 lane NH/SH/Expressway projects in Hill/mountainous terrain shall be considered for evaluation. 1.2.1 1 project 1 1.2.2 2 projects 2 1.2.3 3 projects 3 1.2.4 4 projects 4 1.2.5 >=5 projects 5 2 DPR of Major Bridges/ROBs/Viaducts having length more than 5 1000 m (excluding approaches) 2.1 2 bridge 2 2.2 3 bridges 3 2.3 4 bridges 4 2.4 ≥5 bridges 5 Note: 1. In case feasibility study is a part of DPR services the experience shall be counted in DPR only. 2.In case bridge is included as part of DPR of highway the experience will be counted in both Sl No. (1) and (2). 3. For Projects of Cost <=500 CR and upto 1000 Cr (Excluding GST and Excluding Land Cost), Only 1 JV partner allowed meeting at least 40% minimum eligibility criteria. Lead Partner to meet 60% eligibility criteria. 4. For Projects of Cost >1000 Cr (Excluding Land Cost), Only 1 JV partner allowed who should be an international firm of repute i.e. having experience of DPR of Highway for multilateral agencies such as ADB/World Bank/JICA with aggregate length equal to or greater than DPR length under bidding besides meeting at least 40% minimum eligibility criteria. Lead Partner to meet 60% eligibility criteria. 5. Width of Carriageway shall be considered for assessing the equivalence of overseas projects to 2/4/6 lane NH/SH/Expressways. However, Projects within municipal limits/city roads shall not be considered. 6. Experience of Feasibility Studies for projects foreclosed at feasibility stage due to no fault of consultants shall be considered in experience with a weightage factor of 0.6. 7. In case of experience of bridges of Metro/Railway Projects, equivalence to 2 lane NH projects shall be considered. Note: International firm shall be a foreign registered firm of repute or a 100% subsidiary of such an international firm, registered in India. 299 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2922390719/2025/S&R Zone For Standalone Bridge Projects The following is the break-up: S.No. Description Max Sub- Points Points 1 Specific experience of the DPR consultancy related to the 22.5 assignment for eligibility in last 7 Financial Years. 1.1 Aggregate Length of standalone DPR of 2/4/ 6 lane Major 10 Bridge projects (excluding approaches) 1.1.1 More than the indicative Length of the bridge applied for 1.5 1.1.2 More than 2 times the indicative length of the bridge applied for 2.5 1.1.3 More than 3 times the indicative length of the bridge applied for 5 1.1.4 More than 4 times the indicative length of the bridge applied for 7 1.1.5 More than 5 times the indicative length of the bridge applied for 9 1.1.6 More than 6 times the indicative length of the bridge applied for 10 1.2 DPR for 2/4/ 6 lane standalone Major Bridge projects 12.5 (excluding approaches) each equal to or more than 80% of indicative length of a bridge applied for 1.2.1 1 project 2.5 1.2.2 2 projects 5 1.2.3 3 projects 7.5 1.2.4 4 projects 10 1.2.5 >=5 projects 12.5 2 DPR of standalone Major Bridges/ROBs/Viaducts having 7.5 length more than 1500 m (excluding approaches) 2.1 2 bridge 1.5 2.2 3 bridges 3 2.3 4 bridges 5 2.4 ≥5 bridges 7.5 Note: 1. Experience in Feasibility study shall not be considered for Bridges. 2.In case bridge is included as part of DPR of highway then the experience will be counted in both Sl No. (1) and (2) with a multiplication factor of 0.50. 3. Only 1 JV partner is allowed fulfilling at least 50% minimum eligibility criteria. Lead Partner to meet 75% eligibility criteria; and only sub-contracting for specialized survey & investigation works upto 10% of project cost is allowed with prior approval of the Implementing Agency. 4. In case of experience of bridges of Metro/Railway Projects, equivalence to 2 lane NH projects shall be considered. 300 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2932390719/2025/S&R Zone For Standalone Tunnel Projects The following is the break-up: S.No. Description Max Sub- Points Points 1 Specific experience of the DPR consultancy related to the 22.5 assignment for eligibility in last 7 Financial Years. 1.1 Aggregate Length of standalone DPR of tunnel projects 10 (excluding approaches) 1.1.1 More than the indicative Length of the tunnel applied for 1.5 1.1.2 More than 2 times the indicative length of the tunnel applied for 2.5 1.1.3 More than 3 times the indicative length of the tunnel applied for 5 1.1.4 More than 4 times the indicative length of the tunnel applied for 7 1.1.5 More than 5 times the indicative length of the tunnel applied for 9 1.1.6 More than 6 times the indicative length of the tunnel applied for 10 1.2 DPR for 2/4/ 6 lane standalone tunnel projects (excluding 12.5 approaches) each equal to or more than 80% of indicative length of a tunnel applied for 1.2.1 1 project 2.5 1.2.2 2 projects 5 1.2.3 3 projects 7.5 1.2.4 4 projects 10 1.2.5 >=5 projects 12.5 2 DPR of standalone tunnel having length more than 1500 m 7.5 (excluding approaches) 2.1 2 tunnels 1.5 2.2 3 tunnels 3 2.3 4 tunnels 5 2.4 ≥5 tunnels 7.5 Note: 1. Experience in Feasibility study shall not be considered for tunnels. 2.In case bridge is included as part of DPR of highway then the experience will be counted in both Sl No. (1) and (2) with a multiplication factor of 0.50. 3. Only 1 JV partner is allowed fulfilling at least 50% minimum eligibility criteria. Lead Partner to meet 75% eligibility criteria; and only sub-contracting for specialized survey & investigation works upto 10% of project cost is allowed with prior approval of the Implementing Agency. B1. Material testing, survey and investigation, equipment and software proposed to be used (2.5) S. Description Max Sub- No. Points Points 1 Availability of minimum Material Testing Facilities with 0.5 301 persons/resources having operational skills of the equipment – File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2942390719/2025/S&R Zone S. Description Max Sub- No. Points Points (as per details given below the table) 1.1 Owned* (Available In House) or Outsourced (Hire basis/Through 0.5 Associate) supported by MOU / lease Agreement 1.2N ot available 0 * Shall be ascertained through the ownership evidence uploaded on INFRACON in regard to major equipment required for testing of materials to be used for construction of Highway Project. 2 Availability of minimum Field Investigation Facilities with 0.50 persons/resources having operational skills of the equipment (as per details given below the table) 2.1 Owned** (Available In House) or Outsourced (Hire basis/Through 0.50 Associate) supported by MOU / lease Agreement 2.2N ot available 0 ** Shall be ascertained through ownership evidence uploaded on INFRACON for construction of Highway Project. 3 Availability of minimum Office Equipment and Software with 0.5 persons/resources having operational skills of the equipment (as per details given below the table) 3.1 Owned*** (Available In House) or Outsourced (Hire basis/Through 0.5 Associate) supported by MOU / lease Agreement 3.2N ot available 0 *** Shall be ascertained through ownership evidence uploaded on INFRACON for key hardware/software required for Highway consultancy assignment. 4 Experience in use of LiDAR or better technology for topographic 0.5 survey (Infrastructure sector) in last 7 Financial Years 4.1 1project 0.10 4.2 2 projects 0.20 4.3 3 projects 0.30 4.4 4 projects 0.40 4.5 ≥ 5 projects 0.50 5 Experience in using GPR and Induction Locator or better 0.50 technologies for detection of sub-surface utilities (Infrastructure sector) in last 7 Financial Years 5.1 1project 0.1 5.2 2 projects 0.20 5.3 3 projects 0.30 5.4 ≥ 4 projects 0.50 6 Experience in digitization of cadastral maps for land surveys in 0.50 last 7 Financial Years 6.1 Area upto 100 ha 0.15 6.2 Area between 100-500 ha 0.35 6.3 Area > 500 ha 0.50 302 List of minimum essential equipment which the firm must possess for securing marks in respective categories: File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2952390719/2025/S&R Zone Material Testing Facilities (All should be available to be eligible for full marks) a. Aggregate testing facility including flakiness index, elongation index, abrasion, impact, crushing, stripping value, unconfined compressive strength, setting time. b. Soil testing facility including Atterrberg limits, soil classifications, moisture content, density, CBR value. Field Investigation Facilities (All should be available to be eligible for full marks) a. Falling Weight Deflectometer or equivalent / better b. Laser Profilometer or equivalent / better c. DGPS and Total station with appropriate software or equivalent / better Office Equipment and Software (All should be available to be eligible for full marks) a. Office equipment setup including Computer, plotter, A0 printer etc. b. MX/ MOSS or equivalent / better software for road design c. AutoCAD d. STAAD or equivalent / better Note: The experience of firm in Lidar or equivalent technology, GPR and Induction Locator or equivalent technologies and Experience in digitization of cadastral maps for land acquisition shall be supported by experience certificate. The experience of a firm in Lidar or equivalent technology, GPR and Induction Locator or equivalent technologies and Experience in Digitization of cadastral maps for land acquisition for a private concessionaire/contractor shall be considered only if the experience certificate is authenticated by the concerned competent Government department/authority. In case of overseas experience the weightage to be assigned to the certificate for experience in use of the equipment, a self-certificate followed by the client certificate with Apostille Certificate may be accepted. B2: Experience in use of technology (2.5) Max Sub- S. Description Marks Points No 1 Experience of Aerial LiDAR or equivalent technology for topographic survey (Infrastructure sector) with 0.75 persons/resources having operational skills of the equipment with the firm Experience through owned or outsourced equipment supported by MOU / lease Agreement (i) 1 project 0.25 (ii) 2 projects 0.50 (iii) >2 projects 0.75 Experience of using Geo Physical Survey Equipment 2 0.50 (Seismic Reflection / Seismic Refraction / Electrical Resistivity / AEM etc.) for subsurface investigation with the firm through owned or outsourced equipment supported by MOU / lease Agreement (i) 1 Project 0.25 (ii) >1 Projects 0.50 3 Experience of use of advanced structural health monitoring systems which consists of accelerometers, Sensors, 0.75 inclinometers, anemometer, Load measuring pin etc. with 303 software to analyze the data and infer the structural health and residual life. The experience can be through owned or File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2962390719/2025/S&R Zone outsourced equipment & software supported by MOU / lease Agreement. (i) 1-2 Major Bridges 0.25 (ii) 3-5 Major Bridges 0.50 (iii) > 5 Major Bridges 0.75 4 Availability and experience in Processing of satellite imagery for the creation of Digital Elevation Model (DEM) and Digital 0.50 Terrain Model (DTM) with the firm through owned or outsourced equipment supported by MOU / lease Agreement (i) 1 Project 0.25 (ii) >1 Projects 0.50 Total 2.5 * Ownership Shall be ascertained through the ownership evidence. Notes: (i) The Consultants owning the equipment shall be required to submit proof of ownership (such as vehicle registration certificate for vehicles and Tax invoice for equipment). (ii) The experience of firm/sub-consultant in use of technology shall be supported by experience certificate. The experience of a firm/sub-consultant for a private concessionaire/ contractor (client) shall be considered on self-certification along with the client certificate of Government agencies not below the rank of EE/PD/GM or equivalent officer. In case of overseas experience the weightage to be assigned to the certificate for experience in use of the equipment, a self-certificate followed by the client certificate with Apostille Certificate may be accepted. Any false certification shall attract provisions of Clause 1.8, Section -2 (letter of Invitation) read with Clause 2.9.1(g) of GCC. C. In case, ownership/experience document of equipment Consultancy/sub-consultant firm is found to be false, (i) The consultancy/sub-consultant firm, as the case may be, shall be put on holiday listing (temporary debarment) for a period of 12 months. D. Qualification and relevant experience of the proposed key personnel (40) The weightage for various key staff is as under: D-1 Normal Highway Project: S.No. Key personnel Proposed Points 1 Team Leader cum Senior Highway Engineer 12 2 Senior Bridge Design Engineer 10 3 Highway Design Engineer 7.5 4 Traffic / Road Signage / Marking and Safety Expert 7 5 Environmental Specialist 4 6 Material-cum-Geo-technical Engineer* 4.5 7 Senior Survey Engineer 4.5 8 Quantity Surveyor / Documentation Expert 2.5 9 Land Acquisition Expert 4 10 Utility Expert* 2 11 Tunnel Design Expert 1 12 Geophysicist 304 1 Total 60 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2972390719/2025/S&R Zone Note: 1. In case tunnels are proposed in the final alignment approved by the Authority then only the deployment of Tunnel Design Expert and Geophysicist would be done along with start of any tunnel specific geotechnical investigations by the DPR Consultant only on written instructions of the Authority for the same. The site/design office duration of the same shall also be approved by Authority based on its requirements. Further, the cost of DPR is exclusive of the cost of tunnel specific key-personnel as well as the tunnel specific geotechnical investigations. The same shall be reimbursed as per rates given below: • Additional Cost for Tunnel Design Expert@ Rs. 5,00,000 per month for 4 months • Additional Cost for Senior Geophysicist @ Rs. 3,50,000 per month for 4 months • Payment for geophysical investigation shall be made at the rate of Rs. 20 lakh for each 500 m length of tunnel 2. For Projects in Hilly/Mountainous terrain, Material-cum-Geo-technical Engineer is to be replaced by Senior Geomatics Expert and Utility Expert is to be replaced by Senior Hydrology and Hydraulics Expert @ Rs. 3,50,000 per month for each key-position for 4 months each. D-2 Standalone Bridge/Structure Project S.No. Key personnel Proposed Points 1 Team Leader cum Bridge Engineer 15 2 Highway cum Pavement Engineer 10 3 Bridge Structural Engineer 12 4 Material Cum Geotechnical Engineer 6 5 Environmental Specialist 5 6 Senior Geotechnical Engineer 9 7 Quantity Surveyor/Documentation Expert 3 Total 60 D-3 Standalone Tunnel Project S.No. Key personnel Proposed Points 1 Team Leader cum Tunnel Expert 13.5 2 Tunnel Design Expert 11 3 Senior Geotechnical Engineer 9 4 Senior Geophysicist 9 5 Environmental Specialist 4 6 Senior Survey Engineer 4 7 Senior Geologist 6.5 305 8 Senior E&M Expert 3 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2982390719/2025/S&R Zone S.No. Key personnel Proposed Points Total 60 Marking Scheme for Key-Personnel (60 marks) The evaluation criteria for each of the Key-Position is out of 100 Points and the same needs to be reduced in proportion to their weightage in the over-all weightage for each of the Key-positions as tabulated for different project types tabulated above. 1. TEAM LEADER cum SENIOR HIGHWAY ENGINEER S. No. Description Max. Points I Desirable Qualification 25 i) Full/Part Time Graduation in Civil Engineering or Equivalent from any IIT/NIT/IISC or Top 50 ranked 15 engineering institutes as per NIRF ranking released by Ministry of Education (available as on bid due date) or Engineering Colleges of repute of Foreign Countries give full marks. For institutes ranked between 51-100 as per NIRF ranking released by Ministry of Education (available as on bid due date) give 75% marks i.e. 11.25 marks. For other AICTE approved colleges give 50% marks i.e. 7.5 marks ii) Post-Graduation Full/Part Time/ Regular Post-Graduation in Construction Management / Transportation/ Highway 10 Engineering from any IIT/NIT/IISC or Top 50 ranked engineering institutes as per NIRF ranking released by Ministry of Education (available as on bid due date) or Engineering Colleges of repute of Foreign Countries give full marks. For institutes ranked between 51-100 as per NIRF ranking released by Ministry of Education (available as on bid due date) give 75% marks i.e. 7.5 marks. For other AICTE approved colleges give 50% marks i.e. 5 marks] II Relevant Experience & Adequacy for the Project 70 a) Total Professional Experience 15 <15years 0 15-18 years 11 >18-21 years 13 >21 years 15 (b) Experience in Highway Projects-Experience in Planning, project preparation and design of Highway 15 Projects or Construction Supervision of major highway projects i.e. 2/4/6 laning of NH/SH/Expressways (2/4/6 laning of NH/SH/Expressways) <12 years 0 12-15 years 10 >15-18 years 12.5 >18 years 15 c) Experience in Similar Capacity 40 (i) In Feasibility of 2/4/6 laning works or DPR of major highway projects i.e. 2/4/6 laning of 30 306 NH/SH/Expressways in Similar Capacity (Minimum Aggregate length of 80 km) File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 2992390719/2025/S&R Zone S. No. Description Max. Points < 80km 0 80 km-150km 17 >150km-250km 20 > 250km -300km 23 > 300km -400km 26 Add 1 point for each additional 50 km subject to max 4 points (ii) In Feasibility of 2/4/6 laning works or DPR of major highway projects i.e. 2/4/6 laning of 10 NH/SH/Expressways in Similar Capacity- Number of Projects in hill roads (Minimum length 20km) < 1 project 0 1 project 4 2- 3 projects 6 4-6 projects 8 More than 6 projects 10 III Employment with Firm 5 < 1 Year 0 1 year 2 Add 1 marks for each subsequent year subject to maximum of 3 marks Total 100 2. SENIOR BRIDGE DESIGN ENGINEER S. Description Max. No. Points I Desirable Qualification 30 i) Full/Part Time Graduation in Civil Engineering or Equivalent from any IIT/NIT/IISC or Top 50 ranked 15 engineering institutes as per NIRF ranking released by Ministry of Education (available as on bid due date) or Engineering Colleges of repute of Foreign Countries give full marks. For institutes ranked between 51-100 as per NIRF ranking released by Ministry of Education (available as on bid due date) give 75% marks i.e. 11.25 marks. For other AICTE approved colleges give 50% marks i.e. 7.5 marks ii) Post-Graduation Full/Part Time/Regular Post-Graduation in Structural/Bridge/Earthquake Engineering from any 15 IIT/NIT/IISC or Top 50 ranked engineering institutes as per NIRF ranking released by Ministry of Education (available as on bid due date) or Engineering Colleges of repute of Foreign Countries give full marks For institutes ranked between 51-100 as per NIRF ranking released by Ministry of Education (available as on bid due date) give 75% marks i.e. 11.25 marks. For other AICTE approved colleges give 50% marks i.e. 7.5 marks 307 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3002390719/2025/S&R Zone S. Description Max. No. Points II Relevant Experience & Adequacy for the Project 65 a) Deleted b) Total Experience in Bridge Projects (i) Experience in Design/Construction of bridge projects on NH/SH/Expressways 15 <8 years 0 8-10 years 5 >10-12 years 8 12-15years 10 For each additional year add 1 marks subject to a maximum additional 5 marks (ii) Experience of Design 2/4 lane configuration bridges on NH/SH/Expressways 15 <2 Projects 0 2-4 Projects 3 5-7 projects 6 8-10 9 11-13 12 For each additional project add 0.5 marks subject to a maximum additional 3 marks c) Experience as Senior Bridge Design Engineer or Similar Capacity in Highway Design Consultancy 35 Projects (2/4/6 laning of NH/SH/Expressways) involving design of Major Bridges (minimum 2 nos. of length more than 100m each) <2 numbers 0 2-4 numbers 10 5-6 numbers 15 7-8 numbers 20 9-10 numbers 25 For design of each additional project add 1 mark subject to a maximum additional 10 marks III Employment with Firm 5 < 1 Year 0 1 year 2 Add 1 marks for each subsequent year subject to maximum of 3 marks 100 3. HIGHWAY Design ENGINEER S.No. Description Max. Points 308 I Desirable Qualification 25 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3012390719/2025/S&R Zone S.No. Description Max. Points i) Full/Part Time Graduation in Civil Engineering or Equivalent IIT/NIT/IISC or Top 50 ranked 15 engineering institutes as per NIRF ranking released by Ministry of Education (available as on bid due date) or Engineering Colleges of repute of Foreign Countries give full marks. For institutes ranked between 51-100 as per NIRF ranking released by Ministry of Education (available as on bid due date) give 75% marks i.e. 11.25 marks. For other AICTE approved colleges give 50% marks i.e. 7.5 marks] ii) Post-Graduation Full/Part Time/Regular Post-Graduation in Transportation/Highway Engineering from any IIT/NIT/IISC 10 or Top 50 ranked engineering institutes as per NIRF ranking released by Ministry of Education (available as on bid due date) or Engineering Colleges of repute of Foreign Countries give full marks For institutes ranked between 51-100 as per NIRF ranking released by Ministry of Education (available as on bid due date) give 75% marks i.e. 7.5 marks. For other AICTE approved colleges give 50% marks i.e. 5 marks] II 70 a) Deleted (b) Experience in Design/ Pavement Design of Highway Projects (2/4/6 laning of NH/SH/Expressways) 20 <6 years 0 6-10years 10 >10-15 years 15 >15years 20 c) 50 (i) In Design/ Pavement Design of Highway Projects (2/4/6 laning of NH/SH/ Expressways) in Similar 30 Capacity (Minimum aggregate length 120 km) <120km 0 120km-200km 10 >200km-300km 12.5 >300km-400km 15 >400km-500km 17.5 >500km-600km 20 >600-700km 22.5 >700-800km 25 Add 2.5 marks for each additional 100 km length subject to max 5 additional marks. (ii) In Design/Pavement Design of Highway Projects (2/4/6 laning of NH/SH/ Expressways) in Similar 20 Capacity – Number of Projects (Minimum length 25km) 2 projects 8 3- 5 projects 10 > 5 -8 projects 12.5 >8 – 10 projects 15 >10-15 projects 20 III Employment with Firm 5 <1 year 0 1 year 2 Add 1 marks for each subsequent year subject to maximum of 3 marks 10 0 309 4. Traffic / Road Signage / Marking and Safety Expert File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3022390719/2025/S&R Zone S. Description Max. No. Points I Desirable Qualification 25 i) Full/Part Time Graduation in Civil Engineering or Equivalent from any IIT/NIT/IISC or Top 50 15 ranked engineering institutes as per NIRF ranking released by Ministry of Education (available as on bid due date) or Engineering Colleges of repute of Foreign Countries give full marks. For institutes ranked between 51-100 as per NIRF ranking released by Ministry of Education (available as on bid due date) give 75% marks i.e. 11.25 marks. For other AICTE approved colleges give 50% marks i.e. 7.5 marks ii) Post-Graduation Full/Part Time/Regular Post-Graduation in Traffic/ Transportation/ Safety Engineering or equivalent. 10 Post-Graduation in Transportation planning will also be considered provided it is obtained after Graduation in Civil Engineering. For PG from any IIT/NIT/IISC or Top 50 ranked engineering institutes as per NIRF ranking released by Ministry of Education (available as on bid due date) or Engineering Colleges of repute of Foreign Countries give full marks For institutes ranked between 51-100 as per NIRF ranking released by Ministry of Education (available as on bid due date) give 75% marks i.e. 7.5 marks. For other AICTE approved colleges give 50% marks i.e. 5 marks II a) Total Professional Experience 10 <6 years 0 6-10years 5 >10-15 years 7.5 >15years 10 b) Experience on Similar Projects (2/4/6 laning of NH/SH/ Expressways) in Similar Capacity 30 <5years 0 5-8years 15 >8-10 years 18 >10-12 years 20 >12-15 years 25 >15-18 years 28 >18 years 30 c) Experience as Traffic and Safety Expert / Traffic Engineer or in Similar Capacity in Highway Projects 30 (2/4/6 laning of NH/SH/Expressways) (Minimum aggregate length 120 km) <120km 0 120km-200km 10 >200km -300km 15 >300km-400km 20 >400km-500km 25 >500km-600km 27.5 310 >600km 30 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3032390719/2025/S&R Zone S. Description Max. No. Points III Employment with Firm 5 <1 Year 0 1 year 2 Add 1 marks for each subsequent year subject to maximum of 3 additional marks 100 5. ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIALIST S. No. Description Max. Points I Desirable Qualification i) Full/Part Time Graduation Graduate in Civil Engineering / Environment Engineering / Masters in Environment 15 Science from any IIT/NIT/IISC or Top 50 ranked engineering institutes as per NIRF ranking released by Ministry of Education (available as on bid due date) or Engineering Colleges of repute of Foreign Countries give full marks For institutes ranked between 51-100 as per NIRF ranking released by Ministry of Education (available as on bid due date) give 75% marks i.e. 11.25 marks. For other AICTE approved colleges give 50% marks i.e. 7.5 marks. ii) Post-Graduation Full/Part Time/Regular Post-Graduation or Doctorate in Environmental Engineering/Environment 10 Management or equivalent. For PG from any IIT/NIT/IISC or Top 50 ranked engineering institutes as per NIRF ranking released by Ministry of Education (available as on bid due date) or Engineering Colleges of repute of Foreign Countries give full marks For institutes ranked between 51-100 as per NIRF ranking released by Ministry of Education (available as on bid due date) give 75% marks i.e. 7.5 marks. For other colleges give 50% marks i.e. 5 marks II Relevant Experience & Adequacy for the Project 70 a) Total Professional Experience 15 <6 years 0 6-8 years 11 >8-10 years 13 >10 years 15 b) Experience in Highway Projects- Experience in Environment impact assessment of Highway Projects 25 (2/4/6 laning of NH/SH/Expressways) <5 years 0 5 -7 years 19 >7-10 years 22 >10 years 31125 c) Experience as Environmental Specialist or in Similar Capacity in Highway Projects(2/4/6 laning of 15 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3042390719/2025/S&R Zone S. No. Description Max. Points NH/SH/Expressways) <2 projects 0 2- 4 projects 12 5-7 projects 14 >7 projects 15 d) Experience as Environmental Specialist or in Similar Capacity in Highway Projects(2/4/6 laning of 15 NH/SH/Expressways) <5 years 0 5 -7 years 12 >7-10 years 14 >10 years 15 III Employment with Firm 5 <1 year 0 1 year 2 Add 1 marks for each subsequent year subject to maximum of 3 additional marks 100 6. MATERIAL ENGINEER cum GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER cum GEOLOGIST S. No. Description Max. Points I Desirable Qualification 25 I) Full/Part Time Graduation in Civil Engineering or Equivalent or M.Sc. in Geology from any 15 IIT/NIT/IISC or Top 50 ranked engineering institutes as per NIRF ranking released by Ministry of Education (available as on bid due date) or Engineering Colleges of repute of Foreign Countries give full marks. For institutes ranked between 51-100 as per NIRF ranking released by Ministry of Education (available as on bid due date) give 75% marks i.e. 11.25 marks. For other AICTE approved colleges give 50% marks i.e. 7.5 marks. ii) Post Graduation Full/Part Time/Regular Post-Graduation in Foundation Engineering / Soil Mechanics / Geo 10 Tech Engineering or Phd in Geology. For PG/Doctorate from any IIT/NIT/IISC or Top 50 ranked engineering institutes as per NIRF ranking released by Ministry of Education (available as on bid due date) or Engineering Colleges of repute of Foreign Countries give full marks For institutes ranked between 51-100 as per NIRF ranking released by Ministry of Education (available as on bid due date) give 75% marks i.e. 7.5 marks. For other AICTE approved colleges give 50%marks i.e. 5 marks 312 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3052390719/2025/S&R Zone S. No. Description Max. Points II 70 a) Total Professional Experience 15 <10 years 0 10-12 years 11 >12-15 years 13 >15 years 15 b) Experience in Highway Projects–In Similar Projects (2/4/6 laning of NH/SH/Expressways) in 20 design and or Construction/ Construction Supervision <7 years 0 7-10 years 15 >10 -12 years 17.50 >12years 20 c) Experience as Material cum Geo-technical Engineer or in Similar capacity on Highway 20 Projects (2/4/6 laning of NH/SH/Expressways) (Minimum aggregate length 120 km) <120km 0 120km-200km 15 >200km – 300km 17.50 >300km 20 d) Experience in Similar capacity on Highway Projects (2/4/6 laning of NH/SH/Expressways) in DPR 15 preparation of slope protection measures and land slide management in hill roads (Traditional protection works such as Retaining wall, breast wall, gabion wall shall not be considered) Please mention the slope protection works and land slide management measures used in each project <1 Projects 0 1-2 Projects 10 > 2 projects 15 III Employment with Firm 5 <1 year 0 1 year 2 Add 1 marks for each subsequent year subject to maximum of 3 additional marks 100 7. SENIOR SURVEY ENGINEER S. No. Description Max. Points I Desirable Qualification 25 313 i) For Full/Part Time Diploma in Civil Engg or Diploma in Surveying or equivalent from any 18 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3062390719/2025/S&R Zone S. No. Description Max. Points IIT/NIT/IISC or Top 50 ranked engineering institutes as per NIRF ranking released by Ministry of Education (available as on bid due date) or Engineering Colleges of repute of Foreign Countries give full marks For institutes ranked between 51-100 as per NIRF ranking released by Ministry of Education (available as on bid due date) give 75% marks i.e. 13.5 marks. For other govt. approved colleges give 50% marks i.e. 9 marks. ii) Full/Part Time/Part Time Graduation or Post Graduation in Civil Engineering from any 25 IIT/NIT/IISC or Top 50 ranked engineering institutes as per NIRF ranking released by Ministry of Education (available as on bid due date) or Engineering Colleges of repute of Foreign Countries give full marks For institutes ranked between 51-100 as per NIRF ranking released by Ministry of Education (available as on bid due date) give 75% marks i.e. 18.75 marks. For other AICTE approved colleges give 50% marks i.e. 12.5 marks. II Relevant Experience & Adequacy for the Project 70 a) Total Professional Experience 15 <10 years 0 10-12 years 11 >12-15 years 13 >15 years 15 b) Experience in Highway Projects 25 i) Experience in Similar Projects(2/4/6 laning of NH / SH / Expressways) in project 20 preparation/ Construction / Construction Supervision <8years 0 8 -10 years 15 >10-12 years 17 >12 years 20 ii) Knowledge and understanding of modern Computer based method of Surveying such as 5 LIDAR Survey (ground or aerial), remote sensing, GIS mapping etc. Certification from an accredited institute to be submitted for validation. Yes 5 No 0 c) Experience as Survey Engineer or in Similar Capacity for project preparation of highway 30 project (2/4/6 laning of NH/SH/Expressways) (Minimum Aggregate Length of 120km) <120km 0 120km-200km 10 >200km-300km 15 >300km-400km 20 >400km-500km 25 >500km 30 314 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3072390719/2025/S&R Zone S. No. Description Max. Points III Employment with Firm 5 <1 year 0 1 year 2 Add 1 marks for each subsequent year subject to maximum of 3 additional marks 100 8. QUANTITY SURVEYOR/DOCUMENTATION EXPERT S. No. Description Max. Points I Desirable Qualification 25 i) Full/Part Time Graduation in Civil Engineering. 15 For Graduation from any IIT/NIT/IISC or Top 50 ranked engineering institutes as per NIRF ranking released by Ministry of Education (available as on bid due date) or Engineering Colleges of repute of Foreign Countries give full marks. For institutes ranked between 51-100 as per NIRF ranking released by Ministry of Education (available as on bid due date) give 75% marks i.e. 11.25 marks. For other colleges give 50% marks i.e. 7.50 marks ii) Full/Part Time Post-Graduate Degree or Diploma in Quantity Surveying 10 [AICTE/UGC Approved] II Relevant Experience & Adequacy for the Project 70 a) Total Professional Experience 15 <10 years 0 10-12 years 11 >12-15 years 13 >15 years 15 b) Experience in Highway Projects- Experience in preparation of Bill of Quantities, Contract 25 documents and documentation for major highway projects (2/4/6 laning of NH/SH/Expressways) in Assistant Quantity Surveyor capacity or Higher Designation <8 years 0 8 -10 years 12.5 >10-12 years 15 >12-15 years 17.5 >15-18 years 20 >18-20 years 22.5 >20 years 25 c) Experience as Quantity Surveyor or in Similar Capacity in Highway Projects (2/4/6 laning 30 of NH/SH/Expressways) (Minimum Aggregate length of 120 km) Consider full length experience in Quantity Surveyor or in Similar Capacity and consider 2/3 length experience in case of Assistant Quantity Surveyor or in Similar Capacity 315 <120km 0 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3082390719/2025/S&R Zone S. No. Description Max. Points 120km-200km 15 >200km – 300km 17.5 >300km -400km 20 >400km -500km 22.5 >500km -600km 25 >600km add 2.5 marks for each additional 100 km experience subject maximum 5 additional marks III Employment with Firm 5 <1 year 0 1 year 2 Add 1 marks for each subsequent year subject to maximum of 3 additional marks 100 9. LAND ACQUISITION EXPERT S. Description Max. No. Points I General Qualification 25 i) Graduation or equivalent in any discipline from Top 50 ranked universities as per NIRF ranking 20 released by Ministry of Education (available as on bid due date) or Colleges of repute of Foreign Countries give full marks. For institutes ranked between 51-100 as per NIRF ranking released by Ministry of Education (available as on bid due date) give 75% marks i.e. 15 marks. For Other Colleges give 50% marks i.e. 10 marks. ii) Post-Graduation in Law 5 II Relevant Experience & Adequacy for the Project 70 a) Total Professional Experience 15 <15 years 0 15-17 years 11 >17-20 years 13 >20 years 15 b) Experience in Land Acquisition works of Government/Authority 20 <10 years 0 10 -12 years 15 >12-15 years 17 >15 years 20 c) Experience in Land Acquisition works in Highway/road sector 25 Nil project 0 1 project 19 2 projects 22 316 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3092390719/2025/S&R Zone S. Description Max. No. Points 3 projects 25 d) Retired Revenue officer at the level of ADM/SDM / Tehsildar 10 III Employment with Firm 5 <1 year 0 1 year 2 Add 1 marks for each subsequent year subject to maximum of 3 additional marks 100 10. UTILITY EXPERT S. Description Max. No. Points I General Qualification 25 i) Full Time Graduation in Electrical Engineering. For Graduation from IIT/NIT/IISC or Top 50 ranked engineering institutes as per NIRF ranking released by Ministry of Education (available as on bid due date) or Engineering Colleges of repute of Foreign Countries give full marks. For institutes ranked between 51-100 as per NIRF ranking released by Ministry of Education (available as on bid due date) give 75% marks i.e. 18.75 marks. For other AICTE approved colleges give 50% marks i.e. 12.50 marks ii) II Relevant Experience & Adequacy for the Project 70 a) Total Professional Experience 15 <10 years 0 10-15 years 11 >15-20 years 13 >20 years 15 b) Experience in Utility estimation and its laying/ erection 30 <8 years 0 8 -10 years 15 >10-15 years 17.5 >15-20 years 22.5 >20-25 years 27.5 >25 years 30 c) Experience in Utility shifting estimation and its laying/ erection along Highway/ roads 25 Nil project 0 1 -3project 15 4-6 projects 20 >6 projects 25 III Employment wi3th1 7Firm 5 <1 year 0 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3102390719/2025/S&R Zone S. Description Max. No. Points 1 year 2 Add 1 marks for each subsequent year subject to maximum of 3 additional marks Total 100 11 TEAM LEADER cum SENIOR BRIDGE ENGINEER S. Description Max Points No. I Desirable Qualification Sub- 30 points i) Full/Part Time Graduation in Civil Engineering or Equivalent from any 15 IIT/NIT/IISC or Top 50 ranked engineering institutes as per NIRF ranking released by Ministry of Education (available as on bid due date) or Engineering Colleges of repute of Foreign Countries give full marks. For institutes ranked between 51-100 as per NIRF ranking released by Ministry of Education (available as on bid due date) give 75% marks i.e. 11.25 marks. For other AICTE approved colleges give 50% marks i.e. 7.5 marks ii) Post-Graduation Full/Part Time/Regular Post-Graduation in Structural/Bridge/Earthquake 15 Engineering sFor PG from any IIT/NIT/IISC or Top 50 ranked engineering institutes as per NIRF ranking released by Ministry of Education (available as on bid due date) or Engineering Colleges of repute of Foreign Countries give full marks. For institutes ranked between 51-100 as per NIRF ranking released by Ministry of Education (available as on bid due date) give 75% marks i.e. 11.25 marks. For other AICTE approved colleges give 50% marks i.e. 7.5 marks II Relevant Experience & Adequacy for the Project 65 a) Total Professional Experience 10 <15 years 0 15-18 years 5 >18-21 years 8 > 21 years 10 (b) Experience in Bridge Project - Experience in major Bridge 25 Construction / Development Project on NH/SH/Expressways < 5 years 0 6-8 years 12 >8-10 years 15 >10-15 years 20 >15-20 years 23 >20 years 318 25 c) Experience in Similar Capacity 30 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3112390719/2025/S&R Zone S. Description Max Points No. (i) As Team Leader/Project Manager or similar capacity of at least Two projects in 20 Construction Supervision / IC involving 4 laning/6-laning/ Expressway of minimum 50km length and atleast two major bridge of a length 500 mtr. (Excluding approaches) on NH/SH/Expressways <2 Projects 0 2-3 Projects 10 4-6 Projects 12 7-9 Projects 15 10-12 Projects 18 >12 Projects 20 (ii) In Feasibility of 2/4/6 laning works or DPR/IC/Construction Supervision of 10 major highway projects i.e. 2/4/6 laning of NH/SH/Expressways in Similar Capacity- Number of Projects < 2 projects 0 2 projects 5 3- 5 projects 8 > 5 projects 10 III Employment with Firm 5 < 1 Year 0 1 year 2 Add 1 marks for each subsequent year subject to maximum of 3 mark Total 100 12. Bridge Structural Engineer S. Description Max. No. Points I General Qualification 30 i) Full/Part Time Graduation in Civil Engineering or Equivalent from any 15 IIT/NIT/IISC or Top 50 ranked engineering institutes as per NIRF ranking released by Ministry of Education (available as on bid due date) or Engineering Colleges of repute of Foreign Countries give full marks. For institutes ranked between 51-100 as per NIRF ranking released by Ministry of Education (available as on bid due date) give 75% marks i.e. 11.25 marks. For other AICTE approved colleges give 50% marks i.e. 7.5 marks ii) Post-Graduation Full/Part Time/ Regular Post-Graduation in Structural/ Bridge/ Earthquake 15 Engineering For PG from any IIT/NIT/IISC or Top 50 ranked engineering institutes as per NIRF ranking released by Ministry of Education (available as on bid due date) or Engineering 319 Colleges of repute of Foreign Countries give full marks. File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3122390719/2025/S&R Zone S. Description Max. No. Points For institutes ranked between 51-100 as per NIRF ranking released by Ministry of Education (available as on bid due date) give 75% marks i.e. 11.25 marks. For other AICTE approved colleges give 50% marks i.e. 7.5 marks II Relevant Experience & Adequacy for the Project 65 a) Total Professional Experience 10 <8 years 0 8-10 years 5 >10-15=12 years 8 >12 years 10 b) Experience in Bridge Projects 25 (i) Experience in project preparation and design of bridge projects on NH/SH/Expressways 25 < 5 years 0 6-8 years 12 >8-10 years 15 >10-15 years 20 >15-20 years 23 >20 years 25 c) Experience as Senior Bridge Engineer or Similar Capacity in Highway Design Consultancy 30 Projects (2/4/6 laning of NH/SH/Expressways) involving design of Major Bridges ( minimum 2 nos. of length more than 200m) <2 Projects 0 2-3 Projects 10 4-6 Projects 12 7-9 Projects 15 10-12 Projects 18 >12 Projects 20 III Employment with Firm 5 <1 Year 0 1 year 2 Add 1 marks for each subsequent year subject to maximum of 3 marks Total 100 13. Team Leader cum Senior Tunnel Engineer S. Max. No. Description Points I General Quali3fi2ca0tion 30 i) Full/Part Time Graduation in Civil Engineering/ Tunnel Engineering / Mining 15 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3132390719/2025/S&R Zone S. Max. No. Description Points Engineering from any IIT/NIT/IISC or Top 50 ranked engineering institutes as per NIRF ranking released by Ministry of Education (available as on bid due date) or Engineering Colleges of repute of Foreign Countries give full marks. For institutes ranked between 51-100 as per NIRF ranking released by Ministry of Education (available as on bid due date) give 75% marks i.e. 11.25 marks. For other AICTE approved colleges give 50% marks i.e. 7.5 marks Post-Graduation Full/Part Time/Regular Post-Graduation in Tunnel Engineering/Mining Engineering or 15 equivalent. For PG from any IIT/NIT/IISC or Top 50 ranked engineering institutes as per NIRF ranking released by Ministry of Education (available as on bid due date) or Engineering Colleges of repute of Foreign Countries give full marks. For institutes ranked between 51-100 as per NIRF ranking released by Ministry of Education (available as on bid due date) give 75% marks i.e. 11.25 marks. For other AICTE approved colleges give 50% marks i.e. 7.5 marks ii) II Relevant Experience & Adequacy for the Project 65 a) Total Professional Experience 10 <20 years 0 20-25 years 8 >25-28 years 9 1 >28 years 0 (b) Experience in Tunnel Projects 40 (i) Professional experience in handling major tunnel projects (Road/Rail/Metro) 8 <12 years 0 >=12 – 14 years 6 >14 – 15 years 7 >15years 8 (ii) Experience in major tunnel construction/construction supervision projects (Road/Rail/Metro) 8 <10 years 0 >=10 – 12 years 7 >12 years 8 (iii)Experience in preparation of DPR or Feasibility report of major tunnel projects (Road/Rail/Metro) 8 <10 years 0 >=10 – 12 years 7 >12 years 8 (iv) Experience in DPR preparation of minimum 5 km Tunnel length 8 321 < 3 projects 0 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3142390719/2025/S&R Zone S. Max. No. Description Points 3-5 or more projects 5 6 or more projects 8 Experience in construction/construction supervision/ preparation of DPR/feasibility report of 8 (d) major tunnel projects (Road/Rail/metro) using NATM <10 years 0 >=10 – 12 years 7 >12 years 8 c) Experience in Similar Capacity 15 (i) Experience as Team Leader or similar capacity in major tunnel construction/construction 7 supervision projects (Road/Rail/Metro) =2 projects 5 = 3 to 5 projects 6 > 5 or more 7 (ii) Experience as Team Leader or similar capacity in preparation of DPR or Feasibility report of major tunnel projects (Road/Rail/Metro) 8 =2 projects 4 = 3 to 5 projects 6 > 5 or more 8 III 5 Less than 1 Year 0 1-2 years 2 Add 1 marks for each subsequent year subject to maximum of 3 marks Total 100 14. Tunnel Design Expert Sr. No. Description Max. Points I 3 General Qualification 0 i) Full/Part Time Graduation in Civil Engineering/ Tunnel Engineering / Mining 15 Engineering from any IIT/NIT/IISC or Top 50 ranked engineering institutes as per NIRF ranking released by Ministry of Education (available as on bid due date) or Engineering Colleges of repute of Foreign Countries give full marks For institutes ranked between 51-100 as per NIRF ranking released by Ministry of Education (available as on bid due date) give 75% marks i.e. 11.25 marks. For other AICTE approved colleges give 50% marks i.e. 7.5 marks ii) Post-Graduation Full/Part Time/Regular Post-Graduation in Tunnel Engineering/Mining 15 Engineering or equivalent For PG from any IIT/NIT/IISC or Top 50 ranked3 2e2ngineering institutes as per NIRF ranking released by Ministry of Education (available as on bid due date) or File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3152390719/2025/S&R Zone Sr. No. Description Max. Points Engineering Colleges of repute of Foreign Countries give full marks. For institutes ranked between 51-100 as per NIRF ranking released by Ministry of Education (available as on bid due date) give 75% marks i.e. 11.25 marks. For other AICTE approved colleges give 50% marks i.e. 7.5 marks II 6 Relevant Experience & Adequacy for the Project 5 a) 1 Total Professional Experience 0 <15 years 0 15-20 years 8 >20 -25years 9 >25years 10 b) Experience in Tunnel Projects 24 (i) Professional Experience in handling major tunnel projects (Road/Rail/Metro) 8 <10 years 0 >=10-12 years 6 >12 -14 years 7 >14 years 8 (ii) Experience of major tunnel construction/construction supervision projects 8 (Road/Rail/Metro) <10 years 0 >=10-12 years 6 >12 -14 years 7 >14 years 8 (iii) Experience in preparation of DPR or Feasibility report of major tunnel projects (Road/Rail/Metro) <10 years 0 >=10-12 years 6 >12 -14 years 7 >14 years 8 c) Experience in Similar Capacity 3 1 (i) Professional Experience as Tunnel Design Engineer (Structural) 8 <8 years 0 >=8-10 years 6 >10 – 12 years 7 >12 years 8 323 (ii) Experience as Tunnel Design Engineer (Structural) of major tunnel 8 construction/construction supervision projects (Road/Rail/Metro) File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3162390719/2025/S&R Zone Sr. No. Description Max. Points <8 years 0 >=8 – 10 years 6 >10-12 years 7 >12 years8 8 (iii) Experience as Tunnel Design Engineer (Structural) of major tunnel for preparation of 8 DPR projects (Road/Rail/Metro) <8 years 0 >=8 – 10 years 6 >10-12 years 7 >12 years 8 (iv)Experience as Tunnel Design Engineer (Structural) in preparation of DPR/ Feasibility 7 report of major tunnel projects (Road/Rail/Metro) using NATM < 3 projects 0 >=3-5 projects 6 5 or more projects 7 III Employment with Firm 5 Less than 1 Year 0 1-2 years 2 Add 1 marks for each subsequent year subject to maximum of 3 marks 1 0 0 15. Senior Geotechnical Engineer S. Description Max No. Points I General Qualification 30 Full/Part Time Graduation in Civil Engineering/Mining Engineering / 15 Engineering Geology from any IIT/NIT/IISC or Top 50 ranked engineering institutes as per NIRF ranking released by Ministry of Education (available as on bid due date) or Engineering Colleges of repute of Foreign Countries give full marks For institutes ranked between 51-100 as per NIRF ranking released by Ministry of Education (available as on bid due date) give 75% marks i.e. 11.25 marks. i) For other AICTE approved colleges give 50% marks i.e. 7.5 marks Post-Graduation Full/Part Time/Regular Post-Graduation in Geotechnical Engineering /Foundation 15 Engineering/Rock Mechanics/Geo science or equivalent For PG from any IIT/NIT/IISC or Top 50 ranked engineering institutes as per NIRF ranking released by Ministry of Education (available as on bid due date) or Engineering 324 ii) Colleges of repute of Foreign Countries give full marks File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3172390719/2025/S&R Zone S. Description Max No. Points For institutes ranked between 51-100 as per NIRF ranking released by Ministry of Education (available as on bid due date) give 75% marks i.e. 11.25 marks. For other AICTE approved colleges give 50% marks i.e. 7.5 marks II Relevant Experience & Adequacy for the Project 65 a) Total Professional Experience <15 ye ars 0 15-20 years 8 >20 -2 5years 9 >25ye ars 10 (b) Experience in Tunnel Projects 24 (i) Professional experience in handling major tunnel projects (Road/Rail/Metro) 8 <10 years 0 >=10-12 years 6 >12 -14 years 7 >14 years 8 (ii) Experience in major tunnel construction/construction supervision projects 8 (Road/Rail/Metro) <10 years 0 >=10-12 years 6 >12 -14 years 7 >14 years 8 (iii)Experience in preparation of DPR or Feasibility report of major tunnel projects (Road/Rail/Metro) 8 <10 years 0 >=10- 12 years 6 >12 -1 4 years 7 >14 ye ars 8 c) Experience in Similar Capacity 31 (i) Professional Experience as Tunnel Design Engineer (Structural) 8 <8 years 0 >=8-10 years 6 >10 – 12 years 7 >12 years 8 (ii) Experience as Senior Geotechnical Engineer or similar capacity in major tunnel 8 construction/construction supervision projects (Road/Rail/Metro) <8 years 0 325 >=8 – 10 years 6 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3182390719/2025/S&R Zone S. Description Max No. Points >10-12 years 7 >12 ye ars 8 (iii) Experience as Senior Geotechnical Engineer or similar capacity in preparation of DPR or Feasibility report of major tunnel projects (Road/Rail/Metro) 8 <8 yea rs 0 >=8 – 10 years 6 >10-12 years 7 >12 ye ars8 8 (iv) Experience in construction/construction supervision/ preparation of DPR/feasibility report 7 of major tunnel projects (Road/Rail/metro) using NATM <8 years 0 >=8 – 10 years 6 >10-12 years 7 <8 yea rs 0 III Employment with Firm 5 Less than 1 Year 0 1-2 ye ars 2 Add 1 marks for each subsequent year subject to maximum of 3 marks Total 100 16. Senior Geophysicist Sr. No. Description Max. Points I 3 General Qualification 0 i) Full/Part Time Graduation in Geophysics/Geo science/ Earth science or equivalent 15 from any IIT/NIT/IISC or Top 50 ranked engineering institutes as per NIRF ranking released by Ministry of Education (available as on bid due date) or Engineering Colleges of repute of Foreign Countries give full marks. For institutes ranked between 51-100 as per NIRF ranking released by Ministry of Education (available as on bid due date) give 75% marks i.e. 11.25 marks. For other AICTE approved colleges give 50% marks i.e. 7.5 marks ii) Post-Graduation Full/Part Time/Regular Post-Graduation in Geophysics/Geo science/ Earth 15 Science or equivalent For PG from any IIT/NIT/IISC or Top 50 ranked engineering institutes as per NIRF ranking released by Ministry of Education (available as on bid due date) or Engineering Colleges of repute of Foreign Countries give full marks. For institutes ranked between 51-100 as per NIRF ranking released by Ministry of Education (available as on bid due date) give 75% marks i.e. 11.25 marks. 326 For other AICTE approved colleges give 50% marks i.e. 7.5 marks File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3192390719/2025/S&R Zone Sr. No. Description Max. Points II 6 Relevant Experience & Adequacy for the Project 5 a) Total Professional Experience 15 <15 years 0 15-20 years 10 >20 -25years 13 >25years 15 b) Experience in Relevant works 50 (i) Professional Experience in handling tunnel/ mineral and oil 12 exploration projects <10 years 0 >=10-12 years 9 >12 -14 years 11 >14 years 12 (ii) Experience of carrying out AEM survey for tunneling/ mineral and oil 1 exploration or any other similar work for area of more than 2.7 sq km 2 < 2 projects 0 2 projects 9 3 projects 11 4 or more projects 12 (iii) Processing, Interpreting, generating 3D resistivity model of AEM survey’s 1 raw data for tunneling/ mineral and oil exploration or any other similar work for 2 area of more than 2.7 sq km < 2 projects 0 2 projects 9 3 projects 11 4 or more projects 12 (iv) Experience in carrying out AEM survey, processing, interpreting, 1 generating 3D resistivity of AEM survey’s raw data for major tunnel work 4 (Rail/Road/Metro) < 3 projects 0 3 projects 9 4 projects 12 5 or more projects 14 II Employment with Firm 5 Less than 1 Year 0 1-2 years 2 Add 1 marks for each subsequent year subject to maximum of 3 marks Total 327 100 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3202390719/2025/S&R Zone For all the above Key-Positions the following shall be noted: 1. AICTE ( Major/Core Branch of Engineering/Technology and their relevant/ appropriate course lead ing to degree in Engineering/Technology), 2017 shall be considered for equivalence of disciplines. 2. For gaps not addressed in the above notification, the same shall be decided by a committee of the Authority with atleast one educationalist as a committee member. Note: 1. Self-Certified Undertakings on INFRACON if not supplemented with Client Issued Certificates, shall not be considered for Evaluation. 2. Retired Govt. Officers shall upload the promotion orders to equivalent/similar capacity posts on INFRACON. Marking Scheme for Current DPR Rating (30 points) For Normal Highway Projects: S No. Current DPR Rating for Normal Highway projects as on bid due date Max Points 1. 100-90 30 2. 90-80 20 3. 80-70 15 4. 70-60 10 5. Less than 60 0 For Standalone Bridge Projects: S No. Current DPR Rating for Standalone Bridge projects as on bid due Max Points date 1. 100-95 30 2. 95-90 20 3. 90-85 15 4. 85-80 10 5. Less than 80 0 For Standalone Tunnel Projects: S No. Current DPR Rating for Standalone Tunnel projects as on bid due Max Points date 1. 90-100 30 2. 90-80 20 3. 80-70 15 4. 70-60 10 5. Less than 60 0 The rating shall be calculated for both JV Members and weighted average shall be used for calculating the marks of the JV for the purposes of tender evaluation as under: Share of Lead Partner in JV = S1 Share of Other Partner in JV = S2 Rating of Lead Partner = R1 Rating of Other JV Partner = R2 Weighted Average Rating of both JV Partners = S1 x R1 + S2 x R2 Note: For projects with tentative project <= 500 Cr, in case of new entrants as part of JV i.e. JV members with no historical rating, the rating of only the other partner shall be considered as the weighted Average Rating of both JV Partners. 328 File No. RW/NH-3304 4/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3212390719/2025/S&R Zone Assumptions to be made regarding Similar Capacity for various positions 1. Team Leader cum Senior Highway Engineer i) On behalf of Consultant / Contractor: Team Leader/Senior Highway Engineer. ii) In Government Organizations: Superintending Engineer (or equivalent) and above 2. Senior Bridge Design Engineer i) On behalf of Consultant: Senior Bridge Design Engineer/Bridge Engineer/ Bridge Design Engineer ii) In Government Organizations: Executive Engineer (or equivalent) and above 3. Highway Design Engineer i) On behalf of Consultant: Highway Engineer/Highway Design Engineer/Pavement Engineer. ii) In Government Organizations: Executive Engineer (or equivalent) and above 4. Material-cum-Geo-technical Engineer i) On behalf of Consultant: Material Engineer/Material Expert/Geo Technical Engineer ii) In Government Organizations: Executive Engineer (or equivalent) and above iii) On behalf of Contractor: Material Engineer/Material Expert/Geo Technical Engineer/Manager (Material) 5. Traffic / Road Signage / Marking and Safety Expert i) On behalf of Consultant: Traffic Engineer/Transportation Engineer/Road Safety Expert ii) In Government Organizations: Executive Engineer (or equivalent) and above iii) On behalf of Contractor: Traffic Engineer/Transportation Engineer/ Road Safety Expert 6. Senior Survey Engineer i) On behalf of Consultant: Senior Survey Engineer/ Survey Engineer/ Senior Surveyor ii) In Government Organizations: Surveyor/Engineer (or equivalent) iii) On behalf of Contractor: Senior Survey Engineer/Survey Engineer/ Senior Surveyor 7. Environmental Specialist i) On behalf of Consultant /Contractor: Environmental Engineer/ Environmental Specialist/ Environmental Expert ii) In Government Organization: Officers who has dealt environment/forest matter. 8. Quantity Surveyor/Documentation Expert i) On behalf of Consultant /Contractor: Quantity Surveyor ii) In Government Organizations: Assistant Engineer (or equivalent) 9. Land Acquisition Expert i) On behalf of Consultant /Contractor: Land Acquisition Expert ii)In Government Organizations: ADM, SDM, Tehsildar, 10. UTILITY Expert i) On behalf of Consultant /Contractor: Utility Expert ii) In Government Organizations: Executive Engineer (or equivalent) and above. Consultant has to assess the major utility shifting involved and propose the CV accordingly. Note: While carrying out evaluation of key personnel, the experience in similar capacity is also a criteria of evaluation and assumptions to be made regarding similar capacity have been mentioned above. However, if a key personnel has worked in next lower category to the similar capacity, the marks allotted to key personnel in the category ‘experience in similar capacity’ shall be reduced to two thirds of marks in this category. This shall be applicable for evaluation of all key personnel. 329 File No. RW/NH-3304 4/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3222390719/2025/S&R Zone BIDDING FORMS 330 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3232390719/2025/S&R Zone Technical Proposal 331 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3242390719/2025/S&R Zone (Form-T1) TECHNICAL PROPOSAL Form T-1: Proposal Form (Covering Letter) (Ref ITC-clause 9.2) (To be submitted as part of Technical Proposal, along with supporting documents, if any) (on Consultant’s Letter-head) (Strike out alternative phrases not relevant to you) Consultant’s Name [Address and Contact Details] Consultant’s Reference No. Date………. To The President of India, through Head of Procurement Procuring Organisation [Complete address of the Procuring Entity] Ref: Your RFP Document No. RFP No./ xxxx; Tender Title: Consultancy Services Sir/ Madam 1. We, the undersigned, offer to provide consulting services in accordance with your above- referenced Request for Proposals (RFP) and our Proposal. We are hereby submitting our Proposal, which includes this Technical Proposal and a separately uploaded Financial Proposal (for QCBS)/PBG Quote (for QBS). Commercial information about our organization is enclosed in Form T-1A.  We are submitting our Proposal without any Sub-consultants or JV. Or  We are submitting our Proposal with the following firms as Sub-consultants: {Insert a list with each Sub-consultant's full name and address.} Or  We are submitting our proposal as a joint venture with {Insert a list with each member's full name and legal address and indicate the lead member}. We have attached a copy of the following document signed by every participating member, which details the (likely) legal structure and the confirmation of joint and severable liability of the members of the said joint venture.  our letter of intent to form a joint venture  the JV agreement 332 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3252390719/2025/S&R Zone 2) Our Eligibility and Qualifications to participate a) We confirm that we continue to comply with all the eligibility (including the absence of conflict of interest and debarment) and qualification criteria stipulated in this RFP. We shall be dutybound to proactively inform you of any change in our compliance with these criteria as soon as it occurs. b) We confirm that we don’t have any Conflict of Interest as stipulated in this RFP. We shall be duty bound to proactively inform you of any change in our compliance with Conflict-of-Interest stipulations as soon as it occurs. c) We confirm that all information provided in the Proposal uploaded on INFRACON and in the Appendices is true and correct and all documents accompanying such Proposal are true copies of their respective originals. The INFRACON Team I.D no.______. 3) Our Proposal to deliver Services: We offer to deliver the subject Services of requisite Performance Standards and within Delivery Schedules in conformity with the RFP Document. The relevant details are submitted in Form T-2 to Form T-15. 4) Prices: We hereby offer to perform the Services at our lowest prices and rates mentioned in the separately uploaded Financial Proposal (in QCBS mode)/ Cost Estimate Provided by the Authority (in QBS mode). It is hereby confirmed that the prices quoted therein by us/ are: (a) Based on the terms of delivery and delivery schedule confirmed by us; and (b) Cost break-up of the quoted cost, showing inter-alia costs (including taxes and duties thereon) of all the included incidental Goods/ Works considered necessary to make the proposal self-contained and complete, has been indicated therein, and (c) based on the terms and mode of payment as stipulated in the RFP Document. We have understood that if we quote any deviation from the terms and mode of payment, our Proposal is liable to be rejected as nonresponsive, and (d) have been arrived at independently, without restricting competition, any consultation, communication, or agreement with any other Consultant or competitor relating to: i) those prices; or ii) the intention to submit an offer; or iii) the methods or factors used to calculate the prices offered. (e) Have neither been nor shall be knowingly disclosed by us, directly or indirectly, to any other Consultant or competitor before the Proposal opening unless otherwise required by law. 5) We declare regarding commissions or fees paid or are to be paid to agents, representatives, or commission agents concerning the selection process or execution and performance of this Contract, that:  No such commissions or gratuities or fees have been paid are to be paid by us to any third party Or  We have paid/ are due to pay the following commissions/ gratuities/ fees: ------------- (indicate the name and address of the agent, representative, or commission agent, the amount 333 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3262390719/2025/S&R Zone and currency, and the purpose of the commission or fee.) 6) No change in the Key Experts Except as stated in the RFP Document, we undertake to negotiate a Contract based on the proposed Key Experts. We accept that substituting Key Experts for reasons other than those stated in ITC-Clause 12.3 may lead to the termination of contract negotiations. 7) Affirmation of terms and conditions of the RFP Document: We have understood the complete terms and conditions of the RFP Document. We accept and comply with these terms and conditions without reservations, although we are not signing and submitting some of the RFP document's sections. Deviations, if any, are submitted by us in Form T-14: ‘Terms and Conditions - Compliance’. We also explicitly confirm acceptance of the Arbitration Agreement as given in the RFP Document. 8) Bid Security: We have submitted the Bid Security as a) Earnest Money Deposit (EMD) for the amount of Rs. (Rupees……………………………….) valid upto_____________----in favour of …………………… in the form of Insurance Surety Bonds/ Payment online/ Bank Guarantee in Form T-16, with reference number…………dated…………….. , issued by………………….. as per the RFP Documents. or b) Bid Securing Declaration (BSD, in lieu of Bid Security, if permitted in TIS) in stipulated format vide Form T-17. 9) Abiding by the Proposal's Validity We agree to keep our Proposal valid for acceptance for a period upto -------, as required in the RFP Document, or for a subsequently extended period, if any, agreed to by us, and are aware of penalties in this regard stipulated in the RFP Document in case we fail to do so. 10) Non-tempering of Downloaded RFP Documents and Uploaded Scanned Copies We confirm that we have not changed/ edited the contents of the downloaded RFP Document. We realise that any change noticed at any stage, including after the contract award, shall be liable to punitive action in this regard stipulated in the RFP Document. We also confirm that scanned copies of documents/ affidavits/undertakings uploaded during the shortlisting process and this RFP are valid, true, and correct to the best of our knowledge and belief. We shall be responsible if any dispute arises regarding the validity and truthfulness of such documents/ affidavits/ undertakings. We undertake to submit for scrutiny, on-demand by the Procuring Entity, originals and self-certified copies of all such certificates, documents, affidavits/ undertakings. 11) A Binding Contract: We further confirm that if our proposal is accepted, all such terms and conditions shall continue to be acceptable and applicable to the resultant contract, even though some of these documents may not be included in the contract Documents submitted by us. We do hereby undertake that until a formal contract is signed or issued, this Proposal and your written Letter of Award shall constitute a binding contract between us. 12) Performance Guarantee and Signing the contract We further confirm that if our proposal is accepted, we shall provide you with performance security of the required amount stipulated in the RFP Document for the due performance of the contract. We are fully aware that in the event of our failure to deposit the required security amount and/ or execute the agreement, the Procuring Entity has the right to avail of any or all punitive actions stipulated in the RFP Document. 334 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3272390719/2025/S&R Zone 13) Penalties for misinterpretation or misrepresentation: We hereby confirm that the particulars given above are factually correct and nothing is concealed and undertake to advise any future changes to the above details. We understand that any misinterpretation or misrepresentation would violate the Code of Integrity and attract penalties, as this RFP Document mentions. 14) Consultant’s Authorized Signatory: a) Full Name: b) Designation: c) Signing as: A sole proprietorship firm. The person signing the Proposal is the sole proprietor/ constituted attorney of the sole proprietor, A partnership firm. The person signing the Proposal is duly authorised being a partner to do so under the partnership agreement or the general power of attorney, A company. The person signing the Proposal is the constituted attorney by a resolution passed by the Board of Directors or in pursuance of the Authority conferred by the Memorandum of Association. A Society. The person signing the Proposal is the constituted attorney. We confirm that we are duly authorized to submit this Proposal and make commitments on behalf of the Consultant. We acknowledge that our digital/digitized signature is valid and legally binding. Supporting documents are submitted herewith. Documents to be submitted: Registration Certificate/ Memorandum of Association/ Partnership Agreement/ Power of Attorney/ Board Resolution 15) Rights of the Procuring Entity to Reject Proposal(s): We further understand that you are not bound to accept the highest scoring proposal or any Proposal you may receive against your above-referred RFP Document. …………………….. (Signature with date) ……………………….. (Name and designation) Duly authorized to sign Proposal for and on behalf of [name, address, and seal of Consultant] 335 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3282390719/2025/S&R Zone Form T-1A: Consultant’s Commercial Information Note: Consultant shall fill in the following information and enclose certified copies of the documentary proof/ evidence to substantiate the corresponding statement wherever necessary and applicable. (Please tick appropriate boxes or strike out sentences/ phrases not applicable to you) Consultant particulars: a) Name of the Consultant:………………. b) Corporate Identity No. (CIN): …………………………………….. c) Registration, if any, with The Procuring Entity: ………………………………….. d) Place of Registration/ Principal place of business” ………………………………. e) Complete Postal Address: ………………………………………….. f) Pin code/ ZIP code: …………………………………………………. g) Telephone nos. (with country/ area codes): ……………………… h) Mobile Nos.: (with country/ area codes): …………………….. i) Contact persons/ Designation: ……………………………………. j) Email IDs: ……………………………………………………………. Submit a self-certified copy of the registration certificate – in case of a partnership firm – Deed of Partnership; in case of a Company – Notarized and certified copy of its Registration; and in case of Society – its Byelaws and registration certificate of the firm. All these documents should be Notarized. Taxation: PAN number: ………………………………………………. Type of GST Registration as per the Act (Normal Taxpayer, Composition, Casual Taxable Person, SEZ, etc.): …………………………. GSTIN number: .......................................................... in Consultant and Service Site States Registered/ Certified Offices from where the Services would be supported and Place of Service Site for GST Purpose: ………………. Contact Names, Nos. & email IDs for GST matters (Please mention primary and secondary contacts): ………………………………… Comments on Tax liability and the breakup of CGST, SGST, IGST and Cess in this assignment: Documents to be submitted: Self-attested Copies of PAN card and GSTIN Registration. Trade Registrations and Licences We have the following registrations/ licences required for the performance of this Service (tick as applicable). Authenticated copies of these are enclosed herewith:  EPF  ESI  Labour Licence  Any other required ---------------------------------------- --. Consultant’s Authorized Representative Information Name: Address: 336 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3292390719/2025/S&R Zone Telephone/ Mobile numbers: Email Address: (Signature with date) ……………………….. (Name and designation) Duly authorized to sign Proposal for and on behalf of [name, address and seal of Consultant] DA: As above 337 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3302390719/2025/S&R Zone (Form-T-2) Details of projects for which Technical Proposals have been submitted Sl. Name of Consultancy Package No. Names of Infracon Team No. Project Proposed Key ID Personnel 1 2 3 4 338 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3312390719/2025/S&R Zone Form-T3 FIRM’S REFERENCES Relevant Services Carried out in the Last Seven Years Which Best Illustrate Qualifications The following information should be provided in the format below for each reference assignment for which your firm, either individually as a corporate entity or as one of the major companies within a consortium, was legally contracted by the client: Assignment Name: Country: Location within Country : Professional Staff Provided by your firm: Name of Client : No. of Staff : Address : No. of Staff Months : Start Date Completion Date Approx. Value of Services : (in INR/current USD) : (Month / (Month / Year) Year) Name of JV/Association Firm(s) if any : No. of Months of Professional Staff provided by Associated Firm(s) Status of your Company in the Assignment i.e., Sole/Lead Member/Other Member/Associate Narrative Description of Project : Description of Actual Services Provided by your Company: Signature of Authorised Representative (Certificate from Employer regarding experience should be furnished 339 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3322390719/2025/S&R Zone Form- T4 SITE APPRECIATION Shall give details of site as per actual site visit and data provided in RFP and collected from site supported by photographs to demonstrate that responsible personnel of the Consultant have actually visited the site and familiarized with the salient details/complexities and scope of services. 340 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3332390719/2025/S&R Zone Form- T5 Composition of the Team Personnel and the task Which would be assigned to each Team Member I. Technical/Managerial Staff Sr .No. Name Position Task Assignment 1. 2. 3. 4. …… II. Support Staff Sr. No. Name Position Task Assignment 1. 2. 3. 4. …. …. 341 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3342390719/2025/S&R Zone Form- T6 APPROACH PAPER ON METHODOLOGY PROPOSED FOR PERFORMING THE ASSIGNMENT The approach and methodology will be detailed precisely under the following topics. 1) Methodology for services, surveying, data collection [not more than 2 pages] and analysis 2) Quality Assurance system for consultancy assignment [not more than 1 page] 3) The key challenges foreseen and proposed solutions will be detailed precisely under the following topics a) proposed alignment and bypass required b) land acquisition requirements c) access control, rehabilitation of existing road, drainage and utilities d) adoption of superior technology along with proof (to be submitted in Form T9) Replies to items 3) a) to c) should be limited to six A4 size pages in 1.5 space and 12 font including photographs, if any 342 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3352390719/2025/S&R Zone Form- T7 Details of Material Testing Facility 1. State whether the Applicant has in-house Material Testing Facility Available / Outsourced / Not Available 2. In case answer to 1 is Available, attach a list of Lab equipment and facility for testing of materials and location of laboratory 3. In case laboratory is located at a distance of more than 400 km from the project site, state arrangements made / proposed to be made for testing of materials 4. In case answer to 1 is Outsourced / Not Available state arrangements made / proposed to be made for testing of materials. 343 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3362390719/2025/S&R Zone Form- T8 Facility for Field investigation and Testing 1. State whether the Applicant has in-house Facility for a) Geo-technical investigation Available (created in-house at site)/ Outsourced/ Not Available b) Pavement investigation Available (created in-house at site)/ Outsourced/ Not Available 2. In case answer to 1 is Available (created in-house at site) a list of field investigation and testing equipments available in-house 3. In case answer to 1 is Outsourced/ Not Available arrangements made/proposed to be made for each of above Field investigation and testing 4. For experience in LIDAR or better technology for topographic survey, GPR and Induction Locator or better technologies for detection of sub-surface utilities and digitization of cadastral maps for land acquisition, references need to be provided in following format: 344 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3372390719/2025/S&R Zone REFERENCES Relevant Services Carried Out Which Best Illustrate Qualifications The following information should be provided in the format below for each reference assignment for which your firm, either individually as a corporate entity or as one of the major companies within a consortium, was legally contracted by the client: Assignment Name: Country: Location within Country : Professional Staff Provided by your firm: Name of Client : No. of Staff : Address : No. of Staff Months : Technology Used: Start Date Completion Date Approx. Value of Services : (in INR/current USD) : (Month / Year) (Month / Year) Name of JV/Association Firm(s) if any : No. of Months of Professional Staff provided by Associated Firm(s) Status of your Company in the Assignment i.e., Sole/Lead Member/Other Member/Associate Narrative Description of Project : Description of Actual Services Provided by your Company: Signature of Authorised Representative (Certificate from Employer regarding experience should be furnished) 345 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3382390719/2025/S&R Zone Form- T9 Office Equipment and software Attach a list of office equipment and software owned by the Applicant 346 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3392390719/2025/S&R Zone Form- T10 (Curriculum Vitae as per INFRACON) CVs of the Key Personnel should be uploaded on INFRACON and the hard copies of the CVs as uploaded on the INFRACON is to be submitted along with the Technical Proposals. The self evaluation of each of the CVs also to be submitted as part of Technical Proposal. 347 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3402390719/2025/S&R Zone Form-T11: Format for submission of Residual DPR Bid Capacity “R” (TO BE FILLED BY THE SOLE CONSULTANT & IN CASE OF JV, SEPARATELY BY JV PARTNERS BIDDING FOR THE ASSIGNMENT) For Normal Highway Projects (i) Details of Total Length of DPR/Feasibility completed for 2/4/6 laning of National Highways/Expressways in the last 10 Financial Years. Sl Project Lane Length of Date of Project Type In case of Completed Length Description Configur the Final Completion JV, share of (CL) calculation * No. (DPR/ along with ation of Alignment Certificate of Contract Feasibility) Client planned (in KM) DPR Fee (%) Department highway assignment/ *To be calculated Date of issuance after considering of LOA of Civil factors given in Work Note 1-4 given at point (iii) below (attach copy of completion certificate/copy of LOA as applicable) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Format for undertaking by the firm for completed DPR /Feasibility Projects: The undersigned on behalf of .............. (name of Consulting firm) certify that the above are correct and true and the consulting firm/JV was not at default on these project assignments. It is also agreed that any misrepresentation of facts and false information shall make the firm/JV liable for penal action as stipulated in the RFP. Date ..................................... (dd/mm/yyyy) [Signature of authorized representative of the Firm] (ii) Length of DPR/Feasibility Projects in Hand wherein Completion Certificate has not been issued by Executing Government Agency or the Tender of the Civil Work has not been awarded by the Executing Government Agency. This length shall also include the projects for which the firm has emerged as the H-1 bidder but the LOA have not been issued. Sl Project Lane Lane Date of Project In case of JV, Running Description ConfiguratConfiguratissuance of Type share of Projects (RP) No. along with ion of ion of LOA for Contract Fee calculation* (DPR/Feasibil Client planned planned consultancy (%) ity) Department highway highway assignment *To be (attach copy of calcuated after LOA as considering applicable) factors given in Note1-4 given at point (iii) 348 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3412390719/2025/S&R Zone below 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Format for undertaking by the firm for under implementation/running DPR/Feasibility Projects: The Undersigned on behalf of (name of Consulting firm) certify that the firm details given above are correct and true and the consulting firm/JV was not at default on these project assignments. It is also agreed that any misrepresentation of facts and false information shall make the firm/JV liable for penal action as stipulated in the RFP. (iii) Notes: 1. For DPR of two laning projects, the length shall be considered after multiplication of factor of 0.50 2. For Feasibility Projects the length shall be considered after multiplication of factor of 0.60 3. In case of experience as JV, weighted average based on their share in the JV shall be considered for experience. JV share shall only be corroborated as per MoU of JV or Client Certificate only. 4. In case of experience of Associate, the share as per MoU subject to Maximum 25% shall be considered. In case MoU does not specify the share the same can be considered as per certification of Statutory Auditors of the Associate Member. (iv) Turnover Factor (TF)= Multiplication factor based on Turnover Average Turnover of Factor Last 5 Financial Years “B” Upto 50 Cr 1.00 50-250 Cr 1.25 >250 Cr 1.50 (v)Residual DPR Bid Capacity requirements “R” shall be calculated for each JV member who has bid for the consultancy assignment and the weighted average as per Share in JV shall be calculated using formula as under: R= CL x TF - RP Where CL= Details of Total Length of DPR/Feasibility completed for 2/4/6 laning of National 349 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3422390719/2025/S&R Zone Highways/Expressways in the last 10 Financial Years. RP= Length of DPR/Feasibility Projects in Hand wherein Completion Certificate has not been issued by Executing Government Agency or the Tender of the Civil Work has not been awarded by the Executing Government Agency. This length shall also include the projects for which the firm has emerged as the H-1 bidder but the LOA have not been issued. Clarification: In case the DPR assignment is divided into packages foraward of work, the length of the package for which civil work has been awarded by Government Agency should be considered in Completed Length (CL) and not is Running Project length. TF=Turnover Factor Self- Assessment of Residual DPR Bid Capacity “R” by the consultancy firm (in case of JV, separately by the JV partners) on eligibility as per technical capacity provisions shall be submitted: (a) Residual DPR Bid Capacity of Sole Bidder Total value of CL assessed by Sole Bidder (in KM)= CL0 Total value of RP assessed by Sole Bidder (in KM)= RP0 Turnover factor (TF) assessed by Sole Bidder (as per point iv above)= TF0 Assessed Residual DPR Bid Capacity assessed by Sole Bidder (in KM)= R0 = CL0 x TF0 – RP0 (b) Residual DPR Bid Capacity of Joint Ventures Total value of CL assessed by Lead Member (in KM)= CL1 Total value of RP assessed by Lead Member (in KM)= RP1 Turnover factor (TF) assessed by Lead Member (as per point iv above)= TF1 Share of Lead Member in instant bid proposal (in %) = S1 Assessed Residual DPR Bid Capacity assessed by Lead Member (in KM)= R1 = {CL1 x TF1 – RP1} x S1 Total value of CL assessed by Other Member (in KM)= CL2 Total value of RP assessed by Other Member (in KM)= RP2 Share of Lead Member in instant bid proposal (in %) = S1 Turnover factor (TF) assessed by Other Member (as per point iv above)= TF2 Assessed Residual DPR Bid Capacity assessed by Other Member (in KM)= R2 = {CL2 x TF2 – RP2} x S2 Share of in Assessed Residual DPR Bid Capacity of Joint Venture(in KM)= R1 + R2 For Standalone Tunnel Projects (i)Total Length of DPR/Feasibility completed for 2/4/6 laning of Highway/Railway Tunnels in the last 10 Financial Years. 350 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3432390719/2025/S&R Zone Sl . Project Specify Lanes Length of Date of Project In case of Special Tunnel No. Description and Tubes i.e. the Final Completion Type JV, share of i.e. along with single tube 2 Alignment Certificate of DPR (DPR/ Contract Underwater/Und Client lane tunnel/ of Tunnel assignment/ Date Feasibility) Fee (%) er River/ Department twin tube (in meters) of issuance of Immersed Tube single lane/ Mention LOA of Civil Work Tunnels/ Multi twin tube two Chainage (Attach copy of Deck Tunnel, if or more also. completion any lanes/ more certificate/ copy (State Yes or than 2 tubes of LOA as No. If Yes, applicable) specify the type of tunnel) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8= Consultant to submit the copy of corresponding schedule-B of tender document to corroborate the claim of LF and SF. Notes: • The Residual Bid Capacity “R” of the Bidder shall be calculated for each JV member who has bid for the consultancy assignment and the weighted average as per Share in JV shall be calculated in terms of Length as per methodology specified hereunder: R= CL x TF x LF x SF Wherein: • Completed Length (CL) = Total Length of DPR/Feasibility completed for 2/4/6 laning of Highway/Railway Tunnels in the last 10 Financial Years. 1. Completed DPR/Feasibility projects shall be those for which either Completion Certification of the Consultancy Assignment has been issued by Executing Government Agency or the Tender of the Civil Work has been awarded by the Executing Government Agency. This length would also include the individual tunnels planned as part of normal highway projects. 2. In case of experience as JV, weighted average based on their share in the JV shall be considered for experience. JV share shall only be corroborated as per MoU of JV or Client Certificate only. 3. In case of experience of Associate, the share as per MoU subject to Maximum 25% shall be considered. In case MoU does not specify the share the same can be considered as per certification of Statutory Auditors of the Associate Member. • Turnover Factor (TF)= Multiplication factor based on Turnover shall be decided as under: Average Turnover of Last 5 Financial Years Factor “TF” Upto 50 Cr 1.00 351 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3442390719/2025/S&R Zone 50-100 Cr 1.1 100-200 Cr 1.2 >>200 Cr 1.25 • Lane Factor (LF): wherein lane Factor will be considered based on the completed projects for which DPR experience is considered Single tube two lane: 1.0 Twin Tube single lane: 1.50 Twin Tube Two or more lane: 1.75 More than 2 tubes: 2.0 LF= (L x1.0 + L x1.5 + L x1.75+ L x2.0) / (L + L + L + L ) ST2L TTSL TTML MT ST2L TTSL TTML MT L =Total Length of single tube 2 lane tunnel in completed DPR projects (in meters) ST2L L =Total Length of twin tube single lane tunnel in completed DPR projects (in meters) TTSL L =Total Length of twin tube two or more lanes in completed DPR projects (in meters) TTML L =Total Length of tunnels with more than 2 tubes in completed DPR projects (in meters) MT • Special Factor: it will be considered only for those projects where the bidder has experience of Special Tunnel like Underwater/Under River/Immersed Tube Tunnels/Multi Deck Tunnel otherwise its value to be taken as 1.0 only. SF: 2.0 • Self- Assessment of Residual DPR Bid Capacity “R” by the consultancy firm (in case of JV, separately by the JV partners) on eligibility as per technical capacity provisions shall be submitted. For Standalone Bridge Projects (i) Total Length of DPR/Feasibility completed for 2/4/6 laning of Highway Bridges (NH/SH/Expressways) in the last 10 Financial Years. Sl. Project Specify no. of Bridges Date of Project In case of JV, Special Bridge i.e. No. Description (one bridge with multiple Completion Type share of extra dozed along with span arrangement must be Certificate of (DPR/ Contract Fee Bridges/cable Client counted only in single DPR Feasibility) (%) stayed Department category based on the assignment/ bridges/Suspensi maximum span of the bridge) D ate of issuance on Bridges, if any of LOA of Civil (State Yes or With With With With Work No. If Yes, max max max max (Attach copy of specify the type span Span Span Span completion of Bridge) less more more more certificate/ than than than than copy of LOA as 50 m 50 m 100 m 200 m applicable) upto upto 100 m 200 m 1 2 3a 3b 3c 3d 5 6 7 8 352 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3452390719/2025/S&R Zone Consultant to submit the copy of corresponding schedule-B to corroborate the claim of SLF and SF. Notes • The Residual Bid Capacity “R” of the Bidder shall be calculated for each JV member who has bid for the consultancy assignment and the weighted average as per Share in JV shall be calculated in terms of Length as per methodology specified hereunder: R= CL x TF x SLF x SF Wherein: • Completed Length (CL) = Total Length of DPR/Feasibility completed for 2/4/6 laning of Highway Bridges (NH/SH/Expressways) in the last 10 Financial Years. 1. Completed DPR/Feasibility projects shall be those for which either Completion Certification of the Consultancy Assignment has been issued by Executing Government Agency or the Tender of the Civil Work has been awarded by the Executing Government Agency. This length would also include the individual bridges planned as part of normal highway projects. 2. In case of experience as JV, weighted average based on their share in the JV shall be considered for experience. JV share shall only be corroborated as per MoU of JV or Client Certificate only. 3. In case of experience of Associate, the share as per MoU subject to Maximum 25% shall be considered. In case MoU does not specify the share the same can be considered as per certification of Statutory Auditors of the Associate Member. • Turnover Factor (TF)= Multiplication factor based on Turnover* *Note: The TF shall be decided as under: Average Turnover of Last 5 Financial Years Factor “TF” Upto 50 Cr 1.00 50-100 Cr 1.1 100-200 Cr 1.2 >>200 Cr 1.25 • Span Length Factor (SLF): wherein span lane Factor will be considered based on the completed projects for which DPR experience is considered Maximum Span length upto 50 m: 1.0 Maximum Span length more than 50 m upto 100 m: 1.50 Maximum Span length more than 100 m upto 200 m: 1.75 Maximum Span length more than 200 m: 2.00 SLF= (N x1.0 + N x1.5 + N x1.75+ N x2.0) / (N span max<50 50<span max<100 100<span max<200 span max>200 span + N + N + N ) max<50 50<span max<100 100<span max<200 span max>200 N =Total No. of Bridges in completed DPR projects where maximum span is less than span max<50 equal to 50 metres N =Total No. of Bridges in completed DPR projects where maximum span is more 50<span max<100 than 50 meters but less than equal to 100 metres. N =Total No. of Bridges in completed DPR projects where maximum span is more 100<span max<200 than 100 meters but less than equal to 200 metres. N =Total No. of Bridges in completed DPR projects where maximum span is more than span max>200 200 metres. 353 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3462390719/2025/S&R Zone • Special Factor (SF): it will be considered only for those projects where the bidder has experience of Special Bridges i.e. extra dozed Bridges/cable stayed bridges/Suspension Bridges. SF: 1.5 354 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3472390719/2025/S&R Zone Form T -12 (To be on the letter head of the Bidder/ Each Member of the JV/Associates) Certificate regarding Compliance with Restrictions under Rule 144 (xi) of the General Financial Rules (GFR) The Tendering Issuing Authority (Name of Concerned Officer along with Office Address) Sub: BID for “Name of work ............................................................... ” Dear Sir, With reference to your RFP document dated *** **$, I, having examined the Bidding Documents and understood their contents, hereby undertake and confirm as follows: I have read the clause regarding restrictions on procurement from a bidder of a country which shares a land border with India and on sub-contracting to contractors/Consultant from such countries; I certify that this Bidder is not from such a country or, if from such a country, has been registered with the Competent Authority, specified in Annexure-I of Order (Public Procurement No. 1) issued by Ministry of Finance, Department of Expenditure Public Procurement Division vide F. No. 6/18/2019-PPD, dated 23rd July 2020 and will not subcontract any work to a contractor/Consultant from such countries unless such contractor/Consultant is registered with the said Competent Authority. I hereby certify that this bidder fulfils all requirements in this regard and is eligible to be considered. Yours faithfully, Date: Place: (Signature of the Authorised signatory) (Name and designation of the of the Authorised signatory) Name and seal of Bidder/Each Member of the Consortium Notes: {Where applicable, evidence of valid registration by the Competent Authority shall be attached} In case the above certification is found to be false, this would be a ground for immediate rejection of Bid/termination and further legal action in accordance with law. OM F. No. 6/18/2019-PPD, dated 23rd July 2020 is enclosed herewith for ready reference. 355 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3482390719/2025/S&R Zone Form T-13 INTEGRITY PACT FORMAT Integrity pact (Ref Clause 1.5 of ITC) (To be signed on Plain Paper by both JV Members) (To be submitted as part of Technical Proposal) RFP Document No. RFP No./ xxxx; Tender Title: Consultancy Services This Agreement (hereinafter called the Integrity Pact) is made on day of the month of 202 at , India. BETWEEN Procuring Organisation, ----------------------------------- through Head of the Procuring Organisation, for and on behalf of President of India (hereinafter called the “The Principal”, which expression shall mean and include unless the context otherwise requires, his successors in office and assigns) of the First Part AND M/ s. (hereinafter called the “The Consultant”, which expression shall mean and include unless the context otherwise requires, his successors and permitted assigns) of the Second Part. PREAMBLE ‘The Principal’ intends to award, under laid down organizational procedures, contract/ s for , ‘The Principal’ values full compliance with all relevant laws of the land, rules, regulations, economical use of resources and fairness/ transparency in its relations with its Consultant(s) and/ or Consultant(s). In order to achieve these goals, the Principal shall appoint Independent External Monitors (IEMs) who shall monitor the Procurement Process and the execution of the contract for compliance with the abovementioned principles. Section 1 - Commitments of the ‘The Principal’ (1) ‘The Principal’ commits itself to take all measures necessary to prevent corruption and to observe the following principles: - a. No employee of the Principal, personally or through family members, shall, in connection with the tender for, or the execution of a contract, demand, take a promise for or accept, for self or third person, any material or immaterial benefit which the person is not legally entitled to. b. The Principal shall, during the Procurement Process, treat all Consultant(s) with equity and reason. The Principal shall, in particular, before and during the Procurement Process, provide to all Consultant(s) the same information and shall not provide to any Consultant(s) confidential/ additional information through which the Consultant(s) could obtain an advantage in relation to the Procurement Process or the contract execution. c. The Principal shall exclude from the process all known prejudiced persons. (2) If the Principal obtains information on the conduct of any of its employees, which is a criminal offence under the IPC/ PC Act, or if there be a substantive suspicion in this regard, the Principal shall inform the Chief Vigilance Officer and in addition, can initiate disciplinary actions. Section 2 - Commitments of the ‘Consultant’ (1) The ‘Consultant’ commit themselves to take all measures necessary to prevent corruption. The ‘Consultant’ commit themselves to observe the following principles during 356 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3492390719/2025/S&R Zone participation in the Procurement Process and during the contract execution. a. The ‘Consultant’ shall not, directly or through any other person or firm, offer, promise, or give to any of the Principal’s employees involved in the Procurement Process or the execution of the contract or to any third person any material or other benefit which he is not legally entitled to, in order to obtain in exchange any advantage of any kind whatsoever during the Procurement Process or during the execution of the contract. b. The ‘Consultant’ shall not enter any undisclosed agreement or understanding with other Consultants, whether formal or informal. This applies in particular to prices, specifications, certifications, subsidiary contracts, submission or non-submission of Proposals or any other actions to restrict competitiveness or to introduce cartelisation in the Procurement Process. c. The ‘Consultant’ shall not commit any offence under the relevant IPC/ PC Act; further, the ‘Consultant’ shall not use improperly, for purposes of competition or personal gain, or pass on to others, any information or document provided by the Principal as part of the business relationship, regarding plans, technical proposals, and business details, including information contained or transmitted electronically. d. The ‘Consultant’ of foreign origin shall disclose the name and address of the Agents/ representatives in India, if any. Similarly, the Consultant/ Contractors of Indian Nationality shall furnish the name and address of the foreign principals, if any. Further details, as mentioned in the “Guidelines on Indian Agents of Foreign Suppliers”, shall be disclosed by the Consultant. Further, as mentioned in the Guidelines, all the payments made to the Indian agent/ representative must be in Indian Rupees only. A copy of the “Guidelines on Indian Agents of Foreign Suppliers” is placed in the Appendix to this agreement. e. The ‘Consultant’ shall, when presenting their Proposal, disclose any and all payments made, are committed to, or intends to make to agents, brokers, or any other intermediaries in connection with the contract award. f. Consultant who has signed the Integrity Pact shall not approach the Courts while representing the matter to IEMs and shall wait for their decision in the matter. (2) The ‘Consultant’ shall not instigate third persons to commit offences outlined above or be an accessory to such offences. Section 3 - Disqualification from Procurement Process and exclusion from future contracts If the ‘Consultant’, before award or during execution, has committed a transgression through a violation of Section 2, above or in any other form such as to put their reliability or credibility in question, the Principal is entitled to disqualify the ‘Consultant’ from the Procurement Process or take action as per the procedure mentioned in the “Guidelines on Banning of business dealings”. Section 4 - Compensation for Damages (1) If the Principal has disqualified the ‘Consultant’ from the Procurement Process prior to the award according to Section 3, the Principal is entitled to demand and recover from the ‘Consultant’ the damages equivalent to Earnest Money Deposit/ Bid Security. (2) If the Principal has terminated the contract according to Section 3, or if the Principal is entitled to terminate the contract according to Section 3, the Principal shall be entitled to demand and recover from the Consultant liquidated damages of the contract value or the amount equivalent to Performance Bank Guarantee. Section 5 - Previous transgression (1) Consultant declares that no previous transgressions occurred in the last three years 357 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3502390719/2025/S&R Zone with any other Company in any country conforming to the anti-corruption approach or with any Public Sector Enterprise in India that could justify his exclusion from the Procurement Process. (2) If the Consultant makes an incorrect statement on this subject, he can be disqualified from the Procurement Process, or action can be taken as per the procedure mentioned in “Guidelines on Banning of business dealings”. Section 6 - Equal treatment of all Consultants/ Contractors/ Subcontractors (1) In the case of Sub-contracting, the Principal Consultant shall take responsibility or the adoption of the Integrity Pact by the Sub-contractor. (2) The Principal shall enter into agreements with identical conditions as this one with all Consultants and Contractors. (3) The Principal shall disqualify from the Procurement Process all Consultants who do not sign this Pact or violate its provisions. Section 7 - Criminal charges against violating Consultant(s)/ Consultant(s)/ Subcontractor(s) If the Principal obtains knowledge of the conduct of a Consultant, Consultant or Subcontractor, or of an employee or a representative or an associate of a Consultant, Consultant or Subcontractor, which constitutes corruption, or if the Principal has substantive suspicion in this regard, the Principal shall inform the same to the Chief Vigilance Officer. Section 8 - Independent External Monitor (1) The Principal appoints a competent and credible Independent External Monitor for this Pact after approval by Central Vigilance Commission. The task of the Monitor is to review independently and objectively whether and to what extent the parties comply with the obligations under this agreement. (2) The Monitor is not subject to instructions by the representatives of the parties and performs his functions neutrally and independently. The Monitor would have access to all Contract documents whenever required. It shall be obligatory for him/ her to treat the information and documents of the Consultants/ Contractors as confidential. He/ she reports to the Head of the Procuring Organisation. (3) The Consultant(s)/ Consultant(s) accepts that the Monitor has the right to access, without restriction, all Project documentation of the Principal, including that provided by the Consultant. The Consultant shall also grant the Monitor, upon his request and demonstration of a valid interest, unrestricted and unconditional access to their project documentation. The same is applicable to Sub-contractors. (4) The Monitor is under contractual obligation to treat the information and documents of the Consultant(s)/ Sub-contractor(s) with confidentiality. The Monitor has also signed declarations on ‘Non-Disclosure of Confidential Information’ and of Absence of Conflict of Interest. In case of any conflict of interest arising at a later date, the IEM shall inform the Head of the Procuring Organisation and recuse himself/ herself from that case. (5) The Principal shall provide to the Monitor sufficient information about all meetings among the parties related to the Project, provided such meetings could have an impact on the contractual relations between the Principal and the Consultant. The parties offer the Monitor the option to participate in such meetings. (6) As soon as the Monitor notices, or believes to have noticed, a violation of this agreement, he shall so inform the Management of the Principal and request the Management to discontinue or take corrective action, or to take other relevant action. The monitor can, in this regard, submit non-binding recommendations. Beyond this, the Monitor has no right to demand 358 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3512390719/2025/S&R Zone from the parties that they act in a specific manner, refrain from action, or tolerate action. (7) The Monitor shall submit a written report to the Head of the Procuring Organisation within 8 to 10 weeks from the date of reference or intimation to him by the Principal and, should the occasion arise, submit proposals for correcting problematic situations. (8) If the Monitor has reported to the Head of the Procuring Organisation a substantiated suspicion of an offence under the relevant IPC/ PC Act, and the Head of the Procuring Organisation has not, within the reasonable time, taken visible action to proceed against such offence or reported it to the Chief Vigilance Officer, the Monitor may also transmit this information directly to the Central Vigilance Commissioner. (9) The word ‘Monitor’ would include both singular and plural. Section 9 - Pact Duration This Pact begins when both parties have legally signed it. It expires for the Consultant 12 months after the last payment under the contract and for all other Consultants 6 months after the contract has been awarded. Any violation of the same would entail disqualification of the Consultants and exclusion from future business dealings. If any claim is made/ lodged during this time, the same shall be binding and continue to be valid despite the lapse of this pact as specified above unless it is discharged/ determined by the Head of the Procuring Organisation. Section 10 - Other provisions (1) This agreement is subject to Indian Law. The place of performance and jurisdiction is the Registered Office of the Principal, i.e., New Delhi. (2) Changes and supplements, as well as termination notices, need to be made in writing. Side agreements have not been made. (3) If the Consultant is a partnership or a consortium, this agreement must be signed by all partners or consortium members. (4) Should one or several provisions of this agreement turn out to be invalid, the remainder of this agreement remains valid. In this case, the parties shall strive to come to an agreement with their original intentions. (5) Issues like Warranty/ Guarantee etc., shall be outside the purview of IEMs. (6) In the event of any contradiction between the Integrity Pact and its Appendix, the Clause in the Integrity Pact shall prevail. For and Behalf of the Principal For and Behalf of the Consultant (Name of the Officer and Designation) (Name of the Authorized Representative of Official Seal Lead JV Member with Designation) Official Seal (Name of the Authorized Representative of Other JV Member with Designation) Official Seal Witness 1: (Name & Address) Witness 1: (Name & Address) Witness 2 (Name & Address) Witness 2 (Name & Address) 359 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3522390719/2025/S&R Zone Appendix to Integrity Pact Guidelines for Indian Agents of Foreign Suppliers 1.1 There shall be compulsory registration of agents for all Global (Open) Tender and Limited Tender. An agent who is not registered with ‘The Principal’ shall apply for registration in the registration form with the appropriate unit. 1.2 Registered agents shall file an authenticated Photostat copy duly attested by a Notary Public/ Original certificate of the Principal confirming the agency agreement. It should cover - the precise relationship, services to be rendered, and mutual interests in business - generally and/ or specifically for the tender. Any commission/ remuneration/ salary/ retainership, which the agent or associate receives in India or abroad from the Principal, whether should be brought on record in the Agreement and be made explicit. 1.3 Wherever the Indian representatives have communicated on behalf of their principals and the foreign parties have stated that they are not paying any commission to the Indian agents, and the Indian representative is working on the basis of salary, or a retainer, a written declaration to this effect should be submitted by the party (i.e., Principal) before finalizing the order. 2.1 Disclosure of particulars of agents/ representatives in India, if any. 2.2 Consultants of Foreign nationality shall furnish the following details in their offers: 2.2.1 The ‘Consultant’ of foreign origin shall disclose the name and address of the agents/ representatives in India, if any and the extent of authorization and authority given to commit the Principals. In case the agent/ representative be a foreign Company, it shall be confirmed whether it is an existing Company and details of the same shall be furnished. 2.2.2 The amount of commission/ remuneration included in the quoted price(s) for such agents/ representatives in India. 2.2.3 Confirmation of Consultant that the commission/ remuneration, if any, payable to his agents/ representatives in India, may be paid by ‘The Principal’ in Indian Rupees only. 2.3 Consultants of Indian Nationality shall furnish the following details in their offers: 2.3.1 The ‘Consultant’ of Indian Nationality shall furnish the name and address of the foreign principals, if any, indicating their nationality as well as their status, i.e., whether manufacturer or agents of manufacturer holding the Letter of Authority of the Principal authorizing the agent specifically to make an offer in India in response to tender either directly or through the agents/ representatives. 2.3.2 The amount of commission/ remuneration included in the price (s) quoted by Consultant for himself. 2.3.3 Confirmation of the foreign principals of Consultant that the commission/ remuneration, if any, reserved for Consultant in the quoted price(s), may be paid by ‘The Principal’ in India in equivalent Indian Rupees on satisfactory completion of the Project or supplies of Services. 2.4 In either case, in the event of contract materializing, the terms of payment shall provide for payment of the commission/ remuneration, if any, payable to the agents/ representatives in India in Indian Rupees on expiry of 90 days after the discharge of the obligations under the contract. 2.5 Failure to furnish correct and detailed information as called for in clauses above shall render the concerned Proposal liable to rejection or, in the event of a contract materializing, the same liable to termination by ‘The Principal’. Besides this, there would be a penalty of banning business dealings with ‘The Principal’ or damage or payment of a named sum. 360 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3532390719/2025/S&R Zone Form T-14: Terms and Conditions - Compliance (Ref ITC-clause 1.5) (To be submitted as part of Technical Proposal) (on Consultant’s Letter-head) Consultant’s Name [Address and Contact Details] Consultant’s Reference No. Date………. RFP Document No. RFP No./ xxxx; Tender Title: Consultancy Services Note to Consultants: Fill up this Form regarding Terms and Conditions in the RFP Document, maintaining the same numbering and structure. Add additional details not covered elsewhere in your Proposal in this regard. Sl. No. Ref of RFP Document Subject Confirmation/ Justification/ Section, Clause Deviation/ Reason Exception/ Section Clause/ reservation sub-clause We shall comply with, abide by, and accept without variation, deviation, or reservation all terms and conditions of the RFP Document, except those mentioned above. If mentioned elsewhere in our Proposal, contrary terms and conditions shall not be recognised and shall be null and void. …………………….. (Signature with date) ……………………….. (Name and designation) Duly authorized to sign Proposal for and on behalf of ………………………………………. ………………………………………. [name, address, and seal of Consultant ] DA: If any, at the option of the Consultant. 361 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3542390719/2025/S&R Zone Form T-15: Checklist for Consultants (Ref ITC-clause 1.5) (To be submitted as part of Technical Proposal) (on Consultant’s Letter-head) Consultant’s Name [Address and Contact Details] Consultant’s Reference No. Date………. RFP Document No. RFP No./ xxxx; Tender Title: Consultancy Services Note to Consultants: This checklist is merely to help the Consultants prepare their Proposals; it does not override or modify the tender requirement. Consultants must do their own due diligence also. Sr Documents submitted, duly filled, signed Yes/ No/ NA 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 362 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3552390719/2025/S&R Zone Form T-16: Bank Guarantee Format for Earnest Money Deposit (The Bank Guarantee shall be on a Stamp Paper of appropriate value in accordance with Stamp Act and shall be purchased in the name of the guarantee issuing Bank or the Party on whose behalf the BG is being issued.) (Ref ITC-clause 8.4) Ref Bank Guarantee No…………… Date…………………………… ... To The President of India, through Head of Procurement Procuring Organisation [Complete address of the Procuring Entity] Whereas M/s……………………………………………………with its Registered/ Head Office at…………………………. (name and address of the Consultant, hereinafter called “the Consultant”, which expression shall, unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof, include its successors, administrators, executors and assigns) has undertaken to submit a proposal, in pursuance of Tender no ……….. date……………. (hereinafter called “the Tender”). And Whereas you (unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof, including your successors, administrators, executors, and assigns) have stipulated in the said Tender that the Consultant shall furnish you with a bank guarantee by a Commercial bank for the sum specified therein as Earnest Money Deposit for compliance with its obligations as per the Tender; And Whereas we …………………… with our Head Office at…………………………. (name and address of the Bank, hereinafter referred to as the ‘Bank’, which expression shall, unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof, include its successors, administrators, executors and assigns) have agreed to give the Consultant such a bank guarantee. Now, Therefore, we hereby affirm that we are guarantors and responsible to you, on behalf of the Consultant, up to a total of …………………………………………………….(amount of the guarantee in words and figures), and we undertake to pay you, upon your first written demand declaring the Consultant to be in default under the Tender and without cavil or argument, any sum or sums within the limits of (amount of guarantee) as aforesaid, without your needing to prove or to show grounds or reasons for your demand or the sum specified therein, notwithstanding any difference between you and the Consultant or any dispute pending before any Court, Tribunal, Arbitrator or any other authority. We hereby waive the necessity of your demanding the said debt from the Consultant before presenting us with the demand. The Bank undertakes not to revoke this guarantee during its currency without your previous consent and further agrees that the guarantee herein contained shall continue to be enforceable till you discharge this guarantee. This guarantee will not be discharged due to a change in the constitution of the Bank or the Consultant’s. We further agree that no change or addition to or other modification of the terms of the Tender made by you shall in any way release us from any liability under this guarantee, and we hereby waive notice of any such change, addition, or modification. 363 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3562390719/2025/S&R Zone This guarantee shall be valid until the ………….day of …….20…… Our………………………………….branch at………………*(Name & Address of the ………….…………..*(branch) is liable to pay the guaranteed amount depending on the filing of a claim and any part thereof under this Bank Guarantee only and only if you serve upon us at our ................................................ * branch a written claim or demand and received by us at our …………………..* branch on or before Dt… ................ otherwise, the bank shall be discharged of all liabilities under this guarantee after that. The guarantor/bank hereby confirms that it is on the SFMS (Structural Finance Messaging System) platform & shall invariably send an advice of this Bank Guarantee to be designated bank of <Name of Implementing Agency> after obtaining details thereof from <Name of Implementing Agency>. (Signature of the authorized officer of the Bank) …………………………………………. …………………………………………. Name and designation of the officer ………………………………………… Seal, name & address of the Bank and address of the Branch *Preferably at the authority's headquarters competent to sanction the expenditure for procurement of goods/services or at the concerned district headquarters or the state headquarters. 364 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3572390719/2025/S&R Zone Form T-17: Bid Securing Declaration Consultants exempted from submission of Bid Security are also required to submit this. (on Consultant’s Letter-head) Consultant’s Name [Address and Contact Details] Consultant’s Reference No. To The President of India, through Head of Procurement Procuring Organisation [Complete address of the Procuring Entity] Date………. Ref: RFP Document No. RFP No./ xxxx; Tender Title: Consultancy Services Sir/ Madam We, the undersigned, solemnly declare that: We understand that according to this RFP document's conditions, the Proposal must be supported by a Bid Securing Declaration in lieu of Bid Security. We unconditionally accept the conditions of this Bid Securing Declaration. We understand we (all members individually and jointly in case of JV/C) shall stand automatically suspended from being eligible for bidding in any tender in Procuring Organisation for 2 years from the date of opening of this Proposal if we breach our obligation(s) under the tender conditions if we: Withdraw/ amend/ impair/ derogate, in any respect, from our Proposal, within the Proposal validity; or Being notified within the Proposal validity of the acceptance of our Proposal by the Procuring Entity: (a) Refused or failed to produce the original documents for scrutiny or the required Performance Security within the stipulated time under the RFP document's conditions. (b) Fail or refuse to sign the contract. We know that this Proposal-Securing Declaration shall expire 1) If the contract is not decided - forty-five days after the expiration of the Proposal validity, any extension to it. 2) If the contract is not awarded to us - not later than thirty days after the conclusion of the resultant contract, or If the contract is awarded to us - after receipt of performance security from them (Signature with date) ……………………….. (Name and designation) Duly authorized to sign Proposal for and on behalf of………………………. [name, address, and seal of Consultant ] Dated on …………. day of .................... [insert date of signing] Place… .................................................. [ insert place of signing] DA:………………………………………………… 365 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3582390719/2025/S&R Zone UNDERTAKING FROM THE PROFESSIONAL (For all Key Experts separately) (Ref ITC-clause 1.5) (To be submitted as part of Technical Proposal) (Along with supporting documents, if any) (on Consultant’s Letter-head) RFP Document No. RFP No./ xxxx; Tender Title: Consultancy Services Consultant’s Name [Address and Contact Details] Consultant’s Reference No. Date………. Proposed Position : ……………………………………………… Photograph Name of Firm:........................................................................................ Name of Staff :........................................................................................ Profession :.............................................................................................. Date of Birth : Years with Firm/Entity: ...........................................Nationality:.............................. Membership of Professional Societies :......................................................................... Detailed Task Assigned : Please attach printout of CV along with all the relevant details uploaded on infracon portal. Certification by the Candidate I, the undersigned,(Name and Address) undertake that this CV correctly describes myself, my qualifications and my experience and Employer would be at liberty to debar me if any information given in the CV, in particular the Summary of Qualification & Experience vis-à-vis the requirements as per TOR is found incorrect. I further undertake that I have neither been debarred by <Agency> or any other central/stage government organization nor left any assignment with the consultants engaged by Employer / contracting firm (firm to be supervised now) for any continuing work of Employer without completing my assignment. I will be available for the entire duration of the current project (named… ).If I leave this assignment in the middle of the work, Employer would be at liberty to debar me from taking any assignment in any of the Employer works for an appropriate period of time to be decid ed by the Employer. I have no objection if my services are extended by the Employer for this work in future. I further undertake that my CV is being proposed for this project by (the applicant firm) and I have not given consent to any other consultant(s) to propose my CV for any position for this project. I further undertake that if due to my inability to work on this project due to unavoidable circumstances, due to which consultant’s firm is forced to seek replacement. In such unavoidable circumstances, I shall not undertake any employment in Employer projects during the period of assignment of this project and 366 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3592390719/2025/S&R Zone Employer shall consider my CV invalid till such time. I undertake that I have no objection in uploading/hosting of my credentials by Employer in public domain. For Key Personnel having intermittent inputs, add the following: I further certify that I am associated with the following assignments as on date (as on 7 days prior to due date for submission of proposal) including those for which LOA has been received by the firm and the inputs in these assignments shall not effect the work of the current assignment. Name of Assignment Client Date of Likely start Likely end Total input of the LOA (Month / Year) (Month / Year) person (man- months) Adequacy for the Assignment: Detailed Tasks Assigned on Consultant’s Reference to Prior Work/Assignments that Best Team of Experts: Illustrates Capability to Handle the Assigned Tasks {List all deliverables/tasks as in FORM T- 5 in which the Expert shall be involved) Expert’s contact information: (e-mail …………………., phone ........................ ) Date (Signature of Key Personnel) (Day/Month/Year) The Consultant should carryout self-evaluation based on the evaluation criteria at Appendix-EC and furnish the same here. While submitting the self-evaluation along with bid, Authority’s Engineer shall make references to the documents which have been relied upon in his self-evaluation. Certification by the firm The undersigned on behalf of ----------( name of consulting firm) certify that Shri (name of proposed personnel) to the best of our knowledge has neither been debarred by <Agency> or any other Central/State Government organization nor left his assignment with any other consulting firm engaged by the Employer /Contracting firm(firm to be supervised now) for the ongoing projects. We understand that if the information about leaving the past assignment is known to the Employer, Employer would be at liberty to remove the personnel from the present assignment and debar him for an appropriate period to be decided by the Employer. …………………………………………………………..Date (Day/Month/Year) 367 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3602390719/2025/S&R Zone [Signature of authorized representative of the Firm] 368 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3612390719/2025/S&R Zone UNDERTAKING FROM CONSULTING FIRM Name of Work: The undersigned on behalf of ……………………………..(Name of Consulting Firm) with …………….(INFRACON ID) certify that none of the Key Personnel included in our team to the best of our knowledge has left his/her assignment with any consulting/ contracting firm engaged by MoRT&H /NHAI/NHIDCL/ IAHE/BRO/ State PWD or any other MoRTH implementing agency. We also confirm the truthfulness of the credentials uploaded by our firm/JV Member/Sub-Consultant and all the Key Personnel proposed in our team on INFRACON. We understand that if any information about our firm/JV Member/Sub-Consultant / Key Personnel is found contrary to what has been uploaded on INFRACON, the Client would be at liberty to remove the concerned personnel from the present assignment and debar our firm/JV Member/Sub-Consultant / Key Personnel for an appropriate period to be decided by the Client. Date: Place: Signature (Name of Authorized Signatory) 369 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3622390719/2025/S&R Zone Form T-18: Format of MOU between Joint Venture Partners Memorandum of Understanding between ______________ And __________________________ Where as the <Agency>/ (the ‘Employer’) has invited proposal for appointment of DPR Consultant for (Name of project) herein after called the Project. And Whereas (Lead Partner) and JV partner/shave Agreed to form a Joint Venture to provide the said services to the Employer as DPR Consultant; and Now, therefore, it is hereby agreed by and on behalf of the partners as follows: (i) _____________will be the lead partner and ______will be the other JV partner/s and percentage share* will be as under:- Lead Partner - _________________% (in words) Other JV Partner- _________________% (in words) (ii) _ (lead partner) shall be the incharge of overall administration of contract and shall be authorized representative of all JV partners for conducting all business for and on behalf of the JV during the bidding process and subsequently, represent the joint venture for and on behalf of the JV for all contractual matters for dealing with the Employer if Consultancy work is awarded to JV. (iii) All JV partners do hereby undertake to be jointly and severely responsible for all the obligation and liabilities relating to the consultancy work and in accordance with the Terms of Reference of the Request for Proposal for the Consultancy Services. (iv) Subsequently, if the JV is selected to provide the desired consultancy services, a detailed MOU indicating the specific project inputs and role of each partner/s along with percentage sharing of cost of services shall be submitted to the Employer (Consultant may submit the detailed MOU along with percentage sharing of cost at the time of bidding also). For (Name of Lead partner) ___________________ Managing Director/Head of the Firm Address For (Name of JV partner/s) ___________________ Managing Director/Head of the Firm Address Note: * The bidder cannot revised their share among Lead/JV partner which was declared at the time of bidding of respective consultancy assignments. DISCLAIMER The Applicant must read all the instructions in the RFP and submit the same accordingly. 370 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3632390719/2025/S&R Zone FORMATS 371 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3642390719/2025/S&R Zone Format 1: Contract Form (Ref ITC-clause 13) The President of India, through Head of Procurement Procuring Organisation [Complete address of the Procuring Entity] Contract No…………. dated……………. To Consultant [Write Name] [Complete address of the Consultant] Subject: --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Ref: 1. This office’s Letter of Award No……………..….. dated …….. 2. This office RFP Document No. RFP No./ xxxx; Tender Title: Consultancy Services, dated…………. and subsequent Amendment No.…………., dated (If any). (Hereinafter referred to as ‘the RFP Document’) 3. Your Tender No……… dated…….. and subsequent communication(s)/ Revised Offer No………… dated …….. (If any), exchanged between you and this office in connection with this tender. (Hereinafter referred to as ‘Your Offer’) Dear Sir/ Madam, Your Proposal referred above, read with subsequent letters mentioned above, for the Services stipulated in the Schedules annexed herewith, have been accepted. Terms and conditions in this Contract and the documents listed in the clause below shall apply. Note: The words, expressions, definitions, and abbreviations used in this Contract shall have the same meanings as those assigned in the General Condition of Contract enclosed. 2) The following documents attached hereto shall be deemed to form an integral part of this Contract: a) The General Conditions of the Contract; b) The Special Conditions of the Contract; c) Appendices: i) Appendix A: Terms of Reference ii) Appendix B: Key Experts iii) Appendix C: Remuneration Cost Estimates iv) Appendix D-1: Bank Guarantee Format for Performance Security v) Appendix D-2: Bank Guarantee Format for Advance Payments In the event of any inconsistency between the documents, the following order of precedence shall prevail: this Contract Form; the Special Conditions of Contract; the General Conditions of Contract; Appendix A; Appendix B; Appendix C; Appendix D-1; and Appendix D-2. Any reference to this Contract shall include, where the context permits, a reference to its Appendices. 3) Key Information a) Summary of Costs Name of Work: Tender No.: Name of bidder/bidding firm/Company: S. No. Description Amount (LC)* (INR) 372 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3652390719/2025/S&R Zone Local Consultants Remuneration for Local Staff (inclusive of per diem I allowance) II Support Staff (inclusive of per diem Allowance) III Transportation IV Duty Travel to Site V Office Rent VI Office Supplies, Utilities and Communication VII Office Furniture and Equipment (Rental) VIII Report and Document Printing IX Surveys & Investigation A Topographic Survey** B Investigation** C Network Survey and GPR** X Cost of supply and fixing of boundary pillars** XI Land acquisition team including support staff and logistics/transportation Subtotal Local Consultant: Foreign Consultant Total Cost Net of Tax: Total cost net of Goods and Services Tax*** Total Project Length Considered for Analysis Additional Cost for Tunnel Design Expert for 4 months Additional Cost for Senior Geophysicist for 4 months Payment for geophysical investigation shall be for each tunnel of 500m length. Total cost including Tunnel net of Goods and Services Tax Goods and Service Tax TOTAL COST with Tunnel (Including Goods and Services Tax) Per km DPR cost for projects with tunnels (without GST) Per km DPR cost for projects with tunnels (with GST) LC* Local Currency ** This is an approximate estimate based on estimated input for the project. However, the payment shall be done as per actual survey/investigation done subject to condition that positive variation of upto 10% variation would be borne by the consultant. Note: No escalation will be payable during the services. Insurances shall not be allowed separately. These will be incidental to main items. All costs are inclusive of consultants’ profits and overheads. 373 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3662390719/2025/S&R Zone b) Timelines Stage Activity Time Period in days from date of No. commencement (as per total project duration) Total Project Duration 1 Monthly Reports 2 Inception Report (i) Draft Inception Report including QAP document (ii) Inception Report including QAP document 3 F.S. REPORT i) Draft Feasibility Study Report including option study report including draft 3(a) report ii) Comments of client iii) Final Feasibility Study Report incorporating compliance of comments of Client 4 LA & Clearances I Report i) Draft LA & Clearances I Report including draft 3(A) report ii) Comments of client iii) Final LA & Clearances I Report incorporating compliance of comments of Client 5 Detailed Project Report i) Draft DPR ii) Comments of client iii) Final DPR incorporating compliance of comments of Client 6 Technical Schedules i) Draft Technical Schedules ii) Comments of client iii) Final technical schedule 7 Land Acquisition II Submission of draft 3D publication report 8 Land Acquisition III, Award determination (3G) 9 Project Clearances & LA IV Report Approval of Project clearances from Concerned agencies e.g. from MOEF; Rly for approval of GAD and detail engineering drawing of ROB/RUB; Irrigation Dept., Utility Report and Possession of Land i) Effective Date of The Contract is ………………… ii) Completion Date of the Services is ……………… 4) The mutual rights and obligations of the Procuring Entity and the Consultant shall be as outlined in the Contract, in particular: a) the Consultant shall carry out the Services in accordance with the provisions of the Contract; and b) the Procuring Entity shall make payments to the Consultant in accordance with the provisions of the Contract. (Signature, name and address of [Procuring Entity]’s authorized, official) For and on behalf of the President of India Received and accepted this Contract …………………………………………………….. 374 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3672390719/2025/S&R Zone (Signature, name, and address of the Consultant’s executive duly authorized to sign on behalf of the Consultant. For a joint venture, either all members shall sign or only the lead member, in which case a power of attorney to sign on behalf of all members shall be attached.) For and on behalf of ……………………… (Name and address of the Consultant) ……………………. (Seal of the Consultant) Place: Date: 375 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3682390719/2025/S&R Zone Appendix A: Description of Services RFP Document No. RFP No./ xxxx; Tender Title: Consultancy Services Contract No ; Date Consultant’s Name [This Appendix shall include the final Terms of Reference (TORs), Approach, Methodology and Work Schedule and Planning of Deliverables, worked out by the Procuring Entity and the Consultant during the negotiations; dates for completion of various tasks; location of performance for different tasks; detailed reporting requirements; Procuring Entity’s input, including counterpart personnel assigned by the Procuring Entity to work on the Consultant’s team; specific tasks that require prior approval by the Procuring Entity.] Terms Reference Insert the text based on Section VI (Terms of Reference) of the RFP 376 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3692390719/2025/S&R Zone Approach and Methodology Insert the text based on Form T-6 in the Consultant’s Proposal as negotiated between the Procuring Entity and the Consultant. 377 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3702390719/2025/S&R Zone 3. Schedule for submission of Reports and Documents: {Specify as per duration of the services approved by Component Authority as per costing guidelines} Stage Activity Time Period in days from date of No. commencement Total Project Duration 5 months 7 months 9 months 12 months 1 Monthly Reports By 10th day of every month 2 Inception Report (i) Draft Inception Report including QAP document 7 10 15 21 (ii) Inception Report including QAP document 15 20 25 30 3 F.S. REPORT i) Draft Feasibility Study Report including option study 20 35 45 60 report including draft 3(a) report ii) Comments of client iii) Final Feasibility Study Report incorporating 25 40 55 75 compliance of comments of Client 32 54 75 90 4 LA & Clearances I Report i) Draft LA & Clearances I Report including draft 3(A) 40 65 85 105 report ii) Comments of client 45 70 95 120 iii) Final LA & Clearances I Report incorporating 60 90 110 135 compliance of comments of Client 5 Detailed Project Report i) Draft DPR 95 120 135 180 ii) Comments of client 100 130 145 210 iii) Final DPR incorporating compliance of comments of 107 150 160 240 Client 6 Technical Schedules i) Draft Technical Schedules 95 120 135 180 ii) Comments of client iii) Final technical schedule 100 130 145 210 107 150 160 240 7 Land Acquisition II 95 120 135 180 Submission of draft 3D publication report 8 Land Acquisition III, Award determination (3G) 135 180 195 240 9 Project Clearances & LA IV Report Approval of Project clearances from 150 210 270 365 Concerned agencies e.g. from MOEF; Rly for approval of GAD and detail engineering drawing of ROB/RUB; Irrigation Dept., Utility Report and Possession of Land 378 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3712390719/2025/S&R Zone Appendix B: Key Experts RFP Document No. RFP No./ xxxx; Tender Title: Consultancy Services Contract No ; Date Consultant’s Name [Insert a table based on Form T-6 of the Consultant’s Technical Proposal and finalized at the Contract’s negotiations. Attach the CVs (updated and signed by the respective Key Experts) demonstrating the qualifications of Key Experts.] [Specify Hours of Work for Key Experts: List here the hours of work for Key Experts; travel time to/ from the Assignment Site; entitlement, if any, to leave pay; public holidays in the Procuring Entity that may affect Consultant’s work; etc. Make sure there is consistency with Form T-6. In particular: one month equals twenty-two (22) working (billable) days. One working (billable) day shall be not less than eight (8) working (billable) hours.] 379 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3722390719/2025/S&R Zone Appendix C – Remuneration Cost Estimates RFP Document No. RFP No./ xxxx; Tender Title: Consultancy Services Contract No ; Date Consultant’s Name {The cost shall be quantified as per mode of tender i.e. for QCBS mode, the cost shall be considered as quoted by the H-1 bidder. However, the cost shall be quantified by the tender issuing authority for QBS mode of tender as per costing guidelines attached in this section.} {The format for the financial quote submitted by the bidder in QCBS mode is as under: Financial Quote of H-1 bidder (QCBS mode) Summary of Cost in Local Currency Name of Firm S. No. Description Amount (LC)* (INR) Local Consultants Remuneration for Local Staff (inclusive of per diem I allowance) II Support Staff (inclusive of per diem Allowance) III Transportation IV Duty Travel to Site V Office Rent VI Office Supplies, Utilities and Communication VII Office Furniture and Equipment (Rental) VIII Report and Document Printing IX Surveys & Investigation A Topographic Survey** B Investigation** C Network Survey and GPR** X Cost of supply and fixing of boundary pillars** XI Land acquisition team including support staff and logistics/transportation Subtotal Local Consultant: Foreign Consultant Total Cost Net of Tax: Total cost net of Goods and Services Tax*** Total Project Length Considered for Analysis Additional Cost for Tunnel Design Expert for 4 months Additional Cost for Senior Geophysicist for 4 months 380 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3732390719/2025/S&R Zone Payment for geophysical investigation shall be for each tunnel of 500m length. Total cost including Tunnel net of Goods and Services Tax Goods and Service Tax TOTAL COST with Tunnel (Including Goods and Services Tax) Per km DPR cost for projects with tunnels (without GST) Per km DPR cost for projects with tunnels (with GST) LC* Local Currency ** This is an approximate estimate based on estimated input for the project. However, the payment shall be done as per actual survey/investigation done subject to condition that positive variation of upto 10% variation would be borne by the consultant. Note: No escalation will be payable during the services. Insurances shall not be allowed separately. These will be incidental to main items. All costs are inclusive of consultants’ profits and overheads. Annex to Appendix C: Breakdown of Agreed Fixed Rates in Consultant’s Contract Estimate of Local Currency Costs (all rates are inclusive of consultant’s profits and overheads) I. Remuneration for Local Staff (including per diem allowance) I(a) S. No. Position Name Rate (INR) SM Amt. (INR) Professional Staff 1 Team Leader Cum Senior Highway Engineer 2 Bridge Design Engineer 3 Highway Design Engineer 4 Traffic and Road Safety expert 5 Environmental Specialist 6 Material-cum-Geo- technical Engineer – Geologist 7 Senior Survey Engineer 8 Quantity Surveyor / Documentation Expert 9 Land Acquisition Expert 10 Utility Expert Sub-Total Sub-Professional Staff (To be assessed by Consultant as per requirement of Assignment subject to minimum below and one sub-professional be a fresh graduate) 381 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3742390719/2025/S&R Zone Assistant Highway (one every 50 1 Engineer km) Assistant Bridge 2 Engineer Assistant Quantity (one every 50 3 Surveyor km) Assistant Survey (one every 50 4 Engineer km) (5 Sub KP every 50 km with 5 man months each with one Sub- Key dedicated for Forest/ Environment 5 LA Team Member Clearance) Assistant Material and 6 Quality Engineer Sub-Total: TOTAL II. Support Staff S. No. Position Name Staff Months Billing Rate Amount (INR) (INR) 1 Office Manager 2 Typist 3 Office Boy 4 Night Watchman Total III. Transportation (Fixed Cost) S. No. Description Qty. Nos. of Rate/Months Amount (INCR) Months (INR) 1 The vehicles provided by the Consultants shall include the cost for rental, drivers, operation, maintenance, repairs, insurance, etc. A. For use of Consultants Total IV. Duty Travel to Site (Fixed Costs) Trips No. Rate (INR) Amount (INR) trips of each KP to site 10x6 Guest House Stay 382 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3752390719/2025/S&R Zone Total V. Office Rent Fixed Costs) S. No. Description No. of Month Monthly Rate Amount (INR) (INR) 1 The rent cost includes maintenance, cleaning, repairs, etc. Total 300000 VI. Office Supplies, Utilities and Communication (Fixed Costs) S. No. Item Months Monthly Rate Amount In (INR) INR 1 Office Supplies Drafting 2 Supplies Computer 3 Running Costs Domestic and International 4 Communication TOTAL VII. Office Furniture and Equipment (Rental) S. No. Description Unit Quantity Rate (INR) Amount (INR) Office Furniture and 1 Equipment 1 LS Total VIII. Report and document Printing. No. Description Monthly report (3 Per 1 month) Inception Report & QAP 2 Submission of Preliminary Alignment report including preliminary cost estimate for preferred alignment along with cost of land acquisition, traffic study and 3 outcome Environment and Social Impact Screening 4 Report Draft Feasibility Report 5 Final Feasibility Report 6 Strip Plan with L.A. 7 reports Draft LA & Clearances 1 8 Report Final LA & Clearances 1 9 383 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3762390719/2025/S&R Zone Report Draft Environmental Assessment Report and 10 RAP Final Environmental Assessment Report and 11 RAP Draft Detailed Design Report and Drawing etc. Draft EMP 12 13 Draft Bidding Documents Final Detailed Project Report with Bill of Quantities, Cost Estimates, Updated Drawings etc. Final 14 EMP. Final Bidding 15 Documents Draft 3(a), 3(A) and 3(D) notification for land acquisition (3 copies 16 each) LA and Clearances II 17 reports Total IX. Survey and Investigation A. Topographic Survey and sub-surface utilities detection Survey (Fixed Rate) Rate per km Amount (INR) Item km (INR) Detailed topographic surveys using Mobile/Aerial LIDAR or better Technology Topographic Survey To paid as per including hire charges actual survey for equipment and subject to condition supplies of survey teams that positive comprising of project variation of upto survey filed staff etc. 10% variation inclusive of cost of would be borne by materials, labourer. the consultant Total B. Investigation (Fixed Cost) 384 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3772390719/2025/S&R Zone S.No. Description Quantity Amount (INR) To paid as per Road and bridge Inventory (through 3D actual survey 1 NSV and MBIU) subject to condition that positive variation of upto 10% variation would be borne by 2 FWD Test and Pavement Evaluation the consultant 3 Roughness survey NA 0 4 Axle Load Survey NA 0 Provide quantity considering For two quarry To paid as per location one actual testing test for subject to condition coarse that positive aggregate variation of upto and one for 10% variation fine would be borne by 5 Material Survey and Investigation aggregates the consultant Provide quantity considering one sample for CBR or K value at every sub-grade/ To paid as per embankment actual testing source say 1 subject to condition test for every that positive 5 km variation of upto depending 10% variation upon would be borne by 6 Sub-grade Investigation topography the consultant Traffic Survey (including all sub-surveys For all such as axle load Surveys, O&D survey proposed 7 etc. as per TOR) alignments Special Investigation for Hill Roads for 8 slope stabilisation LS Land Acquisition Studies including GIS 9 Mapping LS This BOQ item is for mathematical modelling based on CWC data. 10 Hydrological Models for Major Bridges LS Physical Model Study to be done through IITs/CWPRS on specific instructions of 385 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3782390719/2025/S&R Zone Authority as per recommendation of DPR Consultants, for which payments shall directly be done by <agency> to that organisation separately. 11 *Geotechnical Amount Investigation Rate/m Qty (in m) (INR.) Note: Variation Payment shall be made on the actual quantity of boring at rates given in Annexure-I subject to condition that positive variation of upto 10% variation would be borne by the consultant. Total C. GPR No. Description Unit Quantity Rate ( INR) Amount (INR ) GPR Survey for detection of underground utilities Provide quantity Note: To paid as per considering 1 Job actual survey subject to requirement condition that positive for 10% of variation of upto 10% project length variation would be borne by the consultant Total 12 Provisional Sum LS To be paid only if towards Environment Environment/ Clearance/ Wildlife Wildlife Clearance Clearance is required in the approved alignment. X. Cost of Supply & Fixing Boundary pillars Amount Item Amount (INR.) 386 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3792390719/2025/S&R Zone Procuring and fixing boundary pillars and its installation, complete in all respect as per IRC 25:1967: Wherever the proposed alignment follows the existing alignment, the boundary pillars shall be fixed at an interval of 200m on either side of proposed Right of Way. Wherever there is a proposal of realignment of the existing Highway and/or construction of New Bypasses, Consultant shall fix boundary pillars along the proposed alignment on the extreme boundary on either side of the project Highway at 50 m interval. (on lumpsum basis) Assume that 25% length in urban area, new bypassess and realignment of existing highways XI Land acquisition team including support staff and logistics S. No. Item Amount (INR) 1 Land acquisition support staff and logistics for land acquisition team as detailed below @Rs 2,50,000 per m onth for 5 months for each district. Details of land acquisition teams including support staff, logistics support for land acquisition teams to be deployed by the consultant for each CALA as detailed below. The requirements is minimum. However, the consultant has to ensure adequate manpower given to CALA in terms of area under acquisition in the jurisdiction of each CALA in consultation with <Agency>, to ensure completion of land acquisition proceedings in time frame stipulated in contract agreement. Cost variation in this regard is not admissible. (A) Land acquisition team including support staff Man S. No. Position Name Number months 1 Ex-land Revenue Inspector/Officer or equivalent TBN 1 5 2 Ex Kanoogo/Girdwar or equivalent TBN 1 5 3 Ex-Patwari or equivalent TBN 1 5 4 Typist TBN 2 5 5 Peon TBN 1 5 387 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3802390719/2025/S&R Zone (B) Logistics for land acquisition teams S. No. Position Number Months 1 Computer including necessary peripherals 2 5 5 2 2 Printers Vehicles (Bolero or equivalent) with monthly running 5 1 3 limit of 4000 km Note: The Consultant shall provide allied team and supporting logistic for each district along with Land Acquisition Expert for man months as defined in the BOQ. 388 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3812390719/2025/S&R Zone Cost Estimate by Tender Issuing Authority (QBS mode) Normal Highway Projects without Tunnels {Note; The costing shall be done for each DPR assignment separately as per costing guidelines attached in this section. Below is only an example for cost estimation of a 100 km project.} Summary of Cost in Local Currency Name of Firm S. No. Description Amount (LC)* (INR) Local Consultants Remuneration for Local Staff (inclusive of per diem I allowance) 27355000 II Support Staff (inclusive of per diem Allowance) 1380000 III Transportation 2700000 IV Duty Travel to Site 600000 V Office Rent 300000 VI Office Supplies, Utilities and Communication 360000 VII Office Furniture and Equipment (Rental) 1000000 VIII Report and Document Printing 77500 IX Surveys & Investigation A Topographic Survey** 2000000 B Investigation** 7900000 C Network Survey and GPR** 200000 X Cost of supply and fixing of boundary pillars** 3500000 XI Land acquisition team including support staff and logistics/transportation 1250000 Subtotal Local Consultant: 48622500 Foreign Consultant Total Cost Net of Tax: 48622500 Total cost net of Goods and Services Tax 48622500 Goods and Service Tax 8752050 TOTAL COST (Including Goods and Services Tax) 57374550 Per km DPR cost (without GST) 486225 Per km DPR cost (with GST) 573745.5 Total Project Length Considered for Analysis 100 km LC* Local Currency ** This is an approximate estimate based on estimated input for the project. However, the payment shall be done as per actual survey/investigation done subject to condition that positive variation of upto 10% variation would be borne by the consultant. Note: No escalation will be payable during the services. Insurances shall not be allowed separately. These will be incidental to main items. All costs are inclusive of consultants’ profits and overheads. 389 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3822390719/2025/S&R Zone Normal Highway Projects with Tunnels Cost Estimate by Tender Issuing Authority Summary of Cost in Local Currency Name of Firm S. No. Description Amount (LC)* (INR) Local Consultants Remuneration for Local Staff (inclusive of per diem I allowance) 27355000 II Support Staff (inclusive of per diem Allowance) 1380000 III Transportation 2700000 IV Duty Travel to Site 600000 V Office Rent 300000 VI Office Supplies, Utilities and Communication 360000 VII Office Furniture and Equipment (Rental) 1000000 VIII Report and Document Printing 77500 IX Surveys & Investigation A Topographic Survey** 2000000 B Investigation** 7900000 C Network Survey and GPR** 200000 X Cost of supply and fixing of boundary pillars** 3500000 XI Land acquisition team including support staff and logistics/transportation 1250000 Subtotal Local Consultant: 48622500 Foreign Consultant Total Cost Net of Tax: 48622500 Total cost net of Goods and Services Tax*** 48622500 Total Project Length Considered for Analysis 100 km Additional Cost for Tunnel Design Expert@ Rs. 5,00,000 per month for 4 months 2000000 Additional Cost for Senior Geophysicist @ Rs. 3,50,000 per month for 4 months 1400000 Payment for geophysical investigation shall be made at the rate of Rs. 20 lakh for each tunnel of 6000000 500m length. (consider 2 tunnel of 700 m and 800 m in project) Total cost including Tunnel net of Goods and Services Tax 58022500 Goods and Service Tax 10444050 TOTAL COST with Tunnel (Including Goods and Services Tax) 68466550 Per km DPR cost for projects with tunnels (without GST) 580225 Per km DPR cost for projects with tunnels (with GST) 684665.5 390 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3832390719/2025/S&R Zone LC* Local Currency ** This is an approximate estimate based on estimated input for the project. However, the payment shall be done as per actual survey/investigation done subject to condition that positive variation of upto 10% variation would be borne by the consultant. Note: No escalation will be payable during the services. Insurances shall not be allowed separately. These will be incidental to main items. All costs are inclusive of consultants’ profits and overheads. Estimate of Local Currency Costs (all rates are inclusive of consultant’s profits and overheads) I. Remuneration for Local Staff (including per diem allowance) I(a) S. No. Position Name Rate (INR) SM Amt. (INR) Professional Staff 1 Team Leader Cum 12 6000000 Senior Highway Engineer 500000 2 Bridge Design Engineer 500000 5 2500000 3 Highway Design 5 1750000 Engineer 350000 4 Traffic and Road Safety 8 2800000 expert 350000 5 Environmental 7 1050000 Specialist 150000 6 Material-cum-Geo- 4 1400000 technical Engineer – Geologist 350000 7 Senior Survey Engineer 200000 5 1000000 8 8 1200000 Quantity Surveyor / Documentation Expert 150000 9 Land Acquisition Expert 150000 10 1500000 10 Utility Expert 150000 4 600000 68 19800000 Sub-Total Sub-Professional Staff (To be assessed by Consultant as per requirement of Assignment subject to minimum below and one sub-professional be a fresh graduate) Assistant Highway (one every 50 1 Engineer km) 85,000 12 1020000 Assistant Bridge 2 Engineer 1,00,000 5 500000 Assistant Quantity (one every 50 3 Surveyor km) 85000 8 680000 Assistant Survey (one every 50 4 Engineer km) 85000 10 850000 (5 Sub KP every 50 km with 5 man months each with one Sub- Key dedicated for 5 LA Team Member Forest/ 85000 50 4250000 391 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3842390719/2025/S&R Zone Environment Clearance) Assistant Material and 6 Quality Engineer 85000 3 255000 Sub-Total: 7555000 TOTAL 27355000 II. Support Staff S. No. Position Name Staff Months Billing Rate Amount (INR) (INR) 1 Office Manager 12 50000 600000 2 Typist 12 25000 300000 3 Office Boy 12 20000 240000 4 Night Watchman 12 20000 240000 Total 1380000 III. Transportation (Fixed Cost) S. No. Description Qty. Nos. of Rate/Months Amount (INCR) Months (INR) 1 The vehicles provided by the Consultants shall include the cost for rental, drivers, operation, maintenance, 3 12 75000 2700000 repairs, insurance, etc. A. For use of Consultants Total 2700000 IV. Duty Travel to Site (Fixed Costs) Trips No. Rate (INR) Amount (INR) trips of each KP to site 10x6 60 5000 300000 Guest House Stay 12 25000 300000 Total 600000 V. Office Rent Fixed Costs) S. No. Description No. of Month Monthly Rate Amount (INR) (INR) 1 The rent cost includes maintenance, cleaning, 12 300000 repairs, etc. 25000 Total 300000 VI. Office Supplies, Utilities and Communication (Fixed Costs) 392 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3852390719/2025/S&R Zone S. No. Item Months Monthly Rate Amount In (INR) INR 1 Office Supplies Drafting 12 10000 120000 2 Supplies Computer 12 5000 60000 3 Running Costs 12 10000 120000 Domestic and International 12 4 Communication 5000 60000 TOTAL 360000 VII. Office Furniture and Equipment (Rental) S. No. Description Unit Quantity Rate (INR) Amount (INR) Office Furniture and 1 Equipment 1 LS 1000000 1000000 Total 1000000 VIII. Report and document Printing. No. Description Monthly report (3 Per 1 month) Inception Report & QAP 2 Submission of Preliminary Alignment report including preliminary cost estimate for preferred alignment along with cost of land acquisition, traffic study and 3 outcome Environment and Social Impact Screening 4 Report Draft Feasibility Report 5 Final Feasibility Report 6 Strip Plan with L.A. 7 reports Draft LA & Clearances 1 8 Report Final LA & Clearances 1 9 Report Draft Environmental Assessment Report and 10 RAP Final Environmental Assessment Report and Lumpsum amount of Rs 77,500/- 11 RAP Draft Detailed Design Report and Drawing etc. Draft EMP 12 13 Draft Bidding Documents 393 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3862390719/2025/S&R Zone Final Detailed Project Report with Bill of Quantities, Cost Estimates, Updated Drawings etc. Final 14 EMP. Final Bidding 15 Documents Draft 3(a), 3(A) and 3(D) notification for land acquisition (3 copies 16 each) LA and Clearances II 17 reports Total 77500 IX. Survey and Investigation A. Topographic Survey and sub-surface utilities detection Survey (Fixed Rate) Rate per km Amount (INR) Item km (INR) Detailed topographic surveys using Mobile/Aerial LIDAR or better Technology Topographic Survey To paid as per including hire charges 100 20000 2000000 actual survey for equipment and subject to condition supplies of survey teams that positive comprising of project variation of upto survey filed staff etc. 10% variation inclusive of cost of would be borne by materials, labourer. the consultant Total 2000000 B. Investigation (Fixed Cost) S.No. Description Quantity Amount (INR) 200 lane km To paid as per Road and bridge Inventory (through 3D @Rs. 1500 actual survey 1 NSV and MBIU) lane km 300000 subject to condition that positive variation of upto 200 lane km 10% variation @Rs. 1500 would be borne by 2 FWD Test and Pavement Evaluation lane km 300000 the consultant 3 Roughness survey NA 0 4 Axle Load Survey NA 0 394 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3872390719/2025/S&R Zone For two quarry location one test for To paid as per coarse actual testing aggregate subject to condition and one for that positive fine variation of upto aggregates 10% variation @Rs, 25,000 would be borne by 5 Material Survey and Investigation per Test 100000 the consultant one sample for CBR or K value at every sub-grade/ embankment source say 1 To paid as per test for every actual testing 5 km subject to condition depending that positive upon variation of upto topography @ 10% variation Rs 10000 per would be borne by 6 Sub-grade Investigation test 200000 the consultant Traffic Survey (including all sub-surveys For all such as axle load Surveys, O&D survey proposed 7 etc. as per TOR) alignments 2500000 Special Investigation for Hill Roads for 8 slope stabilisation LS 500000 Land Acquisition Studies including GIS 9 Mapping LS 500000 This BOQ item is for mathematical modelling based on CWC data. Physical Model Study to be done through IITs/CWPRS on specific 10 Hydrological Models for Major Bridges LS 500000 instructions of Authority as per recommendation of DPR Consultants, for which payments shall directly be done by <agency> to that organisation separately. 11 *Geotechnical Amount Investigation Rate/m Qty (in m) (INR.) 395 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3882390719/2025/S&R Zone To be done as per frequency and rates as per Annexure- To be taken as per I of RFP. Provisional Sum to be taken as per costing costing guidelines guidelines 3000000 Note: Payment shall be made on the actual quantity of boring at rates given in Enclosure-V subject to condition that positive variation of upto 10% variation would be borne by the consultant. Total 7900000 Note: * Quantities of boring shall be taken from Annexure-A to Annexure-I However, Payment shall be made on the actual quantity of boring at rates provided in Annexure-I.. C. GPR No. Description Unit Quantity Rate ( INR) Amount (INR ) GPR Survey for detection of for 10% of underground utilities project length @INR 10000 Note: To paid as per 1 Job per lane km. 200000 200000 actual survey subject to To be paid condition that positive only on actual variation of upto 10% survey variation would be borne by the consultant Total 200000 12 Provisional Sum LS To be taken To be paid only if towards Environment as per costing Environment/ Clearance/ Wildlife guidelines Wildlife Clearance Clearance is required in the approved alignment. X. Cost of Supply & Fixing Boundary pillars Amount Item Amount (INR.) 396 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3892390719/2025/S&R Zone Procuring and fixing boundary pillars and its installation, complete in all respect as per IRC 25:1967: Wherever the proposed alignment follows the existing alignment, the boundary pillars shall be fixed at an interval of 200m on either side of proposed Right of Way. Wherever there is a proposal of 3500000 3500000 realignment of the existing Highway and/or construction of New Bypasses, Consultant shall fix boundary pillars along the proposed alignment on the extreme boundary on either side of the project Highway at 50 m interval. (on lumpsum basis) Assumed that 25% length in urban area, new bypassess and realignment of existing highways with Rs. 2000 per boundary pillar XI Land acquisition team including support staff and logistics S. No. Item Amount (INR) 1 Land acquisition support staff and logistics for land acquisition team as detailed below @Rs 2,50,000 per 1250000 m onth for 5 months for each district. (considering only 1 district) Details of land acquisition teams including support staff, logistics support for land acquisition teams to be deployed by the consultant for each CALA as detailed below. The requirements is minimum. However, the consultant has to ensure adequate manpower given to CALA in terms of area under acquisition in the jurisdiction of each CALA in consultation with <Agency>, to ensure completion of land acquisition proceedings in time frame stipulated in contract agreement. Cost variation in this regard is not admissible. (A) Land acquisition team including support staff Man S. No. Position Name Number months 1 Ex-land Revenue Inspector/Officer or equivalent TBN 1 5 2 Ex Kanoogo/Girdwar or equivalent TBN 1 5 3 Ex-Patwari or equivalent TBN 1 5 4 Typist TBN 2 5 5 Peon TBN 1 5 397 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3902390719/2025/S&R Zone (B) Logistics for land acquisition teams S. No. Position Number Months 1 Computer including necessary peripherals 2 5 5 2 2 Printers Vehicles (Bolero or equivalent) with monthly running 5 1 3 limit of 4000 km Note: The Consultant shall provide allied team and supporting logistic for each district along with Land Acquisition Expert for man months as defined in the BOQ. 398 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3912390719/2025/S&R Zone Annexure-I Empanelment Criteria for Geotechnical Investigation Agencies A. For Normal Highway Projects the testing agency should have the following: 1. NABL Accreditation: In-situ & Laboratory Testing (i) Site & Laboratory testing agency shall in-house equipment’s & testing laboratory holding valid NABL accreditation under ISO 17025: 2017 for the following: Discipline Product/Material of Specific Test Performed Test test method In-Situ Soil Drilling in Soil Standard Penetration Test (SPT) by Automatic IS 2131: and Manual method 1981 (ii) Site & Laboratory testing agency shall in-house equipment’s & testing laboratory holding valid NABL accreditation under ISO 17025: 2017 for at least 80% (i.e 19 no.s out of 23) testing parameters of soil & rock as mentioned below: S No. Discipline Product/Material Specific Test Performed Test method of test IS 2720 (Part 5) 1985 RA: 2020 & 2021 1 Mechanical Soil Atterberg's Limit 2 Mechanical Soil California Bearing Ratio (CBR) IS 2720 (Part 16) 1987 RA: 2021 3 Mechanical Soil Triaxial Shear test IS 2720 (Part 12) 1981 RA: 2021 4 Mechanical Soil Direct Shear Test IS 2720 (Part 13) 1986 RA: 2021 5 Mechanical Soil Consolidation Test IS 2720 (Part 15) 1965 RA:2021 6 Mechanical Soil Free Swell Index IS 2720 (Part 40) 1977 RA:2021 7 Mechanical Soil Grain Size Analysis (Hydrometer) IS 2720 (Part 4) 1985 RA: 2020 8 Mechanical Soil Grain Size Analysis/Sieve Analysis IS 2720 (Part 4) 1985 RA: 2020 Standard/ Modified Proctor IS 2720 (Part 7) 1980 RA: 2021 9 Mechanical Soil Compaction (OMC/MDD) /IS 2720 (Part 8) 1983 RA: 2020 10 Mechanical Soil Permeability test IS 2720 (Part 17) 1986 RA:2021 11 Mechanical Soil Specific Gravity IS 2720 (Part 3) 1980 RA: 2021 12 Mechanical Soil Swelling Pressure IS 2720 (Part 41) 1977 RA:2021 13 Mechanical Soil Unconfined Compressive Strength IS 2720 (Part X) 1991 RA: 2020 14 Mechanical Soil Water Content IS 2720 (Part 2) 1973 RA: 2020 15 Mechanical Rock Bulk Density of Rock IS 13030 1991 RA: 2016 16 Mechanical Rock Modulus of Elasticity IS 9221 1979 RA: 2016 399 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOf fice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3922390719/2025/S&R Zone 17 Mechanical Rock Point Load Strength Index IS 8764 1998 RA: 2019 18 Mechanical Rock Poisson's Ratio IS 9221 1979 RA: 2016 19 Mechanical Rock Porosity IS 13030 1991 RA: 2016 20 Mechanical Rock Relative Density IS 13030 1991 RA: 2016 21 Mechanical Rock Unconfined Compressive Strength IS 9143 1979 RA: 2016 22 Mechanical Rock Water Content/Absorption IS 13030 1991 RA: 2016 23 Mechanical Rock Slake Durability Test IS 10050 1981 RA: 2016 2. Ownership of field-testing equipment’s: II. Ownership of field-testing equipment’s: Bidder shall have ownership of minimum 5 Nos. in-house Hydraulic/ Rotary drilling rigs, 5 Nos. power winch/shell & auger drilling rigs. In case where bidders manufacture equipment on their own, they need to list all the parts used in the equipment and submit bills of purchase of all those parts as evidence of ownership along with photograph of the finally assembled equipment. 3. Technical Manpower on-roll: S. No. Position Minimum Qualification Nos. Minimum Experience 5 years in geotechnical investigation work, testing and recommendations 1 Team Leader M.Tech (Geotech) 1 /advisory services. 5 years in geotechnical investigation works for Graduate in Civil Engg Graduate in Civil Engg or Diploma/ITI in Civil 2 Lab In charge 1 10 years in geotechnical investigation works for Engg Diploma/ITI Holders in Civil Engg Graduate in Civil Engg 10 years in geotechnical investigation works. or or Site-In charge (Project Geologist (MSc 3 1 Manager) Geology) 12 years in geotechnical investigation works for MSc Geology and Diploma Holders in Civil or Engg. Diploma in Civil Engg 400 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3932390719/2025/S&R Zone Graduate/Diploma/ITI Civil Engineer/ Site in Civil Engg/M.sc in Supervisor/Geologis 2 years in geotechnical investigation work. 4 Geology (for 3 ts Geologists) B. For Highway Projects in Hilly/Mountainous Area the testing agency should fulfil the following requirements in addition to all eligibility requirement for Normal Highway Projects: 1. NABL Accreditation: In-situ & Laboratory Testing (i) In addition to requirement for normal highway projects the Site & Laboratory testing agency shall in-house equipment’s & testing laboratory holding valid NABL accreditation under ISO 17025: 2017 for at least 80% (8 No.s out of 10) of the following tests: S No. Discipline Product/ Specific Test Performed Test method Material of test 1. Mechanical Rock Bulk Density of Rock IS 13030 1991 RA: 2016 2. Mechanical Rock Modulus of Elasticity IS 9221 1979 RA: 2016 3. Mechanical Rock Point Load Strength Index IS 8764 1998 RA: 2019 4. Mechanical Rock Poisson's Ratio IS 9221 1979 RA: 2016 5. Mechanical Rock Porosity IS 13030 1991 RA: 2016 6. Mechanical Rock Relative Density IS 13030 1991 RA: 2016 7. Mechanical Rock Unconfined Compressive Strength IS 9143 1979 RA: 2016 8. Mechanical Rock Water Content/Absorption IS 13030 1991 RA: 2016 9. Mechanical Rock Slake Durability Test IS 10050 1981 RA: 2016 Mechanical Rock Brazilian Tensile Test IS 10082 1981 RA: 2016 10. 2. Work Experience: The testing agency should have carried out geotechnical investigation for a cumulative of 10 kms of Highway/Railway projects in hilly/mountainous areas. 3. Technical Manpower on-roll: Position Minimum Qualification Nos. Minimum Experience Geologist M.sc in Geology 1 5 years in geotechnical investigation work (To oversee investigation work with suitable geological description & strata details). C. For Highway Projects in Tunnel Projects the testing agency should fulfil the following requirements in addition to all eligibility requirement for Highway Projects in Hilly/Mountainous Area: 1. NABL Accreditation: In-situ & Laboratory Testing (i) NABL Accreditation: In-situ & Laboratory Testing: In addition to requirement for normal highway projects and projects in hilly/mountainous area 401 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOf fice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3942390719/2025/S&R Zone the Site & Laboratory testing agency shall in-house equipment’s & testing laboratory holding valid NABL accreditation under ISO 17025: 2017 for at least 80% (i.e 7 no.s out of 9) testing parameters of soil & rock as mentioned below: S No. Discipline Product/ Material of test Specific Test Performed Test method 1. Mechanical Rock Cerchar Abrasivity Index test ASTM-D (7625): 2010 2. Mechanical Rock Pressure Meter Test (Menard Method) IS 1892 3. Mechanical Rock Pressure Meter test (OYO Method) IS 12955 (Part 2) 4. Mechanical Rock Insitu Permeability Test in Rock IS 5529 (Part 2) 5. Mechanical Soil & Rock Seismic Refraction Test IS 15681 6. Mechanical Soil & Rock 2D Electrical Resistivity Tomography (ERT) ASTM D6431-99 / IS 1892 7. Mechanical Rock Petrography BS EN 12407 8. Mechanical Soil & Rock Cross Hole Seismic Test ASTM D4428M 9. Mechanical Soil & Rock Down Hole Seismic Test ASTM D4428M 2. Work Experience: The testing agency should have carried out geotechnical investigation for a cumulative of at least 500 m of tunnels for Highway/Railway/Metro/ Hydropower Projects with minimum tunnel length of 100m of individual project. 3. Ownership of field-testing equipment’s: Bidder shall have ownership of minimum 1 Multi-Point Bore Hole Extensometer, 1 Pillar Strain Meter, 1 Vibrating Wire Load Cell, 1 Shotcrete Stress Gauge, 1 Convergence indicator. D. The scope of work for geotechnical investigation agencies: 1. Mobilization and de-mobilization of Drilling Rigs and all other required equipments, tools & tackles for carrying out investigation work on-land/in- water investigations. 2. Drilling in Soil, Standard Penetration Test (SPT-NABL accredited) and UDS according to the respective Indian Standard Code. Drilling in rock to be done only by either double/Triple tube core barrel. 3. Shifting from one structure/borehole to other and set up of rigs and manpower along with other tools. 4. Conducting All 18 NABL accredited Laboratory test of soil listed in eligibility according to the respective Indian Standard Code. 5. Conducting All 10 NABL accredited Laboratory test of rock listed in eligibility according to the respective Indian Standard Code. For hill/mountain projects Brazilian Tensile Test shall also be conducted. For tunnel projects Cerchar Abrasivity Index test, Pressure Meter Test (Menard Method), Pressure Meter test (OYO Method) & Insitu Permeability Test in Rock shall also be conducted. 6. All tests are to be conducted in frequency as specified in the RFP. 7. All Preparation and Submission of report with recommendation of type of foundation and allowable bearing pressures for the soil/rock at various depths. 8. It should be ensured that at least 90% of all the mechanical tests for soils and rocks are conducted by the empaneled Agency themselves. 9. All remaining mechanical and chemical tests, if any, are to be conducted through labs accredited by NABL for those tests. 402 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3952390719/2025/S&R Zone 10. Reports of all Tests conducted by the Agency directly or through other NBAL accredited labs must contain the Unique Laboratory Report (ULR) Number as per NABL guidelines and all the reports must mandatorily be uploaded on NABL Portal for the same. 11. The bore log/core log for testing in tunnels should mention all the parameters for determination of RMR and Q value used for tunnel design as per IRC SP:91 2019 (or latest edition published at the time of testing) 12. The minimum man-power as described in the eligibility clause 2 of NIT, shall have to be deployed by the agency during field and lab testing, as the case may be. E. The BOQ are as under (Rates to be revised every 2 years to compete with market rates) Rate* S.No. Item Unit Quantity (INR.) 1 Sub-Soil Investigation (Boring) Drilling of borehole in all type of soil up to required depth To be decided as 2000 from EGL and conducting Standard Penetration test at 1.50 per Annexure-A mtr interval or every change of strata as per IS: 2131-1981 a Per Meter including collection of disturbed / undisturbed soil samples at every 3.0 mtr Intervals and Recording depth of ground water table. Drilling of NX size borehole using Double/Triple tube core To be decided as 4000 b Per Meter barrel with diamond core bit in all type of Rock (CR>0%) per Annexure-A 2. Sub-Soil Investigation (Boring) in Hilly & Mountainous Terrain or Tunnels a. Drilling of borehole in all type of soil up to required depth Per Meter To be decided 3000 from EGL and conducting Standard Penetration test at 1.50 as per mtr interval or every change of strata as per IS: 2131-1981 Annexure-A including collection of disturbed / undisturbed soil samples at every 3.0 mtr Intervals and Recording depth of ground water table. b. Drilling of NX size borehole using Double/Triple tube core Per Meter To be decided 6000 barrel with diamond core bit in all type of Rock (CR>0%) as per Annexure-A Additional investigation for Hill Roads are as under: Quantity Rate* S No. Item Unit (INR.) 403 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOf fice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3962390719/2025/S&R Zone 1. Field test according to the Indian standards codes/ASTM a Conducting Petrography of rock Nos. To be decided as per 5,000 Annexure-A to Annexure-I b Geological Mapping (SRT): 1 test at 115 m length Nos. To be decided as per 75,000 Annexure-A to Annexure-I 3. Slope stability analysis lumpsum 5,00,000 Additional investigation for Tunnel Projects are as under: Item Unit Quantity Rate* S No. (INR.) 1. Field test according to the Indian standards codes/ASTM a Conducting Pressure meter test in soil (Menard type) Nos. To be decided as per 15,000 Annexure-A to Annexure-I b Conducting Pressure meter test in rock (OYO type) Nos. To be decided as per 20,000 Annexure-A to Annexure-I c Conducting Petrography of rock Nos. To be decided as per 5,000 Annexure-A to Annexure-I d Conducting Cerchar Abrasivity test Nos. To be decided as per 1,000 Annexure-A to Annexure-I e Geophysical Investigation i Seismic Refraction test (SRT): 1 test at 115 m length Nos. To be decided as per 75,000 Annexure-A to Annexure-I Cross hole seismic test (CHST): up to 30 m including To be decided as per ii Nos. 3,50,000 drilling of 3 bore holes Annexure-A to Annexure-I f Insitu Permeability test Nos. To be decided as per 7,500 Annexure-A to Annexure-I 3 Slope stability analysis lumpsum 5,00,000 Note*: All rates to be reviewed by Technical Divisions before issue of tender 404 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3972390719/2025/S&R Zone Annexure-A to Annexure-I Quantity Estimation for testing (I) For Normal Highway Projects as well as Projects in Hilly/Mountainous Regions Termination Criteria (m) No. of Boreholes Maximum Combined Case 1 Case 2 Rock Strata Bore Hole Depth not to Exceed Type of Span Guideline for No of Structur length Boreholes e Soil Open Soft Rock Abutment Intermediate/ Foundation Soil Open Soft Rock Hard / Open Pile Pier Location (Refusal Pile Foundation Pile Rock Approach Foundatio Foundation Encountered at Foundation Foundatio (RQD>75 Location n shallow depth n %) upto 10 m) 15-30m one borehole on one abutment 1 - 20 40 5 15 3 20 40 location MJBR / one borehole on one abutment MNBR 30m-60m location and one borehole on 1 1 - 40 - 15 3 - 40 one intermediate pier location Greater borehole on each abutment and 2 1* - 40 - 15 3 - 40 than 60m each pier location. 15-30m one borehole on intermediate - 1 20 40 5 15 3 20 40 section two borehole on each approach 4 - 20 - 5 - 3 20 - side Flyover / one borehole on one abutment ROB / 1 1 20 40 5 15 3 20 40 30m-60m location and one borehole on RUB one intermediate pier location two borehole on each approach 4 - 20 - 5 - 3 20 - side Greater borehole on each abutment and 2 1* - 40 - 15 3 - 40 than 60m each pier location. two borehole on each approach 4 - 20 - 5 - 3 20 - side 1*12*4.5 one borehole on intermediate - 1 20 - 5 - 3 20 - section 1*12*5.5 one borehole on intermediate - 1 20 - 5 - 3 20 - section VUP one borehole on each 2 - 20 - 5 - 3 20 - approach side 1*20*4.5 one borehole on intermediate - 1 20 30 5 - 3 20 30 section one borehole on each 2 - 20 405 - 5 - 3 20 - File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3982390719/2025/S&R Zone approach side 1.20*5..5 one borehole on intermediate - 1 20 30 5 - 3 20 30 section two borehole on each approach 4 - 20 - 5 - 3 20 - side Culvert Size as per one trial pit Trial pit 1 / culvert 15 20 5 3 15 - IRC SP 13:2004 height<6m Trial Pit at each km 1 Trial Pit / km Embank ment 1.5 x Embankment height or up to the rock strata which is along height>6m 1 Bore hole at each km 1 Bore hole / km earlier road portion NOTE:- 1). * depends on the number of piers in the structure 2). Refusal in soil strata as N>100. 3). Case 1:-In case, only soil Strata encountered and open foundation recommended. 4). Case 2 :- In case, only soil Strata encountered and pile foundation recommended. 5). Maximum Borehole depth in case of Open foundation:-Depth of soil + 5 m in soft rock or 3m in hard rock or limiting to maximum borehole depth as mentioned in case 1. 6). Maximum Borehole depth in case of Pile foundation:-Depth of soil + 15 m in soft rock or 3m in hard rock or limiting to maximum borehole depth as mentioned in case 2. 7). Above guidelines as per clause no. 3.2 of IRC-78:2014 & clause no. 1102.1 of MORTH 5th revision Strata Classification Soil Drilling in all type of soils, Core Recovery upto 0% Soft Rock Drilling in weathered rock, Core Recovery > 0%; and 0<RQD<75% Hard Rock Drilling in rock - RQD >75% (II) For tunnels: S Type of Nos. Depth of Bore hole No. tunnel 1 Length < 1 km 1 borehole at each portal and 1 bore 1.5 times of the diameter hole in center below tunnel invert level 2 Length > 1 km 1 borehole at each portal, 1 bore hole in center and Intermediate boreholes at every 1 km 406 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 3992390719/2025/S&R Zone Appendix D-1: Bank Guarantee Format for Performance Security (The Bank Guarantee shall be on a Stamp Paper of appropriate value in accordance with Stamp Act and shall be purchased in the name of the guarantee issuing Bank or the Party on whose behalf the BG is being issued.) (Ref ITC-clause 13.1.2 and GCC-clause 5.8) Ref Bank Guarantee No…………… Date……………………………... To The President of India, through Head of Procurement Procuring Organisation [Complete address of the Procuring Entity] In consideration of {Tender Issuing Authority} (hereinafter referred as the “Client”, which expression shall, unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof include its successors, administrators and assigns) having awarded to M/s.………………………………………………having its office at ……………….. (Hereinafter referred to as the “Consultant” which expression shall repugnant to the context or meaning thereof, include its successors, administrators, executors and assigns), a contract by issue of client’s Contract Agreement no. / Letter of Acceptance No. ……………….. dated ……………… and the same having been unequivocally accepted by the Consultant, resulting in a Contract valued at Rs…………../- (Rupees….………………….) excluding Goods & service tax for “Consultancy Services for Preparation of DPR for development of ………………………………………………………… in the State of …………………………………. (Total Length- …………………………km) (Hereinafter called the “Contract”), and the Consultant having agreed to furnish a Bank Guarantee to the Client as “Performance Security as stipulated by the Client in the said contract for performance of the above Contract amounting to Rs.……………./- (Rupees…………………………………….). We, ……………………………..having registered office at …………….., a body registered/constituted under the ……………………….(hereinafter referred to as the Bank), which expression shall, unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof, include its successors, administrators, executors and assigns) do hereby guarantee and undertake to pay the client immediately on demand any or, all money payable by the Consultant to the extent of Rs. …………..(Rupees………..………………..) as aforesaid at any time up to ………..without any demur, reservation, contest, recourse or protest and/or without any reference to the consultant. Any such demand made by the client on the bank shall be conclusive and binding notwithstanding any difference between the Client and the Consultant or any dispute pending before any Court, Tribunal, Arbitrator or any other authority. We agree that the Guarantee herein contained shall be irrevocable and shall continue to be enforceable till the Client discharges this guarantee. The Client shall have the fullest liberty without affecting in any way the liability of the Bank under this Guarantee, from time to time to vary or to extend the time for performance of the contract by the Consulta40n7t. The Client shall have the fullest liberty without affecting this File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 4002390719/2025/S&R Zone guarantee, to postpone from time to time the exercise of any powers vested in them or of any right which they might have against the consultant and to exercise the same at any time in any manner, and either to enforce or to forbear to enforce any covenants, contained or implied, in the Contract between the Client and the Consultant any other course or remedy or security available to the Client. The client shall also have the fullest liberty to release the liability of the Bank Guarantee in parts or full as per the conditions of the contract agreement of the said consultancy assignment through written request to the bank. The bank shall not be relieved of its obligations under these presents by any exercise by the Client of its liberty with reference to the matters aforesaid or any of them or by reason of any other act or forbearance or other acts of omission or commission on the part of the Client or any other indulgence shown by the Client or by any other matter or thing whatsoever which under law would but for this provision have the effect of relieving the Bank. The Bank also agrees that the Client at its option shall be entitled to enforce this Guarantee against the Bank as a principal debtor, in the first instance without proceeding against the Consultant and notwithstanding any security or other guarantee that the Client may have in relation to the Consultant’s liabilities. Notwithstanding anything contained herein, a) Our liability under this Bank Guarantee is limited to Rs. ……………….(Rupees……………………………) and it shall remain in force up to and including …………and shall be extended from time to time for such period as may be desired by M/s……………………., on whose behalf this guarantee has been given. b) This Bank Guarantee shall be valid up to ………….. c) We are liable to pay the guaranteed amount or any part thereof under this Bank Guarantee only and only if you serve upon us a written claim or demand on or before ……………(date of expiry of Guarantee). d) The guarantor/bank hereby confirms that it is on the SFMS (Structural Finance Messaging System) platform & shall invariably send an advice of this Bank Guarantee to be designated bank of <Name of Implementing Agency> after obtaining details thereof from <Name of Implementing Agency> (Signature of the Authorized Official) (Name & Designation with Bank Stamp) NOTE: (i)The bank guarantee(s) contains the name, designation and code number of the officer(s) signing the guarantee(s). 408 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 4012390719/2025/S&R Zone (ii)The address, telephone no. and other details of the Head Office of the Bank as well as of issuing branch should be mentioned on the covering letter of issuing Branch. (iii)The bank guarantee for Rs 10,000 and above is signed by at least two officials (or as per the norms prescribed by the RBI in this regard). 409 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 4022390719/2025/S&R Zone Appendix D-2: Bank Guarantee Format for Advance Payment (The Bank Guarantee shall be on a Stamp Paper of appropriate value in accordance with Stamp Act and shall be purchased in the name of the guarantee issuing Bank or the Party on whose behalf the BG is being issued.) (Ref GCC-clause 10.5.2) Ref Bank Guarantee No…………… Date……………………………... To The President of India, through Head of Procurement Procuring Organisation [Complete address of the Procuring Entity] Whereas M/s……………………………………………………with its Registered/ Head Office at…………………………. (name and address of the Consultant, hereinafter called “the Consultant”, which expression shall, unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof, include its successors, administrators, executors and assigns) has undertaken, in pursuance of contract no ……….. date……………. to delivery ……………… (description of Services) (hereinafter called “the contract”). And Whereas you (unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof, including your successors, administrators, executors, and assigns) have agreed in pursuance of the said terms and conditions of the contract to make an advance payment of Rs......................... (Rupees...............................................only) to the Contractor on the Contractor furnishing a Bank Guarantee in the manner herein contained.; And Whereas we …………………… with our Head Office at…………………………. (name and address of the Bank, hereinafter referred to as the ‘Bank’, which expression shall, unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof, include its successors, administrators, executors and assigns) do hereby affirm that we are guarantors and responsible to you, on behalf of the Consultant, up to a total of …………………………………………………….(amount of the 410 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 4032390719/2025/S&R Zone guarantee in words and figures), and we undertake to pay you, upon your first written demand declaring the Consultant to be in default under the contract and without cavil or argument, any sum or sums within the limits of (amount of guarantee) as aforesaid, without your needing to prove or to show grounds or reasons for your demand or the sum specified therein, notwithstanding any difference between you and the Consultant or any dispute pending before any Court, Tribunal, Arbitrator or any other authority. We hereby waive the necessity of your demanding the said debt from the Consultant before presenting us with the demand. The Bank undertakes not to revoke this guarantee during its currency without your previous consent and further agrees that the guarantee herein contained shall continue to be enforceable till you discharge this guarantee. This guarantee will not be discharged due to a change in the constitution of the Bank or the Consultant’s. We further agree that no change or addition to or other modification of the terms of the contract to be performed thereunder or of any of the contract documents which may be made between you and the Consultant shall in any way release us from any liability under this guarantee, and we hereby waive notice of any such change, addition, or modification. This guarantee shall be valid until the …………. day of …….20…… Our…………………………………. branch at………………*(Name & Address of the………….…………..*(branch) is liable to pay the guaranteed amount depending on the filing of a claim and any part thereof under this Bank Guarantee only and only if you serve upon us at our * branch a written claim or demand and received by us at our …………………..* branch on or before Dt… otherwise, the bank shall be discharged of all liabilities under this guarantee after that. The guarantor/bank hereby confirms that it is on the SFMS (Structural Finance Messaging System) platform & shall invariably send an advice of this Bank Guarantee to be designated bank of <Name of Implementing Agency> after obtaining details thereof from <Name of Implementing Agency> (Signature of the authorized officer of the Bank) …………………………………………. …………………………………………. Name and designation of the officer 411 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 4042390719/2025/S&R Zone ………………………………………… Seal, name & address of the Bank and address of the Branch *Preferably at the authority's headquarters competent to sanction the expenditure for procurement of goods/services or at the concerned district headquarters or the state headquarters. 412 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 4052390719/2025/S&R Zone Format 2: Authorization To attend Pre-Proposal (Refer to ITC-clause 7) (on Company Official Letter Head) Consultant’s Name [Address and Contact Details] Consultant’s Reference No. To Head of Procurement Procuring Organisation [Complete address of the Procuring Entity] Date………. Ref: RFP Document No. RFP No./ xxxx; Tender Title: Consultancy Services Subject: Authorization to attend Pre-Proposal Conference on (date). Following persons are hereby authorized to attend the Pre-Proposal Conference for the tender mentioned above on behalf of (Consultant) in the order of preference given below. Sr. Name Government Photo ID Type/ Number I. II. Alternate Representative Note: 1. Maximum of two representatives (carrying valid Government photo IDs) shall be permitted to attend the Pre-Proposal opening. An alternate representative shall be permitted when regular representatives cannot attend. 2. Permission to enter the hall where the pre-Proposal conference is conducted may be refused if authorization as prescribed above is not submitted. Signatures of Consultant or The officer authorized to sign the Proposal. Documents on behalf of the Consultant [name & address of Consultant and seal of company] 413 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 4062390719/2025/S&R Zone Format 3: Format of Insurance Surety Bond FORM OF SURETY BOND [Performance Security] To, <Agency> WHEREAS: (A) I (the "Consultant") and The President of India, through the Secretary (RT&H)/ Chairman NHAI/ MD NHIDCL, in the MoRTH/NHAI/NHIDCL (the "Authority") have to execute and enter into a consultancy agreement (the "Agreement") in pursuance of the LOA issued to the Consultant vide ref no. dated _____ whereby the Authority has agreed to the Consultant rendering consultancy services for _______2, subject to and in accordance with the provision of the Agreement. (B) The Consultant is required to furnish a performance security to the Authority for a sum of Rs. ___________/- (Rupees _________only) (the "Surety Bond Amount") as security for due and faithful performance of its obligations, under and in accordance with the Agreement, during the Agreement Period (as defined in the Agreement). (C) We, 3 having registered office at ______________4 through our branch at ____________________5 (hereinafter referred to as the ‘Surety Insurer’), which expression shall, unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof, include its successors, administrators, executors and assigns) have agreed to furnish this Surety Bond by way of performance security. NOW, THEREFORE, the Surety Insurer hereby, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees and affirms as follows: 1. The Surety Insurer hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees the due and faithful performance of the Consultant's obligations during the Agreement Period under and in accordance with the Agreement, and agrees and undertakes to pay to the Authority, upon its mere first written demand, and without any demur, reservation, recourse, contest or protest, and without any reference to the Consultant, such sum or sums up to an aggregate sum of the Surety Bond Amount as the Authority shall claim, without the Authority being required to prove or to show grounds or reasons for its demand and/ or for the sum specified therein. 2. A letter from the Authority, under the hand of an officer not below the rank of General Manager/Superintending Engineer in the <Agency>, that the Consultant has committed default in the due and faithful performance of all or any of its obligations under and in accordance with the Agreement shall be conclusive, final and binding on the Surety Insurer. The Surety Insurer further agrees that the Authority shall be the sole judge as to whether the Consultant is in default in due and faithful performance of its obligations during the Agreement Period under the Agreement and its decision that the Consultant is in default shall be final, and binding on the Surety Insurer, notwithstanding any differences between the Authority and the Consultant, or any dispute between them pending before any court. tribunal, arbitrators or any other authority or body, or by the discharge of the Consultant for any reason whatsoever. 1 Name and registered address of the Consultant to be mentioned. 2 Name of the project to be mentioned. 3 Name of the Surety Insurer to be mentioned. 414 4Registered Address of the Surety Insurer to be provided. File No. RW/NH-33044/29/205 2A1-dS&dRre(Ps&sB )oPfa rtth (eC oimsspuuitnerg Nbor. a2n4c8h40 4o)f the Surety Insurer to be mentioned. Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 4072390719/2025/S&R Zone 3. In order to give effect to this Surety Bond, the Authority shall be entitled to act as if the Surety Insurer were the principal debtor and any change in the constitution or winding up of the Consultant or the Surety insurer, whether by their absorption, merger or amalgamation with any other entity or otherwise, shall not in any way or manner affect the liability or obligation of the Surety Insurer under this Surety Bond. 4. It shall not be necessary, and the Surety Insurer hereby waives any necessity, for the Authority to proceed against the Consultant before presenting to the Surety Insurer its demand under this Surety Bond. 5. The Authority shall have the liberty, without affecting in any manner the liability of the Surety Insurer under this Surety Bond, to vary at any time, the terms and conditions of the Agreement or to extend the time or period for the compliance with, fulfillment and/ or performance of all or any of the obligations of the Consultant contained in the Agreement or to postpone for any time, and from time to time, any of the rights and powers exercisable by the Authority against the Consultant, and either to enforce or forbear from enforcing any of the terms and conditions contained in the Agreement and/or the securities available to the Authority, and the Surety Insurer shall not be released from its liability and obligation under these presents by any exercise by the Authority of the liberty with reference to the matters aforesaid or by reason of time being given to the Consultant or any other forbearance, indulgence, act or omission on the part of the Authority or of any other matter or thing whatsoever which under any law relating to sureties and guarantors would but for this provision have the effect of releasing the Surety Insurer from its liability and obligation under this Surety Bond and the Surety Insurer hereby waives all of its rights under any such law. 6. This Surety bond is issued by the Insurer and held by the Authority towards performance security of the Consultant as required under clause ________of the Agreement6 and is in addition to and not in substitution of any other surety bond or security which may hereafter be held by the Authority in respect of or relating to this Agreement. 7. Notwithstanding anything contained hereinbefore, the liability of the Surety Insurer under the Surety Bond is restricted to the Surety Bond Amount, and this Surety Bond will remain in force for the period specified in paragraph 8 below and unless a demand or claim in writing is made by the Authority on the Surety Insurer under this Surety Bond, all rights of the Authority under this Surety Bond shall be forfeited, and the Surety Insurer shall be relieved from its liabilities hereunder. 8. The Surety Bond shall cease to be in force and effect on "____________"7. Unless a demand or claim under this Surety Bond is made in writing before the expiry of the Surety Bond, the Surety insurer shall be discharged from its liabilities hereunder. 9. The Surety Insurer undertakes not to revoke this Surety Bond during its currency, except with the previous express consent of the Authority in writing and declares and warrants that it has the power to issue this Surety Bond and the undersigned is duly authorised and has full powers to do so on behalf of the Surety Insurer. 10. The Surety Insurer agrees that it will not assign its obligation under this Surety Bond without the prior written consent of the Authority. The Authority will not unreasonably withhold its consent if the proposed assignee is of at least equal financial standing to the Surety Insurer and the assignee assumes in writing the obligations of the Surety Insurer under this Surety Bond at the same time or before the assignment. 6Reference of RFP clause can be mentioned here as the issuance of Insurance Surety Bond is a pre4-1c5ondition for execution of the Agreement. 7 (Date of issue)+ ____________________ ] months (As per Agreement) File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 4082390719/2025/S&R Zone 11. Any notice by way of request, demand or otherwise hereunder may be sent by post addressed to the Surety Insurer at its above referred branch, which shall be deemed to have been duly authorized to receive such notice and to effect payment thereof forthwith, and if sent by post it shall be deemed to have been given at the time when it ought to have been delivered in due course of post and in proving such notice, when given by post, it shall be sufficient to prove that the envelope containing the notice was posted and a certificate signed by an officer of the Authority that the envelope was so posted shall be conclusive. 12. The Surety Bond shall cover all the liabilities arising out of the Agreement from the date of its commencement and shall remain in force and effect for up to the date specified in paragraph 8 above or until it is released earlier by the Authority pursuant to the provisions of the Agreement. 13. This Surety Bond is subject to the Uniform Rules for Demand Guarantees (URDG) 2010 Revision. ICC Publication No.758, except that the supporting statement under Article 15(a) is hereby excluded. 14. This Surety Bond shall also be operatable at our ______________8 Branch at New Delhi, from whom, confirmation regarding the issue of this bond or extension/ renewal thereof shall be made available on demand. In the contingency of this bond being invoked and payment thereunder claimed, the said branch shall also accept such invocation on letter and make payment of amounts so demanded under the said invocation. 15. The Insurance Surety Bond shall be verified from the specific portal created for this purpose. Signed and Sealed this _______Day of SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERD For and on behalf of the Surety insurer by: (Signature) (Name) _____________________ (Designation) ________________ (Code Number) _______________ (Address) ___________________ 8 If Surety Bond is being issued from any other branch, any branch from New Delhi to be mentioned for operational purpose. 416 File No. RW /NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 4092390719/2025/S&R Zone Guidelines for assessing Cost estimate of DPR of Normal Highway Projects on QBS Mode (only for guidance of tender issuing authority and to be deleted before issuance of RFP) Projects more Projects more Brownfield than 100 km than 200 km upto Projects more Projects more Projects more upto 200 km 400 km than 400 km Projects upto than 25 km than 50 km upto Or Green Field Or Green Field (additional inputs 25 km length upto 50 km 100 km Projects Projects for every 100 km) Man Months Total Project Duration 5 7 9 1 2 12 NA (no separate (no separate (no separate Key-Position timeline for timeline for timeline for feasibility) feasibility) feasibility) Team Leader Cum Senior Highway 5 7 9 12 12 0 Engineer Bridge Design Engineer 1 2 3 5 7 2 Highway Design Engineer 1.5 2.5 4 6 8 2 Traffic and Road Safety expert 0.5 1 2 3 4 1 Environmental Specialist 1 2 3 5 6 1 Material-cum-Geo-technical 1.5 3 5 6 8 2 Engineer – Geologist Senior Survey Engineer 2.5 3.5 5 7 9 2 Quantity Surveyor / Documentation 1 1 2 4 5 1 Expert Land Acquisition Expert 3 5 7 9 11 2 Utility Expert 1 1 2 4 6 2 Assistant Highway Engineer (one 5 7 18 24 48 5 to be provided every 50 km) Assistant Bridge Engineer 2 3 5 7 9 2 Assistant Quantity Surveyor (one 2 3 5 7 9 2 to be provided every 50 km) Assistant Survey Engineer (one to 5 7 18 24 48 3 be provided every 50 km) LA Team Member (5 Sub KP every 20* 25 50 100 150 50 50 km with 5 man months each) 417 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 4102390719/2025/S&R Zone Projects more Projects more Brownfield than 100 km than 200 km upto Projects more Projects more Projects more upto 200 km 400 km than 400 km Projects upto than 25 km than 50 km upto Or Green Field Or Green Field (additional inputs 25 km length upto 50 km 100 km Projects Projects for every 100 km) Assistant Material and Quality 1.5 3 5 6 8 2 Engineer GIS Expert @Rs. 85,000/- per 1 1.5 3 5 7 2 month CAD Draftsman @Rs. 50,000/- per 3 4.5 6 8 10 2 month Hydrologist @Rs. 2,00,000/- per 0.40 0.75 1 2 3 1 month Social Expert @Rs. 1,50,000/- per 0.15 0.25 0.5 0.75 1 0.25 month ATMS & Toll Expert @Rs. 0.10 0.20 0.25 0.50 1 0.25 1,50,000/- per month Total Project Duration P r o j e c t s Projects Projects more Projects more Projects more Items upto 25 km more than than 50 km than 100 km than 200 km length 25 km upto upto 100 km upto 200 km upto 400 km Inputs for every 50 km additional 100 Description km No. of vehicles for use of consultants with months equal to 2 2 3 4 4 1 length of project duration Traffic Survey (including all sub- surveys such as axle load Surveys, Rs. 15,00,000/- Rs. 20,00,000/- Rs. 30,00,000/- Rs. 40,00,000/- Rs. 50,00,000/- Rs. 10,00,000/- O&D survey, analysis etc. as per TOR) Socio-economic & Census Rs. 1,25,000/- Rs. 2,50,000/- Rs. 5,00,000/- Rs. 5,00,000/- Rs. 7,50,000/- Rs. 1,50,000/- Survey/Studies Land Acquisition Studies including Rs. 2,50,000/- Rs. 5,00,000/- Rs. 7,50,000/- Rs. 10,00,000/- Rs. 15,00,000/- Rs. 2,50,000/- GIS Mapping Provisional Sum for Geotechnical Rs. 7,50,000/- Rs. 15,00,000/- Rs. 25,00,000/- Rs. 35,00,000/- Rs. 50,00,000/- Rs. 10,00,000/- Investigation 418 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 4112390719/2025/S&R Zone Total Project Duration P r o j e c t s Projects Projects more Projects more Projects more Items upto 25 km more than than 50 km than 100 km than 200 km length 25 km upto upto 100 km upto 200 km upto 400 km Inputs for every 50 km additional 100 Description km Provisional Sum for Environment Rs. 2,50,000/- Rs. 5,00,000/- Rs. 7,50,000/- Rs. 10,00,000/- Rs. 15,00,000/- Rs. 5,00,000/- Clearance/ Wildlife Clearance Office Rent Fixed Costs Man-months of support staff and Office Duration of BOQ item should not be more than Total Project Duration as per rates given in the RFP Office Supplies, Utilities and Communication (Fixed Costs) Detailed topographic surveys using scope (in Km) to be kept equal to length of the project @Rs. 20,000/- per km for plain and rolling terrain Mobile/Aerial LIDAR or better and @Rs. 30,000/- per km for hilly & mountainous terrain. Technology Road and bridge Inventory (through scope (in lane Km) to be kept equal to existing length of the brownfield portion of the project NSV and MBIU) For two quarry location per 100 km one test to be done for coarse aggregate and one for fine FWD Test and Pavement aggregates as per rates given in the RFP Evaluation Material Survey and Investigation For two quarry location per 100 km one test to be done for coarse aggregate and one for fine aggregates as per rates given in the RFP Sub-grade Investigation One sample for CBR or K value for sub-grade/ embankment source say 1 test for every 5 km as per rates given in the RFP GPR Survey for detection of under Scope to be considered as 10% of project length as per lane km rates given in the RFP. ground utilities Cost of Supply & Fixing Boundary Assumed that 25% length in urban area, new bypasses and realignment of existing highways with Rs. pillars 2000 per boundary pillar which are to be given @50m on both sides of RoW. On all other locations boundary pillar to be given @200m on both sides of RoW. Any additional requirement beyond that stipulated in the cost estimate to be paid as per actual no.s of boundary pillars fixed. Land acquisition support staff and logistics for land acquisition team Cost to be worked out @Rs 2,50,000 per month upto length of project duration but subject to maximum 8 months per CALA support team. One (1) No. of CALA support Teams to be considered for every district in the project reach. 419 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 4122390719/2025/S&R Zone Notes: 1. Technical Division may modify the man-months of Key-Personnel/Sub-Key Personnel as per project specific requirements with the approval of Member concerned. 2. Above guidelines only indicate man month. The No. of Key-Personnel/Sub-Key Personnel to be deployed in the given man months may be decided by Technical Division 3. All testing/investigations/survey payments shall be made only on completion of the actual testing/investigation 4. Rates for items not included in this Chart may be considered the same as given in the Draft Cost Estimate by Tender issuing Authority (QBS Mode) in Appendix-C. 5. Amount for Geotechnical Investigation & Testing given in the cost estimate is indicative and final payments are to be done as per details given in Annexure-I. 6. Additional payments for geotechnical investigation beyond the provisioned amount in the financial form or any recovery from the same to be done after appraisal of the project. 7. Floating platforms for Geotech investigation: For bridges with length more than 500 m and Minimum draft of 1 meter or bridges on all declared National Waterways, depending upon site -specific requirement, additional provision for boreholes in river bed shall be added by the tender ssuing authority as part of BOQ. 8. Technical Divisions should generally avoid inviting DPR for Projects less than 50 Km in length. For smaller projects, divisions are advised to bundle nearby projects for DPR in order to utilise the benefits of economies of scale. 9. All payments for survey and investigations to paid as per actual work done subject to condition that positive variation in the corresponding BOQ items of upto 10% variation would be borne by the consultant. 420 File No. RW/NH-33044/29/2021-S&R(P&B)Part (Computer No. 248404) Generated from eOffice by Akil Ahmad, SE (S&R Zone), SE, MORTH on 29/09/2025 11:50 am 413